Projects
home:ChenKang256:branches:openEuler:24.03
gtk-doc
Sign Up
Log In
Username
Password
Overview
Repositories
Revisions
Requests
Users
Attributes
Meta
Expand all
Collapse all
Changes of Revision 4
View file
_service:tar_scm:gtk-doc.spec
Changed
@@ -2,12 +2,12 @@ %global __python %{__python3} Name: gtk-doc -Version: 1.33.2 -Release: 6 +Version: 1.34.0 +Release: 1 Summary: Generate API documentation from comments that can be added to C code License: Verbatim and GPLv2+ -URL: https://www.gtk.org/gtk-doc/ -Source0: https://download.gnome.org/sources/gtk-doc/1.33/%{name}-%{version}.tar.xz +URL: https://www.gtk.org/docs/ +Source0: https://download.gnome.org/sources/gtk-doc/1.34/%{name}-%{version}.tar.xz Patch0: fix-fixxref-not-found-file.patch Patch1: fix-mkdb-not-found-file.patch Patch2: fix-gtkdoc-rebase-NoneType-object-has-no-attribute-group.patch @@ -56,6 +56,11 @@ %{_datadir}/help/*/%{name}-manual/ %changelog +* Tue Apr 30 2024 Chen Zhikang <zhikang.oerv@isrc.iscas.ac.cn> - 1.34.0-1 +- Upgrade to 1.34.0 +- Update version +- Maintenance, some bug fixes + * Sat Feb 19 2022 Liu Zixian <liuzixian4@huawei.com> - 1.33.2-6 - Remove useless BuildRequires python3-devel
View file
_service
Changed
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ <services> <service name="tar_scm"> <param name="scm">git</param> - <param name="url">git@gitee.com:src-openeuler/gtk-doc.git</param> - <param name="revision">openEuler-24.03-LTS</param> + <param name="url">git@gitee.com:ChenKang256/gtk-doc.git</param> + <param name="revision">master</param> <param name="exclude">*</param> <param name="extract">*</param> </service>
View file
_service:tar_scm:gtk-doc-1.33.2.tar.xz/MAINTAINERS
Deleted
@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -Stefan Sauer -Email: ensonic@hora-obscura.de -Userid: stefkost - -Damon Chaplin -Email: damon@gnome.org -Userid: damon - -Owen Taylor -Email: otaylor@redhat.com -Userid: otaylor - -Matthias Clasen -Email: mclasen@redhat.com -Userid: matthiasc - - -Note that several people are contributing to gtk-doc, and some parts of it -are technically maintained by other people. The people listed above are -meant as contacts for administrative questions. Other questions are best -directed to the mailing list gtk-doc-list@gnome.org. -
View file
_service:tar_scm:gtk-doc-1.33.2.tar.xz/bugzilla.py
Deleted
@@ -1,161 +0,0 @@ -#!/usr/bin/env python -# -*- Mode: Python -*- -# vi:si:et:sw=4:sts=4:ts=4 - - -# parse HTML from bugzilla.gnome.org to create a list of bugs for a given -# product, component and target_milestone - -import re -import os -import sys -import codecs -import urllib -import HTMLParser - -# a sample bug line we parse for future reference: -#<TR VALIGN=TOP ALIGN=LEFT CLASS="Nor" ><TD><A HREF="show_bug.cgi?id=78267">78267</A> <td class=severity><nobr>min</nobr></td><td class=priority><nobr>Nor</nobr></td><td class=owner><nobr>thomas@apestaart.org</nobr></td><td class=status><nobr>RESO</nobr></td><td class=resolution><nobr>FIXE</nobr></td><td class=summary>autogen.sh doesn't take --prefix and similar to configure</td></TR> - -# a sample bug section after olav's updating of bugzilla -# <td class="first-child"> -# <a href="show_bug.cgi?id=147641">147641</a> -# <span style="display: none"></span> -# </td> -# -# <td style="white-space: nowrap">nor -# </td> -# <td style="white-space: nowrap">Nor -# </td> -# <td style="white-space: nowrap">Linu -# </td> -# <td style="white-space: nowrap">GStreamer -# </td> -# <td style="white-space: nowrap">RESO -# </td> -# <td style="white-space: nowrap">FIXE -# </td> -# <td >docs pydoc segfaults when viewing gst package doc -# </td> -# -# </tr> - - -URL = 'http://bugzilla.gnome.org/buglist.cgi?product=%s&component=%s&target_milestone=%s' - -# reg = re.compile('<TR.*id=(\d+)".*summary>(.*)<\/td') - -HEADER = ' Changes\n' -ITEM = ' o %s : %s' -FOOTER = '\n Contributors\n' - -default_product = "gtk-doc" - -TD_ID = 1 -TD_SUMMARY = 7 -# after Olav's changes, it's now number 8 -#TD_SUMMARY = 8 - -# Horrible, don't look here -class HP(HTMLParser.HTMLParser): - def __init__(self): - HTMLParser.HTMLParser.__init__(self) - self.tr = 0 - self.td = 0 - self.bugs = - self.bugno = 0 - self.descr = "" - - def handle_starttag(self, tag, data): - if tag == 'tr': - self.tr = 1 - return - # count td's - elif self.tr and tag.startswith('td'): - self.td += 1 - - # all > refs are handled through this method; append them to self.descr - def handle_entityref(self, name): - self.descr += " &%s; " % name - - # can be called more than once for one td - def handle_data(self, data): - if not self.tr: - return - data = data.strip() - if not data: - return - - #print self.td, self.tr, repr(data) - - # check what td it is in - if self.td == TD_ID: - try: - self.bugno = int(data) - #print "got id: ", self.bugno - except ValueError: - self.bugno = 0 - elif self.td == TD_SUMMARY: - # the summary td - self.descr += data - #print "got descr: ", self.descr - - def handle_endtag(self, tag): - if tag == 'tr': - self.tr = 0 - self.td = 0 - #print "end tag: ", self.bugno, self.descr - if self.bugno != 0: - self.bugs.append((self.bugno, self.descr)) - self.bugno = 0 - self.descr = "" - -def main(args): - if len(args) < 3: - print 'Usage: %s component milestone product file' % args0 - return 2 - - component = args1 - milestone = args2 - - if len(args) <= 3: - product = default_product - else: - product = args3 - - if len(args) <= 4: - output = None - else: - output = args4 - - url = URL % (product, urllib.quote(component), milestone) - fd = urllib.urlopen(url) - - hp = HP() - hp.feed(fd.read()) - - lines = "\n", - lines.append(HEADER) - for bug_id, summary in hp.bugs: - lines.append(ITEM % (bug_id, summary)) - lines.append(FOOTER) - bugs = "\n".join(lines) - - if not output: - print bugs - else: - # get original - #doc = codecs.open(output, "r", encoding='utf-8').read() - doc = open(output, "r").read() - matcher = re.compile('(.*)<bugs>.*</bugs>(.*)', - re.DOTALL) - match = matcher.search(doc) - pre = match.expand('\\1') - post = match.expand('\\2') - - backup = output + ".bugs.bak" - os.rename(output, backup) - handle = open(output, "w") - handle.write(pre + bugs + post) - -if __name__ == '__main__': - sys.exit(main(sys.argv))
View file
_service:tar_scm:gtk-doc-1.33.2.tar.xz/help/manual/ChangeLog
Deleted
@@ -1,157 +0,0 @@ -2010-01-25 Sweta Kothari <swkothar@redhat.com> - - * gu/gu.po: Updated Gujarati translation - -2009-04-09 Jorge Gonzalez <jorgegonz@svn.gnome.org> - - * es/es.po: Updated Spanish translation - -2009-04-07 Simos Xenitellis <simos@gnome.org> - - * el/el.po: Added Greek translation. - * Makefile.am: Added el. - -2009-03-25 Philip Withnall <philip@tecnocode.co.uk> - - * Makefile.am: - * en_GB/en_GB.po: Added British English translation by Jen Ockwell - <jenfraggleubuntu@gmail.com> and myself. - -2009-03-24 Jorge Gonzalez <jorgegonz@svn.gnome.org> - - * es/es.po: Updated Spanish translation - -2009-03-23 Jorge Gonzalez <jorgegonz@svn.gnome.org> - - * es/es.po: Updated Spansih translation - -2009-03-22 Jorge Gonzalez <jorgegonz@svn.gnome.org> - - * es/es.po: Updated Spansih translation - -2009-03-17 Jorge Gonzalez <jorgegonz@svn.gnome.org> - - * es/es.po: Updated Spansih translation - -2009-03-16 Mario Blättermann <mariobl@svn.gnome.org> - - * de/de.po: Added initial German translation - * Makefile.am: Added de to DOC_LINGUAS - -2009-03-15 Jorge Gonzalez <jorgegonz@svn.gnome.org> - - * es/es.po: Added initial Spanish translation - * Makefile.am: Added es to DOC_LINGUAS - -2008-09-08 Rob Bradford <rob@linux.intel.com> - - * C/gtk-doc-manual.xml: - Correct the command for non-tmpl Makefile and highlight it within a - <command> block. - -2007-08-14 Marc-Andre Lureau <marcandre.lureau@gmail.com> - - * GNOME doc-utils migration, ChangeLog moved to help/manual - -2007-07-23 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtk-doc-manual.xml: - Tell about $(DOC_MODULE)-undeclared.txt. - -2007-07-15 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtk-doc-manual.xml: - Bump version. Add more markup. Tell that one can use toolname --help to - get the allowed opetion for Makefile.am. Improve 'how does it work' section. - -2007-06-11 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - * gtk-doc-manual.xml: added tip about using entities like # to - use a '#' without gtk-doc changing it. (Part of #445596) - -2007-01-21 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - * gtk-doc-manual.xml: document "@include:" tag. #395023 - -2006-12-10 J.H.M. Dassen (Ray) <jdassen@debian.org> - - * gtk-doc-manual.xml: Spelling fixes. - -2006-10-13 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - * gtk-doc-manual.xml: use "GNOME" instead of "Gnome". (#352160) - -2006-03-24 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtk-doc-manual.xml: - correct format of new shortcuts - -2006-03-21 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtk-doc-manual.xml: - document signal and property link short cuts - -2005-12-09 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtk-doc-manual-C.omf.in: - * gtk-doc-manual.xml: - added more details about doc-comments - added section about revision control systems - -2005-09-07 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtk-doc-manual.xml: - integrated most of the notes from the text files under doc/*.txt - -2005-08-24 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtk-doc-manual.xml: - more notes in the faq - setup chapter is nearly complete - more notes about doc comment format - -2005-08-15 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * .cvsignore: - * ChangeLog: - * Makefile: - * Makefile.am: - * fdl-appendix.xml: - * gtk-doc-manual-C.omf.in: - * gtk-doc-manual.xml: - reanimated gtkdoc manual - added new chapters - -2004-05-07 Geert Stappers <stappers@stappers.nl> - - * README: new file. - * gtk-doc-manual.sgml: Deleted. - * fdl-appendix.sgml: Deleted. - -2004-05-06 Geert Stappers <stappers@stappers.nl> - - * gtk-doc-manual.xml: repaired the crossreference to FDL - - * Makefile: new file, to "document" the build process. - -2004-05-06 Keith Sharp <kms@passback.co.uk> - - * gtk-doc-manual.xml: New file, XML version of - gtk-doc-manual.sgml - * fdl-appendix.xml: New file, XML version of - fdl-appendix.sgml - -2000-11-26 Dan Mueth <d-mueth@uchicago.edu> - - * gtk-doc-manual.sgml: Committing changes made by - Chris Lyttle <chris@wilddev.net>. (Text for Chapter 1) - -2000-11-25 Dan Mueth <d-mueth@uchicago.edu> - - * gtk-doc-manual.sgml: Put part of the outline into SGML. - Chris plans to put rest of outline in here and start - writing. - * fdl-appendix.sgml: The FDL in SGML. We will probably post - these on the web as a single document (book) so we will - need the FDL to be included as an appendix. -
View file
_service:tar_scm:gtk-doc-1.34.0.tar.xz/.gitignore
Added
@@ -0,0 +1,1 @@ +__pycache__/
View file
_service:tar_scm:gtk-doc-1.33.2.tar.xz/ChangeLog -> _service:tar_scm:gtk-doc-1.34.0.tar.xz/ChangeLog
Changed
@@ -1,5020 +1 @@ -2009-04-15 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * autogen.sh: - * configure.in: - Tentative patch to allow building without scrollkeeper and - gnome-doc-utils. Fixes #577059. - -2009-04-05 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * examples/Makefile.am: - Only run the tests if gtk-doc is enabled. Fixes #577774. - -2009-03-18 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - patch by: David Nečas <yeti@physics.muni.cz> - - * gtkdoc-fixxref.in: - Fix <table> element mismatch in highlighted code. Fixes #575711. - -2009-03-17 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtk-doc.m4: - Turn pdf off if there is no gtkdoc-mkpdf installed. - -2009-03-17 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - patch by: Tobias Mueller <gnome-bugs@auftrags-killer.org> - - * COPYING-DOCS: - * gtkdoc-check.in: - * gtkdoc-common.pl.in: - * gtkdoc-fixxref.in: - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: - * gtkdoc-mktmpl.in: - * gtkdoc-rebase.in: - * gtkdoc-scan.in: - * gtkdoc-scangobj.in: - * gtkdoc-scanobj.in: - * help/manual/C/fdl-appendix.xml: - * tools/gtk-doc.el: - Update FSF address. Fixes #575623. - -2009-03-17 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtkdoc-mkpdf.in: - Don't run fop for now, its way to broken. - - * tests/bugs/src/tester.h: - Formatting. - -2009-03-17 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - patch by: Vincent Untz <vuntz@nome.org> - - * gtkdoc-common.pl.in: - Be more friendly for files with a space in their name. Fixes #575574. - -2009-03-12 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: - Do not overwrite declaration variable with sgml-ified variant to not confuse - further parsing. - -2009-03-10 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - patch by: Nicola Fontana <ntd@entidi.it> - - * gtkdoc-scan.in: - * tests/bugs/docs/Makefile.am: - * tests/bugs/src/tester.h: - Improve the test and fix handling trailing decorators. Fixes #574654 - -2009-03-10 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * tests/bugs/docs/Makefile.am: - * tests/bugs/docs/tester-sections.txt: - * tests/bugs/src/tester.c: - * tests/bugs/src/tester.h: - Adding a test for #574654. - -2009-03-10 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtkdoc-fixxref.in: - Don't expect $MODULE to be defined (e.g. if someone does not update - gtkdoc.make). - -2009-03-09 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * ChangeLog: - Fix ChangeLog format so that we pick up the bug number for release - notes. - -2009-03-09 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - patch by: David Nečas <yeti@physics.muni.cz> - - * configure.in: - * gtkdoc-fixxref.in: - Add vim support for syntax highlighting. Lets close the ticket. - Fixes #536928. - -2009-03-09 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtkdoc-scangobj.in: - Don't confuse -1 with G_MAXULONG on 64bit. Fixes #572612. - -2009-02-26 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * doc/gtkdoc.dot: - Improve. scan only checks headers, while mkdb scans sources and - headers. - - * examples/Makefile.am: - Document more variables. - -2009-02-26 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtkdoc-scangobj.in: - * gtkdoc-scanobj.in: - There is some gtk specific stuff there, which we probably want to kick - out. No one else gets such a treatment. - -2009-02-26 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtk-doc.xsl: - * style.css: - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: - Fix annotation more. Refactor the extra-link feature. Still disabled - by default. Needs configure stuff next. - -2009-02-24 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - patch by: Paolo Borelli <pborelli@katamail.com> - - * gtkdoc-scangobj.in: - * gtkdoc-scanobj.in: - Use g_strerror. Fixes #572967. - -2009-02-23 Sven Herzberg <herzi@gnome-de.org> - - * gtkdoc-scangobj.in: keep a reference on the GObjectClass while - peeking in interfaces' properties. Fixes #571820 - -2009-02-23 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: - Don't use named entities. - -2009-02-23 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtk-doc-single.xsl: - Starting point for generating single page html. Needs refactoring with - gtk-doc.xsl (common stuff into gtk-doc-html.xsl). - -2009-02-23 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * TODO: - With fop-0.94 it works actually, while 0.95 seesm to have the - exceptions. - - * gtkdoc-mkpdf.in: - Fix var reference. - -2009-02-22 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * TODO: - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: - Prototype an idea. - -2009-02-22 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * Makefile.am: - Dist more files. - - * configure.in: - Update status. - - * gtkdoc-mkpdf.in: - Remove some crack left from copy'n'paste. - -2009-02-22 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * TODO: - Planning. - - * configure.in: - * gtk-doc.m4: - * gtk-doc.make: - * gtk-doc.notmpl.make: - * gtkdoc-mkpdf.in: - * tests/gtk-doc.make: - * tests/gtk-doc.notmpl.make: - * gtkdoc-mkpdf.in (added): - Clean up Makefile rules (be less verbose). Added options to configure to - allow selecting the desired output formats. Added initial pdf support (very - imature yet, due to several shortcommings of fop - bugs files). - -2009-02-21 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * TODO: - Planning. - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: - Update annotations and fix matching to support parameters. - - * tests/annotations/docs/tester-sections.txt: - * tests/annotations/src/tester.c: - * tests/annotations/src/tester.h: - Update annotation example and add one more. - -2009-02-21 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: - * help/manual/C/gtk-doc-manual.xml: - * tests/gobject/src/gobject.c: - Allow linking to struct members. Update docs. Fixes #565126. - -2009-02-21 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * configure.in: - * gtkdoc-fixxref.in: - Fix params and running of 'highlight'. - -2009-02-21 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: - Require the line to ends after the double-colon (sans whitespace), - -2009-02-20 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - patch by: Damien Lespiau <damien.lespiau@gmail.com> - - * gtk-doc.make: - * gtk-doc.notmpl.make: - * tests/gtk-doc.make: - * tests/gtk-doc.notmpl.make: - Add --tag=CC to libtool invocations. Fixes #572396. - -2009-02-18 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * examples/Makefile.am: - Fix example to show to to make it work even with make distcheck. - -2009-02-16 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * style.css: - * tests/gobject/src/gobject.c: - Also style <note> tags. - -2009-02-10 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * MAINTAINERS: - Fix the spelling of my name. - -2009-02-05 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * TODO: - Some planning. - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: - Single tabs are rendered inconsistently in browsers. Replace them with - a . - -2009-01-31 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * tests/gobject/src/gobject.c: - Try to link to struct members as a test for Bug #565126. - -2009-01-30 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: - Expanding urls is not a good idea yet. Need to figure out. - -2009-01-29 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * tests/tools.sh: - Remove, this is generated. - -2009-01-29 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: - Automatically creating ulinks for urls. - - * tests/gobject/src/gobject.c: - Add a link for testing. - -2009-01-28 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * style-classic.css: - * style.css: - * tests/gobject/docs/tester-docs.xml: - * tests/gobject/src/gobject.c: - Major CSS cleanup. This is hopefully an end of layout issues related - to the fixed navigation bar. - -2009-01-28 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - patch by: David Nečas <yeti@physics.muni.cz> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: - * tests/gobject/src/giface.c: - * tests/gobject/src/gobject.c: - Abbreviation where not expanded at the start of text. Fixes #569339. - -2009-01-28 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtkdoc-fixxref.in: - * tests/gobject/examples/gobject.c: - Expand urls in comments of examples. - -2009-01-27 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtkdoc-fixxref.in: - * style.css: - Use tables like described in #536928. - - * tests/tools.sh - Comment on why we do the tool check like this. - - * tests/fail.sh: - Comment on test. - - * tests/gobject/docs/tester-docs.xml: - Fix xml a bit. - -2009-01-26 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: - * tests/bugs/src/tester.h: - * tests/fail.sh: - * tests/fail/docs/tester-docs.xml: - * tests/fail/docs/tester-sections.txt: - * tests/fail/src/tester.c: - Add public symbols from section file when doing the -undocumented.txt - report. Also add the special symbols for the section docs when reading - the section-file. Extend test suite to check for it. Fixes #568732 - -2009-01-26 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtkdoc-scan.in: - * tests/bugs/docs/tester-sections.txt: - * tests/bugs/src/tester.c: - * tests/bugs/src/tester.h: - Handle inline functions in headers. Fixes #532395. - -2009-01-26 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * HACKING: - Mention onine site for regexp testing. - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: - Small output cleanups. - - * gtkdoc-mktmpl.in: - Indenting and use LogWarning once more. - -2009-01-23 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: - Recomment out debug log the accidentialy went in. - - * configure.in: - * tests/Makefile.am: - * tests/fail.sh: - * tests/tools.sh.in: - * tests/tools.sh.in (added): - Add a check that tests that all scripts are runnable. - -2009-01-23 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtkdoc-check.in: - No need to format a '\n' into a formatstring. - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: - Add FIXMEs for Bug 568711. - - * gtkdoc-mkhtml.in: - Add a comment. - - * configure.in: - * tests/Makefile.am: - * tests/fail.sh: - * tests/fail/Makefile.am: - * tests/fail/docs/Makefile.am: - * tests/fail/docs/tester-docs.xml: - * tests/fail/docs/tester-sections.txt: - * tests/fail/src/Makefile.am: - * tests/fail/src/tester.c: - * tests/fail/src/tester.h: - Add a test suite for failure checks. - -2009-01-23 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - patch by: David Nečas <yeti@physics.muni.cz> - - * gtkdoc-scan.in: - Don't scan files twice. The patch was slightly changed to name the - hash lowercase (uppercase is used for configureation options) and - add a comment. Fixes #568708. - -2009-01-23 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - patch by: David Nečas <yeti@physics.muni.cz> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: - Don't add empty <para></para> tags to the docs to avoid breaking the - detection of undocumented things. Fixes #568732. - -2009-01-23 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - patch by: David Nečas <yeti@physics.muni.cz> - - * gtk-doc.m4: - Change nonsense error message to tell that gtk-doc is needed to build - a given package and not gtk-doc. Fixes #568734. - -2009-01-23 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: - * gtkdoc-scan.in: - Treat iface/interface like class in other places too. - -2009-01-23 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - patch by: David Nečas <yeti@physics.muni.cz> - - * gtkdoc-scan.in: - Use CamelCase id for interfaces. Fixes #568706. - -2009-01-23 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - patch by: David Nečas <yeti@physics.muni.cz> - - * gtkdoc-mkhtml.in: - * gtkdoc-mkman.in: - * tests/gtk-doc.make: - * tests/gtk-doc.notmpl.make: - Less quirky way of knowing that we run uninstalled, which is only - needed for the tests anyway. In addition to the patch, make same - changes in mkman, add a shift to arg parsing to not loop and change - the makefiles for the tests. Fixes #568702. - -2009-01-22 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtkdoc-fixxref.in: - Only run the syntax highligher if we have one. Fixes #568714. - -2009-01-22 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * README: - Point to the right docs. - - * TODO: - More tinking. - - * style.css: - Remove one commented out item. - -2009-01-21 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * TODO: - * configure.in: - * gtkdoc-fixxref.in: - * style.css: - Match css of highlight with source-highlight. Handle line numbering by - our-selfs. Still stupid browsers copy '#' chars for each line number. - -2009-01-21 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtkdoc-fixxref.in: - Try to xref first word in 'normal' span. - -2009-01-20 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * TODO: - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: - * tests/gobject/src/gobject.c: - We could add the language as a comment, it is not shown in the final output. - -2009-01-20 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * TODO: - More ideas. - - * gtkdoc-fixxref.in: - Really fix double extension of entities. - - * style.css: - Fix link color of xrefs symbols. - -2009-01-20 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtkdoc-fixxref.in: - Indent. - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: - Fix end of string handling. - - * style.css: - Use one tango colors one more time. - -2009-01-20 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: - * tests/annotations/docs/Makefile.am: - * tests/bugs/docs/Makefile.am: - * tests/bugs/docs/tester-docs.xml: - * tests/gobject/docs-tmpl/Makefile.am: - * tests/gobject/docs/Makefile.am: - Detect namespace prefix if not given. - -2009-01-20 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * style-classic.css: - * style.css: - Fix gap, caused by double index divs produces by index generated with - the docbook stylesheets. - -2009-01-20 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * TODO: - More ideas. - - * gtk-doc.xsl: - Make sure indexdiv and glossarydiv elements have anchors. - - * style-classic.css: - * style.css: - Fix spacing for navbar in index/glossary pages. - - * tests/annotations/docs/tester-docs.xml: - * tests/gobject/docs/tester-docs.xml: - Cleanup samples. - -2009-01-19 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * TODO: - More ideas. - - * gtk-doc.xsl: - Experiment with navigation for index and glossaries. - - * gtkdoc-fixxref.in: - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: - Fix index entries and copy doc along with the method. - - * style.css: - also do the extra spacing for the index/glossary environments now. - - * tests/gobject/docs/tester-docs.xml: - Experiment with a more complete doc structure. - -2009-01-12 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtkdoc-fixxref.in: - Make highligher post processing conditional. - -2009-01-10 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * configure.in: - Erm, not having a highlighter is not fatal. - -2009-01-10 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * HACKING: - * TODO: - * configure.in: - * gtkdoc-fixxref.in: - Look for source-highlight and highlight. Not perfect yet, highlight uses - different classes in the css :/. - - * tests/gobject/docs/tester-docs.xml: - More header data in the examples. - -2009-01-09 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - patch by: David Nečas <yeti@physics.muni.cz> - - * gtkdoc-scan.in: - Treat FOO_GET_INTERFACE as standard. Fixes #567132. - -2009-01-09 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * TODO: - * gtk-doc.make: - * gtk-doc.notmpl.make: - * gtkdoc-fixxref.in: - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: - * style.css: - * tests/gobject/examples/gobject.c: - * tests/gtk-doc.make: - * tests/gtk-doc.notmpl.make: - Initial go at implementing syntax highlighting for sources using - gnu source-highlight. Needs testing and modularisation. - -2009-01-08 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtkdoc-mkhtml.in: - Comment out echo for debugging. - -2009-01-08 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtk-doc.make: - * gtkdoc-mkhtml.in: - * tests/gobject/docs-tmpl/Makefile.am: - * tests/gobject/docs/Makefile.am: - * tests/gtk-doc.make: - * tests/gtk-doc.notmpl.make: - Finally, make distcheck works. - -2009-01-08 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtkdoc-check.in: - * gtkdoc-depscan.in: - * gtkdoc-fixxref.in: - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: - * gtkdoc-mkhtml.in: - * gtkdoc-mkman.in: - * gtkdoc-mktmpl.in: - * gtkdoc-rebase.in: - * gtkdoc-scan.in: - * gtkdoc-scangobj.in: - * gtkdoc-scanobj.in: - * gtkdocize.in: - Add support for --help and --version to remaining tools. Also show a - short info on --help and format more consistently. Fixes #566911 - -2009-01-07 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtk-doc.m4: - * gtk-doc.make: - * gtk-doc.notmpl.make: - Detect gtkdoc-rebase in gtk-doc.m4. Based on idea of Sven Herzberg. - Fixes #562310 - -2009-01-07 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * NEWS: - Prepare for 1.12. - - * TODO: - More thinking about the documentation structure. - - * configure.in: - Add automake support for more distcheck. Use a real sourcefile for the - srcdir (something that we won't remove one day). - - * tests/annotations/docs/Makefile.am: - * tests/annotations/src/Makefile.am: - * tests/bugs/docs/Makefile.am: - * tests/bugs/src/Makefile.am: - * tests/gobject/docs-tmpl/Makefile.am: - * tests/gobject/docs/Makefile.am: - * tests/gobject/src/Makefile.am: - Add missing file to fix make distcheck. Use srcdir and not builddir to - locate includes. - -2009-01-07 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * TODO: - Ideas about syntax highlighting. - - * style-classic.css: - Old color scheme. - - * style.css: - Use tango colors. Simplify css. - - * tests/gobject/src/gobject.c: - Tell what language this is. - -2009-01-04 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * tests/bugs/src/tester.c: - Fix inconsistency of prototype and docs. - -2009-01-04 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * tests/gtk-doc.make: - * tests/gtk-doc.notmpl.make: - Now all tests pass. - -2009-01-04 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtkdoc-mkhtml.in: - * tests/Makefile.am: - * tests/gtk-doc.make: - * tests/gtk-doc.notmpl.make: - * tests/gtkdoctest.sh: - Fix running tests, if no gtk-doc is installed yet. - -2008-12-29 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - patch by: Bruce van der Kooij <brucevdkooij@gmail.com> - - * help/manual/C/gtk-doc-manual.xml: - Fixed three spelling errors (recommanded, conatins, alibrary). - Fixes #565835. - -2008-12-29 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * TODO: - Documentation structure ideas. - -2008-12-05 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * style.css: - Highlight deprecation warnings. - -2008-12-04 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: - Fix escaping. - -2008-12-02 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * TODO: - Planning. - - * gtk-doc.make: - * gtk-doc.notmpl.make: - Remove the sh -c here now that its back in scanobj. - - * tests/annotations/docs/tester-docs.xml: - * tests/bugs/docs/tester-docs.xml: - * tests/gobject/docs-tmpl/tester-docs.xml: - * tests/gobject/docs/tester-docs.xml: - Cosmetic template update. - -2008-12-02 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: - Don't touch doctype header in expand-content-files. - -2008-12-01 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: - Add deprecation warnings for signals and properties. Also reuse code - for since and stability levels there. Fixes #562655. - - * tests/gobject/src/gobject.c: - Add testcase for #562655. - -2008-12-01 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtkdoc-scangobj.in: - * gtkdoc-scanobj.in: - Reintroduce "sh -c" and comment why its used. Add real libtool support - to old scanobj tool as well. - -2008-12-01 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - patch by: Matthias Clasen <mclasen@redhat.com> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: - Fix index-id generation for child and style properties. Fixes #562064. - -2008-11-16 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * HACKING: - * configure.in: - * help/manual/C/gtk-doc-manual.xml: - Back to development. - -=== Release 1.11 === - -2008-11-16 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * HACKING: - * NEWS: - Releasing 1.11. - - * tests/Makefile.am: - * tests/gtk-doc.make: - * tests/gtk-doc.notmpl.make: - * tests/gtkdoctest.sh: - Fix make distcheck. - -2008-11-06 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * tests/gtk-doc.make: - * tests/gtk-doc.notmpl.make: - No install rules for test. - -2008-11-06 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: - Get rid of german variable name. Generate glossary xml for - annotations. Improve initial master document. - - * tests/annotations/docs/tester-docs.xml: - Update example to include anotation glossary. - -2008-11-05 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - patch by: Peter Kjellerstedt <pkj@axis.com> - - * gtk-doc.make: - * gtk-doc.notmpl.make: - * tests/gtk-doc.make: - * tests/gtk-doc.notmpl.make: - Correct check for existence of gtkdoc-rebase (better fix than the - previous one #508897). Fixes #559281. - -2008-10-27 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - patch by: Christian Persch <chpe@gnome.org> - - * gtkdoc-scangobj.in: - Fix doc build when using GTK_DISABLE_SINGLE_INCLUDES. Fixes #558082. - -2008-10-20 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * TODO: - * devhelp2.xsd: - More docs and planning. - -2008-10-20 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * tests/annotations/docs/tester-docs.xml: - * tests/annotations/src/tester.c: - * tests/gobject/docs/tester-docs.xml: - Update annotations. Glossary enhancements. - -2008-10-19 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * devhelp2.xsd: - Update and document format. - -2008-10-17 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * devhelp2.xsd: - * devhelp2.xsl: - Add new language attribute and use "c" here. - -2008-10-16 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * TODO: - * gtkdoc-mktmpl.in: - Small comment cleanup and loud thinking in TODO :) - -2008-10-15 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - patch by: Jeffrey Stedfast <fejj@novell.com> - - * examples/Makefile.am: - * gtk-doc.make: - * gtk-doc.notmpl.make: - Allow versioned TARGET_DIR. Fixes #554718. - -2008-10-13 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * TODO: - planning. - - * doc/gtkdoc.dot: - Document workflow - * devhelp2.xsl: - Add support for enums/flags in devhelp index. - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: - Support annotations. Fix missing roles. - - * tests/annotations/docs/tester-docs.xml: - * tests/annotations/src/tester.c: - * tests/annotations/src/tester.h: - * tests/bugs/docs/tester-sections.txt: - * tests/gobject/docs/tester-docs.xml: - Update new syntax. - -2008-10-11 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * configure.in: - * tests/Makefile.am: - * tests/annotations.sh: - * tests/annotations/Makefile.am: - * tests/annotations/docs/Makefile.am: - * tests/annotations/docs/tester-docs.xml: - * tests/annotations/docs/tester-sections.txt: - * tests/annotations/src/Makefile.am: - * tests/annotations/src/tester.c: - * tests/annotations/src/tester.h: - Add testcases for gir annotation. - -2008-10-03 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - patch by: Matthew Barnes <mbarnes@redhat.com> - - * gtkdoc-scan.in: - * tests/bugs/docs/tester-sections.txt: - * tests/bugs/src/tester.h: - Be more careful with "struct _<struct_name>". Fixes #554833. - -2008-10-03 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - patch by: Behdad Esfahbod <behdad@gnome.org> - - * gtk-doc.make: - * gtk-doc.notmpl.make: - * tests/gtk-doc.make: - * tests/gtk-doc.notmpl.make: - Add rules to create $(REPORT_FILES). Fixes #552822. - -2008-10-03 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - patch by: Simon Josefsson <simon@josefsson.org> - - * examples/Makefile.am: - * tests/bugs/docs/Makefile.am: - * tests/gobject/docs-tmpl/Makefile.am: - * tests/gobject/docs/Makefile.am: - Use GTKDOC_CFLAGS instead of INCLUDES in Makefile.am. Fixes #553407. - -2008-09-24 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: - Use full symbol, if it does not belong to the namespace. - -2008-09-22 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * tests/gobject/src/gobject.h: - Document some odd behaviour. - -2008-09-22 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * TODO: - More todos. - - * tests/bugs/docs/tester-sections.txt: - * tests/bugs/src/tester.c: - * tests/bugs/src/tester.h: - Add testcase for bug 552602. - - * tests/gtk-doc.make: - * tests/gtk-doc.notmpl.make: - Also use new RUN envvar here. - -2008-09-10 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: - Generate unique ids for properties, style and child properties. - - * gtk-doc.make: - * gtk-doc.notmpl.make: - * gtkdoc-scan.in: - * gtkdoc-scangobj.in: - If we use libtool, run scanner under libtool to use uninstalled - libraries. - -2008-09-04 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtkdoc-mkhtml.in: - Fix comparison. - - * TODO: - ideas. - - * configure.in: - * gtk-doc-fo.xsl: - * gtk-doc.xsl: - * gtkdoc-common.pl.in: - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: - * help/manual/C/gtk-doc-manual.xml: - * tests/bugs/docs/Makefile.am: - * tests/bugs/docs/tester-docs.xml: - * tests/gobject/docs-tmpl/Makefile.am: - * tests/gobject/docs-tmpl/tester-docs.xml: - * tests/gobject/docs/Makefile.am: - * tests/gobject/docs/tester-docs.xml: - * tests/gobject/src/gobject.h: - Switch to docbook 4.3 dtd. Fixes #487727. - Add --name-space option to gtkdoc-mkdb for nicer indexes. Start with a - fo wrapper for pdf output. - -2008-09-04 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtk-doc.make: - * gtk-doc.notmpl.make: - Don't install index.sgml twice. Also remove the " || :;" construct - that ssems to be there only to eat the return code. - -2008-07-23 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: - * gtkdoc-scan.in: - * tests/bugs/docs/tester-sections.txt: - * tests/bugs/src/tester.h: - Accept "char const *" as well. Fixes #544172. - -2008-07-21 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtk-doc.make: - * gtk-doc.notmpl.make: - Only specify options if gtkdoc-mkhtml can take them. Fixes #543855. - - * gtkdoc-mkhtml.in: - Don't use bash specific features. Be more flexible so that we can add - more options. - -2008-07-09 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtkdoc-scan.in: - Fix struct/enum level parsing which could go one to high and then the - main struct would never be closed. - Fixes #542137 - -2008-06-28 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * autogen.sh: - Mention why this change is bad. - -2008-06-28 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - patch by: David Nečas <yeti@physics.muni.cz> - - * examples/Makefile.am: - * gtk-doc.make: - * gtk-doc.notmpl.make: - * gtkdoc-mkhtml.in: - * tests/gtk-doc.make: - * tests/gtk-doc.notmpl.make: - Add searchpath to gtkdoc.mkhtml. Fixes #460753 - -2008-06-22 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * autogen.sh: - To support timj aclocal setup we are shipping gnome-doc-utils.m4 - and making sure automake picks it up ;) - -2008-06-22 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * tools/migratetmpl.pl: - We were still removing too many <para>s. - Also add andrews trick to escape the c comments. - Add a newline to empty param docs. - -2008-06-22 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * m4/gnome-doc-utils.m4: - Add this to svn, so that bootstrap work where no gnome-doc-utils is - available yet. - -2008-06-21 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * tools/migratetmpl.pl: - Factor out multiline formatting and use for deprecated field too. - -2008-06-21 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: - Commenting. - - * tools/migratetmpl.pl: - Convert character entities back. - -2008-06-21 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * TODO: - Start collection info about slowly deprecating crack. - - * tools/migratetmpl.pl: - Add title. - -2008-06-21 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * tools/migratetmpl.pl: - Use $file in section comment not title. Convert only standalone para - tags. - -2008-06-21 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * tools/migratetmpl.pl: - Convert @Varargs: to @...: - -2008-06-21 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * tools/migratetmpl.pl: - Convert single line c comments to c++ ones. Indent multiline parameter docs. - -2008-06-16 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtkdoc-mktmpl.in: - Don't reuse file var, fixes warning context. - - * gtkdoc-scan.in: - Also accept *.hh as headers suffix. - -2008-06-10 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtk-doc.make: - * gtk-doc.notmpl.make: - * tests/gtk-doc.make: - * tests/gtk-doc.notmpl.make: - Include original CFLAGS / LDFLAGS when building the scanner. Allows to - have own FLAGS defined in addition. - -2008-06-08 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * TODO: - More planning. - -2008-06-08 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * TODO: - Add more ideas. - - * gtkdoc-scangobj.in: - * gtkdoc-scanobj.in: - Merge two fwrite calls. - - * tests/gobject/examples/gobject.c: - * tests/gobject/src/gobject.c: - Demonstrate how to include source fragments from external files. - - * tests/gobject/src/giface.h: - * tests/gobject/src/gobject.h: - Documents two entries. - -2008-06-07 Sebastian Dröge <slomo@circular-chaos.org> - - * gtkdoc-scangobj.in: - * gtkdoc-scanobj.in: - Add "%s" format strings to printf-like functions when printing - a string. Fixes #536980. - -2008-06-05 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtkdoc-fixxref.in: - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: - * gtkdoc-mktmpl.in: - Fix quoting. - - * tools/migratetmpl.pl: - Add first version of a tool to support migration from tmpl docs to - source code comments. - -2008-06-04 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * autogen.sh: - Correct invocation for gnome-doc-prepare. - -2008-06-04 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtkdoc-common.pl.in: - Handle file or line being undefined. - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: - Warn about repeated symbols in sections. Also give line of previous - occurrence. Also give that info for double file entries. Fixes #473342 - Give correct error locate for one warning. Fixes #532395 partially - -2008-06-04 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: - Don't warn about overridden docs comment if its the same text. - -2008-06-03 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * TODO: - Spelling. - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: - Warn and skip double file entries in section files. - - * gtkdoc-mktmpl.in: - Use the new warning format in this script too. - - * gtkdoc-rebase.in: - Also use optional parameters here. - -2008-06-02 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * tests/gobject/docs-tmpl/tester-docs.xml: - * tests/gobject/docs-tmpl/tester-sections.txt: - * tests/gobject/docs/tester-docs.xml: - * tests/gobject/docs/tester-sections.txt: - * tests/gobject/src/giface.c: - * tests/gobject/src/gobject.c: - * tests/gobject/src/gobject.h: - Add some since: tags for the tests too. - -2008-06-02 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * TODO: - tody up and add some comments regarding HTML_DIR. - - * gtkdoc-fixxref.in: - HTML_DIR is not necessarily set. - - * gtkdoc-mkhtml.in: - Fix uninstalled. - - * tests/gobject/docs-tmpl/tester-docs.xml: - * tests/gobject/docs/tester-docs.xml: - Add more chapter id's and experiment with an index chapter. - -2008-06-02 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * style.css: - Improve spacing on indices and glossaries. - -2008-06-02 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * TODO: - * tests/bugs/docs/tester-docs.xml: - * tests/gobject/docs/tester-docs.xml: - * tests/gobject/docs/tester-sections.txt: - * tests/gobject/docs-tmpl/tester-docs.xml: - * tests/gobject/docs-tmpl/tester-sections.txt: - * tests/gobject/src/gobject.c: - * tests/gobject/src/gobject.h: - * tests/gtk-doc.make: - * tests/gtk-doc.notmpl.make: - Add some index lists to the tests. Add a deprecated function. - -2008-06-02 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - patch by: Felix Riemann <friemann@svn.gnome.org> - - * gtk-doc.xsl: - * style.css: - Produce valid html. Fixes #534627. - -2008-05-23 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * configure.in: - * tests/gobject/Makefile.am: - * tests/gobject/docs-tmpl/Makefile.am: - * tests/gobject/docs-tmpl/tester-docs.xml: - * tests/gobject/docs-tmpl/tester-sections.txt: - * tests/gobject/docs-tmpl/tester.types: - * tests/gtk-doc.make: - * tests/gtk-doc.notmpl.make: - Build same docs once again with old tmpl approach. - -2008-05-23 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * tests/bugs/docs/Makefile.am: - * tests/gobject/docs/Makefile.am: - * tests/gtk-doc.make: - * tests/gtk-doc.notmpl.make: - Sync names. - -2008-05-08 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: - * gtkdoc-mktmpl.in: - Fix a long standing bug that killed spaces in tmpl files. - -2008-05-05 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: - Fix regexps changes from previous commit. When using /e the - replacement part has to be a perl snippet. - -2008-05-05 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: - * tests/bugs/docs/tester-sections.txt: - * tests/bugs/src/tester.h: - Don't expand '#' in ulink tags. Also allow to escape "#%@" with '\'. - Add to testsuite. Fixes #530758 - -2008-05-05 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtkdoc-mktmpl.in: - It is GObject not GtkObject anymore - -2008-05-05 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * TODO: - Make note about expanding urls. - - * help/manual/C/gtk-doc-manual.xml: - Document the use of | | as a shortcut for program listing. - - * tests/gobject/src/giface.h: - * tests/gobject/src/gobject.c: - Fix one undocumented symbol and add an exampl of the programlisting - shortcut. - -2008-04-22 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * HACKING: - We need to update the webpage. - - * TODO: - * configure.in: - Planning. - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: - Hopefully now unbreak the docbuild, if one has template but not uses - them. - -2008-04-17 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: - Add one more warning. Also trac location of section docs. Merge - source symbols once and then on demand (if we read a template). - -2008-04-11 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * TODO: - * configure.in: - Idea about the tracing. Not that practical as it is. - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: - * gtkdoc-mktmpl.in: - Unify file-error messages. Improve warning detail. Fix undocumented - status for template less runs. - -2008-04-10 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * TODO: - Ideas. - - * gtkdoc-common.pl.in: - Add common method for prining (gcc-style) warnings. - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: - Use new method. Harmonize the warnings a bit. Remember locations - symbols are taken from template files for use in warnings. - -2008-04-09 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * HACKING: - Some releasing info. - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: - Print file/line number in warning. - - * help/manual/C/gtk-doc-manual.xml: - Some docs for what the <module>-overrides.txt file is for. - -2008-03-23 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * autogen.sh: - Tell automake to not warn us about portabillity issues. Its too late - for that. - - * ChangeLog: - Surgery for the bugnumber. - -2008-03-21 Marc-Andre Lureau <marcandre.lureau@gmail.com> - - * .svnignore, Makefile.am, autogen.sh, configure.in, - help/manual/.svnignore, help/manual/C/ChangeLog, - help/manual/C/Makefile.am, help/manual/C/gtk-doc-manual-C.omf.in, - help/manual/C/gtk-doc-manual.xml, help/manual/ChangeLog, - help/manual/Makefile.am, help/manual/gtk-doc-manual.omf.in, - m4/.svnignore, omf.make, xmldocs.make: - GNOME doc-utils migration. Fixes #335239 - -2008-03-22 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * HACKING: - * configure.in: - * help/manual/C/gtk-doc-manual.xml: - Back to development. - -=== Release 1.10 === - -2008-03-19 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * NEWS: - * HACKING: - Prepare for release. - - * style.css: - Add fix for footnote positions. - -2008-02-27 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - patch by: Carlos Garnacho <carlos@imendio.com> - - * tools/gtk-doc.el: - Update emacs mode to work with emacs22. Fixes #513318. - -2008-02-01 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtkdoc-common.pl.in: - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: - * gtkdoc-mktmpl.in: - * tests/bugs/src/tester.h: - Improve tmpl parsing and add some more logging. Fixes #512154. - -2008-01-30 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * tests/bugs/docs/tester-sections.txt: - * tests/bugs/src/tester.h: - Add testcase for #512154. - -2008-01-28 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: - Condense all the multiple newlines in the generated xml. - - * tests/gtk-doc.make: - Make sure the testsuite call the uninstalled scripts. - -2008-01-24 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtk-doc.xsl: - Unbreak fixxref. The index.sgml file should not have leading - whitespace. These were caused by indenting the xsl, which is dangerous - in case of <xsl:text>. - - * gtkdoc-fixxref.in: - Debug logging. - -2008-01-21 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtkdoc-common.pl.in: - Don't warn when parsing enum struct members. - -2008-01-21 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: - * gtkdoc-mktmpl.in: - Give file and line number when complaining about duplicate - definitions. Seems to not have been applied with older commit. - - * gtkdoc-scan.in: - * tests/gobject/src/gobject.h: - Handle typedef enums. - -2008-01-17 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtk-doc.make: - * gtk-doc.notmpl.make: - Don't fail in dist when no .types file is present. Fixes #509539. - -2008-01-16 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: - * gtkdoc-mktmpl.in: - Give file and line number when complaining about duplicate - definitions. - -2008-01-14 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - patch by: Joe Marcus Clarke <marcus@freebsd.org> - - * gtk-doc.make: - * gtk-doc.notmpl.make: - Do not abort the build, if gtk-doc is not installed. Fixes #508897 - -2007-12-20 Mathias Hasselmann <mathias@openismus.com> - - * configure.in: - Lower Python dependency to 2.3 (#503054). Just warn when Python - wasn't found. Print a configuration summary before leaving the - configure script. - * Makefile.am: - Do not install gtkdoc-depscan when Python wasn't found. - -2007-12-20 Mathias Hasselmann <mathias@openismus.com> - - * gtkdoc-depscan.in: - Use old and/or pattern instead of the new ternary operator. - This drops the Python 2.5 dependency for that script. - Original patch by Frederic Peters. (#503054) - -2007-12-17 Mathias Hasselmann <mathias@openismus.com> - - * configure.in: - Use AM_PATH_PYTHON instead of AC_PATH_PROG to find Python. - (#503710) - -2007-12-17 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtk-doc.xsl: - Render accronyms from docbook and glossary in html. - -2007-12-17 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * tests/bugs/docs/tester-docs.sgml: - * tests/bugs/docs/tester-docs.xml: - * tests/gobject/docs/tester-docs.sgml: - * tests/gobject/docs/tester-docs.xml: - Add the xml instead of the sgml docs. - -2007-12-12 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtk-doc.make: - * gtk-doc.notmpl.make: - Revert last change and reopen #503119. Needs a different fix. - -2007-12-12 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtk-doc.make: - * gtk-doc.notmpl.make: - Use content_files as a dependency the sgml-build.stamp. - -2007-12-11 Mathias Hasselmann <mathias@openismus.com> - - * gtkdoc-depscan.in: - Use colon as name-version-separator in book names. - -2007-12-11 Mathias Hasselmann <mathias@openismus.com> - - * gtkdoc-depscan.in: - Also scan devhelp folders. - -2007-12-11 Mathias Hasselmann <mathias@openismus.com> - - * gtkdoc-depscan.in: - Print reasonable error message when passing - non-existant files on command line. - -2007-12-11 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - patch by: Kouhei Sutou <kou@cozmixng.org> - - * gtk-doc.xsl: - Consistently use UTF-8 instead of US-ASCII for output encoding. - Fixes #497367 - -2007-12-10 Mathias Hasselmann <mathias@openismus.com> - - * configure.in: - * gtkdoc-depscan.in: - * Makefile.am: - Add gtkdoc-depscan, which resolves source code dependencies - by scanning devhelp2 books. - -2007-12-10 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * devhelp2.xsd: - Update schema. - - * gtk-doc.notmpl.make: - Remove left-over 'fi'. - -2007-12-05 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtk-doc.make: - * gtk-doc.notmpl.make: - Better fix for #501066. - -2007-12-05 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * devhelp2.xsd: - Add first version of the schema. - - * devhelp2.xsl: - Unbreak the devhelp2 file generation. - - * tests/gtkdoctest.sh: - Add comment about doing schmea checks once they work. - -2007-12-04 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtk-doc.make: - * gtk-doc.notmpl.make: - Apply build flags cleanups from #498521. Spotted by - dmacks@netspace.org. - -2007-12-04 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * tests/gobject/src/giface.c: - * tests/gobject/src/gobject.c: - Uhm, unbreak the links in the test docs. - -2007-12-04 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * tests/gobject/src/giface.c: - * tests/gobject/src/gobject.c: - Little test cleanup. The bug was already fixed. - -2007-12-04 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * tests/gobject/docs/tester-sections.txt: - * tests/gobject/docs/tester.types: - * tests/gobject/src/Makefile.am: - * tests/gobject/src/giface.c: - * tests/gobject/src/giface.h: - * tests/gobject/src/gobject.c: - * tests/gobject/src/gobject.h: - * tests/gobject/src/tester.c: - * tests/gobject/src/tester.h: - Refactor tests for #489279. - -2007-12-04 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtkdoc-common.pl.in: - * tests/bugs/docs/tester-sections.txt: - * tests/bugs/src/tester.h: - Add testcase for #501038. Improve struct parsing to correctly finish - if the last line in struct declaration was a preprocessor statement. - Fixes #501038. - -2007-12-04 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - patch by: David Nečas <yeti@physics.muni.cz> - - * gtkdoc-common.pl.in: - * tests/bugs/docs/tester-sections.txt: - * tests/bugs/src/tester.c: - * tests/bugs/src/tester.h: - Handle forward typedef'd enums. Fixes #446648. - -2007-12-02 Loïc Minier <lool@dooz.org> - - * gtk-doc.make: - * gtk-doc.notmpl.make: - Add double-quotes around `which gtkdoc-rebase` to prevent "test" - from failing with "/bin/sh: line 11: test: !=: unary operator - expected ". Fixes #501066. - -2007-11-11 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - patch by: David Nečas <yeti@physics.muni.cz> - - * gtk-doc.xsl: - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: - Avoid generated node ids. Fixes #365913. - -2007-11-11 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtk-doc.xsl: - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: - * style.css: - Alternative and cleaner footer implementation (unblock #365913). - -2007-11-11 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - patch by: David Nečas <yeti@physics.muni.cz> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: - * gtkdoc-scangobj.in: - Display proper types for pointer properties. Fixes #468278. - -2007-10-31 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: - Only warn about missing deprecation guards for declared symbols. - Fixes #492005. - -2007-10-31 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * tests/gtk-doc.make: - * tests/gtkdoctest.sh: - Run our own check script. Clean the make output a bit. - -2007-10-31 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * help/manual/C/gtk-doc-manual.xml: - Small doc fix. - -2007-10-31 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * Makefile.am: - Formatting. - - * configure.in: - * tests/gtk-doc.make: - Cleanup the 'make check' deps configure check. - -2007-10-01 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * configure.in: - * help/manual/C/gtk-doc-manual.xml: - Back to development. - -=== Release 1.9 === - -2007-09-30 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * NEWS: - Releasing 1.9. - -2007-09-27 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtk-doc.make: - * gtk-doc.notmpl.make: - * gtkdoc-rebase.in: - New day, new fix. Remove testing $(DESTDIR) from makefile and use - Getopt::Long qw(:config gnu_getopt); in rebase. - -2007-09-26 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtk-doc.make: - And actually saving before committing might greatly help. - -2007-09-26 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtk-doc.make: - * gtk-doc.notmpl.make: - Another attempt to fix the rules. - -2007-09-26 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtk-doc.make: - * gtk-doc.notmpl.make: - If there is nothing to install, don't rebase. - -2007-09-26 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtk-doc.make: - * gtk-doc.notmpl.make: - Unbreak the last change. - -2007-09-26 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtk-doc.make: - * gtk-doc.notmpl.make: - Handle DESTDIR= case. - -2007-09-26 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtk-doc.make: - * gtk-doc.notmpl.make: - * gtkdoc-rebase.in: - Fix destdir option name. - -2007-09-25 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * tests/gtk-doc.make: - Get make distcheck fully working. - -2007-09-25 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * tests/Makefile.am: - * tests/bugs.sh: - * tests/gobject.sh: - * tests/gtkdoctest.sh: - Try to get make distcheck to run. - - * tests/gtk-doc.make: - Don't dist docs generated during test runs and remove some cruft. - - -2007-09-24 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - patch by: David Nečas <yeti@physics.muni.cz> - - * NEWS: - * tests/bugs/docs/Makefile.am: - * tests/gobject/docs/Makefile.am: - * tests/gtk-doc.make: - Adapt xml/ cleaning from gtk-doc.notmpl.make. Clean log files. - -2007-09-24 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * NEWS: - Current release notes. - -2007-09-24 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * MAINTAINERS: - Make mango happy. - - * examples/Makefile.am: - * gtk-doc.make: - * gtk-doc.notmpl.make: - Process files from DISTCLEANFILES in the dist-hooks. - -2007-09-24 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - patch by: David Nečas <yeti@physics.muni.cz> - - * Makefile.am: - Add gtk-doc.notmpl.make to EXTRA_DIST. Fixes #479913. - -2007-09-20 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtkdoc-fixxref.in: - Revert online option for fixxref now that we have a rebase command. - -2007-09-18 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtkdoc-scan.in: - Handle function pointers. Fixes #477532. - -2007-09-18 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - patch by: David Nečas <yeti@physics.muni.cz> - - * gtkdoc-scan.in: - Parse reoccuring const. Fixes #471014. - - * tests/bugs/docs/Makefile.am: - * tests/bugs/docs/tester-sections.txt: - * tests/bugs/src/tester.c: - * tests/bugs/src/tester.h: - * tests/gobject/docs/Makefile.am: - * tests/gobject/src/tester.c: - * tests/gobject/src/tester.h: - Add more tests and cleanup the test-code a little. - -2007-09-17 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtk-doc.make: - * gtk-doc.notmpl.make: - Revert some Makefile improvements, as we can't control the quoting - reliably. - -2007-09-11 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: - Default master doc should have proper extension. Fixes #467773. - -2007-09-11 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - patch by: David Nečas <yeti@physics.muni.cz> - - * gtk-doc.make: - * gtk-doc.notmpl.make: - Makefile improvements. - -2007-09-03 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * MAINTAINERS: - Update MAINTAINER to adhere to rules given on - http://live.gnome.org/MaintainersCorner#maintainers - -2007-08-23 Benjamin Otte <otte@gnome.org> - - * gtkdoc-mktmpl.in: - sync with gtkdoc-mkdb completely. Really fixes #419997 - -2007-08-21 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: - * style.css: - Add divider and empty space at the bottom. Mostly fixes #448879. - -2007-08-21 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtk-doc.make: - * gtk-doc.notmpl.make: - Make use of rebase if possible. Fixes #465920 - - * gtkdoc-rebase.in: - Rebase improvements and fixes. - -2007-08-16 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * .cvsignore: - * help/.cvsignore: - * help/manual/.cvsignore: - * help/manual/C/.cvsignore: - Get rid of cvsignore files. - -2007-08-14 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtkdoc-common.pl.in: - * tests/bugs/docs/tester-sections.txt: - * tests/bugs/src/tester.h: - Don't die when encountering #if/#endif in enums. Fixes #324535. - -2007-08-14 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - patch by: Frederic Peters <fpeters@0d.be> - - * style.css: - Styling hr tags. - -2007-08-14 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * help/manual/C/gtk-doc-manual.xml: - Document new features and bump version. - -2007-08-13 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: - Fix the funny side-effect of last 'broken-returns' fix. - -2007-08-13 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtkdoc-scan.in: - * tests/bugs/src/tester.h: - Really fix #460127. - -2007-08-13 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: - Now the 'broken' returns seems to work better. Fixes #380824 more. - -2007-08-13 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * tests/bugs/docs/tester-sections.txt: - * tests/bugs/src/tester.c (bug_379466, bug_380824): - * tests/bugs/src/tester.h (test): - New test. - * tests/gtkdoctest.sh: - Fix bashism. - -2007-08-12 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * tests/bugs/docs/tester-sections.txt: - * tests/bugs/src/tester.h: - Add another test for a bug we fixed with the changes below. - Fixes #460127. - -2007-08-12 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtkdoc-scan.in: - * tests/bugs/docs/tester-sections.txt: - * tests/bugs/src/tester.c: - * tests/bugs/src/tester.h: - Improved scan logic. Fixes #411739. - -2007-08-12 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: - * tests/bugs/src/tester.h: - Handle newline in declarations better. Fixes #379466. - Ensure space in multiline declarations when removing the newline. - Fix missing argument docs in template free build. - -2007-08-12 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: - * gtkdoc-mktmpl.in: - Handle "unsigned long|unsigned short|signed long|signed short". - Fixes #445693. - -2007-08-12 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * Makefile.am: - * configure.in: - * gtkdoc-check: - * gtkdoc-check.in: - Replacing my shell based test script by Davids perl based one. Add - licence, copyright and docs header. Integrate with build. - -2007-08-12 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - patch by: David Nečas <yeti@physics.muni.cz> - - * gtkdoc-scangobj.in: - Make introspection of interfaces work in more cases. Fixes #355352. - -2007-08-12 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - patch by: David Nečas <yeti@physics.muni.cz> - - * configure.in: - Cleanup glib detection for tests. - -2007-08-11 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtkdoc-check: - Fix modulename check. - -2007-08-11 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * Makefile.am: - Install new makefile. - - * configure.in: - Bump version as we're working on 1.9. - - * gtkdocize.in: - Add option to select makefile-flavour. - -2007-08-11 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtk-doc.make: - Add dummy rule to make first build run through. Fixes #156643 - -2007-08-11 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * style.css: - Hide fixed navigationbar when printing. Fixes #449618 - -2007-08-11 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtk-doc.notmpl.make: - Add new makefile for tmpl-less build. - -2007-08-11 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - patch by: David Nečas <yeti@physics.muni.cz> - - * autogen.sh: - Accepts automake 1.10 too. Fixes #459225 - -2007-08-11 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: - Make the tmpl-less build work. - - * tests/gtk-doc.make: - Switch again to the tmpl-less build. - -2007-08-10 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - patch by: Rouslan Solomakhin <rouslan@solomakhin.net> - - * configure.in: - Fix the build. - -2007-08-10 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtk-doc.make: - * tests/gtk-doc.make: - Revert fix for #433338 and reopen bug. Breaks if file is not there, - e.g. if --rebuild-types is used. - -2007-08-10 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtk-doc.make: - Some cleanups. - - * tests/gtk-doc.make: - Try the tmpl free build here. - -2007-08-10 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * examples/Makefile.am: - Add commented out TESTS. - - * gtk-doc.m4: - Check for location of gtkdoc-check. - - * Makefile.am: - * gtkdoc-check: - Test doc status and print result in check like layout. - -2007-08-02 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - patch by: Sven Herzberg <herzi@gnome-de.org> - - * gtk-doc.make: - * tests/gtk-doc.make: - Rebuild documentation of $(DOC_MODULE).types changed. Fixes #433338 - -2007-08-02 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - patch by: David Nečas <yeti@physics.muni.cz> - - * Makefile.am: - * configure.in: - * gtkdoc-rebase.in: - Allow rebasing cross-references in generated docs. Fixes #434134. - -2007-08-02 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtkdoc-mkhtml.in: - Add a hack to gtkdoc-mkhtml to run uninstalled too. - -2007-08-02 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - Patch by: David Nečas <yeti@physics.muni.cz> - - * gtk-doc.xsl: - Generate ONLINE tag in index.sgml. - - * gtkdoc-fixxref.in: - Allow to base links against online versions of xreffed docs. - Fixes #454916. - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: - Add releaseinfo to doctemplates. - - * tests/bugs/docs/tester-docs.sgml: - * tests/gobject/docs/tester-docs.sgml: - Update templates. - -2007-08-02 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * tests/bugs/docs/Makefile.am: - * tests/gobject/docs/Makefile.am: - * tests/gtk-doc.make: - Use PERL5LIB envvar to use uninstalled gtkdoc-common.pl for tests. - Use tee to both show and redirect logs. - Build test-docs in check-local instead of all-local. - Fixes #459725. - -2007-07-25 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: - * gtkdoc-scan.in: - Some more debug prints and code cleaning. - -2007-07-23 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - Patch by: Yeti <yeti@physics.muni.cz> - - * gtk-doc.make: - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: - Report undeclared symbols into a file. Fixes #436565. - -2007-07-18 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: - Readd two debug prints and remove one obsolete one. - - * tests/bugs/Makefile.am: - * tests/gobject/Makefile.am: - Enforce 'make clean' before 'make check'. - -2007-07-18 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - Patch by: Yeti <yeti@physics.muni.cz> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: - Cleanup broek-return handling and add ignore_broken_returns for - section docs. Fixes #457077 - - * tests/bugs/docs/Makefile.in: - * tests/gobject/docs/Makefile.in: - Remove. - - * tests/gtk-doc.make: - Use the local tools so that 'make check' works uninstalled. - - -2007-07-18 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * tests/bugs/docs/tester-sections.txt: - * tests/bugs/src/tester.c: (bug_419997): - * tests/bugs/src/tester.h: - * tests/gobject/src/tester.c: (gtkdoc_tester_class_init): - * tests/gobject/src/tester.h: - Add more test cases. - -2007-07-17 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * tests/bugs/docs/Makefile.in: - * tests/bugs/docs/tester-sections.txt: - * tests/bugs/src/tester.c: (bug_141869_a), (bug_141869_b), - (bug_379466), (bug_445693): - * tests/bugs/src/tester.h: - * tests/gtk-doc.make: - * tests/gtkdoctest.sh: - Improve test suite. - -2007-07-17 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - Patch by: Yeti <yeti@physics.muni.cz> - - * gtkdoc-common.pl.in: - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: - * gtkdoc-mktmpl.in: - * gtkdoc-scan.in: - Improve paramenter parsing to allow parameter names that contain - const or restricted. Fixes #419997 - Also fix the signed/unsigned more. - -2007-07-17 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * Makefile.am: - * autogen.sh: - * configure.in: - * tests/Makefile.am: - * tests/bugs.sh: - * tests/bugs/Makefile.am: - * tests/bugs/docs/Makefile.am: - * tests/bugs/docs/Makefile.in: - * tests/bugs/docs/tester-docs.sgml: - * tests/bugs/docs/tester-sections.txt: - * tests/bugs/docs/tester.types: - * tests/bugs/src/Makefile.am: - * tests/bugs/src/tester.c: (bug_445693), (bug_141869_a), - (bug_141869_b): - * tests/bugs/src/tester.h: - * tests/gobject.sh: - * tests/gobject/Makefile.am: - * tests/gobject/docs/Makefile.am: - * tests/gobject/docs/Makefile.in: - * tests/gobject/docs/tester-docs.sgml: - * tests/gobject/docs/tester-sections.txt: - * tests/gobject/docs/tester.types: - * tests/gobject/src/Makefile.am: - * tests/gobject/src/tester.c: (gtkdoc_tester_new), - (gtkdoc_tester_get_property), (gtkdoc_tester_set_property), - (gtkdoc_tester_class_init), (gtkdoc_tester_get_type): - * tests/gobject/src/tester.h: - * tests/gtk-doc.make: - * tests/gtkdoctest.sh: - Add test-suite. Fixes #457173 - -2007-07-16 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - Patch by: Yeti <yeti@physics.muni.cz> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: - Avoid useless $return_start access. - -2007-07-16 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - Patch by: Petteri Räty <betelgeuse@gentoo.org> - - * gtk-doc.m4: - Make gtk-doc.m4 fail when needed gtk-doc is not installed and notify - user. Fixes #323938 and #450338. - -2007-07-15 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: - * gtkdoc-mktmpl.in: - Handle signed/unsigned without int. Fixes #141869. - -2007-07-15 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - Patch by: Yeti <yeti@physics.muni.cz> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: - Improve handling of legacy "return" statement doc parsing. Warn about - those. - -2007-07-15 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: - Fix perl warning about usage of undefined symbol. - -2007-07-15 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: - * gtkdoc-mktmpl.in: - Sync the function decl arg parsing. Fixes #419308. - -2007-07-15 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtkdoc-fixxref.in: - Improve the ---help output a little. - -2007-07-15 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtkdoc-fixxref.in: - Improve detection of absolute/relatives paths. Skip duplicate paths. - Fixes #453717. - -2007-06-14 Lo�c Minier <lool@dooz.org> - - * gtk-doc.make: - Cleanup $(DOC_MODULE)-undocumented.txt files in - maintainer-clean-local. Fixes #415388. - -2007-06-14 Lo�c Minier <lool@dooz.org> - - * gtk-doc.m4: - Fix warnings in m4 macros when running "autoreconf -fi -Wall"; - Guillem Jover. Fixes #428596. - -2007-06-11 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (ExpandAbbreviations): just output "signal" and - "property" as the text for cross-reference links to signals and - properties, rather than something like "Object::signal" which can get - a bit long. Also tidied up the code a little. - (GetArgs): put the " inside the literal element. - (GetSignals): use a literal element for the signal name in the title, - to match the properties. - -2007-03-16 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtkdoc-common.pl.in: handle preprocessor statements in enum and - struct declarations. Fixes #418027. - -2007-02-27 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtk-doc.xsl: create toc for part and reference - - * style.css: Fix placement of div.reference - -=== release 1.8 === - -2007-02-16 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - * Released 1.8. - -2007-02-16 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - * gtkdoc-scan.in: only rebuild the .types file automatically on the - very first run (i.e. when there are no sections or types files). - - * gtkdoc-scangobj.in: skip gnome_keyring_item_info_get_type if it is - in the .types file as it isn't a real GObject type. This is a hack to - avoid breaking the GNOME build. See bug #386508. - -2007-02-11 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtk-doc.xsl: fix prerequisite section in nav-header - -2007-02-07 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * style.css: fixing footnote subscripts, make tables look nicer. - #405051 - -2007-02-07 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - * gtk-doc.make: make $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt and - $(DOC_MODULE)-overrides.txt depend on scan-build.stamp, so that - parallel make works. #404122, Ed Catmur. - -2007-02-07 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - * gtkdoc-scangobj.in: don't return if !G_TYPE_IS_OBJECT (object_type) - as that means interface properties don't get output. This was broken - by the patch for #348058. - -2007-01-21 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: added "--default-includes" option to specify the - default "#include"s to place at the top of the synopsis of each - section. Normally this is specified in a <INCLUDE>...</INCLUDE> line - in MODULE-sections.txt, but if you are using the "--rebuild-sections" - option to automatically rebuild the MODULE-sections.txt file you can't - use that. #395023. - -2007-01-21 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - * gtkdoc-mktmpl.in (ReadTemplateFile): - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (ReadTemplateFile): improved param regexp to handle - weird macro vararg names like "format...". #398971. - -2007-01-16 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: support "Include" setting in section docs in source - code, same as <INCLUDE>...</INCLUDE> setting in sections.txt file. - Part of #395023. - -2007-01-16 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (OutputMacro): try to line up multiple lines of - arguments if possible. #384249 - -2007-01-16 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - * gtkdoc-scan.in (ScanHeader): for headers marked private, return - immediately so we don't add anything to the sections file. #395005. - -2007-01-16 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: a number of changes to help when adding example code - to the docs (#368382): - - a) Support CDATA in source code comments. (We don't touch anything in - CDATA.) - b) Support | ... | to include example code. (Just gets converted to - <informalexample><programlisting>) - c) Improve <programlisting> handling, by not inserting <para></para> - and not expanding "()", "@" or "%". (It still expands '#' so people - can use cross-references to any symbols if they want to.). - d) Improve '#' links a bit by skipping symbols that look like C - preprocessor directives (e.g. "#include"). - e) Improve '&' handling a bit by converting to '&' if it doesn't - already look like the start of an entity reference. - f) Added special case for "#include <xxxx>" in <programlisting> so the - "<" and ">" get replaced by entities. - - * gtkdoc-mktmpl.in (ReadTemplateFile): - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (ReadTemplateFile): fixed param regexp so it handles - "@...:" for varargs again. It also cleans up messed up template files - luckily. - -2007-01-04 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - * gtk-doc.make (dist-hook): abort dist if html docs aren't generated. - #166462, Gustavo Carneiro. - -2007-01-03 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: improved output a little - made field widths larger, - removed signal prototypes from synopsis, and capitalized all signal - flags (to be consistent with argument capitalization). #384247, - Hans Petter Jansson. - -2007-01-03 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - * gtkdoc-mktmpl.in (OutputDeclaration): - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (OutputFunction): fix parsing of "char * const" - arguments, with an extra "\s*". #387681 - -2007-01-03 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - * omf.make: - * xmldocs.make: updated to new versions from gnome-common. #363622 - Also reverted the changes made for #316508 since they may cause - problems. We'll let the scrollkeeper/gnome-common/autoconf people - sort out that issue. - -2006-12-07 Ross Burton <ross@burtonini.com> - - * help/manual/C/gtk-doc-manual.xml: - Add examples of how to document structs, properties and signals - (#383401). - -2006-12-04 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - * gtkdoc-scangobj.in: added a '--query-child-properties' argument to - allow you to specify a function to return a list of child properties - for a class (similar to GtkContainer child properties). #379203 - -2006-10-16 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - * gtkdoc-scangobj.in: remove a shadow declaration to avoid compiler - warnings. #362475 - -2006-10-15 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - * gtkdoc-scan.in: added a '--rebuild-sections' option that will - automatically recreate the MODULE-sections.txt file each time. - (This only works for projects with very neat header files.) #310494. - -2006-10-15 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - Bug #338517: Automatically creating/updating .types file: - - * gtkdoc-scan.in: added a '--rebuild-types' option which will - automatically update the .types file using all _get_type() functions - found in the headers. (It will also do this if no .types file is found, - i.e. when gtk-doc is first run on a project.) - - * gtk-doc.make (scan-build.stamp): run gtkdoc-scan before - gtkdoc-scangobj so we can use the generated .types file. - - * gtkdoc-scangobj.in: if the .types file doesn't have any #include - directives, just output "extern GType *get_type();" declarations for - each *_get_type() function. - -2006-10-14 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (ExpandAbbreviationsExceptCDATA): new function used - to expand abbreviations in extra files, but leaving CDATA sections - as they are. (#360579) - -2006-10-14 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (OutputSGML): Allow the section id to be set from - within the source code "SECTION:" comment block. (#349855) - -2006-10-13 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - * style.css: added missing comma from previous fix (#360967). - -2006-10-13 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (OutputSymbolTraits): new function to output the - "Since" and "Stability Level:" paragraphs, with roles to allow - XSLT styling. (#348046) - -2006-10-13 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - * gtkdoc-scangobj.in: support interfaces on non-GObject types. - (#348058, Josh Parsons). - -2006-10-13 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - * gtkdoc-scangobj.in: make sure interfaces are initialized so the - signals query works. (#355352) - -2006-10-13 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - * style.css: Make sure appendix title isn't obscured by navigation bar - (#360967, Philip Kovacs). - -2006-09-09 Matthias Clasen <mclasen@redhat.com> - - * gtkdoc-scangobj.in (get_type_name): Don't set is_pointer - to TRUE for enum and flags types. (#354880, Yevgen Muntyan) - -=== release 1.7 === - -2006-07-29 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - * Released 1.7. - -2006-06-30 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (ScanSourceFile): fix regexp to allow section names - with '-' in them. - - * gtk-doc.make (all-local, docs): added separate 'docs' target that can - be used even when the '--disable-gtk-doc' configure option is used. - -2006-06-15 Jody Goldberg <jody@gnome.org> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (OutputFunction) : finish off #341872 - Support 'T const * const *foo' and other more complex types. - Support ptr2ptr2func as a func argument. - 'void foo (void (**func) (void))' - * gtkdoc-mktmpl.in : ditto. - - (committed by Damon with minor changes to spacing so GTK+ docs are - unchanged). - -2006-06-09 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: - * gtk-doc.xsl: use the 'role' attribute rather than the 'id' attribute - to identify the different sections for the navigation bar, since 'id' - must be unique throughout the entire document. Also fixed a few minor - issues with the output. (#342861, Leonardo Boshell) - -2006-05-30 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - * gtkdoc-fixxref.in (FixHTMLFile): Use the 's' modifier to the - substitution so we handle links spanning more than one line. - (#342845). - -2006-05-22 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - * configure.in: - * Makefile.am: - * help/Makefile.am: - * help/manual/Makefile.am: use a separate Makefile.am for each - subdirectory rather than using "SUBDIRS=help/manual/C". - -2006-05-21 Jody Goldberg <jody@gnome.org> - - * gtkdoc-common.pl.in (ParseStructDeclaration) : Support - 'long double foo' and - 'T const * const *foo' (#341872) - * gtkdoc-mktmpl.in (OutputDeclaration) : handle ptrs to ptrs to - functions 'void func (void (**ptr2ptr2func)(int a))' - -2006-05-21 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (ScanSourceFile): don't check basename for '.hc' - suffix since we allow other suffixes as well now. (#340199) - - * gtkdoc-mktmpl.in (OutputSignalTemplates): check if the parameter - is actually in the source code comment block. If not, use the default - name. Otherwise we were outputting an empty "@:" in the templates. - (ReadTemplateFile): remove empty "@:" lines caused by above bug. - -2006-04-15 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - * xmldocs.make: use gtkdochelpdir rather than docdir to avoid clash - with autoconf. (#316508) - - * tools/gtk-doc.el: Output "Returns:" rather than "Return value:", - and a "C-x4s" binding for inserting a blank section header. - - * gtk-doc.make (sgml-build.stamp): added $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt - to the dependencies, since although the templates depend on it, they - may not be changed, but the XML should still be rebuilt. - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (ScanSourceFile): allow whitespace after "SECTION:". - -2006-04-13 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (ReadArgsFile): When outputting a warning about a - property, use a single colon ':', since that is what is used to - document properties in the source code. (2 colons are used for signals) - - * gtk-doc.make (sgml-build.stamp): added $(HFILE_GLOB) here, to - catch any new documentation in the headers. - -2006-04-12 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (tagify2): strip special "-struct" suffix from - text of links to widget structs. - -2006-04-09 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * TODO: - fix link after live.gnome.org wiki changes - -=== release 1.6 === - -2006-04-09 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - * Released 1.6. - -2006-03-29 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtkdoc-scangobj.in: - missing '*' for arg in signal prototype in docs (#335486) - -2006-03-26 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (MergeSourceDocumentation): don't output warnings - for overridden titles, since that happens a lot. (#320010) - - * configure.in: check for pkg-config >= 0.19. - - * Makefile.am (pkgconfigdir): put the .pc file in $(datadir) rather - than $(libdir), since gtk-doc is architecture-independant. (#120950) - - * configure.in: removed the hard dependency on openjade or jade, since - XML is used mostly now rather than SGML. We just output a warning - rather than an error if neither openjade or jade are found. - -2006-03-21 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * style.css: - add sect1 to pages with top-page offset adjustment (#166363) - -2006-03-19 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - * gtkdoc-scan.in (ScanHeader): try to handle the start of function - declarations spread over 3 lines. (#321708, Jorn Baayen) - -2006-03-19 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - (OutputOldParams): don't bother outputting unused parameters if they - don't have any documentation as that is pointless. - -2006-03-19 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - * gtkdoc-mktmpl.in (ReadTemplateFile): Add a workaround for an old - bug handling macros with arguments spread over several lines. (#318666) - -2006-03-19 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (MakeIndexterms): Make sure we still output an index - term if there isn't 'deprecated' or 'since' info. - (#334851, Tommi Komulainen). - -2006-03-19 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - * gtkdoc-scan.in (ScanHeader): added "--ignore-decorators" option to - ignore a list of declarators in function declarations. - (#316512, Bertram Felgenhauer). - -2006-03-19 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (GetSignals, GetArgs): call MakeIndexTerms() to make - sure that signals appear in the deprecated/new symbol indices. - (#332007, Tommi Komulainen). - -2006-03-19 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (OutputEnum, ExpandAbbreviations, symbolify): - allow use of '#Object::signal' and '#Object:property' to link to - signals and properties, and add links to enum constant values. - (#332483, Stefan Kost) - -2006-03-15 Matthias Clasen <mclasen@redhat.com> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (MakeIndexterms): Create separate indexterms - for different roles, since the docbook stylesheets don't handle - multiple roles in one attribute. (#331586, Tommi Komulainen) - -=== release 1.5 === - -2006-03-07 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - * Released 1.5. - -2006-03-06 Tommi Komulainen <tommi.komulainen@nokia.com> - - * gtkdoc-scan.in (ScanHeader): Print object name after <TITLE> in - order to get get object hierarchy, signals and properties - documentation appear automatically (#333380) - -2006-01-24 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: patch from Damon Chaplin to fix signal flag parsing - -2006-01-08 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: patch from Jonathan Blandford to add support for a - "--source-suffixes" option so you can scan files with any suffixes - you want (e.g. C++ files). - -2005-12-19 Matthias Clasen <mclasen@redhat.com> - - * gtkdoc-mktmpl.in: Use \w+: instead of \S+: when - matching parameter names, so that @Deprecated:2.10: - works in template files like in source code comments. - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: Add a missing "and" to the versioned - deprecation note. - -2005-12-09 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * devhelp.xsl: - try more to downgrade devhelp for old file format - -2005-12-09 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * Makefile.am: - add devhelp2 files - * autogen.sh: - create a autoregen.sh - * devhelp.xsl: - * devhelp2.xsl: - * gtk-doc.xsl: - generate two separate versions - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: - fix parsing const after type (#322556) - * gtkdoc-mktmpl.in: - fix parsing multiline macro heads (#320588) - * gtkdoc-scangobj.in: - allow additional root types (#323581) - -2005-12-05 Matthias Clasen <mclasen@redhat.com> - - * gtkdoc-mktmpl.in (OutputDeclaration): - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (OutputFunction): Allow parameters to be declared - volatile (this happens in GLib nowadays) - -2005-10-11 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: - remove left-over debug-print - -2005-10-10 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * devhelp.xsl: - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: - enhance gtkdoc devhelp output (#318129) - -2005-10-05 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtkdoc-common.pl.in: - revert exchanging with   - -2005-10-04 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - * gtkdoc-scanobj.in: patch from Andrae Steiner to add missing ';' - (#317938) - -2005-09-29 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * TODO: - additionally point people to the gnome-wiki - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: - don't warn on macros with return docs (#314267) - -2005-09-28 Matthias Clasen <mclasen@redhat.com> - - Show signal flags: (#316789) - - * gtkdoc-scangobj.in: Emit flags for signals - as <FLAGS> element in $MODULE.signals - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: Emit signal flags similar - to property flags. - - * gtkdoc-mktmpl.in: Handle <FLAGS> here, too. - -2005-09-20 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * doc/README: - * doc/authors.txt: - * doc/gnome.txt: - * doc/sections-file.txt: - * doc/setting-up.txt: - * doc/style-guide.txt: - * gtkdoc-common.pl.in: - adding a note about where the new docs are - -2005-09-15 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - * gtkdoc-scan.in (ScanHeader): - * gtkdoc-mktmpl.in (OutputDeclaration): - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (OutputFunction): patch from dodji seketeli to handle - functions returning explicit enums. (#303337) - - Patch from Stepan Kasal: - - * gtkdoc-mkhtml.in, gtkdoc-mkman.in, gtkdocize.in: Add datarootdir - variable, for compatibility with future Autoconf releases. - - * configure.in (PACKAGE_DATA_DIR): Simplify the computation; - use a local macro AC_DEFINE_DIR, based on a macro from Autoconf - macro archive. (#313876) - -2005-09-15 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - * gtkdoc-scangobj.in: Patch from Stepan Kasal to avoid some gcc - warnings. (#312985) - - * gtkdoc-scanobj.in: - * gtkdoc-scangobj.in: Use brackets around open() arguments to avoid - precedence problems. (#314838) - - * gtkdoc-scanobj.in: - * gtkdoc-scangobj.in: Output more messages about compilation, linking - and running of scanner, to try to help track down any problems. - Also use "sh -c" to run the scanner (#167688) - - * gtkdoc-scanobj.in: - * gtkdoc-scangobj.in: patch from Stefan Kost to improve error messages, - though I changed it slightly so it doesn't output errno. - -2005-09-09 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: - * style.css: - * gtk-doc.xsl: Use a fixed navigation bar at the top of the page. - Patch from Stefan Kost with minor changes by me. (#313569) - -2005-08-18 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - * gtkdoc-scangobj.in: added "const" in a few places to avoid lots - of warnings if all gcc warnings are on. (#312985) - -2005-08-15 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * COPYING-DOCS: - * Makefile.am: - * configure.in: - * omf.make: - * xmldocs.make: - adding the infrastructure for installation of gtkdoc manual - -2005-08-12 Stefan Kost <ensonic@users.sf.net> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: - fix warning about uninitialized var EXPAND_CONTENT_FILES - -Tue Aug 9 12:01:27 2005 tjlocal <timj@imendio.com> - - * autogen.sh: bail out with exit $? for failing programs. - -2005-07-26 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - * gtk-doc.make: Pass DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE as the main filename to - gtkdoc-mkdb. Avoids creating spurious foo.sgml files in an XML build. - Patch from Malcolm Tredinnick. (#311344) - - Prefix build messages with "gtk-doc: " rather than surrounding them - with "***" which looks like an error. (#170008) - -2005-07-26 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - * README: removed comment about not being able to add section - documentation to source code files, which is not true any more. - -=== release 1.4 === - -2005-07-03 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - * Released 1.4. - -2005-06-20 Matthias Clasen <mclasen@redhat.com> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: Fix typos in warnings. - -2005-06-17 Mikael Hallendal <micke@imendio.com> - - * README: Updated Devhelp web address. - -2005-05-16 Matthias Clasen <mclasen@redhat.com> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: Add "expand-content-files:s" to the GetOptions() call. - -2005-05-10 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: Add an --expand-content-files option - to specify extra files to expand abbreviations in and - copy into the output directory. - - * gtk-doc.make examples/Makefile.am: Add expand_content_files - variable. - - * gtkdoc-mktmpl.in (OutputTemplateFile): Add an - --only-section-tmpl flag so that projects that keep everything - but section descriptions inline can avoid cvs conflicts. - - * gtk-doc.make examples/Makefile.am: Add support for - MKTMPL_OPTIONS - - * configure.in: Up version to 1.4. - -2005-05-02 Matthias Clasen <mclasen@redhat.com> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: Accept C comments between struct name - and struct definition. GObject has an instance of this. - -2005-03-21 Matthias Clasen <mclasen@redhat.com> - - * gtk-doc.dcl: Allow ':' in names. (#169087) - -2005-03-21 James Henstridge <james@jamesh.id.au> - - * gtk-doc.xsl (encoding): output US-ASCII instead of ISO-8859-1. - This ensures that the output will be display correctly when served - as either ISO-8859-1 or UTF-8. - -2005-02-26 Sven Neumann <sven@gimp.org> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (MakeIndexterms): allow space in Since: keywords, - only strip leading and trailing whitespace (bug #168384). - -2005-02-16 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (ScanSourceFile): add support for "@stability:" - in the inline section docs (Brian Cameron). - -2005-02-07 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (MergeSourceDocumentation): allow use of "@...:" in - the source code as well as "@Varargs:". Patch from Benjamin Otte. - #166366. - -2005-02-04 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (ParseStabilityLevel): don't reset $stability if it - isn't Stable/Unstable/Private (Brian Cameron). - (ScanSourceFile): skip whitespace after "SECTION:". - -2005-02-01 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (ScanSourceFile, MergeSourceDocumentation): patch - from Stefan Kost to support section documentation within the source - code (long description, short description, see also and title). - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: - * gtkdoc-mktmpl.in: patch from Brian Cameron to support stability - levels. - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (OutputFunction): - * gtkdoc-mktmpl.in (OutputDeclaration): - * gtkdoc-common.pl.in (ParseStructDeclaration): patch from Roger Leigh - to add support for the "restrict" keyword. - - * gtkdoc-scan.in (ScanHeader): patch from Roger Leigh to add support - for "unsigned" to one of the regexps. - -2005-01-31 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - * gtk-doc.make (scan-build.stamp): added "2>&1" to grep command to - ignore any errors. - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: patch from Stefan Kost to not add '<' '>' around - include files that already have '"' '"' around them, and to try to - gather more information about undocumented symbols. #164462. - -2005-01-28 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - * gtk-doc.make: use dist-hook rather than EXTRA_DIST to copy the - $(DOC_MODULE).types file over, so we can skip this if it doesn't exist. - #156300. - -2005-01-12 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - * README: patch from Stefan Kost to mention GObject classes - and describe the transformation process to XML/SGML and HTML, - and to mention Devhelp. - -=== release 1.3 === - -2005-01-09 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - * Released 1.3. - -2005-01-09 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (MergeSourceDocumentation): output better warnings - using the type information. Patch from Stefan Kost. #161979 - - * gtkdoc-scan.in (ScanHeader): support "typedef struct a *b;". Fixes - last part of #156318. - - * gtkdoc-common.pl.in (ParseStructDeclaration): return an empty array - for forward struct declarations. Part of #156318. - - * gtkdoc-mktmpl.in: - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: updated a few of the warnings to make them a bit - easier to understand. - -2004-11-22 James Henstridge <james@jamesh.id.au> - - * acconfig.h: remove file, since we don't have a config.h - - * configure.in: make sure $ACLOCAL_FLAGS is passed to aclocal on a - rebuild. - - * autogen.sh: use Automake-1.9 if available, and call aclocal, - autoconf, automake, etc in the same order as autoreconf does. - - * gtkdocize.in: if the AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR option is used in the - configure script, copy gtk-doc.m4 to that directory in the source - tree. - -2004-11-16 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (OutputFunction): output "const" rather than - "G_CONST_RETURN". #157674. - - * gtkdoc-mktmpl.in (OutputDeclaration): skip "void" return types but - not if it has modifiers e.g. "void *". #156963. - - * gtkdoc-scan.in (ScanHeader): handle __attribute__. Patch from - Simon Josefsson. #156962. - -2004-10-31 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (OutputStruct): handle opaque/forward struct - declarations. #156318 again. Tiny fix to avoid warnings. - -2004-10-28 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - * gtkdoc-mktmpl.in (ReadDeclarationsFile): - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (ReadDeclarationsFile): - * gtkdoc-scan.in (ScanHeader): handle opaque/forward struct - declarations. #156318. - -2004-10-25 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (OutputParamDescriptions): use a after Returns: - so it doesn't break before the colon. - -2004-10-24 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - * gtkdoc-common.pl (ParseEnumDeclaration): handle "typedef enum XXX {" - #156297. Patch from Simon Josefsson. - -2004-10-20 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (ReadDeclarationsFile): set a flag to indicate a - struct has a typedef declaration. - (OutputStruct): better output for structs with typedefs. #83269. - - * gtkdoc-scan.in (ScanHeader): leave the struct declaration as it is. - Don't strip out 'typedef'. Also allow simple "struct foo {". - -2004-10-19 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - * gtkdoc-fixxref.in: use pkg-config to find where GLib is installed - and scan that directory for index files. Also scan $GNOME2_PATH. - These are only used as a last resort. If they are used we have to - output links as absolute URLs, rather than the default relative ones. - -2004-10-18 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - * gtkdoc-common.pl.in (ParseStructDeclaration): support function - pointers that return "foo const *" #141870. - - * gtkdoc-scan.in (ScanHeader): - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (OutputFunction): - * gtkdoc-mktmpl.in (OutputDeclaration): handle functions with const - or struct return types. #141870 and #148507. - -2004-10-15 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - * gtkdoc-common.pl.in (ParseStructDeclaration) - (ParseEnumDeclaration): moved these here, rather than have 2 copies - in gtkdoc-mkdb.in and gtkdoc-mktmpl.in. - - * gtkdoc-common.pl.in (ParseStructDeclaration): handle struct fields - better. We can now handle things like *foo, ***bar, *baz1223, - foo : 25 all on one line. Fixes part of #151219. - Also support the 'short' modifier to fix #90565. - And use $nbsp; rather than spaces to try to avoid splitting - declarations in the output. - Also take an extra arg specifying whether to include parameters in - the function pointer fields. - - * gtkdoc-scan.in (ScanHeader): Deal with array types in typedefs. - (Eg, "typedef unsigned char MD5Digest16;") From Dan Winship. - Last bit of #151219. - -2004-10-14 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (CreateValidSGMLID): use ":CAPS" rather than - "-CAPS" to distinguish all-caps identifiers, to avoid clashing with - identifiers ending in _caps! Bug #113120. - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (MergeSourceDocumentation): if it looks like a - parameter has been described, but not in the right place, output - a better error message. Bug #141871. - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (OutputMacro, OutputFunction, GetSignals): allow - the author to use <!--PARAMETERS--> to specify the position of the - parameter table if they want. Hopefully good enough for bug #99567. - (MergeSourceDocumentation): end the paragraph before <!--PARAMETERS--> - and start a new one after it. - - * doc/authors.txt: document <!--PARAMETERS-->. - - * style.css: don't underline links normally, as we output lots of - them and it makes it very cluttered. Only underline links when the - mouse hovers over them, and change the color. Fixes #108037. - - * gtk-doc.make (scan-build.stamp): depend on $(CFILE_GLOB) as well, - since changes in properties need to be picked up by gtkdoc-scangobj. - Bug #52458. - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: (ParseStructDeclaration): for fields that are - function pointers, only return the function name, as otherwise the - output gets really messy. Fixes #66618. - - * gtkdoc-mktmpl.in: - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: - * gtkdoc-scan.in: - * gtkdoc-scanobj.in: - * gtkdoc-scangobj.in: use '@PACKAGE_DATA_DIR@' instead of - "@PACKAGE_DATA_DIR@" so that it isn't interpolated. It failed when - $prefix was /software/@sys/usr. Fixes #113456. - -2004-10-13 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - * gtkdoc-scanobj.in: - * gtkdoc-scangobj.in: patch from Olexiy Avramchenko to add 3 new - GdkEvent subtypes. - - * gtkdoc-scanobj.in: - * gtkdoc-scangobj.in: patch from Benjamin Otte to get rid of - -Wsign-compare warnings. Bug #137013. - -Fri Sep 17 01:13:24 2004 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de> - - * gtk-doc.xsl: Add the images from the gallery on top - of the refentry they point to. - - * style.css: Move the css bits of the gallery implementation - here. - -Fri Sep 17 00:30:16 2004 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de> - - * gtk-doc.xsl: Don't generate <link rel="refentry"> - links, since e.g. the GTK+ docs contain MANY refentries. - -2004-09-10 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - * autogen.sh: support automake 1.8. (part of #151219). - - * examples/Makefile.am: require automake 1.6. - - * gtkdoc-scan.in: create an empty MODULE-overrides.txt file if it - doesn't exist. gtkdoc.make expects one to exist. - - * doc/setting-up.txt: updated to document new procedure using - gtkdoc.make. - - * examples/Makefile.am: updated to use gtkdoc.make. - - * examples/configure.in: removed this. gtkdoc.make is used instead - now. - - * examples/README: updated. - - * Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): removed examples/configure.in. - -Wed Sep 8 01:12:25 2004 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de> - - * gtkdoc-scan.in (ScanHeader): - * gtkdoc-mktmpl.in (OutputDeclaration): - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (OutputFunction): Accept mixtures of * - and const in return types. - -Wed Sep 01 05:58:08 2004 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: Remove a debug printf - -Tue Aug 24 02:30:08 2004 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de> - - * gtk-doc.xsl: Add support for a gallery of widget images. - -Wed Jul 28 13:00:54 2004 Jonathan Blandford <jrb@gnome.org> - - * gtk-doc.xsl: remove the examples from the toc. - -2004-07-28 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - * doc/sections-file.txt: mention use of '#' for comments. - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: removed HEADER_FILE stuff, since it isn't used now. - -2004-07-23 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - * examples/Makefile.am (all-local): add empty all-local target for - when ENABLE_GTK_DOC is false. (#148209, Martin Quinson) - -Fri Jul 23 13:21:34 2004 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (ScanSourceFile): Fix regexps for matching - ignored files. (#148211, Martin Quinson) - -2004-07-03 Matthias Clasen <mclasen@redhat.com> - - * style.css: Add a missing '}' and align arguments to the - top of their descriptions. (#145363, #145364, Mariano - Su�rez-Alvarez) - -2004-05-18 Matthias Clasen <mclasen@redhat.com> - - * gtk-doc.xsl: Let the docbook stylesheets generate - extra <link rel=...> elements. (#140221, Geert Stappers) - -2004-05-10 Geert Stappers <stappers@stappers.nl> - - * TODO: new file, basically a reference to bugzilla. - - * examples/README: tell about gtk-doc.make. - -2004-05-06 Geert Stappers <stappers@stappers.nl> - - * MAINTAINERS: Add myself. - -2004-05-05 Matthias Clasen <mclasen@redhat.com> - - * gtk-doc.xsl: Correct the docbook stylesheet version - in which filtered index support will appear to 1.66. - -2004-04-27 Geert Stappers <stappers@stappers.nl> - - * README: Updated the information on Debian packages. - Removed old author and time stamp line. - -2004-04-21 Matthias Clasen <mclasen@redhat.com> - - * doc/sections-file.txt: Add hint about private types. - - * README: Update. - - * MAINTAINERS: Add myself. - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (ReadKnownSymbols): New function which - extracts information about public and private symbols from - the $MODULE-sections.txt file. - (ReadObjectHierarchy): Prune the tree, based on the information - collected by ReadKnownSymbols. - (ReadInterfaces): Also filter out private interfaces here - (ReadPrerequisites): ...and here. - -2004-04-19 Matthias Clasen <mclasen@redhat.com> - - * Makefile.am: Add version-greater-or-equal.xsl. - - * version-greater-or-equal.xsl: New file, implementing - the version-greater-or-equal template for comparing version - numbers. - - * gtk-doc.xsl: Import version-greater-or-equal.xsl and - use the version-greater-or-equal template to a) check that - the xsl stylesheets are not too old and b) to avoid creating - multiple indices if the xsl stylesheets don't support filtered - indices. (#107774) - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (MakeIndexterms): Emit role attributes - on indexterms which can be used to create filtered indices - with sufficiently new xsl stylesheets. The required functionality - will appear in version 1.62 of the xsl stylesheets. (#115530) - -2004-04-16 Matthias Clasen <mclasen@redhat.com> - - * style.css: Style information in a separate stylesheet. - - * gtkdoc-mkhtml.in: Copy css files. - - * Makefile.am (gtkdocdata_DATA): Add style.css - - * gtk-doc.xsl: Use a stylesheet instead of hardwiring - styles. (#134683, Vincent Torri) - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (GetSignals): Organize the properties - descriptions to fit better with the other sections, and - also display information about allowed and default values. - -2004-04-15 Matthias Clasen <mclasen@redhat.com> - - * gtkdoc-scangobj.in: Use introspection more fully to emit - allowed ranges for integral types and default values. - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (GetSignals): Handle missing signal parameter - names better. - -2004-03-04 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - * autogen.sh: fixed URLs to download autoconf/automake/libtool. - Patch from Frederic L. W. Meunier. - -2004-02-16 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - * .cvsignore: added gtk-doc.cat and gtkdocize. - -=== release 1.2 === - -2004-02-16 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - * Released 1.2. - -2004-02-16 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - * gtk-doc.cat.in: removed public ID for gtk-doc.dtd, since we don't - use it any more. - -Sat Feb 14 02:14:27 2004 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de> - - * gtk-doc.m4: Avoid unnecessary checks if gtk-doc is - disabled. (#134221, Julio M. Merino Vidal) - -Sat Feb 14 02:03:01 2004 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de> - - * gtk-doc.make: Don't create unneeded empty - directories. (#134319, Julio M. Merino Vidal) - -Sat Feb 14 01:37:38 2004 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de> - - * gtk-doc.make: Add an empty all-local target to make it work - with non-GNU make. (#134343, Julio M. Merino Vidal) - -Wed Jan 28 00:52:00 2004 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (OutputObjectList): Avoid emitting invalid - docbook markup if there are no objects. Partial fix for #132661. - -Sun Jan 25 22:01:15 2004 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: Accept both the old and the new XInclude - namespace. (#131675, Edd Dumbill) - -2004-01-23 Thomas Vander Stichele <thomas at apestaart dot org> - - * gtkdoc-mkhtml.in: exit when tools return non-zero so errors can - be caught. - -Thu Jan 15 23:06:10 2004 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de> - - * gtk-doc.xsl: Set the chunk.fast parameter, to gain some - speed. - -Thu Jan 15 23:05:23 2004 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de> - - * gtkdoc-fixxref.in: Make it work again without explicit - --module. - -Sat Dec 27 01:36:08 2003 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de> - - * gtkdoc-scangobj.in: - * gtkdoc-mktmpl.in: - * gtkdoc-scan.in: - * gtkdoc-fixxref.in: Add --help. (#126915) - -Sat Dec 27 00:43:42 2003 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (ParseEnumDeclaration): - * gtkdoc-mktmpl.in (ParseEnumDeclaration): Support a trailing , - in enum declarations. These are a GNU C extension, but also - blessed by C99. (#129949, Thomas Vander Stichele) - -Sun Nov 16 00:29:03 2003 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de> - - * gtkdoc-scangobj.in: Don't use g_strdown(). (#127028, - David Schleef) - -Sun Nov 16 00:26:05 2003 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de> - - * gtkdoc-scangobj.in: If compiled against GLib >= 2.3.0, look - for properties on interfaces. (#127068, James M. Cape) - -2003-11-03 Dan Winship <danw@ximian.com> - - * gtkdoc-scangobj.in: Clean up $MODULE-scan.o even when using - libtool - - * gtkdoc-scanobj.in: Likewise - - * gtk-doc.make (CLEANFILES): Remove $(MODULE)-scan.o from here - (clean-local): rm -rf .libs - -Wed Oct 8 01:21:54 2003 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de> - - * gtkdoc-scan.in (ScanHeader): Make gtkdoc-scan grok - typedef struct { } foo; in addition to the more baroque - typedef struct _foo foo; struct _foo { }; - (#116807, Malcolm Tredinnick) - -Wed Oct 8 01:21:35 2003 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (OutputParamDescriptions): Remove a pointless - warning. - -2003-10-01 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de> - - Make signals and properties end up in the right template - file (#116569, Owen Taylor): - - * gtkdoc-mktmpl.in (OutputSignalTemplates): - (OutputArgTemplates): Return a string rather than directly - writing to OUTPUT. - (OutputTemplateFile): Don't interpret $title as the name of - the object to print signal and property templates for. - (UpdateTemplates): Collect signal and property templates for all - objects contained in the section. - -2003-08-10 James Henstridge <james@daa.com.au> - - * acinclude.m4 (JH_PATH_XML_CATALOG): allow caller to specify - actions if found or not found. - (JH_CHECK_XML_CATALOG): when requiring JH_PATH_XML_CATALOG, don't - error out if it is not found. - -2003-08-03 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de> - - * doc/gnome.txt: Add some hints regarding markup of examples. - -2003-07-22 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de> - - * configure.in: - * gtk-doc.cat: Fix a problem with the previous commit. - -2003-07-21 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de> - - Applied patches from Sebastian Rittau to add maintainer mode and an SGML catalog. (#117955, #117956) - - * gtk-doc.cat.in: New catalog file. - * configure.in: Added gtk-doc.catalog to output files. - * Makefile.am: Install gtk-doc.catalog. - - * configure.in: Added AM_MAINTAINER_MODE. - * autogen.sh: Added --enable-maintainer-mode to configure options. - -2003-07-09 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de> - - * gtkdoc-mktmpl.in (ParseStructDeclaration): - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (ParseStructDeclaration): Accept volatile struct members, which have just - made their appearance in glib. - -2003-06-29 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (ExpandAbbreviations): When expanding @param, catch the common @param->field - and @param.field, to reduce the need for littering the C sources with <literal>foo->bar</literal>. - -2003-06-25 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de> - - Changes for #115528: - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (OutputSGML): Collect hierarchy, interfaces, implementations, prerequisites - and derived interfaces separately. - (OutputSGMLFile): Take two more arguments: implementations and derived interfaces. - (GetHierarchy): Also put immediate children in the local tree. - (GetInterfaces): Split into GetInterfaces and GetImplementations. - (GetImplementations): New function to get the implementations of an interface. - (GetDerived): New function to get the known derived interfaces of an interface. - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (MakeXRef): Accept a second, optional parameter for the - text of the link. - (ExpandAbbreviations): Add semantic markup inside the links, so that - non-crossreferenced symbols come out properly formatted after link - removal. (#61345) - -2003-06-15 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de> - - Support for a flat index of all symbols. (#92861) - To use, put an empty <index/> element in your driver document. - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (MakeIndexterms): New function, emits an indexterm. - (OutputMacro, OutputTypedef, OutputStruct, OutputEnum, - OutputUnion, OutputVariable, OutputFunction): Use MakeIndexterms. - to emit indexterms for symbols. - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (GetSignals): - (GetArgs): Emit Since: information for signals and properties. - -Thu Jun 12 15:55:57 2003 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> - - * gtkdoc-mkhtml.in (declaration): Replace head -1 with -n 1. - (Merge change by Elliot Lee from Red Hat package) - -2003-06-11 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de> - - * doc/gnome.txt: Updates to the documentation of inline comments. - -2003-06-03 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de> - - * gtk-doc.spec.in: Add a missing Provides: and include the .pc file. - (#106568, Joe Pranevich) - -2003-05-27 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (GetSignals): - (GetArgs): Add signals and properties to the statistics. - (OutputMissingDocumentation): Emit undocumented signals and - properties. (#113645) - -2003-04-21 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de> - - * tools/docpercentages.pl: Fix autolinkification for undocumented - symbols. - - * doc/style-guide.txt: Typo fix. - -=== release 1.1 === - -2003-04-18 James Henstridge <james@daa.com.au> - - * Released 1.1. - -2003-04-18 James Henstridge <james@daa.com.au> - - * NEWS: add news items. - - * configure.in: increment version number. - -2003-03-14 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (OutputBook): Fix the public identifier for - DocBook V3.0: Davenport, not DavenPort. - (#108343, Mariano Suarez-Alvarez) - -2003-03-10 James Henstridge <james@daa.com.au> - - * configure.in: associate the chmod commands with the files they - are chmod'ing. This way config.status will always run the correct - chmod command. - -2003-03-04 James Henstridge <james@daa.com.au> - - * configure.in: look up the docbook DTD by public id rather than - system id. - -2003-02-26 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (GetArgs): Prefer template or comment docs over - blurbs only if they're nonempty, otherwise the empty docs from the - templates override all the blurbs. - -2003-02-26 James Henstridge <james@daa.com.au> - - * autogen.sh (THEDIR): set up so that it will choose automake 1.7 - or 1.6 in preference to 1.4. Passes distcheck okay. - - * configure.in: update configure.in script to match - recommendations of newer autoconf's, and add an AC_PREREQ() - statement, since the xml catalog checks are using new autoconf - features. - - * gtk-doc.make (xml-build.stamp): since other bits of the makefile - were assuming xml, may as well hard code --output-format=xml. - -2003-02-19 James Henstridge <james@daa.com.au> - - * Makefile.am: get rid of the dist-hook, and just include the - given files in EXTRA_DIST instead. - - * configure.in: provide meaningful names for the commands. - - * acinclude.m4 (JH_CHECK_XML_CATALOG): add some extra arguments: a - friendly name for the catalog entry, and actions to run if the - entry was found or not. Also include a bit more information in - the config.log file if an error occurs. - -2003-02-18 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de> - - * gtkdoc-mkhtml.in (declaration): Avoid the unportable grep - option -q. (#105311) - -2003-02-19 James Henstridge <james@daa.com.au> - - * devhelp.xsl: put chapters that aren't at the top level into the - toc tree (to make gtk's .devhelp tree look better). - - * gtk-doc.spec.in (Requires): make the requires lines match - current requirements ... - - * gtkdoc-mkhtml.in (XSLTPROC): pass --nonet to xsltproc, so we - don't try to download DTDs and XSLT over the net. The configure - checks should catch people who don't have the correct files in - their catalog. - -2003-02-17 James Henstridge <james@daa.com.au> - - * gtkdocize.in (--version): add --version argument. - -2003-02-14 James Henstridge <james@daa.com.au> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (GetOptions): actually accept --tmpl-dir as a - command line option. Based on a patch from Simon Josefsson - <jas@extundo.com>. - - * gtk-doc.xsl: remove the xmlns declaration. Not really needed - for html output anyway ... - -2003-02-13 James Henstridge <james@daa.com.au> - - * devhelp.xsl: remove refsect1's and refsect2's from book tree, as - suggested by Hallski. - - * gtk-doc.make (install-data-local): the change to install images - was superfluous, so I have removed it. - (CLEANFILES): move some more stuff to CLEANFILES from the - distclean-local rule. - -2003-02-12 James Henstridge <james@daa.com.au> - - * gtk-doc.make: add some chmod calls to work around distcheck on - automake >= 1.6. - (install-data-local): copy the images as well as the html files - during install. - (uninstall-local): add an uninstall rule to remove the docs. - (CLEANFILES): add $(DOC_MODULE)-scan.o to the list of files to be - cleaned up. - -2003-02-09 James Henstridge <james@daa.com.au> - - * gtkdocize.in: script used to copy gtk-doc.make into another - module. - - * gtk-doc.make: automake makefile fragment to handle gtk-doc - support in other modules. - - * configure.in: check to make sure DocBook XML DTD and XSLT - stylesheets are present in the XML catalog. - - * acinclude.m4 (JH_CHECK_XML_CATALOG): new macro to check for - entries in the XML catalog. - -2003-02-04 James Henstridge <james@daa.com.au> - - * gtk-doc.m4: a macro to check for gtk-doc. - - * Makefile.am (gtkdocdata_DATA): don't bother installing xml.dcl. - It isn't used anymore (since switching xml mode to xsltproc). - - * gtkdoc-mkhtml.in (gtkdocdir): and here. - - * Makefile.am (gtkdocdatadir): change dir. - - * configure.in: put data files in $(datadir)/gtk-doc/data, so that - they don't all get mixed up with the html docs installed by other - packages. - -=== release 1.0 === - -2003-01-20 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - * Released 1.0. - -2003-01-20 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - * configure.in: bumped version to 1.0, and added SGML_OUTPUT_TYPE - variable, which we set to 'sgml-raw' if we have openjade, or 'sgml' - if we have jade. Added gtk-doc.pc to AC_OUTPUT. - - * gtkdoc-mkhtml.in: used SGML_OUTPUT_TYPE variable to set the output - type of jade/openjade. - - * gtk-doc.pc.in: new pkg-config file, which apps can use to reliably - check the gtk-doc version in future. - - * Makefile.am (pkgconfigdir): install .pc file, and add it to - EXTRA_DIST. - - * examples/configure.in: updated example to use pkg-config for the - version check. - -2003-01-18 James Henstridge <james@daa.com.au> - - * gtkdoc-mkhtml.in (declaration): switch the output type from - "sgml" to "sgml-raw" when using Jade to process docs. This gets - rid of the line breaks inside the tags, which were confusing Lynx. - -2003-01-15 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de> - - * gtkdoc-scan.in (ScanHeader): Remove special cases for Pango and - Bonobo. - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (OutputDeclaration): - * gtkdoc-mktmpl.in (OutputDeclaration): Remove special cases for - structs named BlablaClass. (#95398) - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (GetInterfaces): Fix an off-by-one error. - (#103466, Josh Parsons) - -2002-12-28 Chema Celorio <chema@celorio.com> - - * gtkdoc-scangobj.in: add "void" to functions with no parameters, - avoids warning with -Wmissing-prototypes when compiling - {module}-scan.c - -2002-12-16 James Henstridge <james@daa.com.au> - - * gtk-doc.spec.in: require perl >= 5.6.0 - - * configure.in: require Perl >= 5.6.0 - - * gtkdoc-fixxref.in: add "use bytes;" to fix malformed UTF-8 - character errors when run with a UTF-8 locale. - -2002-12-16 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (OutputSGMLFile): Don't emit the additional - anchors in the title which breaks the generated html (the title - text is copied around). Instead, put the anchors before the - synopsis. This isn't perfect, but the best we can achieve without - stylesheet hackery. - -2002-12-13 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: Add an --ignore-files option which can be used - to omit files or directories from scanning. - (OutputSGMLFile): Emit anchors for all objects contained in the - file to avoid dangling links. - (OutputMissingDocumentation): Emit deprecated symbols after - undeprecated ones. - -2002-12-12 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de> - - * gtkdoc-scan.in (ScanHeader): Also recognize "positive" guards - like #ifdef GTK_ENABLE_BROKEN. - -2002-12-11 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de> - - * gtk-doc.xsl: Change XPath path to "//anchor|//refentry" for the - generation of index.sgml. The previous path "//anchor|refentry" - was not matching any refentrys. - -2002-12-09 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de> - - * gtkdoc-mktmpl.in (UpdateTemplates): Emit unused class structs - to $MODULE-unused.txt. - -2002-12-08 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (OutputStruct): Don't emit private parts - of class structs to parameter lists in docs. Remove leftover - debugging output. - - * gtkdoc-mktmpl.in (OutputDeclaration): Don't emit private parts - of class structs to parameter lists in templates. - -2002-12-06 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de> - - Improved /*< private >*/ handling: (#95398) - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (OutputStruct): Handle /*< public >*/ and - /*< private >*/ for all structs. Default to private for object and - class structs, to public for all other structs. - - * gtkdoc-scan.in (ScanHeader): Emit declarations for class structs - to $MODULE-decl.txt. - -2002-12-05 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de> - - * gtkdoc-mktmpl.in (OutputDeclaration): - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (ReadTemplateFile): Support @Since: and - @Deprecated: as a way to specify since and deprecated information - in template files. This works for all kinds of symbols, even those - which normally don't have parameter lists. - -2002-12-02 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (MakeDeprecationNote): Support multi-paragraph - deprecation notes. - -2002-11-29 James Henstridge <james@daa.com.au> - - * gtkdoc-mkhtml.in: copy the navigation images for both XML and - SGML cases. - - * gtk-doc.dsl.in: update DSSSL stylesheets to match layout of XSL - ones. - -2002-11-29 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de> - - * gtkdoc-scan.in (ScanHeader): Make deprecation guards work with - both - #ifndef DEPRECATION_GUARD - #if !defined(DEPRECATION_GUARD) || defined(FOO_COMPILATION) - The second form is used in GDK and GTK+ to include selected - deprecated symbols when compiling the library itself. - -2002-11-27 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: Parse to new tags in inline doc comments, - Since: and Deprecated:, which can be placed after the Returns: - tag. Emit the Since: information (which is expected to be just a - version number) after the parameters and the Deprecated: - information (which is expected to be one or more full sentences) - inside the deprecation warning. - Warn if a Deprecated: tag is found on a symbol which is not - guarded by a deprecation guard in the header. - -2002-11-26 James Henstridge <james@daa.com.au> - - * gtkdoc-mkhtml.in: set gtkdoc-bookname and gtkdoc-version - parameters in sgml mode, and don't bother with the sed run after - processing with jade. - In XML mode, pass the version number in as a parameter too. - - * gtk-doc.dsl.in ($user-html-header$): add <meta> tag if - gtkdoc-version is set. - (generate-index-mode): if gtkdoc-bookname is set, add it to the - hrefs in the index file, like the XSLT sheets do. - - * gtk-doc.xsl: add gtkdoc.version parameter, and use it to add a - <meta> tag with the gtk-doc version number. - -=== release 0.10 === - -2002-11-16 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - * Released 0.10. - -2002-11-16 Damon Chaplin <damon@gnome.org> - - * configure.in: bumped version to 0.10. - - * Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): added MAINTAINERS. - - * README: updated requirements info, mainly to add XML stuff. - - * NEWS: added news for 0.10 - - * MAINTAINERS: - * AUTHORS: updated my email address. - -2002-11-16 James Henstridge <james@daa.com.au> - - * gtk-doc.xsl: output HTML in ISO-8859-1 (latin1), as using UTF-8 - can trigger misinterpretation of web pages when the web server - asserts that the document is encoded in latin1 in the mime type. - -2002-11-15 James Henstridge <james@daa.com.au> - - * gtk-doc.xsl: small changes to make the output closer to valid - HTML. - - * gtkdoc-fixxref.in (MakeXRef): when substituting in cross - references, use lower case element and attribute names, and quote - the attribute value. - -2002-11-12 James Henstridge <james@daa.com.au> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: put content of parameter descriptions in - <simpara> elements instead of <para>'s. This makes the generated - HTML more compact, as it will omit the <p> tag inside the list - item. - - * gtk-doc.xsl: adjust stylesheet a little. - -2002-11-10 James Henstridge <james@daa.com.au> - - * gtk-doc.xsl: change style for documentation. - - * gtkdoc-mkhtml.in (declaration): copy PNG files to the html - directory. - -2002-11-10 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (GetArgs): Expand abbreviations in source doc - comments. - -2002-11-09 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de> - - * gtkdoc-mktmpl.in (OutputSignalTemplates): Don't replace template - param names with meaningless argn names generated by gtkdoc-scangobj. - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (GetSignals): Use argument names from source doc - comments, if available. - (GetArgs): Use source doc comments instead of blurb, if available. - (ScanSourceFile): Also accept object::signal and object:property - symbols. - (MergeSourceDocumentation): For signals only, prefer source doc - param names over template param names. - -Fri Nov 8 15:10:57 2002 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (GetPrerequisites): Add missing <para> - here too. - -Mon Nov 4 17:17:40 2002 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (MergeSourceDocumentation): Warn - when overriding docs in template file by inline comments. - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (GetInterfaces): Add missing <para> in - "Implemented interfaces" output. - -2002-10-29 Damon Chaplin <damon@ximian.com> - - * gtkdoc-scangobj.in: in get_type_name() set is_pointer to TRUE for - subtypes of G_TYPE_BOXED and G_TYPE_POINTER. This means we get things - like "GtkTreeIter *iter" rather than "GtkTreeIter iter" which was - incorrect. Also return 'GParamSpec*' for G_TYPE_PARAM. - in lookup_signal_arg_names() changed GtkNotebook::switch-page - page argument to guint. And fixed a few other entries. - Also fixed argument numbering, so we don't get 2 "widget" arguments. - - * gtkdoc-scanobj.in: add ';' after unlink command to avoid warning. - -2002-10-20 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de> - - * examples/Makefile.am (SCANOBJ_FILES): Add $(DOC_MODULE).prerequisites. - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: Read $MODULE.prerequisites and put list of - prerequisites below the object hierarchy for interfaces. - - * gtkdoc-scangobj.in: Write information about interface - prerequisites to $MODULE.prerequisites. - -2002-10-15 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de> - - * gtkdoc-scangobj.in: Sort paramspec arrays for - greater stability and less random tmpl file diffs. - -2002-10-14 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de> - - * examples/Makefile.am (SCANOBJ_FILES): Add $(DOC_MODULE).interfaces. - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: Read $MODULE.interfaces and put lists of - implemented interfaces/known implementations below the object - hierarchy for classes/interfaces. - - * gtkdoc-scangobj.in: Write interface information to - $MODULE.interfaces. - -2002-10-12 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de> - - * gtkdoc-scangobj.in: Make interface appear in the object hierarchy. - -2002-10-11 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de> - - * gtk-doc.xsl: use 'UTF-8', not UTF-8 for default.encoding, to - make the encoding actually appear in the resulting HTML. - -2002-10-09 James Henstridge <james@daa.com.au> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: set $doctype_header to "" for the SGML case, as - we don't add a doctype to the beginning of SGML fragments. - -Tue Sep 17 01:07:51 2002 Jonathan Blandford <jrb@gnome.org> - - * gtk-doc.xsl: output the chunks in UTF-8 so other tools can use - them. - -2002-09-03 James Henstridge <james@daa.com.au> - - * gtk-doc.xsl: turn on rendering of variablelists as tables, and - set CSS rules to style .variablelist instead of .informaltable. - - * gtk-doc.dsl.in (variablelist): override the variablelist handler - instead of the tgroups. - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (OutputStruct): use a <variablelist> for listing - the field descriptions. - (OutputEnum): same here. - (OutputParamDescriptions): and here. - -2002-08-12 James Henstridge <james@daa.com.au> - - * gtk-doc.xsl: include devhelp.xsl, and call generate.devhelp when - processing the docbook/xml input. - - * devhelp.xsl: new file, implements .devhelp file output. - -2002-08-18 Havoc Pennington <hp@pobox.com> - - * autogen.sh: hardcode aclocal-1.4/automake-1.4 so that users with - both automake 1.6 and 1.4 installed get the right automake. Means - compilation from CVS will now require the latest automake 1.4 - release, or manually creating symlinks called "automake-1.4" and - "aclocal-1.4" - -2002-08-08 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de> - - * gtkdoc-scangobj.in: Make sure blurbs end with a '.' - -2002-08-08 James Henstridge <james@daa.com.au> - - * gtk-doc.xsl: add a gtkdoc.bookname param, and include it in the - index.sgml output (if not empty). - - * gtkdoc-mkhtml.in: only perform the sed operation if we are using - Jade, and pass the module name as a parameter when using xsltproc. - -2002-08-04 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de> - - * gtkdoc-scangobj.in: Don't try to list signals on types which - don't support signals, e.g. boxed types. - -2002-06-14 jacob berkman <jacob@ximian.com> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: do the version check before help, so --version - doesn't output --help (should fix recent build bustage) - -2002-06-12 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: Make header-grabbing work without an explicit - --main-sgml-file argument. - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: Emit the object hierarchy as a <screen> rather - than a <literallayout>, since the Docbook XSL stylesheets don't - handle <link>s inside <literallayout>. - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: Decide whether to generate standalone documents - for XIncluding or entities based on the presence of the XInclude - namespace declaration on the document element. - -2002-06-09 James Henstridge <james@daa.com.au> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: try to grab the header off the top of the main - sgml file. - -2002-05-31 James Henstridge <james@daa.com.au> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (OutputSGML): put XIncludes in the $book_bottom - variable. - (OutputBook): add the XInclude namespace declaration to the book - element. - - * gtkdoc-mkhtml.in (declaration): if the document looks like XML, - process it with xsltproc. - - * configure.in: check for xsltproc. - - * gtk-doc.xsl: start of XSLT template for converting docbook/xml - to HTML. - -2002-06-03 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (ConvertSGMLChars): Don't use Posix character - classes. Perl < 5.6 doesn't have them; and the API doc autobuilder - on widget.gnome.org has an old Perl. - -2002-05-29 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de> - - Fixes for #77193: - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (OutputSGML): Call GetSignals, GetArgs and - GetHierarchy for each symbol here and accumulate. - (OutputSGMLFile): Get signal, argument and hierarchy information - from the caller. - (GetSignals, GetArgs, GetHierarchy): Don't wrap the return value - in a refsect1, so that the results of multiple calls can be accumulated. - -2002-05-28 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (ConvertSGMLChars): Make this work correctly - for empty elements and XML comments in doc comments. - -2002-05-27 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (ReadTemplateFile, OutputSGMLFile): - Use only the basename of the template file in the key for the - symbol table, in order to decouple the file extensions of the - template files and the generated entities (we want to generate - .xml entities from .sgml template files when emitting XML). - -2002-05-25 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (ConvertSGMLChars): New function which tries to - be a bit more clever when escaping SGML syntax characters. - (ScanSourceFile): Use ConvertSGMLChars instead of CreateValidSGML. - This reduces the work needed to make gtk-doc emit XML (where <, & - and friends must always be escaped). - -2002-05-18 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de> - - * gtkdoc-mkhtml.in: Detect whether we're processing SGML or XML. - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: New option --output-format to switch between - SGML and XML output. - - * Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Add xml.dcl - - * xml.dcl: The XML declaration. - -2002-05-06 jacob berkman <jacob@ximian.com> - - * gtkdoc-scangobj.in: add an include for the GTK_CHECK_VERSION - macro - -2002-05-05 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de> - - * gtkdoc-scangobj.in: Output style properties. (#80659) - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (GetArgs): Return separate sections for - properties, child properties and style properties. (#80659) - -2002-05-03 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de> - - * gtkdoc-scangobj.in: Fix for segfault in scangobj-generated C - program on Solaris. (#80606, Jacob Berkman) - -2002-05-01 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de> - - * tools/docpercentages.pl: Add the script which Owen uses for the - d.g.o online API docs. Its easier to keep in sync here. - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (OutputMissingDocumentation): Fix - $MODULE-undocumented.txt for d.g.o online API docs. - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (GetArgs): Use blurbs for property documentation. - - * gtkdoc-scangobj.in: Output child properties. Output nicks and - blurbs for properties. - -2002-04-28 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (ScanSourceFile): Don't scan for return value - descriptions unnecessarily. (#65997) - -2002-03-11 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de> - - * gtkdoc-scangobj.in, gtkdoc-mkdb.in: Create docs for signals on interfaces. - -2002-02-01 Damon Chaplin <damon@ximian.com> - - * configure.in: check for openjade or jade. Patch from Stefan Kost - <kost@imn.htwk-leipzig.de>. - - * gtkdoc-mkhtml.in: use @JADE@ so the correct version of jade is used. - - * autogen.sh: commented out autoheader since we don't have a config.h. - -=== release 0.9 === - -2002-01-18 Damon Chaplin <damon@ximian.com> - - * Released 0.9. - -2002-02-01 Damon Chaplin <damon@ximian.com> - - * examples/Makefile.am: added SCANOBJ_OPTIONS in case the module needs - to pass options to gtkdoc-scanobj or gtkdoc-scangobj. - -2002-01-24 Damon Chaplin <damon@ximian.com> - - * tools/gtk-doc.el: added Zucchi's emacs lisp for automatically adding - skeleton comment blocks above functions. Very handy! - -2002-01-23 Damon Chaplin <damon@ximian.com> - - * configure.in: bumped the version to 0.9, so GTK+ can depend on this - if it wants to. - - * gtkdoc-scangobj.in: we now default to calling g_type_init() to - initialize the type system, rather than gtk_init(). This means you - don't need an X connection to build the docs any more. Hurrah! - Also added a '--type-init-func' argument so you can change the - function to be called. GTK+ uses --type-init-func="gtk_type_init(0)". - - * gtkdoc-scan.in (ScanHeader): removed 'Found object' debug message. - -=== release 0.8 === - -2002-01-18 Damon Chaplin <damon@ximian.com> - - * Released 0.8. - -2002-01-18 Damon Chaplin <damon@ximian.com> - - * Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): added gtk-doc.dcl to EXTRA_DIST. - -2002-01-18 Damon Chaplin <damon@ximian.com> - - * gtkdoc-scangobj.in: Reverted jacob's patch for this release, since - it breaks GTK+ and possibly other packages. I'll re-apply it after - the release, so we can fix everything in CVS. - -2002-01-18 jacob berkman <jacob@ximian.com> - - * gtkdoc-scangobj.in: default to calling g_type_init(), remove - --nogtkinit argument and replace with a more flexible - --type-init-func - -2002-01-18 Damon Chaplin <damon@ximian.com> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (ScanSourceFile): patch from Matthias Clasen - <matthiasc@poet.de> to only strip first space after '*' in source - code comment blocks, so example code can be indented as desired. - Bug #68216. - -Wed Nov 21 16:50:35 2001 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb,tmpl.in: Add some extra quoting to - error messages to make it clearer what is going on - with trailing commas on enumeration declarations. - -Wed Nov 21 16:00:45 2001 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> - - * Applied patch from Matthias Clasen to use a modified - .dcl file with the 44 character name length limit removed. - (#61342) - -2001-10-17 Damon Chaplin <damon@ximian.com> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: applied patch from Matthias Clasen - <matthiasc@poet.de> to take a --sgml-mode argument which means - all comment blocks in the source code are assumed to be DocBook - (i.e. we don't convert '<', '>' and '&' to '<' etc. - -2001-10-09 Damon Chaplin <damon@ximian.com> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (OutputMissingDocumentation): changed %.2f to %.0f - so hopefully the automated reports on developer.gnome.org will work - OK again. - -2001-10-02 Damon Chaplin <damon@ximian.com> - - * gtkdoc-mktmpl.in (OutputDeclaration): - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (OutputFunction): applied patch from - matthiasc@poet.de (Matthias Clasen) to handle G_CONST_RETURN in a - parameter list. Bug #61341. - -2001-10-02 Damon Chaplin <damon@ximian.com> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (OutputMissingDocumentation): applied patch from - matthiasc@poet.de (Matthias Clasen) to output percentages better. - Bug #61467. - Also set percent to 100 if total is 0, avoiding divide-by-zero. - -2001-10-02 Damon Chaplin <damon@ximian.com> - - * examples/Makefile.am (DOC_OVERRIDES): define as an empty string, - even when not used. - -2001-09-13 Damon Chaplin <damon@ximian.com> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (OutputMissingDocumentation): initialize buffer to "". - Fix for SGI from David Kaelbling <drk@sgi.com>. - -Sat Sep 8 14:08:51 2001 Jonathan Blandford <jrb@webwynk.net> - - * gtkdoc-scan.in (ScanHeader): recognize GET_IFACE macros - -2001-09-08 Havoc Pennington <hp@pobox.com> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (GetArgs): Title the section on object properties - "Properties" instead of "Args" - -2001-08-14 Laszlo Peter <laca@ireland.sun.com> - - * gtkdoc-scanobj.in: - * gtkdoc-scangobj.in: change \n's to \\n's in perl scripts - generating C code. - -2001-08-12 Jens Finke <jens@gnome.org> - - * Updated gtk-doc.spec.in file to match gpp standard. - -=== release 0.7 === - -2001-08-04 Damon Chaplin <damon@ximian.com> - - * Released 0.7 - -2001-08-04 Damon Chaplin <damon@ximian.com> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (OutputFunction): - * gtkdoc-mktmpl.in (OutputDeclaration): patch from Lowell Johnson - <ldjohn@usgs.gov> to accept things like "long long", "short int", - "char testCLEN" as function parameters. - -2001-07-20 Anders Carlsson <andersca@gnome.org> - - * gtkdoc-scangobj.in: Remove argument to g_type_init (); - -2001-07-09 Damon Chaplin <damon@ximian.com> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (ParseStructDeclaration): accept G_CONST_RETURN - modifier for function return values. gtkdoc-mktmpl.in already had this. - -Thu Jun 21 11:57:16 2001 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> - - * gtkdoc-scangobj.in: Conform to changes in GObject API - for property retrieval. - -2001-05-25 Peter Williams <peterw@ximian.com> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (ScanSourceFile): Skip single-line comments -- - prevents barfing on ORBit-generated files. - -2001-05-20 Damon Chaplin <damon@ximian.com> - - * examples/Makefile.am (sgml-build.stamp): replaced use of wildcard - (which isn't portable) with original *.sgml. I think this just means - that the first time you try to build the docs it will fail, but if - you run make again it will work. - - * doc/setting-up.txt: explained that make may fail the first time. - -2001-05-19 Damon Chaplin <damon@ximian.com> - - * README: - * doc/README: - * doc/setting-up.txt: - * doc/sections-file.txt: - * doc/authors.txt: updated docs to cover simpler setup procedure. - - * doc/gtk_button.txt: - * doc/manpage: - * doc/manpage.man: - * doc/notes.txt: removed out-of date stuff. - - * Makefile.am (dist-hook): updated so it doesn't try to remove old - examples subdirectory stuff. - -2001-05-19 Damon Chaplin <damon@ximian.com> - - * examples/gnome/*: - * examples/gnomeui/*: removed out-of-date example files. - - * examples/configure.in: - * examples/Makefile.am: new example setup mostly copied from GTK+. - - * examples/README: describe the example configure.in/Makefile.am. - -2001-05-19 Damon Chaplin <damon@ximian.com> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: added --help option and changed output slightly to - make more compatible with XML. Patch from Toshio Kuratomi - <badger@prtr-13.ucsc.edu> - -2001-05-19 Damon Chaplin <damon@ximian.com> - - * gtkdoc-mktmpl.in (OutputDeclaration): - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (OutputFunction): changed a '?' to a '*' so we accept - multi-dimensional array function parameters. Patch from Paolo Casarini - <casarini@CS.UniBO.IT> - -2001-05-12 Damon Chaplin <damon@ximian.com> - - * gtkdoc-scangobj.in: - * gtkdoc-scanobj.in: used "*pos = 0" to avoid problems with backslashes - in '\0'. - - * configure.in: removed dsssl dirs stuff, since we use public entities - now. - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (OutputBook): if there is no main SGML file we create - it here. Also added a --main-sgml-file option so we know where to put - it. - - * gtkdoc-scan.in: if there is no MODULE-sections.txt file, we copy - the MODULE-decl-list.txt file to it. The user can tweak it later. - -2001-05-11 Damon Chaplin <damon@ximian.com> - - * gtk-doc.spec.in: applied patch from Toshio Kuratomi - <badger@prtr-13.ucsc.edu>. - -2001-05-07 Joakim Ziegler <joakim@ximian.com> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: Added option --outputallsymbols to create a symbol list - in the module doc dir. - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: Added functionality to output a list of undocumented - symbols in a module, most of is is in OutputMissingDocumentation. - - * gtkdoc-scan.in: Small scanning fixes to facilitate the doc coverage - output mentioned above. - -2001-04-25 Federico Mena Quintero <federico@ximian.com> - - * gtkdoc-scanobj.in: Added missing output-dir in the call to - GetOptions(). - -2001-04-24 Damon Chaplin <damon@ximian.com> - - * gtkdoc-scanobj.in: copied --outputdir option from gtkdoc-scangobj.in. - -Fri Apr 13 15:25:44 2001 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: Restore call to OutputBook that was accidentally - deleted. - -Thu Apr 12 17:57:12 2001 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> - - * gtkdoc-scangobj.in: Add a --outputdir option (sort of hacky. - Need this because $CC, $LD can include relative paths if they - are based on $LIBTOOL) - -2001-03-26 Damon Chaplin <damon@ximian.com> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (ReadSourceDocumentation): scan .h files as well, - so macros can be documented there if desired. Patch from - Yoann Vandoorselaere <yoann@mandrakesoft.com> - - * gtkdoc-mkhtml.in (gtkdocdir): use 'test -f' rather than 'test -e' - which is GNU-specific. - -Thu Mar 8 17:26:29 2001 Tim Janik <timj@gtk.org> - - * gtkdoc-scangobj.in: fix signal param type handling. - -Tue Mar 6 23:21:46 2001 Jonathan Blandford <jrb@redhat.com> - - * gtkdoc-scanobj.in: Add gobject support. Now works on files that - don't link against GTK. - -Sat Mar 3 17:43:42 2001 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> - - * gtkdoc-{scan,mktmpl,mkdb}.in: Add support for G_CONST_RETURN. - (Right now, it will appear as G_CONST_RETURN in the output - - I'm not sure that's right - perhaps it should be converted - to const.) - -2001-02-20 Michael Meeks <michael@ximian.com> - - * gtkdoc-mktmpl.in: s/TRUE/1/ - -2001-02-19 Damon Chaplin <damon@ximian.com> - - * gtkdoc-mktmpl.in (UpdateTemplates): fixed bug handling the $changed - flag. - -2001-02-17 Damon Chaplin <damon@ximian.com> - - * gtkdoc-scan.in (ScanHeaders): - (ScanHeader): patch from Johannes Stezenbach <js@convergence.de> - so we don't use '\b' in the regexp to match files/dirs to ignore. - '\b' can match '_' so we matched things we shouldn't have. - -Mon Feb 12 12:50:57 2001 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> - - * configure.in: Up version. - -Sun Feb 11 18:35:07 2001 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> - - * gtkdoc-mktmpl.in: Add a timestamp file for the - templates like sgml.stamp - - * gtkdoc-mktmpl.in (OutputUnusedTemplates): Write the - symbols out in sorted order instead of hash table - order to reduce conflicts. - -Mon Feb 5 16:48:51 2001 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> - - * configure.in gtk-doc.dsl.in: Remove checks for DSSSL - use a - public entity instead. - - * gtkdoc-scangobj.in: Fix to work with libtool better. - -2001-01-30 Havoc Pennington <hp@pobox.com> - - * gtkdoc-fixxref.in, gtkdoc-mkdb.in, gtkdoc-mktmpl.in, - gtkdoc-scan.in, gtkdoc-scangobj.in, gtkdoc-scanobj.in: - Added -*- cperl -*- magic, and --deprecated-guards - option. - -2001-01-23 Damon Chaplin <damon@helixcode.com> - - * gtkdoc-scangobj.in: - * gtkdoc-scanobj.in: - * gtkdoc-scan.in: - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: - * gtkdoc-mktmpl.in: changed so that they only update files when - necessary (they write new versions of the files out, then use 'cmp' - to compare with the existing versions to see if they have changed.) - This should make it easier to do proper dependency rules in Makefiles, - and it may cut down on CVS traffic. - - * gtkdoc-mkhtml.in: update a timestamp file (html.stamp) after running. - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: update a timestamp file (sgml.stamp) if any of the - DocBook SGML files have been changed. So hopefully you can now use - rules like this to avoid unnecessary regeneration of the HTML: - - all-local: - $(MAKE) scan - $(MAKE) templates - $(MAKE) sgml - $(MAKE) html.stamp - - html.stamp: sgml.stamp $(EXTRA_SGML_FILES) - $(MAKE) html - - (I've tried this with the old GTK+ reference API docs and it seems to - work well.) - - * gtkdoc-scangobj.in: - * gtkdoc-scanobj.in: - * gtkdoc-scan.in: - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: - * gtkdoc-mktmpl.in: - * gtkdoc-mkhtml.in: - * gtkdoc-mkman.in: - * gtkdoc-fixxref.in: - Added '--version' command-line arg to all shell & perl scripts, so - you can check for version 0.5 if you want to use the above rules. - (If 0.4 is used make will probably complain about not knowing how to - to build sgml.stamp.) - - * gtkdoc-common.pl.in: new file to contain shared routines. - For now it just contains the UpdateFileIfChanged routine for the above. - We can move the duplicated routines here in future, though the use of - global variables makes this a bit awkward. - - * configure.in (PACKAGE_DATA_DIR): calculates the data dir and - substitutes it so that the scripts know where gtkdoc-common.pl - is installed. Also added gtkdoc-common.pl to AC_OUTPUT. - - * Makefile.am: added gtkdoc-common.pl to gtkdocdata_DATA. - - * gtkdoc-mkhtml.in: deleted the old index.sgml file, since it causes - problems if it is owned by root (e.g. after you run 'make install' as - root. jade prompts you about overwriting it, which is annoying. - -2001-01-10 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> - - * gtkdoc-mktmpl.in: Only move old file to backup if the old file - exists, and have better error messages when doing the backups - -Mon Jan 8 14:57:29 2001 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> - - * gtkdoc-mktmpl.in: Canonicalize signal and argument - names to -, not _. - - * gtkdoc-scangobj.in: Fix up for GParamSpec. - -2001-01-04 Fr�d�ric Gobry <frederic.gobry@smartdata.ch> - - * gtkdoc-scan.in: fixed matching of < private_header > directive - -2000-12-19 Damon Chaplin <damon@helixcode.com> - - * gtkdoc-scanobj.in: - * gtkdoc-scangobj.in: added default cases to get_type_name(). - -2000-12-10 Arturo Tena <arturo@directmail.org> - - * gtkdoc-scanobj.in (get_type_name): - * gtkdoc-scangobj.in (get_type_name): fixed syntax error: forgotten - to close a switch statement. - -2000-12-10 Damon Chaplin <damon@helixcode.com> - - * gtk-doc.spec.in: added spec.in file from John Gotts - <jgotts@linuxsavvy.com>. - - * configure.in (AC_OUTPUT): added spec file. - - * Makefile.am: uncommented spec file stuff, now that we have one. - - * gtkdoc-scanobj.in (get_type_name): - * gtkdoc-scangobj.in (get_type_name): updated to use the type numbers - rather than the type names, which were changed in GTK+ 1.2. This - should fix a problem where GTK_TYPE_STRING arguments were output as - 'GtkString *arg' instead of 'gchar *arg'. - - I'm still not sure what to output for the structured types such as - GTK_TYPE_SIGNAL/ARGS/FOREIGN/CALLBACK/C_CALLBACK. Should these be - expanded to several arguments to the signal handler? - -2000-11-25 Dan Mueth <d-mueth@uchicago.edu> - - * help/manual/C/: created this path - * gtk-doc-manual.sgml: Put part of the outline into SGML. - Chris plans to put rest of outline in here and start - writing. - * fdl-appendix.sgml: The FDL in SGML. We will probably post - these on the web as a single document (book) so we will - need the FDL to be included as an appendix. - -Fri Nov 3 07:21:34 2000 Tim Janik <timj@gtk.org> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: - (ParseStructDeclaration): - (OutputStruct): - * gtkdoc-mktmpl.in: - (ParseStructDeclaration): - support /*<protected>*/ equivalently to /*<private>*/ - -Fri Nov 3 07:15:58 2000 Tim Janik <timj@gtk.org> - - * gtkdoc-mktmpl.in: - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: - (ReadTemplateFile): only eat up the first space (if at all - present) after "@param:" to preserve indentation for multiline - parameter descriptions. - -2000-10-30 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (ParseStructDeclaration): - Stop scanning at '}' only when it starts a line. - * gtkdoc-mktmpl.in (ParseStructDeclaration): Likewise. - -Mon Oct 30 02:59:54 2000 Tim Janik <timj@gtk.org> - - * gtkdoc-scangobj.in: use g_signal_list_ids(). - -Sun Oct 29 02:54:51 2000 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> - - * gtkdoc-scangobj.in: Sort signal types arrays for - greater stability and less random tmpl file diffs. - -Sun Oct 29 01:02:35 2000 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> - - * gtkdoc-scangobj.in: Work properly with GSignal - -=== release 0.4 === - -2000-10-21 Damon Chaplin <damon@helixcode.com> - - * Released 0.4 - -2000-10-14 Damon Chaplin <damon@helixcode.com> - - * AUTHORS: - * MAINTAINERS: changed my email address. - - * Makefile.am (dist-hook): remove the CVS dirs from the dist. - - * doc/setting-up.txt: typo. - -Fri Oct 6 17:51:50 2000 <otaylor@redhat.com> - - * gtkdoc-scan.in gtkdoc-mkdb.in: Allow multiple - --source-dir options. - -Thu Sep 7 11:41:12 2000 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: Ignore all . files when scanning directories. - - * gtkdoc-scan.in: Add support for GLIB_VAR, GDKVAR, - etc when looking for variable declarations. - - * gtkdoc-scan.in: Recognize GET_CLASS macros. - - * gtkdoc-scangobj.in: Support .lo intermediate files - with libtool. - -Wed Sep 6 17:57:33 2000 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> - - * gtkdoc-scangobj.in: Add gtkdoc-scangobj scanner for - GObject type system. - - * gtkdoc-scanobj.in: Allow setting $LD to allow separating - compilation and linking and thus to allow using libtool. - - * gtkdoc-fixxref.in (ScanIndices): Allow HTMLDIR - not to be present yet. - -Tue Sep 5 23:37:53 2000 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> - - * gtkdoc-fixxref.in: Add a --extra-dir option to - allow scanning of additional uninstalled HTML - directories. - - * gtkdoc-scan.in (ScanHeaders): Honor subdirectories - appearing in --ignore-headers. - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: Append -CAPS to all all-caps identifiers - to prevent an infinite expansion of special cases. - - * gtkdoc-fixxref.in: Add a --module-dir option to - allow fixing references in an uninstalled tree. - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in gtkdoc-mkhtml.in: Simple handling - for macros with embedded commas in enumeration - declarations. - -Mon Aug 28 18:18:53 2000 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> - - * configure.in (DSSSL_DIR): Remove check for AM_PATH_GTK - since the dependency is only run-time not install-time, - and to avoid dependency loops. - -2000-06-21 Damon Chaplin <damon@helixcode.com> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: fixed <INCLUDES> bug, I think. - -Wed Feb 9 11:29:25 2000 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> - - * gtkdoc-scan.in: Hack to avoid misidentifying structures - as GtkObjects within Pango. - -1999-12-15 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu> - - * gtk-doc.dsl.in ($generate-chapter-toc$): Add missing close - parenthesis. - -1999-11-23 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu> - - * gtk-doc.dsl.in: Use the (define (foo) ...) syntax rather than - the uglier (define foo (lambda () ...)) syntax. - ($generate-chapter-toc$): Simplify. - ($shade-verbatim-attr$): Simplify. Use ($table-width$) instead of - "100%" for width (See docs. of NWalsh Docbook DSSSL Stylesheets - for an explanation). - -1999-09-20 Damon Chaplin <damon@karuna.freeserve.co.uk> - - * gtk-doc.dsl.in: If a Chapter has role="no-toc" we don't generate a - table of contents. This is useful if a better contents page has been - added manually, e.g. for the GTK+ Widgets & Objects page. (But it is - a bit of a hack.) - - * gtkdoc-scanobj.in: added --nogtkinit flag which will make it call - gtk_type_init() rather than gtk_init(). This is useful when it is - run automatically to update the docs by a cron job or similar and a - connection to an X server is not desirable. However, if any widgets - need a connection to X in their class init function then this can't - be used (e.g. GtkFontSelection at present). - -Mon Sep 20 09:09:12 1999 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in gtkdoc-mktmpl.in: (ParseStructDeclaration): - Fixed up the code to do /*< private >*/ ... stripping. - -1999-09-10 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org> - - * gtkdoc.dsl.in ($generate-chapter-toc$): Return #t, not #f. - -1999-09-09 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org> - - * gtkdoc-scan.in (ScanHeader): Don't force typedefs and other - things to start in column 0; allow some spaces in front of them. - Output `typedef struct { ... } name' structs as typedef, not as - structure. - -1999-09-08 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (CreateValidSGMLID): `s/::/-/g;' for CORBA objects. - -1999-08-22 Erik Walthinsen <omega@cse.ogi.edu> - - * gtkdoc-scan.in: modified so it will find any Class, not just Gtk - and Gnome classes. Introduces the possibility of extraneous Class - definitions (verified), which should be pruned somehow (haven't - analyzed the false positive yet). - -1999-08-22 Damon Chaplin <damon@karuna.freeserve.co.uk> - - * gtkdoc-mktmpl.in: - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: a few fixes to ParseStructDeclaration. It still - has problems with nested structs/unions like those which occur in - gtkclist.h and gtktypeutils.h. - - * configure.in: removed gtk-doc.spec from AC_OUTPUT, as whoever wrote - this forgot to add gtk-doc.spec.in to CVS. - * Makefile.am: commented out gtk-doc.spec. - -Wed Aug 18 03:55:30 1999 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> - - * gtkdoc-mktmpl.in: Propagate fix from gtkdoc-mkdb.in. - :-(; need to libraryize, need to libraryize. - -Wed Aug 18 03:55:30 1999 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: Fix bug that was preventing - structure field definitions from being output. - -Wed Aug 18 23:25:23 1999 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> - - * configure.in: Add /usr/lib/sgml/stylesheet to list - of stylesheet directories. (Found in recent Debian - packages) - -1999-08-15 Damon Chaplin <damon@karuna.freeserve.co.uk> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: Output $decl_out as the struct rather than the - original $declaration. - -1999-08-12 Damon Chaplin <damon@karuna.freeserve.co.uk> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: - * gtkdoc-mktmpl.in: Added special case in ParseEnumDeclaration to - handle GIOCondition which uses strange macros like this: - typedef enum - { - G_IO_IN GLIB_SYSDEF_POLLIN, - ... - The GLIB_SYSDEF_POLLIN macro expands to something like '=1' - -1999-08-05 Damon Chaplin <damon@karuna.freeserve.co.uk> - - * gtk-doc.dsl.in: output <br clear=all> after sections and at end of - page so that right-aligned images aren't messed up quite as much. - -Wed Aug 4 04:04:55 1999 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> - - * gtkdoc-mk{db,tmpl}.in (ParseStructDeclaration): Allow - for bit fields. - - * gtkdoc-mktmpl.in (ReadObjectHierarchy): Remove - call to MakeXref that slipped in accidentally. - -Wed Aug 4 03:30:19 1999 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> - - * doc/style-guide.txt: Removed references to creating - tables explicitly in favor of demonstrating new - syntax. Added a short section on /<* public >*/ - and /*< private *>/. - -Wed Aug 4 03:15:19 1999 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> - - * gtkdoc-mktmpl.in gtkdoc-mkhtml.in: Handle Struct and - Enumerations in approximately the same way as we - handle parameters. That is, instead of (as before) - coding in the tables by hand, one uses lines like: - - @width: the width of the rectangle in pixels. - - To support migration from the older hand-coded - tables, if none of the members of a structure or - enumeration have a description in a @... line, then - we don't generate the table at all. - - Also, gtkdoc-mktmpl now loads up the object hierarchy, - because we need to be able to check if structures - are widget structures. - - In general, the coding here is pretty clean, though - the style is a little different. (I'm iterating - through strings with m/.../msg; instead of - s/^...//; for one thing.) However, there are a some - of FIXME's where I've whimped out on try to handle - real C syntax, and the need to split out and librarize - a bunch of duplicated code is greater than ever. - -1999-06-06 Damon Chaplin <damon@karuna.freeserve.co.uk> - - * configure.in: updated version to 0.3. - - * doc/style-guide.txt: A couple of minor changes. - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: Get rid of a couple of messages. - Output an empty <para> if an Arg isn't documented, to keep Jade happy. - -1999-05-22 Damon Chaplin <damon@karuna.freeserve.co.uk> - - * gtk-doc.dsl.in: Renamed %shade-verbatim-attr-2% to - $shade-verbatim-attr$ and removed our redefinition of - $verbatim-display$ since the stylesheets version now calls - $shade-verbatim-attr$ as a function which is just what we wanted. - - * README: Updated info on stylesheet versions supported - 1.40 is - known to be OK (with this version of gtk-doc), 1.19+ may work. - -1999-03-31 Damon Chaplin <damon@karuna.freeserve.co.uk> - - * configure.in: update version to 0.2 for next release. - - * gtkdoc-mktmpl.in: - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: added support for 'See Also' section. - - * gtk-doc.dsl.in: changed green background color slightly, and - set background color for enum tables. - -1999-03-21 Damon Chaplin <damon@karuna.freeserve.co.uk> - - * gtkdoc-mkhtml.in (gtkdocdir): use '-w no-idref' to suppress all the - warnings about references to non-existent IDs. - -1999-03-18 Damon Chaplin <damon@karuna.freeserve.co.uk> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in (OutputParamDescriptions): use role="params" for the - table so we can adjust the stylesheet code. - (OutputSGMLFile): Don't output 'one line description goes here'. - (ExpandAbbreviations): allow '-' in #symbol abbreviations, so we can - use #GtkWidget-struct. - (MakeXRef): get rid of special '-struct' suffix, for #GtkWidget-struct. - - * gtk-doc.dsl.in: use the "role" attribute on tables to set the - BGCOLOR. - - * gtkdoc-scan.in (ScanHeader): fix for scanning functions declared - over multiple lines - was catching things which weren't functions. - -1999-03-11 Damon Chaplin <damon@karuna.freeserve.co.uk> - - * examples/gnomeui/Makefile.am (clean-local): - * examples/gnome/Makefile.am (clean-local): added *.args - - * gtkdoc-mkdb.in: added support for Args and variables. Also a few - minor changes in the output, e.g. don't show macros > 2 lines long. - - * gtkdoc-mktmpl.in: - * gtkdoc-scanobj.in: added support for Args. - - * gtkdoc-scan.in: added support for extern'ed variables. Also - accept 'extern' before function declarations. - - * gtk-doc.dsl.in: made output prettier. Changed the navigation bars - and the colours used for the various backgrounds. - - * doc/style-guide.txt: new file containinf a style guide for writing - the GTK+ documentation. - - * doc/README: added description of style-guide.txt - - * doc/setting-up.txt: fixed a typo - - * README: added a bit about Args. - -1999-02-07 Damon Chaplin <damon@karuna.freeserve.co.uk> - - * Makefile.am: Removed all the scripts from EXTRA_DIST, as they are - now generated from the .in files which automatically go in the dist. - -1999-02-02 Damon Chaplin <damon@karuna.freeserve.co.uk> - - * doc/setting-up.txt (scan): removed text which incorrectly said that - changing section titles means you have to recreate the main SGML file. - -1999-02-03 Sebastian Wilhelmi <wilhelmi@ira.uka.de> - - * configure.in: find perl in $PATH, generate the perl programs - from their *.in counterparts. - - * gtkdoc-fixxref, gtkdoc-mkdb, gtkdoc-mktmpl, gtkdoc-scan, - gtkdoc-scanobj: Renamed to *.in and changed /usr/bin/perl to - @PERL@, as determined by configure. - - * .cvsignore: Added diverse config* stuff and the new generated - perl programs. - -1999-01-28 Damon Chaplin <damon@karuna.freeserve.co.uk> - - * gtk-doc.dsl.in: I forgot to make the new refentry code process the - child elements, so it was only outputting anchors for each page. - - * doc/setting-up.txt (scan): added step to create MODULE.types file - for modules which contain widgets (or objects). - - * gtkdoc-mkdb (OutputStruct): allow spaces inside the public/private - markers, e.g. "/* < public > */" - -1999-01-27 Damon Chaplin <damon@karuna.freeserve.co.uk> - - * Makefile.am: added scripts to EXTRA_DIST and copied examples, doc - and db2man dirs in dist-hook. - - * doc/sections-file.txt: added a couple of examples. - - * doc/setting-up.txt: new document describing how to set up a module - to use gtk-doc. - - * doc/README: added description of setting-up.txt - - * README: added short 'Installation' section describing the - --with-dsssl-dir option. - - * gtk-doc.dsl.in: also output links to each RefEntry page in the - index.sgml file, so libgnomeui docs can link to widgets. (The widget - hierarchy links were not working before.) - -1999-01-26 Damon Chaplin <damon@karuna.freeserve.co.uk> - - * gtkdoc-scan (ScanHeader): parse function declarations that have the - return type and name on one line, and the '(' and args on the next. - NOTE: functions with the start of the declaration split over 3 lines - will not be parsed (e.g. return type on one line, function name on - next, and '(' and first argument on the third.) I hope there aren't - any. - - * gtkdoc-mkdb (OutputStruct): Use a different SGML ID for widget - structs, since the original ID is used for the entire RefEntry. - Also only show parts of widget structs which are marked with a - comment '/*<public>*/'. Use '/*<private>*/' for private fields. - - * gtkdoc-mktmpl (UpdateTemplates): We include widget structs now, - so we do want warnings if they aren't used. - - * examples/gnomeui/gnomeui-docs.sgml: - * examples/gnomeui/gnomeui-sections.txt: - * examples/gnomeui/gnomeui.types: - * examples/gnome/gnome-docs.sgml: - * examples/gnome/gnome-sections.txt: sync with latest source. - - * examples/configure.in: Add --with-gnome-libs-dir option, so it can - be configured easily. - * examples/gnomeui/Makefile.am (DOC_SOURCE_DIR): - * examples/gnome/Makefile.am (DOC_SOURCE_DIR): use the new - GNOME_LIBS_DIR. - - * gtkdoc-mkdb (MergeSourceDocumentation): accept parameters names in - the source which use the wrong case, since there are quite a few of - these in Gnome. - -1999-01-25 Damon Chaplin <damon@karuna.freeserve.co.uk> - - * gtkdoc-mktmpl: parse G_GNUC_EXTENSION before typedef'ed types. - - * gtkdoc-mkdb: added support for specifying include files in the - MODULE-sections.txt file, to be output at the top of the synopsis. - - * doc/sections-file.txt: added description of <INCLUDE> tag. - - * examples/gnomeui/gnomeui-sections.txt: - * examples/gnome/gnome-sections.txt: added use of <INCLUDE> - - * examples/configure.in: changed 'gtk-reference' to - 'gnome-libs-reference'. - -1999-01-18 Damon Chaplin <damon@karuna.freeserve.co.uk> - - * README: updated my email address & noted that version 1.15+ of the - DocBook modular stylesheets is needed (for $table-width$). - - * AUTHORS: updated my email address. - -1998-12-20 Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@pobox.com> - - * examples/gnomeui/gnomeui-docs.sgml, - examples/gnomeui/gnomeui-sections.txt, - examples/gnomeui/gnomeui.types: - s/gtkspell/gnome-spell/g - -1998-12-16 Damon Chaplin <DAChaplin@msn.com> - - * gtkdoc-mkdb (ExpandAbbreviations): Allow -ve contents, e.g. %-1. - (ScanSourceFile): Try to handle function descriptions that start - with 'Returns'. It was assuming that they were describing the return - value before. - Gets rid of 'Description:' which is sometimes included - at the start of the function description in the source comment blocks. - Makes sure newlines are preserved in the description, as consecutive - newlines are converted to paragraph separators later. - -1998-12-15 Damon Chaplin <DAChaplin@msn.com> - * Major changes to the scripts to merge in comments within source code - * gtk-doc-fixxref added - * examples directory added with an example for setting up modules to - use gtk-doc - * documentation updated - - -1998-11-28 Damon Chaplin <DAChaplin@msn.com> - - * gtkdoc-scanobj: - * gtkdoc-scan: - * gtkdoc-mktmpl: - * gtkdoc-mkdb: Major changes to make it easy to update the docs - when the API changes. It's pretty much all automatic now. - Also added licenses and function comments, and added 'use strict'. - The Gnome widgets should now be visible in the hierarchy. - Removed a few 'mkdir's which I don't think are necessary now. - -Tue Nov 24 16:32:23 1998 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> - - * README doc/authors.txt: Updated to describe the - new generic scripts instead of the old ones hard-coded - for GLIB and GTK+. - -Tue Nov 24 01:06:17 1998 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> - - * .cvsignore: Added .cvsignore - -Tue Nov 24 01:03:47 1998 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> - - * autogen.sh configure.in: Minor touchups so the newly - imported stuff autogen's correctly. - +See the 'NEWS' file or the version control system's log.
View file
_service:tar_scm:gtk-doc-1.33.2.tar.xz/HACKING -> _service:tar_scm:gtk-doc-1.34.0.tar.xz/HACKING
Changed
@@ -1,3 +1,14 @@ +Old website +=========== + +See: https://gitlab.gnome.org/Infrastructure/gtk-web (in the git history) + +The `gtk-doc/` directory has been removed after a big update to +gtk.org(https://gtk.org/) + +But it can contain useful information nevertheless, or a different wording at +presenting GTK-Doc. + Testing ======= @@ -16,68 +27,21 @@ Releasing ========= -http://live.gnome.org/MaintainersCorner/Releasing +General: https://wiki.gnome.org/MaintainersCorner/Releasing -'''shell -export OLD_VER=1.31 -export NEW_VER=1.32 -export OLD_VER_TAG=$(echo ${OLD_VER} | tr '.' '_') -export NEW_VER_TAG=$(echo ${NEW_VER} | tr '.' '_') -export GNOME_USER=... -``` - -- bump release date in: - help/manual/C/index.docbook -- bump version in (x.y.1 -> x.y+1) - configure.ac meson.build +Specific to GTK-Doc +------------------- -- update NEWS - # ./bugzilla.py general ${NEW_VER} gtk-doc >RELNOTES.txt - git log --summary --format=short GTK_DOC_${OLD_VER_TAG}.. >ChangeLog-${NEW_VER} - grep "Author:" ChangeLog-${NEW_VER} | sed 's/Author:\(.*\)\ <.*>/\1/' | sort | uniq >RELNOTES.txt - and then copy to NEWS +- Version numbers and release dates are also present in: + `help/manual/C/index.docbook` -```shell -# commit -git add configure.ac meson.build NEWS help/manual/C/index.docbook -git commit -m"release: update news and date in manual" -git push - -# dist -TAR_OPTIONS="--owner=root --group=root" make distcheck - -# tag -git tag -a GTK_DOC_${NEW_VER_TAG} -m"release: ${NEW_VER}" -git push origin GTK_DOC_${NEW_VER_TAG} - -# release -scp gtk-doc-${NEW_VER}.tar.xz ${GNOME_USER}@master.gnome.org: -scp NEWS ${GNOME_USER}@master.gnome.org:gtk-doc-${NEW_VER}.news -scp ChangeLog-${NEW_VER} ${GNOME_USER}@master.gnome.org:gtk-doc-${NEW_VER}.changes -ssh ${GNOME_USER}@master.gnome.org "ftpadmin install gtk-doc-${NEW_VER}.tar.xz" +Some commands: ``` - -- bump versions in: - configure.ac meson.build help/manual/C/index.docbook NEWS - -``'shell -# commit -git add configure.ac meson.build NEWS help/manual/C/index.docbook -git commit -m"release: bump versions and back to development" -git push +TAR_OPTIONS="--owner=root --group=root" make distcheck ``` -- update web-pages (gtk-web/gtk-doc) - git add gtk-doc/news.php - git commit -m"gtk-doc: new release (${NEW_VER})" - git push - -- if we want a icon on the newsfeed, we should copy a icon like on - http://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/GNOME/sources/rhythmbox/rhythmbox.png - e.g. /usr/share/icons/hicolor/48x48/apps/devhelp.png - -Optimizing & Meassuring -======================= +Optimizing & Measuring +====================== cd tests/gobject/docs/html time xsltproc --nonet --xinclude --stringparam gtkdoc.bookname "tester" --stringparam gtkdoc.version "1.12" ../../../../gtk-doc.xsl ../tester-docs.xml
View file
_service:tar_scm:gtk-doc-1.33.2.tar.xz/Makefile.am -> _service:tar_scm:gtk-doc-1.34.0.tar.xz/Makefile.am
Changed
@@ -54,7 +54,6 @@ pkgconfig_DATA = gtk-doc.pc EXTRA_DIST = \ - MAINTAINERS \ $(gtkdocdata_DATA) \ $(pylibdata_DATA) \ autogen.sh \ @@ -130,7 +129,6 @@ $(GITIGNORE_MAINTAINERCLEANFILES_M4_LIBTOOL) \ INSTALL \ RELNOTES.txt \ - ChangeLog-?.?? \ gtk-doc-*.tar.xz \ build-aux @@ -145,17 +143,3 @@ distuninstallcheck_listfiles += | grep -v '__pycache__' -include $(top_srcdir)/git.mk - -dist-hook: - @if test -d "$(srcdir)/.git"; \ - then \ - echo Creating ChangeLog && \ - ( cd "$(top_srcdir)" && \ - echo '# Generated by Makefile. Do not edit.'; echo; \ - $(top_srcdir)/missing --run git log --stat ) > ChangeLog.tmp \ - && mv -f ChangeLog.tmp $(top_distdir)/ChangeLog \ - || ( rm -f ChangeLog.tmp ; \ - echo Failed to generate ChangeLog >&2 ); \ - else \ - echo A git clone is required to generate a ChangeLog >&2; \ - fi
View file
_service:tar_scm:gtk-doc-1.33.2.tar.xz/NEWS -> _service:tar_scm:gtk-doc-1.34.0.tar.xz/NEWS
Changed
@@ -1,3 +1,16 @@ +GTK-Doc 1.34.0 (Mar 5 2024) +============== + +Maintenance, some bug fixes +Meson: fix some warnings, simplifications +Translation updates + +GTK-Doc 1.33.2 (Jan 19 2021) +=============== + +Stop using anytree +Python3 fixes for depscan + GTK-Doc 1.33.1 (Nov 17 2020) ===============
View file
_service:tar_scm:gtk-doc-1.33.2.tar.xz/README -> _service:tar_scm:gtk-doc-1.34.0.tar.xz/README
Changed
@@ -1,27 +1,53 @@ +GTK-Doc - Documentation generator for C code +============================================ -GTK+ DocBook Documentation Generator -==================================== +Development and maintenance status (December 2023) +-------------------------------------------------- + +The GTK-Doc project is looking for additional co-maintainers, volunteers for +reviewing merge requests and releasing new versions. + +The project is currently under-maintained, doesn't receive funding support and +thus relies on voluntary work. + +That being said, GTK-Doc is still there and can still be used successfully. Some +people still like (and prefer) the GTK-Doc output, combined with the Devhelp API +browser. + +Comments welcome at: https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gtk-doc/-/issues/151 + +Important message +----------------- + +To generate the `api-index-*.html` files, you need to use docbook-style-xsl +version 1.79.1, not the latest version. + +See: +- https://sourceforge.net/p/docbook/bugs/1401/ +- https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gtk-doc/-/issues/36 + +Introduction +------------ GTK-Doc is used to document C code. It is typically used to document the public -API of libraries, such as the GTK+ and GNOME libraries, but it can also be -used to document application code. +API of libraries, such as GLib-based libraries, but it can also be used to +document application code. Note that GTK-Doc wasn't originally intended to be a general-purpose documentation tool, so it can be a bit awkward to setup and use. -For a more polished general-purpose documentation tool you may want to look -at Doxygen (http://www.doxygen.org/). However GTK-Doc has some special code -to document the signals and properties of GTK+ widgets and GObject classes -which other tools may not have. +For a more general-purpose documentation tool you may want to look at +Doxygen (http://www.doxygen.org/). However GTK-Doc has some special code to +document the signals and properties of GTK widgets and GObject classes which +other tools may not have. -From your source code comments GTK-Doc generates a Docbook XML document, which +From your source code comments GTK-Doc generates a DocBook XML document, which is then transformed into HTML and/or PDF. The generated HTML documentation can be browsed in an ordinary web browser or by using the special Devhelp API browser (see https://wiki.gnome.org/Apps/Devhelp). - Requirements -============ +------------ Python 3.x http:///www.python.org @@ -50,20 +76,17 @@ Most distributions now have packages for all of these, so I would strongly advise that you grab those. -See the documentation in the help/manual directory for more information. You can -read it e.g. with yelp file://$PWD/help/manual/C/gtk-doc-manual.xml - +See the documentation in the help/manual/ directory for more information. You +can read it for example with yelp: `yelp help/manual/C/index.docbook`. Building -======== +-------- We are supporting two build systems to build gtk-doc for some transitions time. +### Build using the Autotools -Build using auto* ------------------ - -In order to build with a the classic auto* system use these commands: +In order to build with the classic Autotools system use these commands: Build from git: ./autogen.sh; make @@ -86,11 +109,9 @@ or make dist +### Build using Meson -Build using meson ------------------ - -Support for meson is new and still experimental. +Support for Meson is new. Build it from git: meson build .
View file
_service:tar_scm:gtk-doc-1.34.0.tar.xz/build
Added
+(directory)
View file
_service:tar_scm:gtk-doc-1.34.0.tar.xz/build/.gitignore
Added
@@ -0,0 +1,1 @@ +*
View file
_service:tar_scm:gtk-doc-1.33.2.tar.xz/buildsystems/autotools/gtk-doc.make -> _service:tar_scm:gtk-doc-1.34.0.tar.xz/buildsystems/autotools/gtk-doc.make
Changed
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --ignore-headers="$(IGNORE_HFILES)" $${_source_dir} $(SCAN_OPTIONS) $(EXTRA_HFILES) $(GTK_DOC_V_INTROSPECT)if grep -l '^..*$$' $(DOC_MODULE).types > /dev/null 2>&1 ; then \ scanobj_options=""; \ - gtkdoc-scangobj 2>&1 --help | grep >/dev/null "\-\-verbose"; \ + gtkdoc-scangobj 2>&1 --help | grep >/dev/null "\--verbose"; \ if test "$$?" = "0"; then \ if test "x$(V)" = "x1"; then \ scanobj_options="--verbose"; \ @@ -198,13 +198,13 @@ html-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files) $(expand_content_files) $(GTK_DOC_V_HTML)rm -rf html && mkdir html && \ mkhtml_options=""; \ - gtkdoc-mkhtml 2>&1 --help | grep >/dev/null "\-\-verbose"; \ + gtkdoc-mkhtml 2>&1 --help | grep >/dev/null "\--verbose"; \ if test "$$?" = "0"; then \ if test "x$(V)" = "x1"; then \ mkhtml_options="$$mkhtml_options --verbose"; \ fi; \ fi; \ - gtkdoc-mkhtml 2>&1 --help | grep >/dev/null "\-\-path"; \ + gtkdoc-mkhtml 2>&1 --help | grep >/dev/null "\--path"; \ if test "$$?" = "0"; then \ mkhtml_options="$$mkhtml_options --path=\"$(abs_srcdir)\""; \ fi; \ @@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ pdf-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files) $(expand_content_files) $(GTK_DOC_V_PDF)rm -f $(DOC_MODULE).pdf && \ mkpdf_options=""; \ - gtkdoc-mkpdf 2>&1 --help | grep >/dev/null "\-\-verbose"; \ + gtkdoc-mkpdf 2>&1 --help | grep >/dev/null "\--verbose"; \ if test "$$?" = "0"; then \ if test "x$(V)" = "x1"; then \ mkpdf_options="$$mkpdf_options --verbose"; \ @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ if test "x$(HTML_IMAGES)" != "x"; then \ for img in $(HTML_IMAGES); do \ part=`dirname $$img`; \ - echo $$mkpdf_options | grep >/dev/null "\-\-imgdir=$$part "; \ + echo $$mkpdf_options | grep >/dev/null "\--imgdir=$$part "; \ if test $$? != 0; then \ mkpdf_options="$$mkpdf_options --imgdir=$$part"; \ fi; \ @@ -250,10 +250,10 @@ clean-local: @rm -f *~ *.bak @rm -rf .libs - @if echo $(SCAN_OPTIONS) | grep -q "\-\-rebuild-types" ; then \ + @if echo $(SCAN_OPTIONS) | grep -q "\--rebuild-types" ; then \ rm -f $(DOC_MODULE).types; \ fi - @if echo $(SCAN_OPTIONS) | grep -q "\-\-rebuild-sections" ; then \ + @if echo $(SCAN_OPTIONS) | grep -q "\--rebuild-sections" ; then \ rm -f $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt; \ fi
View file
_service:tar_scm:gtk-doc-1.33.2.tar.xz/buildsystems/autotools/gtk-doc.no-xslt.make -> _service:tar_scm:gtk-doc-1.34.0.tar.xz/buildsystems/autotools/gtk-doc.no-xslt.make
Changed
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --ignore-headers="$(IGNORE_HFILES)" $${_source_dir} $(SCAN_OPTIONS) $(EXTRA_HFILES) $(GTK_DOC_V_INTROSPECT)if grep -l '^..*$$' $(DOC_MODULE).types > /dev/null 2>&1 ; then \ scanobj_options=""; \ - gtkdoc-scangobj 2>&1 --help | grep >/dev/null "\-\-verbose"; \ + gtkdoc-scangobj 2>&1 --help | grep >/dev/null "\--verbose"; \ if test "$$?" = "0"; then \ if test "x$(V)" = "x1"; then \ scanobj_options="--verbose"; \ @@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ pdf-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files) $(expand_content_files) $(GTK_DOC_V_PDF)rm -f $(DOC_MODULE).pdf && \ mkpdf_options=""; \ - gtkdoc-mkpdf 2>&1 --help | grep >/dev/null "\-\-verbose"; \ + gtkdoc-mkpdf 2>&1 --help | grep >/dev/null "\--verbose"; \ if test "$$?" = "0"; then \ if test "x$(V)" = "x1"; then \ mkpdf_options="$$mkpdf_options --verbose"; \ @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ if test "x$(HTML_IMAGES)" != "x"; then \ for img in $(HTML_IMAGES); do \ part=`dirname $$img`; \ - echo $$mkpdf_options | grep >/dev/null "\-\-imgdir=$$part "; \ + echo $$mkpdf_options | grep >/dev/null "\--imgdir=$$part "; \ if test $$? != 0; then \ mkpdf_options="$$mkpdf_options --imgdir=$$part"; \ fi; \ @@ -238,10 +238,10 @@ clean-local: @rm -f *~ *.bak @rm -rf .libs - @if echo $(SCAN_OPTIONS) | grep -q "\-\-rebuild-types" ; then \ + @if echo $(SCAN_OPTIONS) | grep -q "\--rebuild-types" ; then \ rm -f $(DOC_MODULE).types; \ fi - @if echo $(SCAN_OPTIONS) | grep -q "\-\-rebuild-sections" ; then \ + @if echo $(SCAN_OPTIONS) | grep -q "\--rebuild-sections" ; then \ rm -f $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt; \ fi
View file
_service:tar_scm:gtk-doc-1.33.2.tar.xz/buildsystems/autotools/gtkdocize.in -> _service:tar_scm:gtk-doc-1.34.0.tar.xz/buildsystems/autotools/gtkdocize.in
Changed
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ # assume working directory if srcdir is not set test "$srcdir" || srcdir=. -test "$docdir" || docdir="$srcdir" +docdir="$srcdir" # detect configure script no_configure_found=0 @@ -57,9 +57,9 @@ macro=`grep '^GTK_DOC_CHECK' $configure 2>/dev/null` if test $? -eq 0; then # GTK_DOC_CHECK(1.14,--flavour no-tmpl) - params=`echo $macro | sed -e 's/^GTK_DOC_CHECK(\ *\(.*\)).*$/\1/'` - if echo $params | grep -q '^.*\,\ *\\{0,1\}'; then - extra_options=`echo $params | sed -e 's/^.*\,\ *\\{0,1\}\(^*\)\\{0,1\}\ *$/\1/'` + params=`echo $macro | sed -e 's/^GTK_DOC_CHECK( *\(.*\)).*$/\1/'` + if echo $params | grep -q '^.*, *\\{0,1\}'; then + extra_options=`echo $params | sed -e 's/^.*, *\\{0,1\}\(^*\)\\{0,1\} *$/\1/'` #echo >&2 "DEBUG: adding extra options $extra_options to $*" set - $* $GTKDOCIZE_FLAGS $extra_options else
View file
_service:tar_scm:gtk-doc-1.33.2.tar.xz/buildsystems/autotools/meson.build -> _service:tar_scm:gtk-doc-1.34.0.tar.xz/buildsystems/autotools/meson.build
Changed
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ output: 'gtkdocize', configuration: binary_in, install: true, - install_dir: bindir, + install_dir: get_option('bindir'), ) foreach mode : '', 'no-xslt' @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ input: 'gtk-doc.m4', output: 'gtk-doc.m4', install: true, - install_dir: autoconfdatadir, + install_dir: get_option('datadir') / 'aclocal', command: 'cp', '-f',
View file
_service:tar_scm:gtk-doc-1.33.2.tar.xz/buildsystems/cmake/meson.build -> _service:tar_scm:gtk-doc-1.34.0.tar.xz/buildsystems/cmake/meson.build
Changed
@@ -1,15 +1,12 @@ cmake_in = configuration_data() -cmake_in.set('PACKAGE_VERSION', version) +cmake_in.set('PACKAGE_VERSION', meson.project_version()) configure_file( input: 'GtkDocConfigVersion.cmake.in', output: 'GtkDocConfigVersion.cmake', configuration: cmake_in, install: true, - install_dir: join_paths( - cmakedatadir, - 'GtkDoc', - ) + install_dir: get_option('libdir') / 'cmake' / 'GtkDoc', ) gtkdoc_cmake_data = @@ -19,8 +16,5 @@ install_data( gtkdoc_cmake_data, - install_dir: join_paths( - cmakedatadir, - 'GtkDoc', - ) + install_dir: get_option('libdir') / 'cmake' / 'GtkDoc', )
View file
_service:tar_scm:gtk-doc-1.33.2.tar.xz/configure.ac -> _service:tar_scm:gtk-doc-1.34.0.tar.xz/configure.ac
Changed
@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@ dnl Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script. AC_PREREQ(2.63) -dnl We're using a two digit number for the releases and -dnl a three digit number for the development version -m4_define(gtk_doc_version, 1.33.1) +m4_define(gtk_doc_version, 1.34.0) AC_INIT(gtk-doc,gtk_doc_version,https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gtk-doc/issues,gtk-doc)
View file
_service:tar_scm:gtk-doc-1.33.2.tar.xz/gtk-doc.doap -> _service:tar_scm:gtk-doc-1.34.0.tar.xz/gtk-doc.doap
Changed
@@ -1,34 +1,34 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <Project xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#" xmlns:rdfs="http://www.w3.org/2000/01/rdf-schema#" xmlns:foaf="http://xmlns.com/foaf/0.1/" xmlns:gnome="http://api.gnome.org/doap-extensions#" xmlns="http://usefulinc.com/ns/doap#"> - <name xml:lang="en">gtk-doc</name> + <shortdesc xml:lang="en">Documentation generator for C code</shortdesc> + <description xml:lang="en"> +GTK-Doc is used to document C code. It is typically used to document the public +API of libraries, such as GLib-based libraries, but it can also be used to +document application code. + </description> - <shortdesc xml:lang="en">Documentation generator for C code.</shortdesc> - <description>GTK-Doc is used to document C code. -It is typically used to document the public -API of libraries, such as the GTK+ and GNOME libraries, but it can also be -used to document application code. -</description> - - <homepage rdf:resource="http://www.gtk.org/gtk-doc/" /> - <mailing-list rdf:resource="http://mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo/gtk-doc-devel-list" /> - <download-page rdf:resource="http://download.gnome.org/sources/gtk-doc/" /> - <bug-database rdf:resource="https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gtk-doc/issues/" /> - + <homepage rdf:resource="https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gtk-doc" /> + <download-page rdf:resource="https://download.gnome.org/sources/gtk-doc/" /> + <bug-database rdf:resource="https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gtk-doc/-/issues" /> <category rdf:resource="http://api.gnome.org/doap-extensions#core" /> - <programming-language>C</programming-language> - <programming-language>Shell</programming-language> + <programming-language>Python</programming-language> + + <!-- New person of contact, but not an expert of gtk-doc internals. --> <maintainer> <foaf:Person> - <foaf:name>Stefan Sauer</foaf:name> - <foaf:mbox rdf:resource="mailto:ensonic@users.sf.net" /> - <gnome:userid>stefkost</gnome:userid> + <foaf:name>Sébastien Wilmet</foaf:name> + <foaf:mbox rdf:resource="mailto:swilmet@mailfence.com" /> + <gnome:userid>swilmet</gnome:userid> </foaf:Person> </maintainer> + + <!-- Former maintainers: --> <maintainer> <foaf:Person> <foaf:name>Matthias Clasen</foaf:name> @@ -36,4 +36,15 @@ <gnome:userid>matthiasc</gnome:userid> </foaf:Person> </maintainer> + + <!-- Former maintainers with no longer valid gnome:userid --> + <!-- + <maintainer> + <foaf:Person> + <foaf:name>Stefan Sauer</foaf:name> + <foaf:mbox rdf:resource="mailto:ensonic@users.sf.net" /> + <gnome:userid>stefkost</gnome:userid> + </foaf:Person> + </maintainer> + --> </Project>
View file
_service:tar_scm:gtk-doc-1.33.2.tar.xz/gtkdoc-fixxref.in -> _service:tar_scm:gtk-doc-1.34.0.tar.xz/gtkdoc-fixxref.in
Changed
@@ -41,14 +41,14 @@ parser.add_argument('--module-dir', default='', help='The directory which contains the generated HTML.') parser.add_argument('--html-dir', default='', - help='The directory where gtk-doc generated documentation is' + help='The directory where gtk-doc generated documentation is ' 'installed.') parser.add_argument('--extra-dir', default=, action='append', - help='Directories to recursively scan for indices (*.devhelp2)' + help='Directories to recursively scan for indices (*.devhelp2) ' 'in addition to HTML_DIR') parser.add_argument('--src-lang', default='c', - help='Programing language used for syntax highlighting. The' - 'available languages depend on the source' + help='Programing language used for syntax highlighting. ' + 'The available languages depend on the source ' 'highlighter you use.') options = parser.parse_args()
View file
_service:tar_scm:gtk-doc-1.33.2.tar.xz/gtkdoc/meson.build -> _service:tar_scm:gtk-doc-1.34.0.tar.xz/gtkdoc/meson.build
Changed
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ config_py.set('PKG_CONFIG', pkgconfig_prg_path) config_py.set('XSLTPROC', xsltproc_prg_path) -config_py.set('VERSION', version) +config_py.set('VERSION', meson.project_version()) config_py.set('EXEEXT', '') configure_file( @@ -16,10 +16,7 @@ output: 'config_data.py', configuration: config_py, install: true, - install_dir: join_paths( - pkgpythondir, - 'gtkdoc', - ), + install_dir: pkgpythondir / 'gtkdoc', ) gtkdoc_sources = @@ -41,5 +38,5 @@ install_data(gtkdoc_sources, - install_dir: join_paths(pkgpythondir, 'gtkdoc') + install_dir: pkgpythondir / 'gtkdoc', )
View file
_service:tar_scm:gtk-doc-1.33.2.tar.xz/gtkdoc/rebase.py -> _service:tar_scm:gtk-doc-1.34.0.tar.xz/gtkdoc/rebase.py
Changed
@@ -43,9 +43,9 @@ Mapped = {} -def log(options, *msg): +def log(options, message): if options.verbose: - print(*msg) + print(message) def run(options): @@ -57,12 +57,12 @@ for dir in os.environ"GNOME2_PATH".split(':'): dir = os.path.join(dir, "share/gtk-doc/html") if os.path.isdir(dir): - log(options, "Prepending GNOME2_PATH directory:", dir) + log(options, "Prepending GNOME2_PATH directory: {}".format(dir)) other_dirs = dir + other_dirs glib_dir = common.GetModuleDocDir('glib-2.0') if glib_dir: - log(options, "Prepending GLib directory", glib_dir) + log(options, "Prepending GLib directory {}".format(glib_dir)) other_dirs = glib_dir + other_dirs # Check all other dirs, but skip already scanned dirs ord subdirs of those @@ -78,14 +78,14 @@ def ScanDirectory(scan_dir, options): - log(options, "Scanning documentation directory %s", scan_dir) + log(options, "Scanning documentation directory {}".format(scan_dir)) if scan_dir == options.html_dir: log(options, "Excluding self") return if not os.path.isdir(scan_dir): - logging.info('Cannot open dir "%s"', scan_dir) + logging.info('Cannot open dir "{}"'.format(scan_dir)) return subdirs = @@ -165,13 +165,13 @@ dir = dirlen(options.dest_dir) - 1: if onlinedir: - log(options, "On-line location of %s." % onlinedir) + log(options, "On-line location of {}.".format(onlinedir)) OnlineMappackage = onlinedir RevMaponlinedir = package else: - log(options, "No On-line location for %s found" % package) + log(options, "No On-line location for {} found".format(package)) - log(options, "Local location of $package: " + dir) + log(options, "Local location of {}: {}".format(package, dir)) LocalMappackage = dir RevMapdir = package @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ if dir.startswith(prefix): dir = os.path.join("..", dirlen(prefix):) LocalMappackage = dir - log(options, "Relativizing local location of $package to " + dir) + log(options, "Relativizing local location of {} to {}".format(package, dir)) def RebaseReferences(dirname, options): @@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ def RebaseFile(filename, options): - log(options, "Fixing file: " + filename) + log(options, "Fixing file: {}".format(filename)) regex = re.compile(r'''(<a(?:\s+\w+=(?:"^"*"|'^'*'))*\s+href=")(^"*)(")''', flags=re.MULTILINE) @@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ dir = LocalMappackage href = os.path.join(dir, file) else: - log(options, "Can't determine package for '%s'" % href) + log(options, "Can't determine package for '{}'".format(href)) if dir != origdir: if origdir in Mapped:
View file
_service:tar_scm:gtk-doc-1.33.2.tar.xz/gtkdoc/scan.py -> _service:tar_scm:gtk-doc-1.34.0.tar.xz/gtkdoc/scan.py
Changed
@@ -978,8 +978,9 @@ logging.info('struct/union level : %d', level) # here we want in_declaration=='', otherwise we have a partial declaration - if in_declaration != '': - raise RuntimeError('partial declaration (%s) : %s ' % (in_declaration, decl)) + # Code commented out because it breaks some projects. More work is needed. + #if in_declaration != '': + # raise RuntimeError('partial declaration (%s) : %s ' % (in_declaration, decl)) # print remaining forward declarations for symbol in sorted(forward_decls.keys()):
View file
_service:tar_scm:gtk-doc-1.33.2.tar.xz/help/manual/LINGUAS -> _service:tar_scm:gtk-doc-1.34.0.tar.xz/help/manual/LINGUAS
Changed
@@ -6,9 +6,11 @@ el en_GB es +eu fr gl gu +hu pt_BR sl sv
View file
_service:tar_scm:gtk-doc-1.33.2.tar.xz/help/manual/Makefile.am -> _service:tar_scm:gtk-doc-1.34.0.tar.xz/help/manual/Makefile.am
Changed
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ index.docbook \ fdl-appendix.xml -HELP_LINGUAS = bn_IN cs de el en_GB es fr gl gu pt_BR sl sv ta te zh_CN +HELP_LINGUAS = bn_IN cs de el en_GB es eu fr gl gu hu pt_BR sl sv ta te zh_CN CLEANFILES = $(_HELP_LC_FILES) $(_HELP_LC_STAMPS) $(_HELP_MOFILES)
View file
_service:tar_scm:gtk-doc-1.33.2.tar.xz/help/manual/de/de.po -> _service:tar_scm:gtk-doc-1.34.0.tar.xz/help/manual/de/de.po
Changed
@@ -1,26 +1,28 @@ # German translation of the gtk-doc manual. -# Mario Blättermann <mario.blaettermann@gmail.com>, 2009-2010, 2012-2013, 2016, 2018. +# +# Mario Blättermann <mario.blaettermann@gmail.com>, 2009-2010, 2012-2013, 2016, 2018, 2021. # Wolfgang Stöggl <c72578@yahoo.de>, 2015. # Christian Kirbach <christian.kirbach@gmail.com>, 2013, 2015, 2018. -# msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk-doc help master\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-03 08:17+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-03-25 01:57+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: Christian Kirbach <christian.kirbach@gmail.com>\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-10-01 20:17+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-02-28 15:37+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: Mario Blättermann <mario.blaettermann@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: German <gnome-de@gnome.org>\n" "Language: de\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 2.2.1\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 20.12.2\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2 msgctxt "_" msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" -"Mario Blättermann <mario.blaettermann@gmail.com>, 2009-2013, 2016, 2018\n" +"Mario Blättermann <mario.blaettermann@gmail.com>, 2009-2013, 2016, 2018," +" 2021\n" "Christian Kirbach <christian.kirbach@gmail.com>, 2013, 2015-2019" #. (itstool) path: bookinfo/title @@ -86,8 +88,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: bookinfo/copyright #: C/index.docbook:52 -msgid "<year>2007-2015</year> <holder>Stefan Sauer (Kost)</holder>" -msgstr "<year>2007-2015</year> <holder>Stefan Sauer (Kost)</holder>" +#| msgid "<year>2007-2015</year> <holder>Stefan Sauer (Kost)</holder>" +msgid "<year>2007-2019</year> <holder>Stefan Sauer (Kost)</holder>" +msgstr "<year>2007-2019</year> <holder>Stefan Sauer (Kost)</holder>" #. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para #: C/index.docbook:65 @@ -124,24 +127,79 @@ #. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision #: C/index.docbook:83 +#| msgid "" +#| "<revnumber>1.23</revnumber> <date>17 May 2015</date> <authorinitials>ss</" +#| "authorinitials> <revremark>bug fix</revremark>" +msgid "" +"<revnumber>1.33.0</revnumber> <date>1 Oct 2020</date> <authorinitials>mc</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>gtk4 version</revremark>" +msgstr "" +"<revnumber>1.33.0</revnumber> <date>1. Oktober 2020</date> <authorinitials" +">mc</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>Gtk4-Version</revremark>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:89 +#| msgid "" +#| "<revnumber>1.29.1</revnumber> <date>28 Aug 2018</date> " +#| "<authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>development</revremark>" msgid "" -"<revnumber>1.29.1</revnumber> <date>28 Aug 2018</date> <authorinitials>ss</" -"authorinitials> <revremark>development</revremark>" +"<revnumber>1.32.1</revnumber> <date>15 Aug 2019</date> <authorinitials>ss</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>dev version</revremark>" msgstr "" -"<revnumber>1.29.1</revnumber> <date>28. August 2018</date> " +"<revnumber>1.32.1</revnumber> <date>15. August 2019</date> " "<authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>Entwicklerversion</revremark>" #. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision -#: C/index.docbook:89 +#: C/index.docbook:95 +#| msgid "" +#| "<revnumber>1.19</revnumber> <date>05 Jun 2013</date> <authorinitials>ss</" +#| "authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes</revremark>" +msgid "" +"<revnumber>1.32</revnumber> <date>15 Aug 2019</date> <authorinitials>ss</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>hotfix release</revremark>" +msgstr "" +"<revnumber>1.32</revnumber> <date>15. August 2019</date> <authorinitials>ss</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>Korrekturveröffentlichung</revremark>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:101 +#| msgid "" +#| "<revnumber>1.19</revnumber> <date>05 Jun 2013</date> <authorinitials>ss</" +#| "authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes</revremark>" +msgid "" +"<revnumber>1.31</revnumber> <date>05 Aug 2019</date> <authorinitials>ss</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>refactorings and more test coverage</revremark>" +msgstr "" +"<revnumber>1.31</revnumber> <date>05. August 2019</date> <authorinitials>ss</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>Größere Umbauten und weitere Tests</revremark>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:107 +#| msgid "" +#| "<revnumber>1.23</revnumber> <date>17 May 2015</date> <authorinitials>ss</" +#| "authorinitials> <revremark>bug fix</revremark>" +msgid "" +"<revnumber>1.30</revnumber> <date>08 May 2019</date> <authorinitials>ss</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>more test coverage</revremark>" +msgstr "" +"<revnumber>1.30</revnumber> <date>08. Mai 2019</date> <authorinitials>ss</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>Weitere Tests</revremark>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:113 +#| msgid "" +#| "<revnumber>1.28</revnumber> <date>24 Mar 2018</date> <authorinitials>ss</" +#| "authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes</revremark>" msgid "" "<revnumber>1.29</revnumber> <date>28 Aug 2018</date> <authorinitials>ss</" -"authorinitials> <revremark>development</revremark>" +"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes</revremark>" msgstr "" "<revnumber>1.29</revnumber> <date>28. August 2018</date> <authorinitials>ss</" -"authorinitials> <revremark>Entwicklerversion</revremark>" +"authorinitials> <revremark>Fehlerbehebungen</revremark>" #. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision -#: C/index.docbook:95 +#: C/index.docbook:119 msgid "" "<revnumber>1.28</revnumber> <date>24 Mar 2018</date> <authorinitials>ss</" "authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes</revremark>" @@ -150,7 +208,7 @@ "authorinitials> <revremark>Fehlerbehebungen</revremark>" #. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision -#: C/index.docbook:101 +#: C/index.docbook:125 msgid "" "<revnumber>1.27</revnumber> <date>07 Dec 2017</date> <authorinitials>ss</" "authorinitials> <revremark>fine tuning of the python port</revremark>" @@ -160,7 +218,7 @@ "Portierung</revremark>" #. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision -#: C/index.docbook:107 +#: C/index.docbook:131 msgid "" "<revnumber>1.26</revnumber> <date>11 Aug 2017</date> <authorinitials>ss</" "authorinitials> <revremark>port all tools from perl/bash to python</" @@ -171,7 +229,7 @@ "nach Python portiert</revremark>" #. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision -#: C/index.docbook:113 +#: C/index.docbook:137 msgid "" "<revnumber>1.25</revnumber> <date>21 March 2016</date> <authorinitials>ss</" "authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes, test cleanups</revremark>" @@ -180,7 +238,7 @@ "authorinitials> <revremark>Fehlerbehebungen, Test-Cleanups</revremark>" #. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision -#: C/index.docbook:119 +#: C/index.docbook:143 msgid "" "<revnumber>1.24</revnumber> <date>29 May 2015</date> <authorinitials>ss</" "authorinitials> <revremark>bug fix</revremark>" @@ -189,7 +247,7 @@ "authorinitials> <revremark>Fehlerbehebungen</revremark>" #. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision -#: C/index.docbook:125 +#: C/index.docbook:149 msgid "" "<revnumber>1.23</revnumber> <date>17 May 2015</date> <authorinitials>ss</" "authorinitials> <revremark>bug fix</revremark>" @@ -198,7 +256,7 @@ "authorinitials> <revremark>Fehlerbehebungen</revremark>" #. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision -#: C/index.docbook:131 +#: C/index.docbook:155 msgid "" "<revnumber>1.22</revnumber> <date>07 May 2015</date> <authorinitials>ss</" "authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes, dropping deprecated features</" @@ -209,7 +267,7 @@ "revremark>" #. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision -#: C/index.docbook:137 +#: C/index.docbook:161 msgid "" "<revnumber>1.21</revnumber> <date>17 Jul 2014</date> <authorinitials>ss</" "authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes, dropping deprecated features</" @@ -220,7 +278,7 @@ "revremark>" #. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision -#: C/index.docbook:143 +#: C/index.docbook:167 msgid "" "<revnumber>1.20</revnumber> <date>16 Feb 2014</date> <authorinitials>ss</" "authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes, markdown support, style improvements</" @@ -231,7 +289,7 @@ "Unterstützung für Markdown, Layoutverbesserungen</revremark>" #. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision -#: C/index.docbook:149 +#: C/index.docbook:173 msgid "" "<revnumber>1.19</revnumber> <date>05 Jun 2013</date> <authorinitials>ss</" "authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes</revremark>" @@ -240,7 +298,7 @@ "authorinitials> <revremark>Fehlerbehebungen</revremark>" #. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision -#: C/index.docbook:155 +#: C/index.docbook:179 msgid "" "<revnumber>1.18</revnumber> <date>14 Sep 2011</date> <authorinitials>ss</" "authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes, speedups, markdown support</revremark>" @@ -250,7 +308,7 @@ "Geschwindigkeit, Unterstützung für markdown</revremark>" #. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision -#: C/index.docbook:161 +#: C/index.docbook:185 msgid "" "<revnumber>1.17</revnumber> <date>26 Feb 2011</date> <authorinitials>sk</" "authorinitials> <revremark>urgent bug fix update</revremark>" @@ -260,7 +318,7 @@ "Aktualisierung</revremark>" #. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision -#: C/index.docbook:167 +#: C/index.docbook:191 msgid "" "<revnumber>1.16</revnumber> <date>14 Jan 2011</date> <authorinitials>sk</" "authorinitials> <revremark>bugfixes, layout improvements</revremark>" @@ -269,7 +327,7 @@ "authorinitials> <revremark>Bugfixes, Layoutverbesserungen</revremark>" #. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision -#: C/index.docbook:173 +#: C/index.docbook:197 msgid "" "<revnumber>1.15</revnumber> <date>21 May 2010</date> <authorinitials>sk</" "authorinitials> <revremark>bug and regression fixes</revremark>" @@ -278,7 +336,7 @@ "authorinitials> <revremark>Bug- und Regressionsfixes</revremark>" #. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision -#: C/index.docbook:179 +#: C/index.docbook:203 msgid "" "<revnumber>1.14</revnumber> <date>28 March 2010</date> <authorinitials>sk</" "authorinitials> <revremark>bugfixes and performance improvements</revremark>" @@ -287,7 +345,7 @@ "authorinitials> <revremark>Bugfixes und Leistungsverbesserungen</revremark>" #. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision -#: C/index.docbook:185 +#: C/index.docbook:209 msgid "" "<revnumber>1.13</revnumber> <date>18 December 2009</date> " "<authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>broken tarball update</" @@ -298,7 +356,7 @@ "beschädigten Tarballs</revremark>" #. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision -#: C/index.docbook:191 +#: C/index.docbook:215 msgid "" "<revnumber>1.12</revnumber> <date>18 December 2009</date> " "<authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>new tool features and " @@ -309,7 +367,7 @@ "revremark>" #. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision -#: C/index.docbook:197 +#: C/index.docbook:221 msgid "" "<revnumber>1.11</revnumber> <date>16 November 2008</date> " "<authorinitials>mal</authorinitials> <revremark>GNOME doc-utils migration</" @@ -320,12 +378,12 @@ "utils</revremark>" #. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: C/index.docbook:210 +#: C/index.docbook:234 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "Einführung" #. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: C/index.docbook:212 +#: C/index.docbook:236 msgid "" "This chapter introduces GTK-Doc and gives an overview of what it is and how " "it is used." @@ -334,12 +392,12 @@ "es sich dabei handelt und wie es benutzt wird." #. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: C/index.docbook:218 +#: C/index.docbook:242 msgid "What is GTK-Doc?" msgstr "Was ist GTK-Doc?" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:220 +#: C/index.docbook:244 msgid "" "GTK-Doc is used to document C code. It is typically used to document the " "public API of libraries, such as the GTK+ and GNOME libraries. But it can " @@ -351,12 +409,12 @@ "Anwendungscode verwendet werden." #. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: C/index.docbook:228 +#: C/index.docbook:252 msgid "How Does GTK-Doc Work?" msgstr "Wie funktioniert GTK-Doc?" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:230 +#: C/index.docbook:254 msgid "" "GTK-Doc works by using documentation of functions placed inside the source " "files in specially-formatted comment blocks, or documentation added to the " @@ -372,7 +430,7 @@ "keine Ausgaben für statische Funktionen." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:237 +#: C/index.docbook:261 msgid "" "GTK-Doc consists of a number of python scripts, each performing a different " "step in the process." @@ -381,12 +439,12 @@ "bestimmten Schritt in dem Prozess ausführt." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:242 +#: C/index.docbook:266 msgid "There are 5 main steps in the process:" msgstr "Dieser Vorgang umfasst fünf Hauptschritte:" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:249 +#: C/index.docbook:273 msgid "" "<guilabel>Writing the documentation.</guilabel> The author fills in the " "source files with the documentation for each function, macro, structs or " @@ -396,7 +454,7 @@ "Quelldateien um die Dokumentation für jede Funktion, jedes Makro usw." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:258 +#: C/index.docbook:282 msgid "" "<guilabel>Gathering information about the code.</guilabel> " "<application>gtkdoc-scan</application> scans the header files of the code " @@ -432,7 +490,7 @@ "<filename><module>-overrides.txt</filename> platzieren." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:275 +#: C/index.docbook:299 msgid "" "<application>gtkdoc-scangobj</application> can also be used to dynamically " "query a library about any GObject subclasses it exports. It saves " @@ -446,7 +504,7 @@ "und -Signale, die es bietet." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:281 +#: C/index.docbook:305 msgid "" "<application>gtkdoc-scanobj</application> should not be used anymore. It was " "needed in the past when GObject was still GtkObject inside gtk+." @@ -456,7 +514,7 @@ "GtkObject innerhalb von gtk+ war." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:288 +#: C/index.docbook:312 msgid "" "<guilabel>Generating the XML and HTML/PDF.</guilabel> <application>gtkdoc-" "mkdb</application> turns the template files into XML files in the <filename " @@ -474,7 +532,7 @@ "introspection-Daten gelesen." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:297 +#: C/index.docbook:321 msgid "" "<application>gtkdoc-mkhtml</application> turns the XML files into HTML files " "in the <filename class=\"directory\">html/</filename> subdirectory. Likewise " @@ -487,7 +545,7 @@ "in ein PDF-Dokument namens <filename><package>.pdf</filename>." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:303 +#: C/index.docbook:327 msgid "" "Files in <filename class=\"directory\">xml/</filename> and <filename class=" "\"directory\">html/</filename> directories are always overwritten. One " @@ -498,7 +556,7 @@ "sollte diese direkt bearbeiten." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:311 +#: C/index.docbook:335 msgid "" "<guilabel>Fixing up cross-references between documents.</guilabel> After " "installing the HTML files, <application>gtkdoc-fixxref</application> can be " @@ -520,17 +578,17 @@ "lokale Verweise umzuwandeln (wo diese Dokumente installiert werden)." #. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: C/index.docbook:329 +#: C/index.docbook:353 msgid "Getting GTK-Doc" msgstr "GTK-Doc bekommen" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: C/index.docbook:332 +#: C/index.docbook:356 msgid "Requirements" msgstr "Erfordernisse" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:333 +#: C/index.docbook:357 msgid "" "<guilabel>python 2/3</guilabel> - the main scripts are written in python." msgstr "" @@ -538,7 +596,7 @@ "geschrieben." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:336 +#: C/index.docbook:360 msgid "" "<guilabel>xsltproc</guilabel> - the xslt processor from libxslt <ulink url=" "\"http://xmlsoft.org/XSLT/\" type=\"http\">xmlsoft.org/XSLT/</ulink>" @@ -547,7 +605,7 @@ "\"http://xmlsoft.org/XSLT/\" type=\"http\">xmlsoft.org/XSLT/</ulink>" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:340 +#: C/index.docbook:364 msgid "" "<guilabel>docbook-xsl</guilabel> - the docbook xsl stylesheets <ulink url=" "\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/docbook/files/docbook-xsl/\" type=\"http" @@ -558,7 +616,7 @@ "\">sourceforge.net/projects/docbook/files/docbook-xsl</ulink>" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:344 +#: C/index.docbook:368 msgid "" "One of <guilabel>source-highlight</guilabel>, <guilabel>highlight</guilabel> " "or <guilabel>vim</guilabel> - optional - used for syntax highlighting of " @@ -568,12 +626,12 @@ "<guilabel>vim</guilabel> - optional - für Syntax-Hervorhebung von Beispielen" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: C/index.docbook:352 +#: C/index.docbook:376 msgid "About GTK-Doc" msgstr "Info zu GTK-Doc" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:354 +#: C/index.docbook:378 msgid "" "Historically GTK-Doc was used to generate template files from the sources " "code. These template files could be used by developers to enter the API " @@ -592,12 +650,12 @@ "gänzlich entfernt." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:364 C/index.docbook:378 +#: C/index.docbook:388 C/index.docbook:402 msgid "(FIXME)" msgstr "(FIXME)" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:368 +#: C/index.docbook:392 msgid "" "(authors, web pages, mailing list, license, future plans, comparison with " "other similar systems.)" @@ -606,22 +664,22 @@ "ähnlichen Systemen)" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: C/index.docbook:376 +#: C/index.docbook:400 msgid "About this Manual" msgstr "Über dieses Handbuch" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:382 +#: C/index.docbook:406 msgid "(who it is meant for, where you can get it, license)" msgstr "(wofür es bestimmt ist, wo Sie es erhalten können, Lizenz)" #. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: C/index.docbook:391 +#: C/index.docbook:415 msgid "Project Setup" msgstr "Einrichtung in einem Projekt" #. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: C/index.docbook:393 +#: C/index.docbook:417 msgid "" "This Chapter describes the steps that are necessary to integrate GTK-Doc " "into your project. The integration of GTK-Doc into a project includes the " @@ -631,7 +689,7 @@ "Projekt zu integrieren. Im einzelnen sind dies folgende Schritte:" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:401 +#: C/index.docbook:425 msgid "" "Preparation of the directory structure and creating required configuration " "files for your GTK-Doc documentation (see <link linkend=\"settingup_docfiles" @@ -642,7 +700,7 @@ "\"settingup_docfiles\">Einrichten des Grundgerüsts der Dokumentation</link>)." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:409 +#: C/index.docbook:433 msgid "" "Adjusting the build system to build your documentation using the GTK-Doc " "tools. Multiple build systems are supported, in this manual we describe how " @@ -658,7 +716,7 @@ "\"settingup_plain_makefiles\">einfache Makefiles</link>." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:419 +#: C/index.docbook:443 msgid "" "Adding GTK-Doc specific files to version control and deciding which files to " "ignore (see <link linkend=\"settingup_vcs\"> Integration with version " @@ -669,7 +727,7 @@ "\"settingup_vcs\">Integration in Versionsverwaltungssysteme</link>)." #. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: C/index.docbook:427 +#: C/index.docbook:451 msgid "" "The following sections assume we work on a project called <code>meep</code>. " "This project contains two packages (or modules), a library called " @@ -681,12 +739,12 @@ "Anwendung namens <code>meeper</code>." #. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: C/index.docbook:436 +#: C/index.docbook:460 msgid "Setting up a skeleton documentation" msgstr "Einrichten des Grundgerüsts der Dokumentation" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:438 +#: C/index.docbook:462 msgid "" "A common convention is to place documentation into a folder called " "<code>docs</code> inside your top-level project directory. We usually " @@ -720,12 +778,12 @@ "Erstellungssystems entsprechend anpassen." #. (itstool) path: example/title -#: C/index.docbook:469 +#: C/index.docbook:493 msgid "Example directory structure of <emphasis>meep</emphasis> project" msgstr "Beispielhafte Ordnerstruktur des <emphasis>meep</emphasis>-Projekts" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:471 +#: C/index.docbook:495 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -753,7 +811,7 @@ " meeper/\n" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:463 +#: C/index.docbook:487 msgid "" "In the following sections we will assume a directory structure for our " "<emphasis>meep</emphasis> project that uses the above conventions. <_:" @@ -764,12 +822,12 @@ "berücksichtigt. <_:example-1/>" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: C/index.docbook:488 +#: C/index.docbook:512 msgid "Integration with Autotools" msgstr "Integration in Autotools" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:489 +#: C/index.docbook:513 msgid "" "Integration of GTK-Doc into an autotools-based build system requires the " "following steps:" @@ -778,7 +836,7 @@ "folgenden Schritte auszuführen:" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:495 +#: C/index.docbook:519 msgid "" "Ensure that <application>gtkdocize</application> is run once before the " "<filename>configure</filename> script. If an <filename>autogen.sh</filename> " @@ -792,7 +850,7 @@ "hinzufügt." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:503 +#: C/index.docbook:527 msgid "" "The main purpose of <application>gtkdocize</application> is to make the " "<filename>gtk-doc.make</filename> Makefile and the <filename>gtk-doc.m4</" @@ -805,7 +863,7 @@ "entweder durch Kopieren oder Verlinken im Projekt." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:512 +#: C/index.docbook:536 msgid "" "Add the necessary <application>autoconf</application> macros to " "<filename>configure.ac</filename> to enable GTK-Doc in your build system to " @@ -820,7 +878,7 @@ # Das hier verstehe ich nicht so recht... # CK: Das Original ist kein richtiges Englisch. #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:518 +#: C/index.docbook:542 msgid "" "Among others with registers the <code>--enable-gtk-doc</code> option with " "the <filename>configure</filename> script." @@ -829,7 +887,7 @@ "<filename>configure</filename>-Skript registriert." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:524 +#: C/index.docbook:548 msgid "" "Create an <application>automake</application> script for each application or " "library in your project. In the example used in this documentation this step " @@ -841,7 +899,7 @@ "auch <code>libmeep</code> angewendet." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:533 +#: C/index.docbook:557 msgid "" "In the following sections, we will perform the above steps in reverse order. " "We start with the <application>automake</application> scripts and work our " @@ -856,12 +914,12 @@ "im Erstellungssystem aktiviert und wie die Dokumentation erstellt wird." #. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: C/index.docbook:543 +#: C/index.docbook:567 msgid "Integration with automake" msgstr "Integration in automake" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:545 +#: C/index.docbook:569 msgid "" "First copy the <filename>Makefile.am</filename> from the <filename class=" "\"directory\">examples</filename> sub-directory of the <ulink url=\"https://" @@ -883,7 +941,7 @@ "davon wiederholen." #. (itstool) path: note/simpara -#: C/index.docbook:558 +#: C/index.docbook:582 msgid "" "Do not forget to add each <filename>Makefile.am</filename> to the " "<function>AC_CONFIG_FILES</function> macro in <filename>configure.ac</" @@ -898,12 +956,12 @@ "zu <function>AC_CONFIG_FILES</function> hinzufügen." #. (itstool) path: example/title -#: C/index.docbook:570 +#: C/index.docbook:594 msgid "Example directory structure with <filename>Makefiles.am</filename>" msgstr "Beispielhafte Ordnerstruktur mit <filename>Makefiles.am</filename>" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:573 +#: C/index.docbook:597 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -935,7 +993,7 @@ " meeper/\n" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:589 +#: C/index.docbook:613 msgid "" "Next, you need to customize the copied Makefiles and provide values for the " "various parameters in each <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. All settings " @@ -956,7 +1014,7 @@ "unterstützten Parameter." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:613 +#: C/index.docbook:637 msgid "" "<option>DOC_MODULE</option> is used to provide the name of the package that " "is being documentated (e.g. <code>meeper</code>, or <code>libmeep</code>)." @@ -966,7 +1024,7 @@ "code>)." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:620 +#: C/index.docbook:644 msgid "" "<option>DOC_SOURCE_DIR</option> is used to specify the location of source " "directory which GTK-Doc searches for your API documentation. This will " @@ -978,7 +1036,7 @@ "DOC_SOURCE_DIR=$(top_srcdir)/src </code> oder einer von dessen Unterordnern." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:633 +#: C/index.docbook:657 msgid "" "<option>HFILE_GLOB</option> and <option>CFILE_GLOB</option> are used for " "dependencies. Each option take a file-glob (e.g. <code>HFILE_GLOB=" @@ -991,7 +1049,7 @@ "erstellt, wenn sich eine der Dateien ändert." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:645 +#: C/index.docbook:669 msgid "" "<option>EXTRA_HFILES</option> allows to specify extra header files to " "include when scanning for API documentation, which are not found under " @@ -1004,7 +1062,7 @@ "EXTRA_HFILES=$(top_srcdir}/contrib/extra.h</code>)." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:655 +#: C/index.docbook:679 msgid "" "<option>IGNORE_HFILES</option> allows to specify header files or directories " "to ignore when scanning for API documentation. Use the basename of the file " @@ -1017,7 +1075,7 @@ "gtkintl.h private_code_folder</code>)." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:665 +#: C/index.docbook:689 msgid "" "<option>HTML_IMAGES</option> allows to specify images files which will be " "copied into the <filename>html/</filename> directory of the generated " @@ -1032,7 +1090,7 @@ "icons/stock_about_24.png</code>)." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:678 +#: C/index.docbook:702 msgid "" "<option>content_files</option> allows to specify extra files that are " "included by <code>$(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE)</code> (e.g. <code> " @@ -1043,7 +1101,7 @@ "<code> content_files=running.xml building.xml changes-2.0.xml</code>)." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:689 +#: C/index.docbook:713 msgid "" "<option>expand_content_files</option> allows to specify files where " "<emphasis>gtk-doc abbreviations</emphasis> such as <code>#GtkWidget</code> " @@ -1054,7 +1112,7 @@ "expandiert werden (z.B. <code> expand_content_files=running.xml</code>)." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:607 +#: C/index.docbook:631 msgid "" "The following list explains the most relevant options. Check the example " "<filename>Makefile.am</filename> for additional options. <_:itemizedlist-1/>" @@ -1064,12 +1122,12 @@ "Optionen. <_:itemizedlist-1/>" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: C/index.docbook:704 +#: C/index.docbook:728 msgid "Integration with autoconf" msgstr "Integration in autoconf" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:706 +#: C/index.docbook:730 msgid "" "Integration with <application>autoconf</application> is very simple and " "includes one required step and an additional optional (but recommended) " @@ -1087,7 +1145,7 @@ "gesetzt." #. (itstool) path: warning/simpara -#: C/index.docbook:718 +#: C/index.docbook:742 msgid "" "Make sure that the <code>GTK_DOC_CHECK</code> macro is not indented. The " "macro must start at the beginning of the line and should not start with " @@ -1098,7 +1156,7 @@ "mit einem Leerzeichen beginnen." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:725 +#: C/index.docbook:749 msgid "" "The second step is to add the <code>AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR(m4)</code> to your " "<filename>configure.ac</filename>. This is not required but helps " @@ -1120,12 +1178,12 @@ "angeben." #. (itstool) path: example/title -#: C/index.docbook:738 +#: C/index.docbook:762 msgid "Minimal integration with autoconf" msgstr "Minimale Integration in autoconf" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:739 +#: C/index.docbook:763 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -1141,12 +1199,12 @@ "GTK_DOC_CHECK(1.28)\n" #. (itstool) path: example/title -#: C/index.docbook:754 +#: C/index.docbook:778 msgid "Integration with optional gtk-doc dependency" msgstr "Integration mit optionaler Abhängigkeit zu gtk-doc" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:755 +#: C/index.docbook:779 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -1170,7 +1228,7 @@ ")\n" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:748 +#: C/index.docbook:772 msgid "" "The above example works, but will require all developers to have gtk-doc " "installed. A better way is to make building the documentation optional as " @@ -1181,7 +1239,7 @@ "Dokumentation, wie das nächste Beispiel zeigt: <_:example-1/>" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:768 +#: C/index.docbook:792 msgid "" "The first argument is used to check for the Gtk-Doc version at configure " "time. The 2nd, optional argument is used by <application>gtkdocize</" @@ -1195,19 +1253,19 @@ "hinzu:" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:777 +#: C/index.docbook:801 msgid "--with-html-dir=PATH : path to installed docs" msgstr "--with-html-dir=PATH : Pfad zur installierten Dokumentation" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:778 +#: C/index.docbook:802 msgid "--enable-gtk-doc : use gtk-doc to build documentation default=no" msgstr "" "--enable-gtk-doc : gtk-doc zur Erstellung der Dokumentation verwenden " "Vorgabe=no" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:779 +#: C/index.docbook:803 msgid "" "--enable-gtk-doc-html : build documentation in html format default=yes" msgstr "" @@ -1215,14 +1273,14 @@ "Vorgabe=yes" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:780 +#: C/index.docbook:804 msgid "--enable-gtk-doc-pdf : build documentation in pdf format default=no" msgstr "" "--enable-gtk-doc-pdf : Erstellung der Dokumentation im PDF-Format " "Vorgabe=no" #. (itstool) path: important/para -#: C/index.docbook:784 +#: C/index.docbook:808 msgid "" "GTK-Doc is disabled by default! Remember to pass the option <option>'--" "enable-gtk-doc'</option> to the next <filename>configure</filename> run. " @@ -1236,7 +1294,7 @@ "aber nicht für Entwickler." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:792 +#: C/index.docbook:816 msgid "" "After all changes to <filename>configure.ac</filename> are made, update the " "<filename>configure</filename> file. This can be done by re-running " @@ -1247,12 +1305,12 @@ "geschieht durch erneutes Ausführen von <code>autogen.sh</code>." #. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: C/index.docbook:800 +#: C/index.docbook:824 msgid "Integration with autogen" msgstr "Integration in autogen" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:802 +#: C/index.docbook:826 msgid "" "Most projects will have an <filename>autogen.sh</filename> script to setup " "the build infrastructure after the project was checked out from a version " @@ -1268,19 +1326,19 @@ "kann." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:810 +#: C/index.docbook:834 msgid "It should be run before autoreconf, autoheader, automake or autoconf." msgstr "" "Es sollte vor autoreconf, autoheader, automake oder autoconf ausgeführt " "werden." #. (itstool) path: example/title -#: C/index.docbook:815 +#: C/index.docbook:839 msgid "Running gtkdocize from autogen.sh" msgstr "Ausführen von gtkdocize durch autogen.sh" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:816 +#: C/index.docbook:840 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -1290,12 +1348,12 @@ "gtkdocize || exit 1\n" #. (itstool) path: example/title -#: C/index.docbook:824 +#: C/index.docbook:848 msgid "Conditionally run gtkdocize from autogen.sh" msgstr "Bedingtes Ausführen von gtkdocize durch autogen.sh" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:825 +#: C/index.docbook:849 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -1315,7 +1373,7 @@ "fi\n" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:836 +#: C/index.docbook:860 msgid "" "When running <application>gtkdocize</application> it copies <filename>gtk-" "doc.make</filename> to your project root (or any directory specified by the " @@ -1326,7 +1384,7 @@ "die Option <option>--docdir</option> festgelegten Ordner kopiert." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:842 +#: C/index.docbook:866 msgid "" "<application>gtkdocize</application> checks your <filename>configure.ac</" "filename> script for the <function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function> macro. The " @@ -1341,7 +1399,7 @@ "<function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function>-Makro." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:851 +#: C/index.docbook:875 msgid "" "Alternatively, additional arguments can also be passed to " "<application>gtkdocize</application> via the <function>GTKDOCIZE_FLAGS</" @@ -1354,12 +1412,12 @@ "application> in <filename>autogen.sh</filename>." #. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: C/index.docbook:862 +#: C/index.docbook:886 msgid "Executing GTK-Doc from the Build System" msgstr "Aufruf von GTK-Doc aus dem Erstellungssystem heraus" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:864 +#: C/index.docbook:888 msgid "" "After the previous steps it's time to run the build. First we need to rerun " "<filename>autogen.sh</filename>. If this script runs configure for you, then " @@ -1374,7 +1432,7 @@ "Option." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:871 +#: C/index.docbook:895 msgid "" "The first make run generates several additional files in the doc-" "directories. The important ones are: <filename><package>.types</" @@ -1387,12 +1445,12 @@ "(früher .sgml), <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>." #. (itstool) path: example/title -#: C/index.docbook:879 +#: C/index.docbook:903 msgid "Running the doc build" msgstr "Erstellung der Dokumentation" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:880 +#: C/index.docbook:904 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -1404,7 +1462,7 @@ "make\n" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:887 +#: C/index.docbook:911 msgid "" "Now you can point your browser to <filename>docs/reference/<package>/" "index.html</filename>. With this initial setup you will only see a very " @@ -1426,12 +1484,12 @@ "hinzuzufügen." #. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: C/index.docbook:903 +#: C/index.docbook:927 msgid "Integration with CMake build systems" msgstr "Integration in CMake-Erstellungssysteme" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:905 +#: C/index.docbook:929 msgid "" "GTK-Doc now provides a <filename>GtkDocConfig.cmake</filename> module (and " "the corresponding <filename>GtkDocConfigVersion.cmake</filename> module). " @@ -1445,12 +1503,12 @@ "integrieren können." #. (itstool) path: example/title -#: C/index.docbook:915 +#: C/index.docbook:939 msgid "Example of using GTK-Doc from CMake" msgstr "Beispiel zur Verwendung von GTK-Doc mit CMake" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:916 +#: C/index.docbook:940 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -1464,10 +1522,12 @@ ")\n" "\n" "# Build doc-libmeep as part of the default target. Without this, you would\n" -"# have to explicitly run something like `make doc-libmeep` to build the docs.\n" +"# have to explicitly run something like `make doc-libmeep` to build the" +" docs.\n" "add_custom_target(documentation ALL DEPENDS doc-libmeep)\n" "\n" -"# Install the docs. (This assumes you're using the GNUInstallDirs CMake module\n" +"# Install the docs. (This assumes you're using the GNUInstallDirs CMake" +" module\n" "# to set the CMAKE_INSTALL_DOCDIR variable correctly).\n" "install(DIRECTORY ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/libmeep/html\n" " DESTINATION ${CMAKE_INSTALL_DOCDIR})\n" @@ -1483,28 +1543,30 @@ ")\n" "\n" "# Build doc-libmeep as part of the default target. Without this, you would\n" -"# have to explicitly run something like `make doc-libmeep` to build the docs.\n" +"# have to explicitly run something like `make doc-libmeep` to build the" +" docs.\n" "add_custom_target(documentation ALL DEPENDS doc-libmeep)\n" "\n" -"# Install the docs. (This assumes you're using the GNUInstallDirs CMake module\n" +"# Install the docs. (This assumes you're using the GNUInstallDirs CMake" +" module\n" "# to set the CMAKE_INSTALL_DOCDIR variable correctly).\n" "install(DIRECTORY ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/libmeep/html\n" " DESTINATION ${CMAKE_INSTALL_DOCDIR})\n" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:913 +#: C/index.docbook:937 msgid "The following example shows how to use this command. <_:example-1/>" msgstr "" "Das folgende Beispiel zeigt, wie dieser Befehl eingesetzt wird. <_:example-1/" ">" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: C/index.docbook:940 +#: C/index.docbook:964 msgid "Integration with plain makefiles or other build systems" msgstr "Integration in Klartext-Makefiles oder andere Erstellungssysteme" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:942 +#: C/index.docbook:966 msgid "" "In the case one does not want to use automake and therefore <filename>gtk-" "doc.mak</filename> one will need to call the gtkdoc tools in the right order " @@ -1515,12 +1577,12 @@ "(oder andere Werkzeugen) in der richtigen Reihenfolge aufrufen." #. (itstool) path: example/title -#: C/index.docbook:949 +#: C/index.docbook:973 msgid "Documentation build steps" msgstr "Schritte zur Erstellung der Dokumentation" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:950 +#: C/index.docbook:974 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -1528,7 +1590,8 @@ "// sources have changed\n" "gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) <source-dir>\n" "gtkdoc-scangobj --module=$(DOC_MODULE)\n" -"gtkdoc-mkdb --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --output-format=xml --source-dir=<source-dir>\n" +"gtkdoc-mkdb --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --output-format=xml" +" --source-dir=<source-dir>\n" "// xml files have changed\n" "mkdir html\n" "cd html && gtkdoc-mkhtml $(DOC_MODULE) ../meep-docs.xml\n" @@ -1539,14 +1602,15 @@ "// sources have changed\n" "gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) <source-dir>\n" "gtkdoc-scangobj --module=$(DOC_MODULE)\n" -"gtkdoc-mkdb --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --output-format=xml --source-dir=<source-dir>\n" +"gtkdoc-mkdb --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --output-format=xml" +" --source-dir=<source-dir>\n" "// xml files have changed\n" "mkdir html\n" "cd html && gtkdoc-mkhtml $(DOC_MODULE) ../meep-docs.xml\n" "gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --module-dir=html\n" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:964 +#: C/index.docbook:988 msgid "" "One will need to look at the <filename>Makefile.am</filename> and " "<filename>gtk-doc.mak</filename> to pick the extra options needed." @@ -1555,12 +1619,12 @@ "filename> anschauen, um die zusätzlich notwendigen Optionen herauszusuchen." #. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: C/index.docbook:971 +#: C/index.docbook:995 msgid "Integration with version control systems" msgstr "Integration in Versionsverwaltungssysteme" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:973 +#: C/index.docbook:997 msgid "" "As a rule of thumb, it's the files you edit which should go under version " "control. For typical projects it's these files: <filename><package>." @@ -1575,7 +1639,7 @@ "sections.txt</filename>, <filename>Makefile.am</filename>." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:981 +#: C/index.docbook:1005 msgid "" "Files in the <filename>xml/</filename> and <filename>html/</filename> " "directories should not go under version control. Neither should any of the " @@ -1586,12 +1650,12 @@ "keine der <filename>.stamp</filename>-Dateien." #. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: C/index.docbook:991 +#: C/index.docbook:1015 msgid "Documenting the code" msgstr "Dokumentieren des Codes" #. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: C/index.docbook:993 +#: C/index.docbook:1017 msgid "" "GTK-Doc uses source code comment with a special syntax for code " "documentation. Further it retrieves information about your project structure " @@ -1604,12 +1668,12 @@ "Informationen über die Syntax der Kommentare." #. (itstool) path: example/title -#: C/index.docbook:1004 C/index.docbook:1030 +#: C/index.docbook:1028 C/index.docbook:1054 msgid "GTK-Doc comment block" msgstr "GTK-Doc-Kommentarblock" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:1005 +#: C/index.docbook:1029 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -1623,7 +1687,7 @@ "#endif\n" #. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: C/index.docbook:1000 +#: C/index.docbook:1024 msgid "" "The GTK-Doc scanner can handle the majority of C headers fine. In the case " "of receiving warnings from the scanner that look like a special case, one " @@ -1634,12 +1698,12 @@ "Doc anweisen, diese zu überspringen. <_:example-1/>" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/index.docbook:1014 +#: C/index.docbook:1038 msgid "Limitations" msgstr "Einschränkungen" #. (itstool) path: note/para -#: C/index.docbook:1015 +#: C/index.docbook:1039 msgid "" "Note, that GTK-Doc's supports <code>#ifndef(__GTK_DOC_IGNORE__)</code> but " "not <code>#if !defined(__GTK_DOC_IGNORE__)</code> or other combinations." @@ -1649,12 +1713,12 @@ "andere Kombinationen." #. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: C/index.docbook:1025 +#: C/index.docbook:1049 msgid "Documentation comments" msgstr "Kommentare zur Dokumentation" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:1031 +#: C/index.docbook:1055 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -1670,7 +1734,7 @@ " */\n" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:1027 +#: C/index.docbook:1051 msgid "" "A multiline comment that starts with an additional '*' marks a documentation " "block that will be processed by the GTK-Doc tools. <_:example-1/>" @@ -1680,7 +1744,7 @@ "example-1/>" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:1040 +#: C/index.docbook:1064 msgid "" "The 'identifier' is one line with the name of the item the comment is " "related to. The syntax differs a little depending on the item. (TODO add " @@ -1691,7 +1755,7 @@ "variieren." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:1046 +#: C/index.docbook:1070 msgid "" "The 'documentation' block is also different for each symbol type. Symbol " "types that get parameters such as functions or macros have the parameter " @@ -1712,7 +1776,7 @@ "dahinter. Dies ist in vorformatiertem Text nützlich (Code-Auflistungen)." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1063 +#: C/index.docbook:1087 msgid "" "What it is: The name for a class or function can sometimes be misleading for " "people coming from a different background." @@ -1721,7 +1785,7 @@ "sein für Personen, die einen anderen Hintergrund haben." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1069 +#: C/index.docbook:1093 msgid "" "What it does: Tell about common uses. Put it in relation with the other API." msgstr "" @@ -1729,20 +1793,20 @@ "Verhältnis mit der anderen API." #. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: C/index.docbook:1059 +#: C/index.docbook:1083 msgid "When documenting code, describe two aspects: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" msgstr "" "Beim Dokumentieren von Code beschreiben Sie zwei Aspekte: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1084 +#: C/index.docbook:1108 msgid "Use function() to refer to functions or macros which take arguments." msgstr "" "Verwenden Sie function(), um einen Bezug zu Funktionen oder Makros " "herzustellen, die Argumente akzeptieren." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1089 +#: C/index.docbook:1113 msgid "" "Use @param to refer to parameters. Also use this when referring to " "parameters of other functions, related to the one being described." @@ -1752,14 +1816,14 @@ "bezogen auf jene, die Sie gerade beschreiben." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1095 +#: C/index.docbook:1119 msgid "Use %constant to refer to a constant, e.g. %G_TRAVERSE_LEAFS." msgstr "" "Benutzen Sie %constant, um einen Bezug auf eine Konstante herzustellen, z.B. " "%G_TRAVERSE_LEAFS." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1100 +#: C/index.docbook:1124 msgid "" "Use #symbol to refer to other types of symbol, e.g. structs and enums and " "macros which don't take arguments." @@ -1768,18 +1832,18 @@ "»structs« und »enums« und Makros, die keine Argumente benötigen." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1106 +#: C/index.docbook:1130 msgid "Use #Object::signal to refer to a GObject signal." msgstr "Verwenden Sie #Object::signal, um auf ein GObject-Signal zu verweisen." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1111 +#: C/index.docbook:1135 msgid "Use #Object:property to refer to a GObject property." msgstr "" "Verwenden Sie #Object:property, um auf eine GObject-Eigenschaft zu verweisen." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1116 +#: C/index.docbook:1140 msgid "" "Use #Struct.field to refer to a field inside a structure and #GObjectClass." "foo_bar() to refer to a vmethod." @@ -1788,7 +1852,7 @@ "verweisen und #GObjectClass.foo_bar() für eine vmethod." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:1078 +#: C/index.docbook:1102 msgid "" "One advantage of hyper-text over plain-text is the ability to have links in " "the document. Writing the correct markup for a link can be tedious though. " @@ -1802,7 +1866,7 @@ "itemizedlist-1/>" #. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: C/index.docbook:1125 +#: C/index.docbook:1149 msgid "" "If you need to use the special characters '<', '>', '()', '@', '%', or " "'#' in your documentation without GTK-Doc changing them you can use the XML " @@ -1817,7 +1881,7 @@ "einem Backslash »\\« maskieren." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:1134 +#: C/index.docbook:1158 msgid "" "DocBook can do more than just links. One can also have lists, examples, " "headings, and images. As of version 1.20, the preferred way is to use a " @@ -1835,7 +1899,7 @@ "Listenobjekte als Zeilen, die mit einem Gedankenstrich beginnen." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:1145 +#: C/index.docbook:1169 msgid "" "While markdown is now preferred one can mix both. One limitation here is " "that one can use docbook xml within markdown, but markdown within docbook " @@ -1846,7 +1910,7 @@ "verwenden können, während Markdown in DocBook XML nicht unterstützt wird." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:1151 +#: C/index.docbook:1175 msgid "" "In older GTK-Doc releases, if you need support for additional formatting, " "you would need to enable the usage of docbook XML tags inside doc-comments " @@ -1860,12 +1924,12 @@ "die Option <option>--xml-mode</option> (oder <option>--sgml-mode</option>)." #. (itstool) path: example/title -#: C/index.docbook:1160 +#: C/index.docbook:1184 msgid "GTK-Doc comment block using Markdown" msgstr "GTK-Doc-Kommentarblock in Markdown-Syntax" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:1161 +#: C/index.docbook:1185 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -1941,18 +2005,22 @@ " */\n" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:1200 +#: C/index.docbook:1224 +#| msgid "" +#| "More examples of what markdown tags are supported can be found in the " +#| "<ulink url=\"https://wiki.gnome.org/Projects/GTK%2B/DocumentationSyntax/" +#| "Markdown\">GTK+ Documentation Markdown Syntax Reference</ulink>." msgid "" "More examples of what markdown tags are supported can be found in the <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.gnome.org/Projects/GTK%2B/DocumentationSyntax/Markdown" -"\">GTK+ Documentation Markdown Syntax Reference</ulink>." +"url=\"https://wiki.gnome.org/Projects/GTK/DocumentationSyntax/Markdown\">GTK " +"Documentation Markdown Syntax Reference</ulink>." msgstr "" "Weitere Beispiele zu den unterstützten Markdown-Formatierungen finden Sie in " -"der <ulink url=\"https://wiki.gnome.org/Projects/GTK%2B/DocumentationSyntax/" -"Markdown\">GTK+ Documentation Markdown Syntax Reference</ulink>." +"der <ulink url=\"https://wiki.gnome.org/Projects/GTK/DocumentationSyntax/" +"Markdown\">GTK Documentation Markdown Syntax Reference</ulink>." #. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: C/index.docbook:1206 +#: C/index.docbook:1230 msgid "" "As already mentioned earlier GTK-Doc is for documenting public API. Thus one " "cannot write documentation for static symbols. Nevertheless it is good to " @@ -1973,12 +2041,12 @@ "Abschnittsdatei einzubauen." #. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: C/index.docbook:1221 +#: C/index.docbook:1245 msgid "Documenting sections" msgstr "Dokumentieren in Abschnitten" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:1223 +#: C/index.docbook:1247 msgid "" "Each section of the documentation contains information about one class or " "module. To introduce the component one can write a section block. The short " @@ -1991,12 +2059,12 @@ "Inhaltsverzeichnis verwendet. Alle @-Felder sind optional." #. (itstool) path: example/title -#: C/index.docbook:1231 +#: C/index.docbook:1255 msgid "Section comment block" msgstr "Abschnitts-Kommentarblock" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:1232 +#: C/index.docbook:1256 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -2028,12 +2096,12 @@ " */\n" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1251 +#: C/index.docbook:1275 msgid "SECTION:<name>" msgstr "SECTION:<name>" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1253 +#: C/index.docbook:1277 msgid "" "The name links the section documentation to the respective part in the " "<filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> file. The name given here " @@ -2046,12 +2114,12 @@ "<filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> entsprechen." #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1262 +#: C/index.docbook:1286 msgid "@short_description" msgstr "@short_description" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1264 +#: C/index.docbook:1288 msgid "" "A one line description of the section, that later will appear after the " "links in the TOC and at the top of the section page." @@ -2060,12 +2128,12 @@ "im Inhaltsverzeichnis und oben in der Abschnittsseite erscheint." #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1271 +#: C/index.docbook:1295 msgid "@title" msgstr "@title" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1273 +#: C/index.docbook:1297 msgid "" "The section title defaults to <name> from the SECTION declaration. It " "can be overridden with the @title field." @@ -2074,12 +2142,12 @@ "kann im Feld @title überschrieben werden." #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1280 +#: C/index.docbook:1304 msgid "@section_id" msgstr "@section_id" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1282 +#: C/index.docbook:1306 msgid "" "Overrides the use of title as a section identifier. For GObjects the <" "title> is used as a section_id and for other sections it is <" @@ -2090,22 +2158,22 @@ "<MODUL>-<Titel>." #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1290 +#: C/index.docbook:1314 msgid "@see_also" msgstr "@see_also" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1292 +#: C/index.docbook:1316 msgid "A list of symbols that are related to this section." msgstr "Eine Liste von Symbolen, welche sich auf diesen Abschnitt beziehen." #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1298 +#: C/index.docbook:1322 msgid "@stability" msgstr "@stability" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1305 +#: C/index.docbook:1329 msgid "" "Stable - The intention of a Stable interface is to enable arbitrary third " "parties to develop applications to these interfaces, release them, and have " @@ -2123,7 +2191,7 @@ "von stark berechtigten." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1317 +#: C/index.docbook:1341 msgid "" "Unstable - Unstable interfaces are experimental or transitional. They are " "typically used to give outside developers early access to new or rapidly " @@ -2139,7 +2207,7 @@ "Binärkompatibilität von einer minor-Freigabe zur nächsten gegeben." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1329 +#: C/index.docbook:1353 msgid "" "Private - An interface that can be used within the GNOME stack itself, but " "that is not documented for end-users. Such functions should only be used in " @@ -2150,7 +2218,7 @@ "nur auf spezifizierte und dokumentierte Weisen verwendet werden." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1338 +#: C/index.docbook:1362 msgid "" "Internal - An interface that is internal to a module and does not require " "end-user documentation. Functions that are undocumented are assumed to be " @@ -2161,7 +2229,7 @@ "intern angesehen." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1300 +#: C/index.docbook:1324 msgid "" "An informal description of the stability level this API has. We recommend " "the use of one of these terms: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" @@ -2170,12 +2238,12 @@ "dafür einen der folgenden Begriffe: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1350 +#: C/index.docbook:1374 msgid "@include" msgstr "@include" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1352 +#: C/index.docbook:1376 msgid "" "The <literal>#include</literal> files to show in the section synopsis (a " "comma separated list), overriding the global value from the <link linkend=" @@ -2188,12 +2256,12 @@ "Befehlszeile wird überschrieben. Dieser Punkt ist optional." #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1361 +#: C/index.docbook:1385 msgid "@image" msgstr "@image" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1363 +#: C/index.docbook:1387 msgid "" "The image to display at the top of the reference page for this section. This " "will often be some sort of a diagram to illustrate the visual appearance of " @@ -2206,7 +2274,7 @@ "darstellt. Dieses Objekt ist optional." #. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: C/index.docbook:1374 +#: C/index.docbook:1398 msgid "" "To avoid unnecessary recompilation after doc-changes put the section docs " "into the c-source where possible." @@ -2216,12 +2284,12 @@ "möglich ist." #. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: C/index.docbook:1383 +#: C/index.docbook:1407 msgid "Documenting symbols" msgstr "Dokumentieren von Symbolen" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:1385 +#: C/index.docbook:1409 msgid "" "Each symbol (function, macro, struct, enum, signal and property) is " "documented in a separate block. The block is best placed close to the " @@ -2237,12 +2305,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #. (itstool) path: example/title -#: C/index.docbook:1393 C/index.docbook:1459 +#: C/index.docbook:1417 C/index.docbook:1483 msgid "General tags" msgstr "Allgemeine Markierungen" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:1395 +#: C/index.docbook:1419 msgid "" "You can add versioning information to all documentation elements to tell " "when an API was introduced, or when it was deprecated." @@ -2252,27 +2320,27 @@ "als veraltet markiert wurde." #. (itstool) path: variablelist/title -#: C/index.docbook:1400 +#: C/index.docbook:1424 msgid "Versioning Tags" msgstr "Versionierungs-Markierungen" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1401 +#: C/index.docbook:1425 msgid "Since:" msgstr "Since:" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1403 +#: C/index.docbook:1427 msgid "Description since which version of the code the API is available." msgstr "Beschreibung, seit welcher Version des Codes die API verfügbar ist." #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1408 +#: C/index.docbook:1432 msgid "Deprecated:" msgstr "Deprecated:" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1410 +#: C/index.docbook:1434 msgid "" "Paragraph denoting that this function should no be used anymore. The " "description should point the reader to the new API." @@ -2282,7 +2350,7 @@ "enthalten." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:1418 +#: C/index.docbook:1442 msgid "" "You can also add stability information to all documentation elements to " "indicate whether API stability is guaranteed for them for all future minor " @@ -2293,7 +2361,7 @@ "Veröffentlichungen des Projekts garantiert wird." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:1424 +#: C/index.docbook:1448 msgid "" "The default stability level for all documentation elements can be set by " "passing the <option>--default-stability</option> argument to " @@ -2305,17 +2373,17 @@ "beschriebenen Werte." #. (itstool) path: variablelist/title -#: C/index.docbook:1430 +#: C/index.docbook:1454 msgid "Stability Tags" msgstr "Stabilitäts-Markierungen" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1431 +#: C/index.docbook:1455 msgid "Stability: Stable" msgstr "Stability: Stable" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1433 +#: C/index.docbook:1457 msgid "" "Mark the element as stable. This is for public APIs which are guaranteed to " "remain stable for all future minor releases of the project." @@ -2325,12 +2393,12 @@ "gewährleistet ist." #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1440 +#: C/index.docbook:1464 msgid "Stability: Unstable" msgstr "Stability: Unstable" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1442 +#: C/index.docbook:1466 msgid "" "Mark the element as unstable. This is for public APIs which are released as " "a preview before being stabilised." @@ -2339,12 +2407,12 @@ "die als Vorschau vor der endgültigen Stabilisierung gedacht sind." #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1448 +#: C/index.docbook:1472 msgid "Stability: Private" msgstr "Stability: Private" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1450 +#: C/index.docbook:1474 msgid "" "Mark the element as private. This is for interfaces which can be used by " "tightly coupled modules, but not by arbitrary third parties." @@ -2354,7 +2422,7 @@ "beliebigen Drittanbietern." #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:1460 +#: C/index.docbook:1484 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -2393,12 +2461,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #. (itstool) path: example/title -#: C/index.docbook:1480 C/index.docbook:1490 +#: C/index.docbook:1504 C/index.docbook:1514 msgid "Annotations" msgstr "Anmerkungen" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:1482 +#: C/index.docbook:1506 msgid "" "Documentation blocks can contain annotation-tags. These tags will be " "rendered with tooltips describing their meaning. The tags are used by " @@ -2414,7 +2482,7 @@ "GObjectIntrospection/Annotations\" type=\"http\">Wiki</ulink>." #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:1491 +#: C/index.docbook:1515 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -2455,12 +2523,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #. (itstool) path: example/title -#: C/index.docbook:1512 C/index.docbook:1541 +#: C/index.docbook:1536 C/index.docbook:1565 msgid "Function comment block" msgstr "Kommentarblock einer Funktion" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1518 +#: C/index.docbook:1542 msgid "" "Document whether returned objects, lists, strings, etc, should be freed/" "unrefed/released." @@ -2469,14 +2537,14 @@ "dereferenziert/freigegeben werden." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1524 +#: C/index.docbook:1548 msgid "Document whether parameters can be NULL, and what happens if they are." msgstr "" "Dokumentiert, ob Parameter NULL sein können, und was in diesem Fall " "geschieht." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1529 +#: C/index.docbook:1553 msgid "" "Mention interesting pre-conditions and post-conditions where appropriate." msgstr "" @@ -2484,12 +2552,12 @@ "es nützlich erscheint." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:1514 C/index.docbook:1600 +#: C/index.docbook:1538 C/index.docbook:1624 msgid "Please remember to: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" msgstr "Bitte denken Sie an: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:1536 +#: C/index.docbook:1560 msgid "" "Gtk-doc assumes all symbols (macros, functions) starting with '_' are " "private. They are treated like static functions." @@ -2498,7 +2566,7 @@ "beginnen, privat sind. Sie werden wie statische Funktionen behandelt." #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:1542 +#: C/index.docbook:1566 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -2509,7 +2577,8 @@ " * @par2: description of parameter 2\n" " * @...: a %NULL-terminated list of bars\n" " *\n" -" * The function description goes here. You can use @par1 to refer to parameters\n" +" * The function description goes here. You can use @par1 to refer to" +" parameters\n" " * so that they are highlighted in the output. You can also use %constant\n" " * for constants, function_name2() for functions and #GtkWidget for links to\n" " * other declarations (which may be documented elsewhere).\n" @@ -2528,7 +2597,8 @@ " * @par2: description of parameter 2\n" " * @...: a %NULL-terminated list of bars\n" " *\n" -" * The function description goes here. You can use @par1 to refer to parameters\n" +" * The function description goes here. You can use @par1 to refer to" +" parameters\n" " * so that they are highlighted in the output. You can also use %constant\n" " * for constants, function_name2() for functions and #GtkWidget for links to\n" " * other declarations (which may be documented elsewhere).\n" @@ -2540,27 +2610,27 @@ " */\n" #. (itstool) path: variablelist/title -#: C/index.docbook:1563 +#: C/index.docbook:1587 msgid "Function tags" msgstr "Funktions-Markierungen" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1564 C/index.docbook:1771 +#: C/index.docbook:1588 C/index.docbook:1795 msgid "Returns:" msgstr "Returns:" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1566 +#: C/index.docbook:1590 msgid "Paragraph describing the returned result." msgstr "Abschnitt, der das zurückgegebene Ergebnis beschreibt." #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1571 +#: C/index.docbook:1595 msgid "@...:" msgstr "@...:" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1573 +#: C/index.docbook:1597 msgid "" "In case the function has variadic arguments, you should use this tag " "(@Varargs: does also work for historic reasons)." @@ -2571,12 +2641,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #. (itstool) path: example/title -#: C/index.docbook:1583 C/index.docbook:1585 +#: C/index.docbook:1607 C/index.docbook:1609 msgid "Property comment block" msgstr "Property-Kommentarblock" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:1586 +#: C/index.docbook:1610 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -2597,12 +2667,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #. (itstool) path: example/title -#: C/index.docbook:1598 C/index.docbook:1617 +#: C/index.docbook:1622 C/index.docbook:1641 msgid "Signal comment block" msgstr "Signal-Kommentarblock" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1604 +#: C/index.docbook:1628 msgid "" "Document when the signal is emitted and whether it is emitted before or " "after other signals." @@ -2611,12 +2681,12 @@ "anderen Signalen ausgegeben wird." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1610 +#: C/index.docbook:1634 msgid "Document what an application might do in the signal handler." msgstr "Dokumentiert, was eine Anwendung in dem Signal-Handler tun könnte." #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:1618 +#: C/index.docbook:1642 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -2626,7 +2696,8 @@ " * @foo: some foo\n" " * @bar: some bar\n" " *\n" -" * The ::foobarized signal is emitted each time someone tries to foobarize @widget.\n" +" * The ::foobarized signal is emitted each time someone tries to foobarize" +" @widget.\n" " */\n" "foo_signalsFOOBARIZED =\n" " g_signal_new (\"foobarized\",\n" @@ -2639,7 +2710,8 @@ " * @foo: some foo\n" " * @bar: some bar\n" " *\n" -" * The ::foobarized signal is emitted each time someone tries to foobarize @widget.\n" +" * The ::foobarized signal is emitted each time someone tries to foobarize" +" @widget.\n" " */\n" "foo_signalsFOOBARIZED =\n" " g_signal_new (\"foobarized\",\n" @@ -2647,12 +2719,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #. (itstool) path: example/title -#: C/index.docbook:1635 C/index.docbook:1636 +#: C/index.docbook:1659 C/index.docbook:1660 msgid "Struct comment block" msgstr "Struct-Kommentarblock" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:1637 +#: C/index.docbook:1661 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -2682,7 +2754,7 @@ "} FooWidget;\n" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:1652 +#: C/index.docbook:1676 msgid "" "Use <code>/*< private >*/</code> before the private struct fields you " "want to hide. Use <code>/*< public >*/</code> for the reverse " @@ -2693,7 +2765,7 @@ "verwenden Sie <code>/*< public >*/</code>." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:1658 +#: C/index.docbook:1682 msgid "" "If the first field is \"g_iface\", \"parent_instance\" or \"parent_class\" " "it will be considered private automatically and doesn't need to be mentioned " @@ -2704,7 +2776,7 @@ "erwähnt werden." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:1664 +#: C/index.docbook:1688 msgid "" "Struct comment blocks can also be used for GObjects and GObjectClasses. It " "is usually a good idea to add a comment block for a class, if it has " @@ -2725,12 +2797,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #. (itstool) path: example/title -#: C/index.docbook:1676 C/index.docbook:1677 +#: C/index.docbook:1700 C/index.docbook:1701 msgid "Enum comment block" msgstr "Enum-Kommentarblock" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:1678 +#: C/index.docbook:1702 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -2764,7 +2836,7 @@ "} Something;\n" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:1695 +#: C/index.docbook:1719 msgid "" "Use <code>/*< private >*/</code> before the private enum values you " "want to hide. Use <code>/*< public >*/</code> for the reverse " @@ -2775,12 +2847,12 @@ "verwenden Sie <code>/*< public >*/</code>." #. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: C/index.docbook:1706 +#: C/index.docbook:1730 msgid "Inline program documentation" msgstr "Eingebettete Programmdokumentation" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:1707 +#: C/index.docbook:1731 msgid "" "You can document programs and their commandline interface using inline " "documentation." @@ -2789,37 +2861,37 @@ "eingebetteter Dokumentation." #. (itstool) path: variablelist/title -#: C/index.docbook:1713 +#: C/index.docbook:1737 msgid "Tags" msgstr "Markierungen" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1715 +#: C/index.docbook:1739 msgid "PROGRAM" msgstr "PROGRAM" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1718 +#: C/index.docbook:1742 msgid "Defines the start of a program documentation." msgstr "Definiert den Start einer Programmdokumentation." #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1725 +#: C/index.docbook:1749 msgid "@short_description:" msgstr "@short_description:" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1727 +#: C/index.docbook:1751 msgid "Defines a short description of the program. (Optional)" msgstr "Definiert eine Kurzbeschreibung des Programms (optional)." #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1734 +#: C/index.docbook:1758 msgid "@synopsis:" msgstr "@synopsis:" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1736 +#: C/index.docbook:1760 msgid "" "Defines the arguments, or list of arguments that the program can take. " "(Optional)" @@ -2828,57 +2900,57 @@ "akzeptiert (optional)." #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1744 +#: C/index.docbook:1768 msgid "@see_also:" msgstr "@see_also:" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1746 +#: C/index.docbook:1770 msgid "See Also manual page section. (Optional)" msgstr "" "Der Abschnitt »SEE ALSO« in den man-Pages (Unix-Handbuchseiten, optional)." #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1753 +#: C/index.docbook:1777 msgid "@arg:" msgstr "@arg:" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1755 +#: C/index.docbook:1779 msgid "Argument(s) passed to the program and their description. (Optional)" msgstr "" "Argument(e), die dem Programm übergeben wurden, und die zugehörige " "Beschreibung (optional)." #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1762 +#: C/index.docbook:1786 msgid "Description:" msgstr "Description:" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1764 +#: C/index.docbook:1788 msgid "A longer description of the program." msgstr "Eine ausführlichere Beschreibung des Programms." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1773 +#: C/index.docbook:1797 msgid "Specify what value(s) the program returns. (Optional)" msgstr "Geben Sie an, welche Wert(e) das Programm zurück gibt (optional)." #. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: C/index.docbook:1782 +#: C/index.docbook:1806 msgid "Example of program documentation." msgstr "Beispiel einer Programmdokumentation." #. (itstool) path: example/title -#: C/index.docbook:1783 +#: C/index.docbook:1807 msgid "Program documentation block" msgstr "Programm-Dokumentationsblock" # Würde ich nicht übersetzen. Ein Entwickler schreibt stets in Englisch, # die Übersetzung ist unsere Sache. #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:1784 +#: C/index.docbook:1808 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -2922,12 +2994,12 @@ "}\n" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: C/index.docbook:1810 +#: C/index.docbook:1834 msgid "Useful DocBook tags" msgstr "Nützliche DocBook-Markierungen" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:1812 +#: C/index.docbook:1836 msgid "" "Here are some DocBook tags which are most useful when documenting the code." msgstr "" @@ -2935,7 +3007,7 @@ "von Code nützlich sein können." #. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:1821 +#: C/index.docbook:1845 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -2945,7 +3017,7 @@ "<link linkend=\"glib-Hash-Tables\">Hash Tables</link>\n" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:1817 +#: C/index.docbook:1841 msgid "" "To link to another section in the GTK docs: <_:informalexample-1/> The " "linkend is the SGML/XML id on the top item of the page you want to link to. " @@ -2961,7 +3033,7 @@ "konform in »-« umgewandelt." #. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:1834 +#: C/index.docbook:1858 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -2971,7 +3043,7 @@ "<function>...</function>\n" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:1831 +#: C/index.docbook:1855 msgid "" "To refer to an external function, e.g. a standard C function: <_:" "informalexample-1/>" @@ -2980,13 +3052,21 @@ "<_:informalexample-1/>" #. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:1843 +#: C/index.docbook:1867 #, no-wrap +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "<example>\n" +#| " <title>Using a GHashTable.</title>\n" +#| " <programlisting>\n" +#| " ...\n" +#| " </programlisting>\n" +#| "</example>\n" msgid "" "\n" "<example>\n" " <title>Using a GHashTable.</title>\n" -" <programlisting>\n" +" <programlisting language=\"C\">\n" " ...\n" " </programlisting>\n" "</example>\n" @@ -2994,42 +3074,71 @@ "\n" "<example>\n" " <title>Using a GHashTable.</title>\n" -" <programlisting>\n" -" ...\n" +" <programlisting language=\"C\">\n" +" …\n" " </programlisting>\n" "</example>\n" #. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:1854 +#: C/index.docbook:1878 #, no-wrap +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "<informalexample>\n" +#| " <programlisting>\n" +#| " ...\n" +#| " </programlisting>\n" +#| "</informalexample>\n" msgid "" "\n" "<informalexample>\n" -" <programlisting>\n" +" <programlisting language=\"C\">\n" " ...\n" " </programlisting>\n" "</informalexample>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<informalexample>\n" -" <programlisting>\n" -" ...\n" +" <programlisting language=\"C\">\n" +" …\n" " </programlisting>\n" "</informalexample>\n" +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1890 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"|<!-- language=\"C\" -->\n" +" ...\n" +"|\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"|<!-- language=\"C\" -->\n" +" …\n" +"|\n" + #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:1840 +#: C/index.docbook:1864 +#| msgid "" +#| "To include example code: <_:informalexample-1/> or possibly this, for " +#| "very short code fragments which don't need a title: <_:informalexample-2/" +#| "> For the latter GTK-Doc also supports an abbreviation: | ... |" msgid "" "To include example code: <_:informalexample-1/> or possibly this, for very " -"short code fragments which don't need a title: <_:informalexample-2/> For " -"the latter GTK-Doc also supports an abbreviation: | ... |" +"short code fragments which don't need a title: <_:informalexample-2/> In " +"both cases, the language attribute is optional and is used as a hint to the " +"syntax highlighting engine (pygments for html output). For the latter GTK-" +"Doc also supports an abbreviation: <_:informalexample-3/>" msgstr "" "So fügen Sie Beispielcode ein: <placeholder-1/> Vielleicht auch so, für sehr " -"kurze Codeschnipsel, die keinen Titel benötigen: <_:informalexample-2/> " -"Außerdem unterstützt GTK-Doc auch eine Abkürzung: | ... |" +"kurze Codeschnipsel, die keinen Titel benötigen: <_:informalexample-2/> . In" +" beiden Fällen ist das Language-Attribut optional und wird als Hinweis für" +" die Syntaxhervorhebung-Engine verwnedet (Pygments für die HTML-Ausgabe)." +" Außerdem unterstützt GTK-Doc auch eine Abkürzung: <_:informalexample-3/>" #. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:1873 +#: C/index.docbook:1901 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -3061,12 +3170,12 @@ "</itemizedlist>\n" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:1870 +#: C/index.docbook:1898 msgid "To include bulleted lists: <_:informalexample-1/>" msgstr "Für eine Liste mit Aufzählungszeichen: <_:informalexample-1/>" #. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:1893 +#: C/index.docbook:1921 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -3084,14 +3193,14 @@ "</note>\n" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:1890 +#: C/index.docbook:1918 msgid "" "To include a note which stands out from the text: <_:informalexample-1/>" msgstr "" "Für eine nicht zum eigentlichen Text gehörende Notiz: <_:informalexample-1/>" #. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:1906 +#: C/index.docbook:1934 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -3101,12 +3210,12 @@ "<type>unsigned char</type>\n" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:1903 +#: C/index.docbook:1931 msgid "To refer to a type: <_:informalexample-1/>" msgstr "Für einen Bezug zu einem Typ: <_:informalexample-1/>" #. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:1915 +#: C/index.docbook:1943 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -3116,7 +3225,7 @@ "<structname>XFontStruct</structname>\n" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:1912 +#: C/index.docbook:1940 msgid "" "To refer to an external structure (not one described in the GTK docs): <_:" "informalexample-1/>" @@ -3125,7 +3234,7 @@ "beschrieben wird): <_:informalexample-1/>" #. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:1924 +#: C/index.docbook:1952 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -3135,12 +3244,12 @@ "<structfield>len</structfield>\n" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:1921 +#: C/index.docbook:1949 msgid "To refer to a field of a structure: <_:informalexample-1/>" msgstr "Für einen Bezug zu einem Feld einer Struktur: <_:informalexample-1/>" #. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:1933 +#: C/index.docbook:1961 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -3150,7 +3259,7 @@ "<classname>GtkWidget</classname>\n" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:1930 +#: C/index.docbook:1958 msgid "" "To refer to a class name, we could possibly use: <_:informalexample-1/> but " "you'll probably be using #GtkWidget instead (to automatically create a link " @@ -3164,7 +3273,7 @@ "Abkürzungen</link>)." #. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:1944 +#: C/index.docbook:1972 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -3174,12 +3283,12 @@ "<emphasis>This is important</emphasis>\n" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:1941 +#: C/index.docbook:1969 msgid "To emphasize text: <_:informalexample-1/>" msgstr "Zum Hervorheben von Text: <_:informalexample-1/>" #. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:1953 +#: C/index.docbook:1981 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -3189,32 +3298,34 @@ "<filename>/home/user/documents</filename>\n" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:1950 +#: C/index.docbook:1978 msgid "For filenames use: <_:informalexample-1/>" msgstr "Für Dateinamen: <_:informalexample-1/>" #. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:1962 +#: C/index.docbook:1990 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" -"<keycombo><keycap>Control</keycap><keycap>L</keycap></keycombo>\n" +"<keycombo><keycap>Control</keycap><keycap>L</keycap" +"></keycombo>\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<keycombo><keycap>Control</keycap><keycap>L</keycap></keycombo>\n" +"<keycombo><keycap>Control</keycap><keycap>L</keycap" +"></keycombo>\n" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:1959 +#: C/index.docbook:1987 msgid "To refer to keys use: <_:informalexample-1/>" msgstr "Für einen Bezug zu einem Schlüssel: <_:informalexample-1/>" #. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: C/index.docbook:1972 +#: C/index.docbook:2000 msgid "Filling the extra files" msgstr "Füllen der zusätzlichen Dateien" #. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: C/index.docbook:1974 +#: C/index.docbook:2002 msgid "" "There are a couple of extra files, that need to be maintained along with the " "inline source code comments: <filename><package>.types</filename>, " @@ -3227,12 +3338,12 @@ "<filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>." #. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: C/index.docbook:1983 +#: C/index.docbook:2011 msgid "Editing the types file" msgstr "Bearbeiten der Typendatei" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:1985 +#: C/index.docbook:2013 msgid "" "If your library or application includes GObjects, you want their signals, " "arguments/parameters and position in the hierarchy to be shown in the " @@ -3247,12 +3358,12 @@ "der Datei <filename><package>.types</filename> aufzulisten." #. (itstool) path: example/title -#: C/index.docbook:1994 +#: C/index.docbook:2022 msgid "Example <package>.types file" msgstr "Beispiel-Schnipsel einer <package>.types-Datei" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:1995 +#: C/index.docbook:2023 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -3272,7 +3383,7 @@ "gtk_arrow_get_type\n" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:2006 +#: C/index.docbook:2034 msgid "" "Since GTK-Doc 1.8 <application>gtkdoc-scan</application> can generate this " "list for you. Just add \"--rebuild-types\" to SCAN_OPTIONS in " @@ -3286,12 +3397,12 @@ "stellen." #. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: C/index.docbook:2015 +#: C/index.docbook:2043 msgid "Editing the master document" msgstr "Bearbeiten des Master-Dokuments" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:2017 +#: C/index.docbook:2045 msgid "" "GTK-Doc produces documentation in DocBook SGML/XML. When processing the " "inline source comments, the GTK-Doc tools generate one documentation page " @@ -3304,7 +3415,7 @@ "Hauptdokument schließt diese ein und setzt sie in die passende Reihenfolge." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:2024 +#: C/index.docbook:2052 msgid "" "While GTK-Doc creates a template master document for you, later runs will " "not touch it again. This means that one can freely structure the " @@ -3322,7 +3433,7 @@ "Neuigkeiten eingeführt werden." #. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: C/index.docbook:2034 +#: C/index.docbook:2062 msgid "" "Do not create tutorials as extra documents. Just write extra chapters. The " "benefit of directly embedding the tutorial for your library into the API " @@ -3338,7 +3449,7 @@ "die gleichen Aktualisierungen erfährt wie die Bibliothek selbst." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:2043 +#: C/index.docbook:2071 msgid "" "So what are the things to change inside the master document? For a start is " "only a little. There are some placeholders (text in square brackets) there " @@ -3349,12 +3460,12 @@ "beachten sollten." #. (itstool) path: example/title -#: C/index.docbook:2050 +#: C/index.docbook:2078 msgid "Master document header" msgstr "Kopfzeile des Master-Dokuments" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:2051 +#: C/index.docbook:2079 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -3363,7 +3474,8 @@ " <releaseinfo>\n" " for MODULENAME VERSION\n" " The latest version of this documentation can be found on-line at\n" -" <ulink role=\"online-location\" url=\"http://SERVER/MODULENAME/index.html\">http://SERVER/MODULENAME/</ulink>.\n" +" <ulink role=\"online-location\" url=\"http://SERVER/MODULENAME/index." +"html\">http://SERVER/MODULENAME/</ulink>.\n" " </releaseinfo>\n" "</bookinfo>\n" "\n" @@ -3376,7 +3488,8 @@ " <releaseinfo>\n" " for MODULENAME VERSION\n" " The latest version of this documentation can be found on-line at\n" -" <ulink role=\"online-location\" url=\"http://SERVER/MODULENAME/index.html\">http://SERVER/MODULENAME/</ulink>.\n" +" <ulink role=\"online-location\" url=\"http://SERVER/MODULENAME/index." +"html\">http://SERVER/MODULENAME/</ulink>.\n" " </releaseinfo>\n" "</bookinfo>\n" "\n" @@ -3384,7 +3497,7 @@ " <title>Insert title here</title>\n" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:2067 +#: C/index.docbook:2095 msgid "" "In addition a few option elements are created in commented form. You can " "review these and enable them as you like." @@ -3393,26 +3506,29 @@ "können sich diese anschauen und aktivieren, wenn Sie wollen." #. (itstool) path: example/title -#: C/index.docbook:2073 +#: C/index.docbook:2101 msgid "Optional part in the master document" msgstr "Optionaler Teil im Master-Dokument" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:2074 +#: C/index.docbook:2102 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" " <!-- enable this when you use gobject introspection annotations\n" -" <xi:include href=\"xml/annotation-glossary.xml\"><xi:fallback /></xi:include>\n" +" <xi:include href=\"xml/annotation-glossary.xml\"><xi:fallback" +" /></xi:include>\n" " -->\n" msgstr "" "\n" -" <!-- aktivieren Sie dieses, wenn sie gobject introspection-Anmerkungen verwenden\n" -" <xi:include href=\"xml/annotation-glossary.xml\"><xi:fallback /></xi:include>\n" +" <!-- aktivieren Sie dieses, wenn sie gobject introspection-Anmerkungen" +" verwenden\n" +" <xi:include href=\"xml/annotation-glossary.xml\"><xi:fallback" +" /></xi:include>\n" " --> \n" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:2082 +#: C/index.docbook:2110 msgid "" "Finally you need to add new section whenever you introduce one. The <link " "linkend=\"modernizing-gtk-doc-1-16\">gtkdoc-check</link> tool will remind " @@ -3424,12 +3540,12 @@ "in der Dokumentation noch nicht erfasst sind." #. (itstool) path: example/title -#: C/index.docbook:2090 C/index.docbook:2125 +#: C/index.docbook:2118 C/index.docbook:2153 msgid "Including generated sections" msgstr "Einbeziehen erzeugter Abschnitte" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:2091 +#: C/index.docbook:2119 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -3445,12 +3561,12 @@ " ...\n" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: C/index.docbook:2103 +#: C/index.docbook:2131 msgid "Editing the section file" msgstr "Bearbeiten der Abschnittsdatei" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:2105 +#: C/index.docbook:2133 msgid "" "The section file is used to organise the documentation output by GTK-Doc. " "Here one specifies which symbol belongs to which module or class and control " @@ -3461,7 +3577,7 @@ "welcher Klasse gehört und regelt die Sichtbarkeit (öffentlich oder privat)." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:2111 +#: C/index.docbook:2139 msgid "" "The section file is a plain text file with tags delimiting sections. Blank " "lines are ignored and lines starting with a '#' are treated as comment lines." @@ -3471,7 +3587,7 @@ "die mit »#« beginnen, werden als Kommentarzeilen behandelt." #. (itstool) path: note/para -#: C/index.docbook:2118 +#: C/index.docbook:2146 msgid "" "While the tags make the file look like xml, it is not. Please do not close " "tags like <SUBSECTION>." @@ -3480,7 +3596,7 @@ "trügt. Bitte schließen Sie keine Markierungen wie <SUBSECTION>." #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:2126 +#: C/index.docbook:2154 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -3512,7 +3628,7 @@ "</SECTION>\n" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:2143 +#: C/index.docbook:2171 msgid "" "The <FILE> ... </FILE> tag is used to specify the file name, " "without any suffix. For example, using '<FILE>gnome-config</" @@ -3535,7 +3651,7 @@ "Kleinbuchstaben)." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:2155 +#: C/index.docbook:2183 msgid "" "The <TITLE> ... </TITLE> tag is used to specify the title of the " "section. It is only useful before the templates (if used) are initially " @@ -3548,7 +3664,7 @@ "das SECTION-Kommentar in den Quellen einsetzt, ist dies überflüssig." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:2162 +#: C/index.docbook:2190 msgid "" "You can group items in the section by using the <SUBSECTION> tag. " "Currently it outputs a blank line between subsections in the synopsis " @@ -3580,7 +3696,7 @@ "(Variablen, vmethods)." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:2181 +#: C/index.docbook:2209 msgid "" "You can also use <INCLUDE> ... </INCLUDE> to specify the " "#include files which are shown in the synopsis sections. It contains a comma-" @@ -3596,12 +3712,12 @@ "Abschnitts festlegen, wirkt es nur in diesem Abschnitt." #. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: C/index.docbook:2195 +#: C/index.docbook:2223 msgid "Controlling the result" msgstr "Überprüfung des Ergebnisses" #. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: C/index.docbook:2197 +#: C/index.docbook:2225 msgid "" "A GTK-Doc run generates report files inside the documentation directory. The " "generated files are named: <filename><package>-undocumented.txt</" @@ -3617,7 +3733,7 @@ "werden." #. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: C/index.docbook:2206 +#: C/index.docbook:2234 msgid "" "The <filename><package>-undocumented.txt</filename> file starts with " "the documentation coverage summary. Below are two sections divided by blank " @@ -3633,7 +3749,7 @@ "Dokumentation haben, aber z.B. ein neuer Parameter hinzugefügt worden ist." #. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: C/index.docbook:2215 +#: C/index.docbook:2243 msgid "" "The <filename><package>-undeclared.txt</filename> file lists symbols " "given in the <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> but not found " @@ -3645,7 +3761,7 @@ "geschrieben wurden." #. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: C/index.docbook:2222 +#: C/index.docbook:2250 msgid "" "The <filename><package>-unused.txt</filename> file lists symbol names, " "where the GTK-Doc scanner has found documentation, but does not know where " @@ -3659,7 +3775,7 @@ "wurde." #. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: C/index.docbook:2230 +#: C/index.docbook:2258 msgid "" "Enable or add the <option>TESTS=$(GTKDOC_CHECK)</option> line in Makefile." "am. If at least GTK-Doc 1.9 is installed, this will run sanity checks during " @@ -3671,7 +3787,7 @@ "ausgeführt." #. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: C/index.docbook:2237 +#: C/index.docbook:2265 msgid "" "One can also look at the files produced by the source code scanner: " "<filename><package>-decl-list.txt</filename> and <filename><" @@ -3688,7 +3804,7 @@ "kann man prüfen, ob diese Datei es enthält." #. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: C/index.docbook:2246 +#: C/index.docbook:2274 msgid "" "If the project is GObject based, one can also look into the files produced " "by the object scanner: <filename><package>.args.txt</filename>, " @@ -3710,12 +3826,12 @@ "ausführen." #. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: C/index.docbook:2261 +#: C/index.docbook:2289 msgid "Modernizing the documentation" msgstr "Die Dokumentation modernisieren" #. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: C/index.docbook:2263 +#: C/index.docbook:2291 msgid "" "GTK-Doc has been around for quite some time. In this section we list new " "features together with the version since when it is available." @@ -3724,12 +3840,12 @@ "wir neue Features und die Version, mit der sie eingeführt wurden." #. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: C/index.docbook:2269 +#: C/index.docbook:2297 msgid "GTK-Doc 1.9" msgstr "GTK-Doc 1.9" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:2271 +#: C/index.docbook:2299 msgid "" "When using xml instead of sgml, one can actually name the master document " "<filename><package>-docs.xml</filename>." @@ -3738,7 +3854,7 @@ "<filename><package>-docs.xml</filename> nennen." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:2276 +#: C/index.docbook:2304 msgid "" "This version supports <option>SCAN_OPTIONS=--rebuild-sections</option> in " "<filename>Makefile.am</filename>. When this is enabled, the <filename><" @@ -3760,7 +3876,7 @@ "Abschnittsdatei sehr einfach aktualisiert werden." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:2287 +#: C/index.docbook:2315 msgid "" "Version 1.8 already introduced the syntax for documenting sections in the " "sources instead of the separate files under <filename class=\"directory" @@ -3783,12 +3899,12 @@ "die Sache ist erledigt." #. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: C/index.docbook:2299 +#: C/index.docbook:2327 msgid "GTK-Doc 1.10" msgstr "GTK-Doc 1.10" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:2301 +#: C/index.docbook:2329 msgid "" "This version supports <option>SCAN_OPTIONS=--rebuild-types</option> in " "<filename>Makefile.am</filename>. When this is enabled, the <filename><" @@ -3806,17 +3922,17 @@ "soll." #. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: C/index.docbook:2312 +#: C/index.docbook:2340 msgid "GTK-Doc 1.16" msgstr "GTK-Doc 1.16" #. (itstool) path: example/title -#: C/index.docbook:2318 +#: C/index.docbook:2346 msgid "Enable gtkdoc-check" msgstr "gtkdoc-check einschalten" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:2319 +#: C/index.docbook:2347 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -3836,7 +3952,7 @@ "endif\n" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:2314 +#: C/index.docbook:2342 msgid "" "This version includes a new tool called gtkdoc-check. This tool can run a " "set of sanity checks on your documentation. It is enabled by adding these " @@ -3848,12 +3964,12 @@ "<filename>Makefile.am</filename> hinzu. <_:example-1/>" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: C/index.docbook:2332 +#: C/index.docbook:2360 msgid "GTK-Doc 1.20" msgstr "GTK-Doc 1.20" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:2334 +#: C/index.docbook:2362 msgid "" "Version 1.18 brought some initial markdown support. Using markdown in doc " "comments is less intrusive than writing docbook xml. This version improves a " @@ -3868,17 +3984,17 @@ "\">Kommentarsyntax</link>." #. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: C/index.docbook:2344 +#: C/index.docbook:2372 msgid "GTK-Doc 1.25" msgstr "GTK-Doc 1.25" #. (itstool) path: example/title -#: C/index.docbook:2355 +#: C/index.docbook:2383 msgid "Use pre-generated entities" msgstr "Vorerzeugte Entitäten verwenden" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:2356 +#: C/index.docbook:2384 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -3886,7 +4002,8 @@ "<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC \"-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN\"\n" " \"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd\"\n" "\n" -" <!ENTITY % local.common.attrib \"xmlns:xi CDATA #FIXED 'http://www.w3.org/2003/XInclude'\">\n" +" <!ENTITY % local.common.attrib \"xmlns:xi CDATA #FIXED" +" 'http://www.w3.org/2003/XInclude'\">\n" " <!ENTITY % gtkdocentities SYSTEM \"xml/gtkdocentities.ent\">\n" " %gtkdocentities;\n" ">\n" @@ -3896,7 +4013,9 @@ " <releaseinfo>\n" " for &package_string;.\n" " The latest version of this documentation can be found on-line at\n" -" <ulink role=\"online-location\" url=\"http://SERVER/&package_name;/index.html\">http://SERVER/&package_name;/</ulink>.\n" +" <ulink role=\"online-location\"" +" url=\"http://SERVER/&package_name;/index.html\">http://SERVER/&" +";package_name;/</ulink>.\n" " </releaseinfo>\n" " </bookinfo>\n" msgstr "" @@ -3905,7 +4024,8 @@ "<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC \"-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN\"\n" " \"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd\"\n" "\n" -" <!ENTITY % local.common.attrib \"xmlns:xi CDATA #FIXED 'http://www.w3.org/2003/XInclude'\">\n" +" <!ENTITY % local.common.attrib \"xmlns:xi CDATA #FIXED" +" 'http://www.w3.org/2003/XInclude'\">\n" " <!ENTITY % gtkdocentities SYSTEM \"xml/gtkdocentities.ent\">\n" " %gtkdocentities;\n" ">\n" @@ -3915,12 +4035,14 @@ " <releaseinfo>\n" " for &package_string;.\n" " The latest version of this documentation can be found on-line at\n" -" <ulink role=\"online-location\" url=\"http://SERVER/&package_name;/index.html\">http://SERVER/&package_name;/</ulink>.\n" +" <ulink role=\"online-location\"" +" url=\"http://SERVER/&package_name;/index.html\">http://SERVER/&" +";package_name;/</ulink>.\n" " </releaseinfo>\n" " </bookinfo>\n" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:2346 +#: C/index.docbook:2374 msgid "" "The makefiles shipped with this version generate an entity file at " "<filename>xml/gtkdocentities.ent</filename>, containing entities for e.g. " @@ -3940,12 +4062,12 @@ "die gleichen XML-Kopfeinträge auch in generierten Dateien. <_:example-1/>" #. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: C/index.docbook:2381 +#: C/index.docbook:2409 msgid "Documenting other interfaces" msgstr "Dokumentieren anderer Schnittstellen" #. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: C/index.docbook:2383 +#: C/index.docbook:2411 msgid "" "So far we have been using GTK-Doc to document the API of code. The next " "sections contain suggestions how the tools can be used to document other " @@ -3956,12 +4078,12 @@ "Werkzeuge zum Dokumentieren anderer Schnittstellen eingesetzt werden können." #. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: C/index.docbook:2390 +#: C/index.docbook:2418 msgid "Command line options and man pages" msgstr "Befehlszeilenoptionen und Handbuchseiten" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:2392 +#: C/index.docbook:2420 msgid "" "As one can generate man pages for a docbook refentry as well, it sounds like " "a good idea to use it for that purpose. This way the interface is part of " @@ -3973,12 +4095,12 @@ "kostenfrei die man-Hilfeseite." #. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: C/index.docbook:2399 +#: C/index.docbook:2427 msgid "Document the tool" msgstr "Dokumentieren des Werkzeuges" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:2401 +#: C/index.docbook:2429 msgid "" "Create one refentry file per tool. Following <link linkend=" "\"settingup_docfiles\">our example</link> we would call it <filename>meep/" @@ -3993,23 +4115,24 @@ "Beispiele (z.B. in glib) ansehen." #. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: C/index.docbook:2411 +#: C/index.docbook:2439 msgid "Adding the extra configure check" msgstr "Hinzufügen der zusätzlichen Configure-Überprüfungen" #. (itstool) path: example/title -#: C/index.docbook:2414 C/index.docbook:2432 +#: C/index.docbook:2442 C/index.docbook:2460 msgid "Extra configure checks" msgstr "Zusätzliche Configure-Überprüfungen" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:2415 +#: C/index.docbook:2443 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" "AC_ARG_ENABLE(man,\n" " AC_HELP_STRING(--enable-man,\n" -" regenerate man pages from Docbook default=no),enable_man=yes,\n" +" regenerate man pages from Docbook" +" default=no),enable_man=yes,\n" " enable_man=no)\n" "\n" "AC_PATH_PROG(XSLTPROC, xsltproc)\n" @@ -4018,19 +4141,20 @@ "\n" "AC_ARG_ENABLE(man,\n" " AC_HELP_STRING(--enable-man,\n" -" regenerate man pages from Docbook default=no),enable_man=yes,\n" +" regenerate man pages from Docbook" +" default=no),enable_man=yes,\n" " enable_man=no)\n" "\n" "AC_PATH_PROG(XSLTPROC, xsltproc)\n" "AM_CONDITIONAL(ENABLE_MAN, test x$enable_man != xno)\n" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: C/index.docbook:2429 +#: C/index.docbook:2457 msgid "Adding the extra makefile rules" msgstr "Hinzufügen der zusätzlichen Makefile-Regeln" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:2433 +#: C/index.docbook:2461 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -4041,7 +4165,8 @@ "if ENABLE_MAN\n" "\n" "%.1 : %.xml\n" -" @XSLTPROC@ -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<\n" +" @XSLTPROC@ -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/m" +"anpages/docbook.xsl $<\n" "\n" "endif\n" "endif\n" @@ -4057,7 +4182,8 @@ "if ENABLE_MAN\n" "\n" "%.1 : %.xml\n" -" @XSLTPROC@ -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<\n" +" @XSLTPROC@ -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/m" +"anpages/docbook.xsl $<\n" "\n" "endif\n" "endif\n" @@ -4066,12 +4192,12 @@ "EXTRA_DIST += meep.xml\n" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: C/index.docbook:2455 +#: C/index.docbook:2483 msgid "DBus interfaces" msgstr "DBus-Schnittstellen" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:2457 +#: C/index.docbook:2485 msgid "" "(FIXME: http://hal.freedesktop.org/docs/DeviceKit/DeviceKit.html, http://" "cgit.freedesktop.org/DeviceKit/DeviceKit/tree/doc/dbus)" @@ -4080,27 +4206,27 @@ "cgit.freedesktop.org/DeviceKit/DeviceKit/tree/doc/dbus)" #. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: C/index.docbook:2466 +#: C/index.docbook:2494 msgid "Frequently asked questions" msgstr "Häufig gestellte Fragen" #. (itstool) path: segmentedlist/segtitle -#: C/index.docbook:2470 +#: C/index.docbook:2498 msgid "Question" msgstr "Frage" #. (itstool) path: segmentedlist/segtitle -#: C/index.docbook:2471 +#: C/index.docbook:2499 msgid "Answer" msgstr "Antwort" #. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: C/index.docbook:2473 +#: C/index.docbook:2501 msgid "No class hierarchy." msgstr "Keine Klassenhierarchie." #. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: C/index.docbook:2474 +#: C/index.docbook:2502 msgid "" "The objects <function>xxx_get_type()</function> function has not been " "entered into the <filename><package>.types</filename> file." @@ -4109,12 +4235,12 @@ "die Datei <filename><package>.types</filename> eingegeben." #. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: C/index.docbook:2480 +#: C/index.docbook:2508 msgid "Still no class hierarchy." msgstr "Noch immer keine Klassenhierarchie." #. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: C/index.docbook:2481 +#: C/index.docbook:2509 msgid "" "Missing or wrong naming in <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> " "file (see <ulink url=\"http://mail.gnome.org/archives/gtk-doc-list/2003-" @@ -4125,12 +4251,12 @@ "archives/gtk-doc-list/2003-October/msg00006.html\">Erklärung</ulink>)." #. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: C/index.docbook:2487 +#: C/index.docbook:2515 msgid "Damn, I have still no class hierarchy." msgstr "Verdammt, ich habe immer noch keine Klassenhierarchie." #. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: C/index.docbook:2488 +#: C/index.docbook:2516 msgid "" "Is the object name (name of the instance struct, e.g. <type>GtkWidget</" "type>) part of the normal section (don't put this into Standard or Private " @@ -4140,12 +4266,12 @@ "Teil des normalen Abschnitts (nicht in den Standard- oder Unterabschnitten)." #. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: C/index.docbook:2495 +#: C/index.docbook:2523 msgid "No symbol index." msgstr "Kein Symbolindex." #. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: C/index.docbook:2496 +#: C/index.docbook:2524 msgid "" "Does the <filename><package>-docs.{xml,sgml}</filename> contain a " "index that xi:includes the generated index?" @@ -4154,12 +4280,12 @@ "der den erstellten Index xi:enthält?" #. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: C/index.docbook:2502 +#: C/index.docbook:2530 msgid "Symbols are not linked to their doc-section." msgstr "Symbole werden nicht mit deren Dokumentationsabschnitt verknüpft." #. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: C/index.docbook:2503 +#: C/index.docbook:2531 msgid "" "Is the doc-comment using the correct markup (added #,% or ())? Check if the " "gtkdoc-fixxref warns about unresolvable xrefs." @@ -4168,12 +4294,12 @@ "»()«)? Prüfen Sie, ob gtkdoc-fixxref wegen nicht auflösbarer xrefs warnt." #. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: C/index.docbook:2509 +#: C/index.docbook:2537 msgid "A new class does not appear in the docs." msgstr "Eine neue Klasse erscheint nicht in der Dokumentation." #. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: C/index.docbook:2510 +#: C/index.docbook:2538 msgid "" "Is the new page xi:included from <filename><package>-docs.{xml,sgml}</" "filename>." @@ -4182,12 +4308,12 @@ "sgml}</filename>?" #. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: C/index.docbook:2516 +#: C/index.docbook:2544 msgid "A new symbol does not appear in the docs." msgstr "Ein neues Symbol erscheint nicht in der Dokumentation." #. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: C/index.docbook:2517 +#: C/index.docbook:2545 msgid "" "Is the doc-comment properly formatted. Check for spelling mistakes in the " "begin of the comment. Check if the gtkdoc-fixxref warns about unresolvable " @@ -4201,12 +4327,12 @@ "Abschnitt gelistet ist." #. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: C/index.docbook:2525 +#: C/index.docbook:2553 msgid "A type is missing from the class hierarchy." msgstr "Ein Typ fehlt in der Klassenhierarchie." #. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: C/index.docbook:2526 +#: C/index.docbook:2554 msgid "" "If the type is listed in <filename><package>.hierarchy</filename> but " "not in <filename>xml/tree_index.sgml</filename> then double check that the " @@ -4222,12 +4348,12 @@ "sie nicht angezeigt." #. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: C/index.docbook:2535 +#: C/index.docbook:2563 msgid "I get foldoc links for all gobject annotations." msgstr "Ich erhalte foldoc-Verweise für alle gobjekt-Anmerkungen." #. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: C/index.docbook:2536 +#: C/index.docbook:2564 msgid "" "Check that <filename>xml/annotation-glossary.xml</filename> is xi:included " "from <filename><package>-docs.{xml,sgml}</filename>." @@ -4236,14 +4362,14 @@ "<filename><package>-docs.{xml,sgml}</filename> xi:eingebunden ist." #. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: C/index.docbook:2544 +#: C/index.docbook:2572 msgid "Parameter described in source code comment block but does not exist" msgstr "" "Parameter wird im Kommentarblock des Quellcodes beschrieben, aber existiert " "nicht" #. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: C/index.docbook:2545 +#: C/index.docbook:2573 msgid "" "Check if the prototype in the header has different parameter names as in the " "source." @@ -4252,12 +4378,12 @@ "Header unterschiedlich sind." #. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: C/index.docbook:2550 +#: C/index.docbook:2578 msgid "multiple \"IDs\" for constraint linkend: XYZ" msgstr "Mehrfache »IDs« für »constraint linkend: XYZ«" #. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: C/index.docbook:2551 +#: C/index.docbook:2579 msgid "" "Symbol XYZ appears twice in <filename><package>-sections.txt</" "filename> file." @@ -4266,7 +4392,7 @@ "sections.txt</filename>." #. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: C/index.docbook:2554 +#: C/index.docbook:2582 msgid "" "Element typename in namespace '' encountered in para, but no template " "matches." @@ -4275,12 +4401,12 @@ "entspricht." #. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: C/index.docbook:2561 +#: C/index.docbook:2589 msgid "Tools related to gtk-doc" msgstr "Werkzeuge mit Bezug zu gtk-doc" #. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: C/index.docbook:2563 +#: C/index.docbook:2591 msgid "" "GtkDocPlugin - a <ulink url=\"http://trac-hacks.org/wiki/GtkDocPlugin\">Trac " "GTK-Doc</ulink> integration plugin, that adds API docs to a trac site and " @@ -4291,7 +4417,7 @@ "Seite hinzufügt und die trac-Suche einbindet." #. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: C/index.docbook:2568 +#: C/index.docbook:2596 msgid "" "Gtkdoc-depscan - a tool (part of gtk-doc) to check used API against since " "tags in the API to determine the minimum required version." @@ -6306,3 +6432,11 @@ "empfehlen wir, diese Beispiele parallel unter einer freien Software-Lizenz, " "wie der <_:ulink-1/>, zu veröffentlichen, um ihren Gebrauch in freier " "Software zu erlauben." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<revnumber>1.29</revnumber> <date>28 Aug 2018</date> <authorinitials>ss</" +#~ "authorinitials> <revremark>development</revremark>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<revnumber>1.29</revnumber> <date>28. August 2018</date> " +#~ "<authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>Entwicklerversion</" +#~ "revremark>"
View file
_service:tar_scm:gtk-doc-1.33.2.tar.xz/help/manual/es/es.po -> _service:tar_scm:gtk-doc-1.34.0.tar.xz/help/manual/es/es.po
Changed
@@ -4,27 +4,27 @@ # Jorge González <jorgegonz@svn.gnome.org>, 2009, 2010, 2011. # # -# Daniel Mustieles <daniel.mustieles@gmail.com>, 2019-2020. +# Daniel Mustieles <daniel.mustieles@gmail.com>, 2019-2021. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk-doc-help.master\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-01 19:18+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-02-12 12:11+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-10-01 20:17+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-10 13:05+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Daniel Mustieles <daniel.mustieles@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Spanish - Spain <gnome-es-list@gnome.org>\n" "Language: es_ES\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Gtranslator 3.34.0\n" +"X-Generator: Gtranslator 40.0\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2 msgctxt "_" msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" -"Daniel Mustieles <daniel.mustieles@gmail.com>, 2009 - 2020\n" +"Daniel Mustieles <daniel.mustieles@gmail.com>, 2009 - 2021\n" "Jorge González <jorgegonz@svn.gnome.org>, 2009 - 2011\n" "Francisco Javier F. Serrador <serrrador@svn.gnome.org>, 2009, 2010" @@ -126,6 +126,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision #: C/index.docbook:83 +#| msgid "" +#| "<revnumber>1.32.1</revnumber> <date>15 Aug 2019</date> " +#| "<authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>dev version</revremark>" +msgid "" +"<revnumber>1.33.0</revnumber> <date>1 Oct 2020</date> <authorinitials>mc</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>gtk4 version</revremark>" +msgstr "" +"<revnumber>1.33.0</revnumber> <date>1 de octubre de 2020</date> " +"<authorinitials>mc</authorinitials> <revremark>versión gt4</revremark>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:89 msgid "" "<revnumber>1.32.1</revnumber> <date>15 Aug 2019</date> <authorinitials>ss</" "authorinitials> <revremark>dev version</revremark>" @@ -134,7 +146,7 @@ "<authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>desarrollo</revremark>" #. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision -#: C/index.docbook:89 +#: C/index.docbook:95 msgid "" "<revnumber>1.32</revnumber> <date>15 Aug 2019</date> <authorinitials>ss</" "authorinitials> <revremark>hotfix release</revremark>" @@ -144,7 +156,7 @@ "revremark>" #. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision -#: C/index.docbook:95 +#: C/index.docbook:101 msgid "" "<revnumber>1.31</revnumber> <date>05 Aug 2019</date> <authorinitials>ss</" "authorinitials> <revremark>refactorings and more test coverage</revremark>" @@ -154,7 +166,7 @@ "revremark>" #. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision -#: C/index.docbook:101 +#: C/index.docbook:107 msgid "" "<revnumber>1.30</revnumber> <date>08 May 2019</date> <authorinitials>ss</" "authorinitials> <revremark>more test coverage</revremark>" @@ -164,7 +176,7 @@ "revremark>" #. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision -#: C/index.docbook:107 +#: C/index.docbook:113 msgid "" "<revnumber>1.29</revnumber> <date>28 Aug 2018</date> <authorinitials>ss</" "authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes</revremark>" @@ -174,7 +186,7 @@ "revremark>" #. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision -#: C/index.docbook:113 +#: C/index.docbook:119 msgid "" "<revnumber>1.28</revnumber> <date>24 Mar 2018</date> <authorinitials>ss</" "authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes</revremark>" @@ -184,7 +196,7 @@ "revremark>" #. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision -#: C/index.docbook:119 +#: C/index.docbook:125 msgid "" "<revnumber>1.27</revnumber> <date>07 Dec 2017</date> <authorinitials>ss</" "authorinitials> <revremark>fine tuning of the python port</revremark>" @@ -194,7 +206,7 @@ "python</revremark>" #. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision -#: C/index.docbook:125 +#: C/index.docbook:131 msgid "" "<revnumber>1.26</revnumber> <date>11 Aug 2017</date> <authorinitials>ss</" "authorinitials> <revremark>port all tools from perl/bash to python</" @@ -205,7 +217,7 @@ "de perl/bash a python</revremark>" #. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision -#: C/index.docbook:131 +#: C/index.docbook:137 msgid "" "<revnumber>1.25</revnumber> <date>21 March 2016</date> <authorinitials>ss</" "authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes, test cleanups</revremark>" @@ -215,7 +227,7 @@ "limpieza</revremark>" #. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision -#: C/index.docbook:137 +#: C/index.docbook:143 msgid "" "<revnumber>1.24</revnumber> <date>29 May 2015</date> <authorinitials>ss</" "authorinitials> <revremark>bug fix</revremark>" @@ -225,7 +237,7 @@ "revremark>" #. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision -#: C/index.docbook:143 +#: C/index.docbook:149 msgid "" "<revnumber>1.23</revnumber> <date>17 May 2015</date> <authorinitials>ss</" "authorinitials> <revremark>bug fix</revremark>" @@ -235,7 +247,7 @@ "revremark>" #. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision -#: C/index.docbook:149 +#: C/index.docbook:155 msgid "" "<revnumber>1.22</revnumber> <date>07 May 2015</date> <authorinitials>ss</" "authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes, dropping deprecated features</" @@ -246,7 +258,7 @@ "eliminadas funcionalidades obsoletas</revremark>" #. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision -#: C/index.docbook:155 +#: C/index.docbook:161 msgid "" "<revnumber>1.21</revnumber> <date>17 Jul 2014</date> <authorinitials>ss</" "authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes, dropping deprecated features</" @@ -257,7 +269,7 @@ "eliminadas funcionalidades obsoletas</revremark>" #. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision -#: C/index.docbook:161 +#: C/index.docbook:167 msgid "" "<revnumber>1.20</revnumber> <date>16 Feb 2014</date> <authorinitials>ss</" "authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes, markdown support, style improvements</" @@ -268,7 +280,7 @@ "de marcado, mejoras en los estilos</revremark>" #. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision -#: C/index.docbook:167 +#: C/index.docbook:173 msgid "" "<revnumber>1.19</revnumber> <date>05 Jun 2013</date> <authorinitials>ss</" "authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes</revremark>" @@ -278,7 +290,7 @@ "revremark>" #. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision -#: C/index.docbook:173 +#: C/index.docbook:179 msgid "" "<revnumber>1.18</revnumber> <date>14 Sep 2011</date> <authorinitials>ss</" "authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes, speedups, markdown support</revremark>" @@ -288,7 +300,7 @@ "mejoras en la velocidad y soporte de marcado</revremark>" #. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision -#: C/index.docbook:179 +#: C/index.docbook:185 msgid "" "<revnumber>1.17</revnumber> <date>26 Feb 2011</date> <authorinitials>sk</" "authorinitials> <revremark>urgent bug fix update</revremark>" @@ -298,7 +310,7 @@ "corrección de error</revremark>" #. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision -#: C/index.docbook:185 +#: C/index.docbook:191 msgid "" "<revnumber>1.16</revnumber> <date>14 Jan 2011</date> <authorinitials>sk</" "authorinitials> <revremark>bugfixes, layout improvements</revremark>" @@ -308,7 +320,7 @@ "mejoras en la distribución</revremark>" #. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision -#: C/index.docbook:191 +#: C/index.docbook:197 msgid "" "<revnumber>1.15</revnumber> <date>21 May 2010</date> <authorinitials>sk</" "authorinitials> <revremark>bug and regression fixes</revremark>" @@ -318,7 +330,7 @@ "regresiones</revremark>" #. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision -#: C/index.docbook:197 +#: C/index.docbook:203 msgid "" "<revnumber>1.14</revnumber> <date>28 March 2010</date> <authorinitials>sk</" "authorinitials> <revremark>bugfixes and performance improvements</revremark>" @@ -328,7 +340,7 @@ "mejoras en el rendimiento</revremark>" #. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision -#: C/index.docbook:203 +#: C/index.docbook:209 msgid "" "<revnumber>1.13</revnumber> <date>18 December 2009</date> " "<authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>broken tarball update</" @@ -339,7 +351,7 @@ "roto</revremark>" #. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision -#: C/index.docbook:209 +#: C/index.docbook:215 msgid "" "<revnumber>1.12</revnumber> <date>18 December 2009</date> " "<authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>new tool features and " @@ -350,7 +362,7 @@ "nuevas características</revremark>" #. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision -#: C/index.docbook:215 +#: C/index.docbook:221 msgid "" "<revnumber>1.11</revnumber> <date>16 November 2008</date> " "<authorinitials>mal</authorinitials> <revremark>GNOME doc-utils migration</" @@ -361,12 +373,12 @@ "revremark>" #. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: C/index.docbook:228 +#: C/index.docbook:234 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "Introducción" #. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: C/index.docbook:230 +#: C/index.docbook:236 msgid "" "This chapter introduces GTK-Doc and gives an overview of what it is and how " "it is used." @@ -375,12 +387,12 @@ "es y cómo usarlo." #. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: C/index.docbook:236 +#: C/index.docbook:242 msgid "What is GTK-Doc?" msgstr "¿Qué es GTK-Doc?" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:238 +#: C/index.docbook:244 msgid "" "GTK-Doc is used to document C code. It is typically used to document the " "public API of libraries, such as the GTK+ and GNOME libraries. But it can " @@ -391,12 +403,12 @@ "Pero también se puede usar para documentar código de aplicaciones." #. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: C/index.docbook:246 +#: C/index.docbook:252 msgid "How Does GTK-Doc Work?" msgstr "¿Cómo funciona GTK-Doc?" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:248 +#: C/index.docbook:254 msgid "" "GTK-Doc works by using documentation of functions placed inside the source " "files in specially-formatted comment blocks, or documentation added to the " @@ -411,7 +423,7 @@ "archivos de cabecera; no produce salida para funciones estáticas)." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:255 +#: C/index.docbook:261 msgid "" "GTK-Doc consists of a number of python scripts, each performing a different " "step in the process." @@ -420,12 +432,12 @@ "diferente en el proceso." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:260 +#: C/index.docbook:266 msgid "There are 5 main steps in the process:" msgstr "Existen 5 pasos importantes en el proceso:" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:267 +#: C/index.docbook:273 msgid "" "<guilabel>Writing the documentation.</guilabel> The author fills in the " "source files with the documentation for each function, macro, structs or " @@ -436,7 +448,7 @@ "etc." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:276 +#: C/index.docbook:282 msgid "" "<guilabel>Gathering information about the code.</guilabel> " "<application>gtkdoc-scan</application> scans the header files of the code " @@ -472,7 +484,7 @@ "txt</filename> dentro de <filename><module>-overrides.txt</filename>." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:293 +#: C/index.docbook:299 msgid "" "<application>gtkdoc-scangobj</application> can also be used to dynamically " "query a library about any GObject subclasses it exports. It saves " @@ -486,7 +498,7 @@ "que proporciona." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:299 +#: C/index.docbook:305 msgid "" "<application>gtkdoc-scanobj</application> should not be used anymore. It was " "needed in the past when GObject was still GtkObject inside gtk+." @@ -495,7 +507,7 @@ "necesitó en el pasado, cuando GObject todavía era GtkObject dentro de GTK+." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:306 +#: C/index.docbook:312 msgid "" "<guilabel>Generating the XML and HTML/PDF.</guilabel> <application>gtkdoc-" "mkdb</application> turns the template files into XML files in the <filename " @@ -512,7 +524,7 @@ "obtiene los documentos de los fuentes y los datos obtenidos en introspección." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:315 +#: C/index.docbook:321 msgid "" "<application>gtkdoc-mkhtml</application> turns the XML files into HTML files " "in the <filename class=\"directory\">html/</filename> subdirectory. Likewise " @@ -526,7 +538,7 @@ "paquete>.pdf</filename>." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:321 +#: C/index.docbook:327 msgid "" "Files in <filename class=\"directory\">xml/</filename> and <filename class=" "\"directory\">html/</filename> directories are always overwritten. One " @@ -537,7 +549,7 @@ "Nunca se deben editar directamente." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:329 +#: C/index.docbook:335 msgid "" "<guilabel>Fixing up cross-references between documents.</guilabel> After " "installing the HTML files, <application>gtkdoc-fixxref</application> can be " @@ -560,17 +572,17 @@ "esa documentación está instalada)." #. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: C/index.docbook:347 +#: C/index.docbook:353 msgid "Getting GTK-Doc" msgstr "Obtener GTK-Doc" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: C/index.docbook:350 +#: C/index.docbook:356 msgid "Requirements" msgstr "Requerimientos" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:351 +#: C/index.docbook:357 msgid "" "<guilabel>python 2/3</guilabel> - the main scripts are written in python." msgstr "" @@ -578,7 +590,7 @@ "python." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:354 +#: C/index.docbook:360 msgid "" "<guilabel>xsltproc</guilabel> - the xslt processor from libxslt <ulink url=" "\"http://xmlsoft.org/XSLT/\" type=\"http\">xmlsoft.org/XSLT/</ulink>" @@ -587,7 +599,7 @@ "\"http://xmlsoft.org/XSLT/\" type=\"http\">xmlsoft.org/XSLT/</ulink>" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:358 +#: C/index.docbook:364 msgid "" "<guilabel>docbook-xsl</guilabel> - the docbook xsl stylesheets <ulink url=" "\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/docbook/files/docbook-xsl/\" type=\"http" @@ -598,7 +610,7 @@ "\"http\">sourceforge.net/projects/docbook/files/docbook-xsl</ulink>" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:362 +#: C/index.docbook:368 msgid "" "One of <guilabel>source-highlight</guilabel>, <guilabel>highlight</guilabel> " "or <guilabel>vim</guilabel> - optional - used for syntax highlighting of " @@ -609,12 +621,12 @@ "los ejemplos." #. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: C/index.docbook:370 +#: C/index.docbook:376 msgid "About GTK-Doc" msgstr "Acerca de GTK-Doc" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:372 +#: C/index.docbook:378 msgid "" "Historically GTK-Doc was used to generate template files from the sources " "code. These template files could be used by developers to enter the API " @@ -633,12 +645,12 @@ "plantillas." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:382 C/index.docbook:396 +#: C/index.docbook:388 C/index.docbook:402 msgid "(FIXME)" msgstr "(ARRÉGLAME)" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:386 +#: C/index.docbook:392 msgid "" "(authors, web pages, mailing list, license, future plans, comparison with " "other similar systems.)" @@ -647,22 +659,22 @@ "comparación con otros sistemas similares.)" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: C/index.docbook:394 +#: C/index.docbook:400 msgid "About this Manual" msgstr "Acerca de este manual" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:400 +#: C/index.docbook:406 msgid "(who it is meant for, where you can get it, license)" msgstr "(a quién está dirigido, dónde puede obtenerse, licencia)" #. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: C/index.docbook:409 +#: C/index.docbook:415 msgid "Project Setup" msgstr "Configuración del proyecto" #. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: C/index.docbook:411 +#: C/index.docbook:417 msgid "" "This Chapter describes the steps that are necessary to integrate GTK-Doc " "into your project. The integration of GTK-Doc into a project includes the " @@ -672,7 +684,7 @@ "integración de GTK-Doc incluye:" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:419 +#: C/index.docbook:425 msgid "" "Preparation of the directory structure and creating required configuration " "files for your GTK-Doc documentation (see <link linkend=\"settingup_docfiles" @@ -684,7 +696,7 @@ "link>)." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:427 +#: C/index.docbook:433 msgid "" "Adjusting the build system to build your documentation using the GTK-Doc " "tools. Multiple build systems are supported, in this manual we describe how " @@ -700,7 +712,7 @@ "Makefile</link>." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:437 +#: C/index.docbook:443 msgid "" "Adding GTK-Doc specific files to version control and deciding which files to " "ignore (see <link linkend=\"settingup_vcs\"> Integration with version " @@ -711,7 +723,7 @@ "sistemas de control de versiones</link>)." #. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: C/index.docbook:445 +#: C/index.docbook:451 msgid "" "The following sections assume we work on a project called <code>meep</code>. " "This project contains two packages (or modules), a library called " @@ -723,12 +735,12 @@ "llamada <code>meeper</code>." #. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: C/index.docbook:454 +#: C/index.docbook:460 msgid "Setting up a skeleton documentation" msgstr "Configurar el esquema de la documentación" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:456 +#: C/index.docbook:462 msgid "" "A common convention is to place documentation into a folder called " "<code>docs</code> inside your top-level project directory. We usually " @@ -762,13 +774,13 @@ "coincida con la estructura de su carpeta." #. (itstool) path: example/title -#: C/index.docbook:487 +#: C/index.docbook:493 msgid "Example directory structure of <emphasis>meep</emphasis> project" msgstr "" "Ejemplo de estructura de carpetas para el proyecto <emphasis>meep</emphasis>" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:489 +#: C/index.docbook:495 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -796,7 +808,7 @@ " meeper/\n" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:481 +#: C/index.docbook:487 msgid "" "In the following sections we will assume a directory structure for our " "<emphasis>meep</emphasis> project that uses the above conventions. <_:" @@ -807,12 +819,12 @@ "example-1/>" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: C/index.docbook:506 +#: C/index.docbook:512 msgid "Integration with Autotools" msgstr "Integración con Autotools" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:507 +#: C/index.docbook:513 msgid "" "Integration of GTK-Doc into an autotools-based build system requires the " "following steps:" @@ -821,7 +833,7 @@ "requiere los siguientes pasos:" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:513 +#: C/index.docbook:519 msgid "" "Ensure that <application>gtkdocize</application> is run once before the " "<filename>configure</filename> script. If an <filename>autogen.sh</filename> " @@ -834,7 +846,7 @@ "llamada a <application>gtkdocize</application>." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:521 +#: C/index.docbook:527 msgid "" "The main purpose of <application>gtkdocize</application> is to make the " "<filename>gtk-doc.make</filename> Makefile and the <filename>gtk-doc.m4</" @@ -847,7 +859,7 @@ "construcción, bien copiándolos o enlazándolos en el proyecto." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:530 +#: C/index.docbook:536 msgid "" "Add the necessary <application>autoconf</application> macros to " "<filename>configure.ac</filename> to enable GTK-Doc in your build system to " @@ -860,7 +872,7 @@ "<filename>configure</filename>." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:536 +#: C/index.docbook:542 msgid "" "Among others with registers the <code>--enable-gtk-doc</code> option with " "the <filename>configure</filename> script." @@ -869,7 +881,7 @@ "script <filename>configure</filename>." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:542 +#: C/index.docbook:548 msgid "" "Create an <application>automake</application> script for each application or " "library in your project. In the example used in this documentation this step " @@ -880,7 +892,7 @@ "paso se aplica a <code>meeper</code> y a <code>libmeep</code>." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:551 +#: C/index.docbook:557 msgid "" "In the following sections, we will perform the above steps in reverse order. " "We start with the <application>automake</application> scripts and work our " @@ -895,12 +907,12 @@ "compilación y cómo compilar la documentación." #. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: C/index.docbook:561 +#: C/index.docbook:567 msgid "Integration with automake" msgstr "Integración con automake" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:563 +#: C/index.docbook:569 msgid "" "First copy the <filename>Makefile.am</filename> from the <filename class=" "\"directory\">examples</filename> sub-directory of the <ulink url=\"https://" @@ -921,7 +933,7 @@ "documentación, repítalo para cada uno de ellos." #. (itstool) path: note/simpara -#: C/index.docbook:576 +#: C/index.docbook:582 msgid "" "Do not forget to add each <filename>Makefile.am</filename> to the " "<function>AC_CONFIG_FILES</function> macro in <filename>configure.ac</" @@ -936,13 +948,13 @@ "<function>AC_CONFIG_FILES</function>." #. (itstool) path: example/title -#: C/index.docbook:588 +#: C/index.docbook:594 msgid "Example directory structure with <filename>Makefiles.am</filename>" msgstr "" "Ejemplo de estructura de carpetas con <filename>Makefiles.am</filename>" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:591 +#: C/index.docbook:597 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -974,7 +986,7 @@ " meeper/\n" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:607 +#: C/index.docbook:613 msgid "" "Next, you need to customize the copied Makefiles and provide values for the " "various parameters in each <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. All settings " @@ -997,7 +1009,7 @@ "<option>--help</option> para enumerar las opciones admitidas." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:631 +#: C/index.docbook:637 msgid "" "<option>DOC_MODULE</option> is used to provide the name of the package that " "is being documentated (e.g. <code>meeper</code>, or <code>libmeep</code>)." @@ -1006,7 +1018,7 @@ "que se está documentando (ej. <code>meeper</code>, o <code>libmeep</code>)." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:638 +#: C/index.docbook:644 msgid "" "<option>DOC_SOURCE_DIR</option> is used to specify the location of source " "directory which GTK-Doc searches for your API documentation. This will " @@ -1019,7 +1031,7 @@ "subcarpeta de ese carpeta." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:651 +#: C/index.docbook:657 msgid "" "<option>HFILE_GLOB</option> and <option>CFILE_GLOB</option> are used for " "dependencies. Each option take a file-glob (e.g. <code>HFILE_GLOB=" @@ -1032,7 +1044,7 @@ "reconstruirá si alguno de los archivos coincidentes cambia." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:663 +#: C/index.docbook:669 msgid "" "<option>EXTRA_HFILES</option> allows to specify extra header files to " "include when scanning for API documentation, which are not found under " @@ -1045,7 +1057,7 @@ "contrib/extra.h</code>)." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:673 +#: C/index.docbook:679 msgid "" "<option>IGNORE_HFILES</option> allows to specify header files or directories " "to ignore when scanning for API documentation. Use the basename of the file " @@ -1058,7 +1070,7 @@ "private_code_folder</code>)." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:683 +#: C/index.docbook:689 msgid "" "<option>HTML_IMAGES</option> allows to specify images files which will be " "copied into the <filename>html/</filename> directory of the generated " @@ -1073,7 +1085,7 @@ "stock_about_24.png</code>)." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:696 +#: C/index.docbook:702 msgid "" "<option>content_files</option> allows to specify extra files that are " "included by <code>$(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE)</code> (e.g. <code> " @@ -1084,7 +1096,7 @@ "<code>content_files=running.xml building.xml changes-2.0.xml</code>)" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:707 +#: C/index.docbook:713 msgid "" "<option>expand_content_files</option> allows to specify files where " "<emphasis>gtk-doc abbreviations</emphasis> such as <code>#GtkWidget</code> " @@ -1095,7 +1107,7 @@ "expanden (por ejemplo, <code>expand_content_files=running.xml</code>)." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:625 +#: C/index.docbook:631 msgid "" "The following list explains the most relevant options. Check the example " "<filename>Makefile.am</filename> for additional options. <_:itemizedlist-1/>" @@ -1105,12 +1117,12 @@ "itemizedlist-1/>" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: C/index.docbook:722 +#: C/index.docbook:728 msgid "Integration with autoconf" msgstr "Integración con autoconf" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:724 +#: C/index.docbook:730 msgid "" "Integration with <application>autoconf</application> is very simple and " "includes one required step and an additional optional (but recommended) " @@ -1127,7 +1139,7 @@ "predeterminados para <application>gtkdocize</application>." #. (itstool) path: warning/simpara -#: C/index.docbook:736 +#: C/index.docbook:742 msgid "" "Make sure that the <code>GTK_DOC_CHECK</code> macro is not indented. The " "macro must start at the beginning of the line and should not start with " @@ -1138,7 +1150,7 @@ "en blanco." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:743 +#: C/index.docbook:749 msgid "" "The second step is to add the <code>AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR(m4)</code> to your " "<filename>configure.ac</filename>. This is not required but helps " @@ -1159,12 +1171,12 @@ "application> dónde encontrar el archivo de definición de macro." #. (itstool) path: example/title -#: C/index.docbook:756 +#: C/index.docbook:762 msgid "Minimal integration with autoconf" msgstr "Integración mínima con autoconf" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:757 +#: C/index.docbook:763 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -1180,12 +1192,12 @@ "GTK_DOC_CHECK(1.28)\n" #. (itstool) path: example/title -#: C/index.docbook:772 +#: C/index.docbook:778 msgid "Integration with optional gtk-doc dependency" msgstr "Integración con dependencias opcionales de gtk-doc" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:773 +#: C/index.docbook:779 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -1209,7 +1221,7 @@ ")\n" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:766 +#: C/index.docbook:772 msgid "" "The above example works, but will require all developers to have gtk-doc " "installed. A better way is to make building the documentation optional as " @@ -1221,7 +1233,7 @@ "example-1/>" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:786 +#: C/index.docbook:792 msgid "" "The first argument is used to check for the Gtk-Doc version at configure " "time. The 2nd, optional argument is used by <application>gtkdocize</" @@ -1234,19 +1246,19 @@ "symbol> también agrega varios modificadores de configuración:" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:795 +#: C/index.docbook:801 msgid "--with-html-dir=PATH : path to installed docs" msgstr "--with-html-dir=RUTA: ruta a los documentos instalados" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:796 +#: C/index.docbook:802 msgid "--enable-gtk-doc : use gtk-doc to build documentation default=no" msgstr "" "--enable-gtk-doc: usar gtk-doc para construir la documentación " "predeterminado=no" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:797 +#: C/index.docbook:803 msgid "" "--enable-gtk-doc-html : build documentation in html format default=yes" msgstr "" @@ -1254,14 +1266,14 @@ "predeterminado=sí" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:798 +#: C/index.docbook:804 msgid "--enable-gtk-doc-pdf : build documentation in pdf format default=no" msgstr "" "--enable-gtk-doc: usar gtk-doc para construir la documentación " "predeterminado=no" #. (itstool) path: important/para -#: C/index.docbook:802 +#: C/index.docbook:808 msgid "" "GTK-Doc is disabled by default! Remember to pass the option <option>'--" "enable-gtk-doc'</option> to the next <filename>configure</filename> run. " @@ -1275,7 +1287,7 @@ "desarrolladores)." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:810 +#: C/index.docbook:816 msgid "" "After all changes to <filename>configure.ac</filename> are made, update the " "<filename>configure</filename> file. This can be done by re-running " @@ -1286,12 +1298,12 @@ "volviendo a ejecutar <code>autogen.sh</code>." #. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: C/index.docbook:818 +#: C/index.docbook:824 msgid "Integration with autogen" msgstr "Integración con autogen" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:820 +#: C/index.docbook:826 msgid "" "Most projects will have an <filename>autogen.sh</filename> script to setup " "the build infrastructure after the project was checked out from a version " @@ -1307,17 +1319,17 @@ "necesita Gtk-Doc en la carpeta fuente." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:828 +#: C/index.docbook:834 msgid "It should be run before autoreconf, autoheader, automake or autoconf." msgstr "Se debe ejecutar antes de autoreconf, autoheader, automake o autoconf." #. (itstool) path: example/title -#: C/index.docbook:833 +#: C/index.docbook:839 msgid "Running gtkdocize from autogen.sh" msgstr "Ejecutar gtkdocize desde autogen.sh" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:834 +#: C/index.docbook:840 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -1327,12 +1339,12 @@ "gtkdocize || exit 1\n" #. (itstool) path: example/title -#: C/index.docbook:842 +#: C/index.docbook:848 msgid "Conditionally run gtkdocize from autogen.sh" msgstr "Condicionalmente, ejecutar gtkdocize desde autogen.sh" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:843 +#: C/index.docbook:849 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -1352,7 +1364,7 @@ "fi\n" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:854 +#: C/index.docbook:860 msgid "" "When running <application>gtkdocize</application> it copies <filename>gtk-" "doc.make</filename> to your project root (or any directory specified by the " @@ -1363,7 +1375,7 @@ "opción <option>--docdir</option>)." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:860 +#: C/index.docbook:866 msgid "" "<application>gtkdocize</application> checks your <filename>configure.ac</" "filename> script for the <function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function> macro. The " @@ -1378,7 +1390,7 @@ "segundo parámetro en la macro <function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function>." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:869 +#: C/index.docbook:875 msgid "" "Alternatively, additional arguments can also be passed to " "<application>gtkdocize</application> via the <function>GTKDOCIZE_FLAGS</" @@ -1391,12 +1403,12 @@ "<application>gtkdocize</application> en <filename>autogen.sh</filename>." #. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: C/index.docbook:880 +#: C/index.docbook:886 msgid "Executing GTK-Doc from the Build System" msgstr "Ejecutar GTH-Doc desde el sistema de construcción" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:882 +#: C/index.docbook:888 msgid "" "After the previous steps it's time to run the build. First we need to rerun " "<filename>autogen.sh</filename>. If this script runs configure for you, then " @@ -1410,7 +1422,7 @@ "<filename>configure</filename> con esta opción." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:889 +#: C/index.docbook:895 msgid "" "The first make run generates several additional files in the doc-" "directories. The important ones are: <filename><package>.types</" @@ -1423,12 +1435,12 @@ "pasado), <filename><paquete>-sections.txt</filename>." #. (itstool) path: example/title -#: C/index.docbook:897 +#: C/index.docbook:903 msgid "Running the doc build" msgstr "Ejecutar la construcción de la documentación" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:898 +#: C/index.docbook:904 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -1440,7 +1452,7 @@ "make\n" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:905 +#: C/index.docbook:911 msgid "" "Now you can point your browser to <filename>docs/reference/<package>/" "index.html</filename>. With this initial setup you will only see a very " @@ -1461,12 +1473,12 @@ "a sus archivos de documentación." #. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: C/index.docbook:921 +#: C/index.docbook:927 msgid "Integration with CMake build systems" msgstr "Integración con sistemas de construcción CMake" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:923 +#: C/index.docbook:929 msgid "" "GTK-Doc now provides a <filename>GtkDocConfig.cmake</filename> module (and " "the corresponding <filename>GtkDocConfigVersion.cmake</filename> module). " @@ -1480,12 +1492,12 @@ "filename>." #. (itstool) path: example/title -#: C/index.docbook:933 +#: C/index.docbook:939 msgid "Example of using GTK-Doc from CMake" msgstr "Ejeplo de uso de GTK-Doc desde CMake" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:934 +#: C/index.docbook:940 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -1527,17 +1539,17 @@ " DESTINATION ${CMAKE_INSTALL_DOCDIR})\n" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:931 +#: C/index.docbook:937 msgid "The following example shows how to use this command. <_:example-1/>" msgstr "El siguiente ejemplo muestra cómo usar este comando. <_:example-1/>" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: C/index.docbook:958 +#: C/index.docbook:964 msgid "Integration with plain makefiles or other build systems" msgstr "Integración con makefiles u otros sistemas de construcción" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:960 +#: C/index.docbook:966 msgid "" "In the case one does not want to use automake and therefore <filename>gtk-" "doc.mak</filename> one will need to call the gtkdoc tools in the right order " @@ -1548,12 +1560,12 @@ "makefiles propios (o en otras herramientas de construcción)." #. (itstool) path: example/title -#: C/index.docbook:967 +#: C/index.docbook:973 msgid "Documentation build steps" msgstr "Pasos de construcción de la documentación" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:968 +#: C/index.docbook:974 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -1579,7 +1591,7 @@ "gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --module-dir=html\n" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:982 +#: C/index.docbook:988 msgid "" "One will need to look at the <filename>Makefile.am</filename> and " "<filename>gtk-doc.mak</filename> to pick the extra options needed." @@ -1588,12 +1600,12 @@ "doc.mak</filename> para elegir las opciones adicionales necesarias." #. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: C/index.docbook:989 +#: C/index.docbook:995 msgid "Integration with version control systems" msgstr "Integración con los sistemas de control de versiones" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:991 +#: C/index.docbook:997 msgid "" "As a rule of thumb, it's the files you edit which should go under version " "control. For typical projects it's these files: <filename><package>." @@ -1608,7 +1620,7 @@ "txt</filename>, <filename>Makefile.am</filename>." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:999 +#: C/index.docbook:1005 msgid "" "Files in the <filename>xml/</filename> and <filename>html/</filename> " "directories should not go under version control. Neither should any of the " @@ -1619,12 +1631,12 @@ "los archivos <filename>.stamp</filename>." #. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: C/index.docbook:1009 +#: C/index.docbook:1015 msgid "Documenting the code" msgstr "Documentar el código" #. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: C/index.docbook:1011 +#: C/index.docbook:1017 msgid "" "GTK-Doc uses source code comment with a special syntax for code " "documentation. Further it retrieves information about your project structure " @@ -1637,12 +1649,12 @@ "acerca de la sintaxis de los comentarios." #. (itstool) path: example/title -#: C/index.docbook:1022 C/index.docbook:1048 +#: C/index.docbook:1028 C/index.docbook:1054 msgid "GTK-Doc comment block" msgstr "Bloque de comentario de GTK-Doc" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:1023 +#: C/index.docbook:1029 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -1656,7 +1668,7 @@ "#endif\n" #. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: C/index.docbook:1018 +#: C/index.docbook:1024 msgid "" "The GTK-Doc scanner can handle the majority of C headers fine. In the case " "of receiving warnings from the scanner that look like a special case, one " @@ -1667,12 +1679,12 @@ "uno puede indicarle a GTK-Doc que las omita. <_:example-1/>" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/index.docbook:1032 +#: C/index.docbook:1038 msgid "Limitations" msgstr "Limitaciones" #. (itstool) path: note/para -#: C/index.docbook:1033 +#: C/index.docbook:1039 msgid "" "Note, that GTK-Doc's supports <code>#ifndef(__GTK_DOC_IGNORE__)</code> but " "not <code>#if !defined(__GTK_DOC_IGNORE__)</code> or other combinations." @@ -1681,12 +1693,12 @@ "pero <code>#if !defined(__GTK_DOC_IGNORE__)</code> u otras combinaciones." #. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: C/index.docbook:1043 +#: C/index.docbook:1049 msgid "Documentation comments" msgstr "Comentarios de la documentación" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:1049 +#: C/index.docbook:1055 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -1702,7 +1714,7 @@ " */\n" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:1045 +#: C/index.docbook:1051 msgid "" "A multiline comment that starts with an additional '*' marks a documentation " "block that will be processed by the GTK-Doc tools. <_:example-1/>" @@ -1711,7 +1723,7 @@ "bloque de documentación que GTK-Doc tools procesarán. <_:example-1/>" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:1058 +#: C/index.docbook:1064 msgid "" "The 'identifier' is one line with the name of the item the comment is " "related to. The syntax differs a little depending on the item. (TODO add " @@ -1722,7 +1734,7 @@ "hacer: añadir una tabla mostrando los identificadores)" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:1064 +#: C/index.docbook:1070 msgid "" "The 'documentation' block is also different for each symbol type. Symbol " "types that get parameters such as functions or macros have the parameter " @@ -1742,7 +1754,7 @@ "espacio). Esto es útil para texto preformateado (listados de código)." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1081 +#: C/index.docbook:1087 msgid "" "What it is: The name for a class or function can sometimes be misleading for " "people coming from a different background." @@ -1751,24 +1763,24 @@ "personas que provengan de otros entornos." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1087 +#: C/index.docbook:1093 msgid "" "What it does: Tell about common uses. Put it in relation with the other API." msgstr "Qué hace: indique los usos comunes, en relación con las otras API." #. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: C/index.docbook:1077 +#: C/index.docbook:1083 msgid "When documenting code, describe two aspects: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" msgstr "Al documentar código, describa dos aspectos: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1102 +#: C/index.docbook:1108 msgid "Use function() to refer to functions or macros which take arguments." msgstr "" "Use función() para referirse a funciones o macros que toman argumentos." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1107 +#: C/index.docbook:1113 msgid "" "Use @param to refer to parameters. Also use this when referring to " "parameters of other functions, related to the one being described." @@ -1777,12 +1789,12 @@ "parámetros de otras funciones, relacionados al que se describe." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1113 +#: C/index.docbook:1119 msgid "Use %constant to refer to a constant, e.g. %G_TRAVERSE_LEAFS." msgstr "Use %constant para referirse a una constante, ej: %G_TRAVERSE_LEAFS." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1118 +#: C/index.docbook:1124 msgid "" "Use #symbol to refer to other types of symbol, e.g. structs and enums and " "macros which don't take arguments." @@ -1791,17 +1803,17 @@ "estructuras, enumeraciones y macros que no toman argumentos." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1124 +#: C/index.docbook:1130 msgid "Use #Object::signal to refer to a GObject signal." msgstr "Use #Object::signal para referirse a una señal de GObject." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1129 +#: C/index.docbook:1135 msgid "Use #Object:property to refer to a GObject property." msgstr "Use #Object:property para referirse a una propiedad de GObject." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1134 +#: C/index.docbook:1140 msgid "" "Use #Struct.field to refer to a field inside a structure and #GObjectClass." "foo_bar() to refer to a vmethod." @@ -1810,7 +1822,7 @@ "#GObjectClass.foo_bar() para referirse a un vmethod." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:1096 +#: C/index.docbook:1102 msgid "" "One advantage of hyper-text over plain-text is the ability to have links in " "the document. Writing the correct markup for a link can be tedious though. " @@ -1823,7 +1835,7 @@ "itemizedlist-1/>" #. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: C/index.docbook:1143 +#: C/index.docbook:1149 msgid "" "If you need to use the special characters '<', '>', '()', '@', '%', or " "'#' in your documentation without GTK-Doc changing them you can use the XML " @@ -1838,7 +1850,7 @@ "doble «\\»." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:1152 +#: C/index.docbook:1158 msgid "" "DocBook can do more than just links. One can also have lists, examples, " "headings, and images. As of version 1.20, the preferred way is to use a " @@ -1856,7 +1868,7 @@ "elementos de una lista aparecerán como líneas que empiezan con un guión." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:1163 +#: C/index.docbook:1169 msgid "" "While markdown is now preferred one can mix both. One limitation here is " "that one can use docbook xml within markdown, but markdown within docbook " @@ -1867,7 +1879,7 @@ "xml no está soportado." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:1169 +#: C/index.docbook:1175 msgid "" "In older GTK-Doc releases, if you need support for additional formatting, " "you would need to enable the usage of docbook XML tags inside doc-comments " @@ -1882,12 +1894,12 @@ "<filename>Makefile.am</filename>." #. (itstool) path: example/title -#: C/index.docbook:1178 +#: C/index.docbook:1184 msgid "GTK-Doc comment block using Markdown" msgstr "Bloque de comentario de GTK-Doc usando marcado" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:1179 +#: C/index.docbook:1185 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -1963,19 +1975,23 @@ " */\n" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:1218 +#: C/index.docbook:1224 +#| msgid "" +#| "More examples of what markdown tags are supported can be found in the " +#| "<ulink url=\"https://wiki.gnome.org/Projects/GTK%2B/DocumentationSyntax/" +#| "Markdown\">GTK+ Documentation Markdown Syntax Reference</ulink>." msgid "" "More examples of what markdown tags are supported can be found in the <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.gnome.org/Projects/GTK%2B/DocumentationSyntax/Markdown" -"\">GTK+ Documentation Markdown Syntax Reference</ulink>." +"url=\"https://wiki.gnome.org/Projects/GTK/DocumentationSyntax/Markdown\">GTK " +"Documentation Markdown Syntax Reference</ulink>." msgstr "" "Se pueden encontrar más ejemplos de las etiquetas de marcado soportadas en " -"el <ulink url=\"https://wiki.gnome.org/Projects/GTK%2B/DocumentationSyntax/" +"el <ulink url=\"https://wiki.gnome.org/Projects/GTK/DocumentationSyntax/" "Markdown\">Manual de referencia de sintaxis de marcado de documentación de " -"GTK+</ulink>." +"GTK</ulink>." #. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: C/index.docbook:1224 +#: C/index.docbook:1230 msgid "" "As already mentioned earlier GTK-Doc is for documenting public API. Thus one " "cannot write documentation for static symbols. Nevertheless it is good to " @@ -1995,12 +2011,12 @@ "del símbolo en el lugar correcto dentro del archivo de secciones." #. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: C/index.docbook:1239 +#: C/index.docbook:1245 msgid "Documenting sections" msgstr "Documentar secciones" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:1241 +#: C/index.docbook:1247 msgid "" "Each section of the documentation contains information about one class or " "module. To introduce the component one can write a section block. The short " @@ -2013,12 +2029,12 @@ "los campos @ son opcionales." #. (itstool) path: example/title -#: C/index.docbook:1249 +#: C/index.docbook:1255 msgid "Section comment block" msgstr "Bloque de comentarios en una sección" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:1250 +#: C/index.docbook:1256 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -2050,12 +2066,12 @@ " */\n" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1269 +#: C/index.docbook:1275 msgid "SECTION:<name>" msgstr "SECCIÓN <nombre>" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1271 +#: C/index.docbook:1277 msgid "" "The name links the section documentation to the respective part in the " "<filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> file. The name given here " @@ -2068,12 +2084,12 @@ "archivo <filename><paquete>-sections.txt</filename>." #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1280 +#: C/index.docbook:1286 msgid "@short_description" msgstr "@short_description" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1282 +#: C/index.docbook:1288 msgid "" "A one line description of the section, that later will appear after the " "links in the TOC and at the top of the section page." @@ -2082,12 +2098,12 @@ "TOC y en la página de la sección." #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1289 +#: C/index.docbook:1295 msgid "@title" msgstr "@title" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1291 +#: C/index.docbook:1297 msgid "" "The section title defaults to <name> from the SECTION declaration. It " "can be overridden with the @title field." @@ -2096,12 +2112,12 @@ "declaración SECTION. Se puede sobrescribir con el campo @title." #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1298 +#: C/index.docbook:1304 msgid "@section_id" msgstr "@section_id" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1300 +#: C/index.docbook:1306 msgid "" "Overrides the use of title as a section identifier. For GObjects the <" "title> is used as a section_id and for other sections it is <" @@ -2112,22 +2128,22 @@ "para otra sección es <MÓDULO>-<title>." #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1308 +#: C/index.docbook:1314 msgid "@see_also" msgstr "@see_also" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1310 +#: C/index.docbook:1316 msgid "A list of symbols that are related to this section." msgstr "Una lista de símbolos relacionados con esta sección." #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1316 +#: C/index.docbook:1322 msgid "@stability" msgstr "@stability" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1323 +#: C/index.docbook:1329 msgid "" "Stable - The intention of a Stable interface is to enable arbitrary third " "parties to develop applications to these interfaces, release them, and have " @@ -2145,7 +2161,7 @@ "de haberlos habrá buenas razones para ello." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1335 +#: C/index.docbook:1341 msgid "" "Unstable - Unstable interfaces are experimental or transitional. They are " "typically used to give outside developers early access to new or rapidly " @@ -2161,7 +2177,7 @@ "publicación menor a la siguiente." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1347 +#: C/index.docbook:1353 msgid "" "Private - An interface that can be used within the GNOME stack itself, but " "that is not documented for end-users. Such functions should only be used in " @@ -2172,7 +2188,7 @@ "deberían usar de formas especificadas y documentadas." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1356 +#: C/index.docbook:1362 msgid "" "Internal - An interface that is internal to a module and does not require " "end-user documentation. Functions that are undocumented are assumed to be " @@ -2183,7 +2199,7 @@ "son internas." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1318 +#: C/index.docbook:1324 msgid "" "An informal description of the stability level this API has. We recommend " "the use of one of these terms: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" @@ -2192,12 +2208,12 @@ "recomienda el uso de uno de estos términos: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1368 +#: C/index.docbook:1374 msgid "@include" msgstr "@include" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1370 +#: C/index.docbook:1376 msgid "" "The <literal>#include</literal> files to show in the section synopsis (a " "comma separated list), overriding the global value from the <link linkend=" @@ -2210,12 +2226,12 @@ "línea de comandos. Este elemento es opcional." #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1379 +#: C/index.docbook:1385 msgid "@image" msgstr "@image" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1381 +#: C/index.docbook:1387 msgid "" "The image to display at the top of the reference page for this section. This " "will often be some sort of a diagram to illustrate the visual appearance of " @@ -2228,7 +2244,7 @@ "Este elemento es opcional." #. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: C/index.docbook:1392 +#: C/index.docbook:1398 msgid "" "To avoid unnecessary recompilation after doc-changes put the section docs " "into the c-source where possible." @@ -2238,12 +2254,12 @@ "sea posible." #. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: C/index.docbook:1401 +#: C/index.docbook:1407 msgid "Documenting symbols" msgstr "Documentar símbolos" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:1403 +#: C/index.docbook:1409 msgid "" "Each symbol (function, macro, struct, enum, signal and property) is " "documented in a separate block. The block is best placed close to the " @@ -2259,12 +2275,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #. (itstool) path: example/title -#: C/index.docbook:1411 C/index.docbook:1477 +#: C/index.docbook:1417 C/index.docbook:1483 msgid "General tags" msgstr "Etiquetas generales" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:1413 +#: C/index.docbook:1419 msgid "" "You can add versioning information to all documentation elements to tell " "when an API was introduced, or when it was deprecated." @@ -2274,27 +2290,27 @@ "obsoleta." #. (itstool) path: variablelist/title -#: C/index.docbook:1418 +#: C/index.docbook:1424 msgid "Versioning Tags" msgstr "Versionado de etiquetas" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1419 +#: C/index.docbook:1425 msgid "Since:" msgstr "Desde:" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1421 +#: C/index.docbook:1427 msgid "Description since which version of the code the API is available." msgstr "Descripción desde qué versión del código está disponible la API." #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1426 +#: C/index.docbook:1432 msgid "Deprecated:" msgstr "Obsoleto:" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1428 +#: C/index.docbook:1434 msgid "" "Paragraph denoting that this function should no be used anymore. The " "description should point the reader to the new API." @@ -2303,7 +2319,7 @@ "debería informar al lector de la nueva API." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:1436 +#: C/index.docbook:1442 msgid "" "You can also add stability information to all documentation elements to " "indicate whether API stability is guaranteed for them for all future minor " @@ -2314,7 +2330,7 @@ "todas las versiones menores futuras del proyecto." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:1442 +#: C/index.docbook:1448 msgid "" "The default stability level for all documentation elements can be set by " "passing the <option>--default-stability</option> argument to " @@ -2326,17 +2342,17 @@ "siguientes valores." #. (itstool) path: variablelist/title -#: C/index.docbook:1448 +#: C/index.docbook:1454 msgid "Stability Tags" msgstr "Etiquetas de estabilidad" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1449 +#: C/index.docbook:1455 msgid "Stability: Stable" msgstr "Estabilidad: estable" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1451 +#: C/index.docbook:1457 msgid "" "Mark the element as stable. This is for public APIs which are guaranteed to " "remain stable for all future minor releases of the project." @@ -2346,12 +2362,12 @@ "proyecto." #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1458 +#: C/index.docbook:1464 msgid "Stability: Unstable" msgstr "Estabilidad: inestable" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1460 +#: C/index.docbook:1466 msgid "" "Mark the element as unstable. This is for public APIs which are released as " "a preview before being stabilised." @@ -2360,12 +2376,12 @@ "publican como versión previa antes de estabilizarse." #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1466 +#: C/index.docbook:1472 msgid "Stability: Private" msgstr "Estabilidad: privado" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1468 +#: C/index.docbook:1474 msgid "" "Mark the element as private. This is for interfaces which can be used by " "tightly coupled modules, but not by arbitrary third parties." @@ -2374,7 +2390,7 @@ "en módulos fuertemente acoplados, pero no en terceras partes aleatorias." #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:1478 +#: C/index.docbook:1484 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -2413,12 +2429,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #. (itstool) path: example/title -#: C/index.docbook:1498 C/index.docbook:1508 +#: C/index.docbook:1504 C/index.docbook:1514 msgid "Annotations" msgstr "Anotaciones" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:1500 +#: C/index.docbook:1506 msgid "" "Documentation blocks can contain annotation-tags. These tags will be " "rendered with tooltips describing their meaning. The tags are used by " @@ -2434,7 +2450,7 @@ "type=\"http\">el wiki</ulink>." #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:1509 +#: C/index.docbook:1515 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -2475,12 +2491,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #. (itstool) path: example/title -#: C/index.docbook:1530 C/index.docbook:1559 +#: C/index.docbook:1536 C/index.docbook:1565 msgid "Function comment block" msgstr "Bloque de comentario de función" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1536 +#: C/index.docbook:1542 msgid "" "Document whether returned objects, lists, strings, etc, should be freed/" "unrefed/released." @@ -2489,26 +2505,26 @@ "debería liberarse/desreferenciarse/etc." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1542 +#: C/index.docbook:1548 msgid "Document whether parameters can be NULL, and what happens if they are." msgstr "" "El documento, dependiendo de si sus parámetros pueden ser nulos, y qué " "sucede si lo son." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1547 +#: C/index.docbook:1553 msgid "" "Mention interesting pre-conditions and post-conditions where appropriate." msgstr "" "Mencionar precondiciones y postcondiciones interesantes donde sea apropiado." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:1532 C/index.docbook:1618 +#: C/index.docbook:1538 C/index.docbook:1624 msgid "Please remember to: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" msgstr "Recuerde: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:1554 +#: C/index.docbook:1560 msgid "" "Gtk-doc assumes all symbols (macros, functions) starting with '_' are " "private. They are treated like static functions." @@ -2517,7 +2533,7 @@ "«_» son privados. Se tratan como funciones estáticas." #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:1560 +#: C/index.docbook:1566 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -2559,27 +2575,27 @@ " */\n" #. (itstool) path: variablelist/title -#: C/index.docbook:1581 +#: C/index.docbook:1587 msgid "Function tags" msgstr "Etiquetas de funciones" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1582 C/index.docbook:1789 +#: C/index.docbook:1588 C/index.docbook:1795 msgid "Returns:" msgstr "Devuelve:" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1584 +#: C/index.docbook:1590 msgid "Paragraph describing the returned result." msgstr "Párrafo que describe el resultado devuelto." #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1589 +#: C/index.docbook:1595 msgid "@...:" msgstr "@...:" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1591 +#: C/index.docbook:1597 msgid "" "In case the function has variadic arguments, you should use this tag " "(@Varargs: does also work for historic reasons)." @@ -2589,12 +2605,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #. (itstool) path: example/title -#: C/index.docbook:1601 C/index.docbook:1603 +#: C/index.docbook:1607 C/index.docbook:1609 msgid "Property comment block" msgstr "Bloque de comentario de propiedad" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:1604 +#: C/index.docbook:1610 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -2615,12 +2631,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #. (itstool) path: example/title -#: C/index.docbook:1616 C/index.docbook:1635 +#: C/index.docbook:1622 C/index.docbook:1641 msgid "Signal comment block" msgstr "Bloque de comentario de señal" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1622 +#: C/index.docbook:1628 msgid "" "Document when the signal is emitted and whether it is emitted before or " "after other signals." @@ -2629,12 +2645,12 @@ "otras señales." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1628 +#: C/index.docbook:1634 msgid "Document what an application might do in the signal handler." msgstr "Documentar qué aplicación debe gestionar las señales." #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:1636 +#: C/index.docbook:1642 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -2665,12 +2681,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #. (itstool) path: example/title -#: C/index.docbook:1653 C/index.docbook:1654 +#: C/index.docbook:1659 C/index.docbook:1660 msgid "Struct comment block" msgstr "Bloque de comentario de estructura" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:1655 +#: C/index.docbook:1661 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -2700,7 +2716,7 @@ "} FooWidget;\n" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:1670 +#: C/index.docbook:1676 msgid "" "Use <code>/*< private >*/</code> before the private struct fields you " "want to hide. Use <code>/*< public >*/</code> for the reverse " @@ -2711,7 +2727,7 @@ "revertir el comportamiento anterior." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:1676 +#: C/index.docbook:1682 msgid "" "If the first field is \"g_iface\", \"parent_instance\" or \"parent_class\" " "it will be considered private automatically and doesn't need to be mentioned " @@ -2722,7 +2738,7 @@ "bloque de comentario." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:1682 +#: C/index.docbook:1688 msgid "" "Struct comment blocks can also be used for GObjects and GObjectClasses. It " "is usually a good idea to add a comment block for a class, if it has " @@ -2742,12 +2758,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #. (itstool) path: example/title -#: C/index.docbook:1694 C/index.docbook:1695 +#: C/index.docbook:1700 C/index.docbook:1701 msgid "Enum comment block" msgstr "Enumerar bloques de comentarios" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:1696 +#: C/index.docbook:1702 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -2781,7 +2797,7 @@ "} Something;\n" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:1713 +#: C/index.docbook:1719 msgid "" "Use <code>/*< private >*/</code> before the private enum values you " "want to hide. Use <code>/*< public >*/</code> for the reverse " @@ -2792,12 +2808,12 @@ "comportamiento anterior." #. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: C/index.docbook:1724 +#: C/index.docbook:1730 msgid "Inline program documentation" msgstr "Documentación en línea del programa" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:1725 +#: C/index.docbook:1731 msgid "" "You can document programs and their commandline interface using inline " "documentation." @@ -2806,37 +2822,37 @@ "documentación en línea." #. (itstool) path: variablelist/title -#: C/index.docbook:1731 +#: C/index.docbook:1737 msgid "Tags" msgstr "Etiquetas" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1733 +#: C/index.docbook:1739 msgid "PROGRAM" msgstr "PROGRAM" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1736 +#: C/index.docbook:1742 msgid "Defines the start of a program documentation." msgstr "Define el inicio de la documentación de un programa." #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1743 +#: C/index.docbook:1749 msgid "@short_description:" msgstr "@short_description:" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1745 +#: C/index.docbook:1751 msgid "Defines a short description of the program. (Optional)" msgstr "Define una descripción corta del programa. (Opcional)" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1752 +#: C/index.docbook:1758 msgid "@synopsis:" msgstr "@synopsis:" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1754 +#: C/index.docbook:1760 msgid "" "Defines the arguments, or list of arguments that the program can take. " "(Optional)" @@ -2845,52 +2861,52 @@ "(Opcional)" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1762 +#: C/index.docbook:1768 msgid "@see_also:" msgstr "@see_also:" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1764 +#: C/index.docbook:1770 msgid "See Also manual page section. (Optional)" msgstr "Página del manual Ver también. (Opcional)" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1771 +#: C/index.docbook:1777 msgid "@arg:" msgstr "@arg:" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1773 +#: C/index.docbook:1779 msgid "Argument(s) passed to the program and their description. (Optional)" msgstr "Argumentos pasados al programa y su descripción. (Opcional)" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1780 +#: C/index.docbook:1786 msgid "Description:" msgstr "Description:" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1782 +#: C/index.docbook:1788 msgid "A longer description of the program." msgstr "Una descripción más larga del programa." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1791 +#: C/index.docbook:1797 msgid "Specify what value(s) the program returns. (Optional)" msgstr "Especifique qué valores devuelve el programa. (Opcional)" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: C/index.docbook:1800 +#: C/index.docbook:1806 msgid "Example of program documentation." msgstr "Ejemplo de documentación de un programa." #. (itstool) path: example/title -#: C/index.docbook:1801 +#: C/index.docbook:1807 msgid "Program documentation block" msgstr "Bloque de documentación del programa" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:1802 +#: C/index.docbook:1808 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -2934,19 +2950,19 @@ "}\n" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: C/index.docbook:1828 +#: C/index.docbook:1834 msgid "Useful DocBook tags" msgstr "Etiquetas DocBook útiles" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:1830 +#: C/index.docbook:1836 msgid "" "Here are some DocBook tags which are most useful when documenting the code." msgstr "" "Aquí están varias etiquetas de DocBook muy útiles al documentar código." #. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:1839 +#: C/index.docbook:1845 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -2956,7 +2972,7 @@ "<link linkend=\"glib-Hash-Tables\">Hash Tables</link>\n" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:1835 +#: C/index.docbook:1841 msgid "" "To link to another section in the GTK docs: <_:informalexample-1/> The " "linkend is the SGML/XML id on the top item of the page you want to link to. " @@ -2972,7 +2988,7 @@ "ajustarse a SGML/XML." #. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:1852 +#: C/index.docbook:1858 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -2982,7 +2998,7 @@ "<function>...</function>\n" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:1849 +#: C/index.docbook:1855 msgid "" "To refer to an external function, e.g. a standard C function: <_:" "informalexample-1/>" @@ -2991,7 +3007,7 @@ "informalexample-1/>" #. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:1861 +#: C/index.docbook:1867 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -3011,7 +3027,7 @@ "</example>\n" #. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:1872 +#: C/index.docbook:1878 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -3029,7 +3045,7 @@ "</informalexample>\n" #. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:1884 +#: C/index.docbook:1890 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -3043,7 +3059,7 @@ "|\n" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:1858 +#: C/index.docbook:1864 msgid "" "To include example code: <_:informalexample-1/> or possibly this, for very " "short code fragments which don't need a title: <_:informalexample-2/> In " @@ -3059,7 +3075,7 @@ "informalexample-3/>" #. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:1895 +#: C/index.docbook:1901 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -3091,12 +3107,12 @@ "</itemizedlist>\n" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:1892 +#: C/index.docbook:1898 msgid "To include bulleted lists: <_:informalexample-1/>" msgstr "Para incluir listas de topos: <_:informalexample-1/>" #. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:1915 +#: C/index.docbook:1921 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -3114,13 +3130,13 @@ "</note>\n" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:1912 +#: C/index.docbook:1918 msgid "" "To include a note which stands out from the text: <_:informalexample-1/>" msgstr "Para incluir una nota que sobresale del texto: <_:informalexample-1/>" #. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:1928 +#: C/index.docbook:1934 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -3130,12 +3146,12 @@ "<type>unsigned char</type>\n" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:1925 +#: C/index.docbook:1931 msgid "To refer to a type: <_:informalexample-1/>" msgstr "Para referirse a un tipo: <_:informalexample-1/>" #. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:1937 +#: C/index.docbook:1943 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -3145,7 +3161,7 @@ "<structname>XFontStruct</structname>\n" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:1934 +#: C/index.docbook:1940 msgid "" "To refer to an external structure (not one described in the GTK docs): <_:" "informalexample-1/>" @@ -3154,7 +3170,7 @@ "de GTK): <_:informalexample-1/>" #. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:1946 +#: C/index.docbook:1952 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -3164,12 +3180,12 @@ "<structfield>len</structfield>\n" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:1943 +#: C/index.docbook:1949 msgid "To refer to a field of a structure: <_:informalexample-1/>" msgstr "Para referirse a un campo o a una estructura: <_:informalexample-1/>" #. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:1955 +#: C/index.docbook:1961 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -3179,7 +3195,7 @@ "<classname>GtkWidget</classname>\n" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:1952 +#: C/index.docbook:1958 msgid "" "To refer to a class name, we could possibly use: <_:informalexample-1/> but " "you'll probably be using #GtkWidget instead (to automatically create a link " @@ -3192,7 +3208,7 @@ "\"documenting_syntax\">abreviaciones</link>)." #. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:1966 +#: C/index.docbook:1972 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -3202,12 +3218,12 @@ "<emphasis>This is important</emphasis>\n" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:1963 +#: C/index.docbook:1969 msgid "To emphasize text: <_:informalexample-1/>" msgstr "Para enfatizar un texto: <_:informalexample-1/>" #. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:1975 +#: C/index.docbook:1981 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -3217,12 +3233,12 @@ "<filename>/home/user/documents</filename>\n" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:1972 +#: C/index.docbook:1978 msgid "For filenames use: <_:informalexample-1/>" msgstr "Para uso de nombres de archivo: <_:informalexample-1/>" #. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:1984 +#: C/index.docbook:1990 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -3232,17 +3248,17 @@ "<keycombo><keycap>Control</keycap><keycap>L</keycap></keycombo>\n" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:1981 +#: C/index.docbook:1987 msgid "To refer to keys use: <_:informalexample-1/>" msgstr "Para referirse a claves: <_:informalexample-1/>" #. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: C/index.docbook:1994 +#: C/index.docbook:2000 msgid "Filling the extra files" msgstr "Rellenar campos adicionales" #. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: C/index.docbook:1996 +#: C/index.docbook:2002 msgid "" "There are a couple of extra files, that need to be maintained along with the " "inline source code comments: <filename><package>.types</filename>, " @@ -3255,12 +3271,12 @@ "pasado) y <filename><paquete>-sections.txt</filename>." #. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: C/index.docbook:2005 +#: C/index.docbook:2011 msgid "Editing the types file" msgstr "Editar los tipos de archivo" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:2007 +#: C/index.docbook:2013 msgid "" "If your library or application includes GObjects, you want their signals, " "arguments/parameters and position in the hierarchy to be shown in the " @@ -3275,12 +3291,12 @@ "<filename><paquete>.types</filename>." #. (itstool) path: example/title -#: C/index.docbook:2016 +#: C/index.docbook:2022 msgid "Example <package>.types file" msgstr "Ejemplo de archivo <paquete>.tipos" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:2017 +#: C/index.docbook:2023 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -3300,7 +3316,7 @@ "gtk_arrow_get_type\n" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:2028 +#: C/index.docbook:2034 msgid "" "Since GTK-Doc 1.8 <application>gtkdoc-scan</application> can generate this " "list for you. Just add \"--rebuild-types\" to SCAN_OPTIONS in " @@ -3313,12 +3329,12 @@ "los tipos de archivo ni tenerlos bajo el control de versiones." #. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: C/index.docbook:2037 +#: C/index.docbook:2043 msgid "Editing the master document" msgstr "Editar la sección maestra del documento" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:2039 +#: C/index.docbook:2045 msgid "" "GTK-Doc produces documentation in DocBook SGML/XML. When processing the " "inline source comments, the GTK-Doc tools generate one documentation page " @@ -3331,7 +3347,7 @@ "documento maestro las incluye y ordena." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:2046 +#: C/index.docbook:2052 msgid "" "While GTK-Doc creates a template master document for you, later runs will " "not touch it again. This means that one can freely structure the " @@ -3348,7 +3364,7 @@ "vez en cuando para ver si se han introducido algunas mejoras." #. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: C/index.docbook:2056 +#: C/index.docbook:2062 msgid "" "Do not create tutorials as extra documents. Just write extra chapters. The " "benefit of directly embedding the tutorial for your library into the API " @@ -3363,7 +3379,7 @@ "el tutorial junto con la biblioteca son mayores." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:2065 +#: C/index.docbook:2071 msgid "" "So what are the things to change inside the master document? For a start is " "only a little. There are some placeholders (text in square brackets) there " @@ -3374,12 +3390,12 @@ "que habría que encargarse." #. (itstool) path: example/title -#: C/index.docbook:2072 +#: C/index.docbook:2078 msgid "Master document header" msgstr "Cabecera del documento maestro" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:2073 +#: C/index.docbook:2079 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -3409,7 +3425,7 @@ " <title>Insert title here</title>\n" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:2089 +#: C/index.docbook:2095 msgid "" "In addition a few option elements are created in commented form. You can " "review these and enable them as you like." @@ -3418,12 +3434,12 @@ "Puede revisarlos y activarlos como quiera." #. (itstool) path: example/title -#: C/index.docbook:2095 +#: C/index.docbook:2101 msgid "Optional part in the master document" msgstr "Parte opcional en el documento maestro" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:2096 +#: C/index.docbook:2102 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -3437,7 +3453,7 @@ " --> \n" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:2104 +#: C/index.docbook:2110 msgid "" "Finally you need to add new section whenever you introduce one. The <link " "linkend=\"modernizing-gtk-doc-1-16\">gtkdoc-check</link> tool will remind " @@ -3449,12 +3465,12 @@ "todavía en la documentación." #. (itstool) path: example/title -#: C/index.docbook:2112 C/index.docbook:2147 +#: C/index.docbook:2118 C/index.docbook:2153 msgid "Including generated sections" msgstr "Incluir secciones generadas" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:2113 +#: C/index.docbook:2119 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -3470,12 +3486,12 @@ " ...\n" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: C/index.docbook:2125 +#: C/index.docbook:2131 msgid "Editing the section file" msgstr "Editar el archivo de sección" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:2127 +#: C/index.docbook:2133 msgid "" "The section file is used to organise the documentation output by GTK-Doc. " "Here one specifies which symbol belongs to which module or class and control " @@ -3486,7 +3502,7 @@ "y el control de la visibilidad (pública o privada)." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:2133 +#: C/index.docbook:2139 msgid "" "The section file is a plain text file with tags delimiting sections. Blank " "lines are ignored and lines starting with a '#' are treated as comment lines." @@ -3496,7 +3512,7 @@ "comiencen con «#» se tratan como comentarios." #. (itstool) path: note/para -#: C/index.docbook:2140 +#: C/index.docbook:2146 msgid "" "While the tags make the file look like xml, it is not. Please do not close " "tags like <SUBSECTION>." @@ -3505,7 +3521,7 @@ "etiquetas del tipo <SUBSECTION>." #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:2148 +#: C/index.docbook:2154 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -3537,7 +3553,7 @@ "</SECTION>\n" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:2165 +#: C/index.docbook:2171 msgid "" "The <FILE> ... </FILE> tag is used to specify the file name, " "without any suffix. For example, using '<FILE>gnome-config</" @@ -3560,7 +3576,7 @@ "clase de GObject convertido a minúscula.)" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:2177 +#: C/index.docbook:2183 msgid "" "The <TITLE> ... </TITLE> tag is used to specify the title of the " "section. It is only useful before the templates (if used) are initially " @@ -3574,7 +3590,7 @@ "obsoleto." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:2184 +#: C/index.docbook:2190 msgid "" "You can group items in the section by using the <SUBSECTION> tag. " "Currently it outputs a blank line between subsections in the synopsis " @@ -3604,7 +3620,7 @@ "públicas (variables, vmethods)." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:2203 +#: C/index.docbook:2209 msgid "" "You can also use <INCLUDE> ... </INCLUDE> to specify the " "#include files which are shown in the synopsis sections. It contains a comma-" @@ -3620,12 +3636,12 @@ "a esa sección." #. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: C/index.docbook:2217 +#: C/index.docbook:2223 msgid "Controlling the result" msgstr "Controlar el resultado" #. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: C/index.docbook:2219 +#: C/index.docbook:2225 msgid "" "A GTK-Doc run generates report files inside the documentation directory. The " "generated files are named: <filename><package>-undocumented.txt</" @@ -3640,7 +3656,7 @@ "archivos de texto plano y se pueden ver y posprocesar fácilmente." #. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: C/index.docbook:2228 +#: C/index.docbook:2234 msgid "" "The <filename><package>-undocumented.txt</filename> file starts with " "the documentation coverage summary. Below are two sections divided by blank " @@ -3656,7 +3672,7 @@ "documentación pero dónde; p.e. se ha añadido un parámetro nuevo." #. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: C/index.docbook:2237 +#: C/index.docbook:2243 msgid "" "The <filename><package>-undeclared.txt</filename> file lists symbols " "given in the <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> but not found " @@ -3668,7 +3684,7 @@ "eliminado o no se han escrito correctamente." #. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: C/index.docbook:2244 +#: C/index.docbook:2250 msgid "" "The <filename><package>-unused.txt</filename> file lists symbol names, " "where the GTK-Doc scanner has found documentation, but does not know where " @@ -3681,7 +3697,7 @@ "todavía al archivo <filename><paquete>-sections.txt</filename>." #. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: C/index.docbook:2252 +#: C/index.docbook:2258 msgid "" "Enable or add the <option>TESTS=$(GTKDOC_CHECK)</option> line in Makefile." "am. If at least GTK-Doc 1.9 is installed, this will run sanity checks during " @@ -3692,7 +3708,7 @@ "de integridad durante la ejecución de make check." #. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: C/index.docbook:2259 +#: C/index.docbook:2265 msgid "" "One can also look at the files produced by the source code scanner: " "<filename><package>-decl-list.txt</filename> and <filename><" @@ -3709,7 +3725,7 @@ "si este archivo lo contiene." #. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: C/index.docbook:2268 +#: C/index.docbook:2274 msgid "" "If the project is GObject based, one can also look into the files produced " "by the object scanner: <filename><package>.args.txt</filename>, " @@ -3730,12 +3746,12 @@ "ejecutándolo como <command>GTK_DOC_KEEP_INTERMEDIATE=1 make</command>." #. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: C/index.docbook:2283 +#: C/index.docbook:2289 msgid "Modernizing the documentation" msgstr "Modernizar la documentación" #. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: C/index.docbook:2285 +#: C/index.docbook:2291 msgid "" "GTK-Doc has been around for quite some time. In this section we list new " "features together with the version since when it is available." @@ -3744,12 +3760,12 @@ "características nuevas junto con la versión desde la que están disponibles." #. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: C/index.docbook:2291 +#: C/index.docbook:2297 msgid "GTK-Doc 1.9" msgstr "GTK-Doc 1.9" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:2293 +#: C/index.docbook:2299 msgid "" "When using xml instead of sgml, one can actually name the master document " "<filename><package>-docs.xml</filename>." @@ -3758,7 +3774,7 @@ "maestro <filename><paquete>-docs.xml</filename>." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:2298 +#: C/index.docbook:2304 msgid "" "This version supports <option>SCAN_OPTIONS=--rebuild-sections</option> in " "<filename>Makefile.am</filename>. When this is enabled, the <filename><" @@ -3779,7 +3795,7 @@ "paquete>-decl-list.txt <paquete>-sections.txt</code>." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:2309 +#: C/index.docbook:2315 msgid "" "Version 1.8 already introduced the syntax for documenting sections in the " "sources instead of the separate files under <filename class=\"directory" @@ -3801,12 +3817,12 @@ "<filename>configure.ac</filename> y lo tendrá hecho." #. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: C/index.docbook:2321 +#: C/index.docbook:2327 msgid "GTK-Doc 1.10" msgstr "GTK-Doc 1.10" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:2323 +#: C/index.docbook:2329 msgid "" "This version supports <option>SCAN_OPTIONS=--rebuild-types</option> in " "<filename>Makefile.am</filename>. When this is enabled, the <filename><" @@ -3824,17 +3840,17 @@ "condicional." #. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: C/index.docbook:2334 +#: C/index.docbook:2340 msgid "GTK-Doc 1.16" msgstr "GTK-Doc 1.16" #. (itstool) path: example/title -#: C/index.docbook:2340 +#: C/index.docbook:2346 msgid "Enable gtkdoc-check" msgstr "Activar gtkdoc-check" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:2341 +#: C/index.docbook:2347 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -3854,7 +3870,7 @@ "endif\n" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:2336 +#: C/index.docbook:2342 msgid "" "This version includes a new tool called gtkdoc-check. This tool can run a " "set of sanity checks on your documentation. It is enabled by adding these " @@ -3866,12 +3882,12 @@ "archivo <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. <_:example-1/>" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: C/index.docbook:2354 +#: C/index.docbook:2360 msgid "GTK-Doc 1.20" msgstr "GTK-Doc 1.20" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:2356 +#: C/index.docbook:2362 msgid "" "Version 1.18 brought some initial markdown support. Using markdown in doc " "comments is less intrusive than writing docbook xml. This version improves a " @@ -3885,17 +3901,17 @@ "comentarios</link> contiene todos los detalles." #. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: C/index.docbook:2366 +#: C/index.docbook:2372 msgid "GTK-Doc 1.25" msgstr "GTK-Doc 1.25" #. (itstool) path: example/title -#: C/index.docbook:2377 +#: C/index.docbook:2383 msgid "Use pre-generated entities" msgstr "Usar entidades generadas previamenet" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:2378 +#: C/index.docbook:2384 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -3937,7 +3953,7 @@ " </bookinfo>\n" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:2368 +#: C/index.docbook:2374 msgid "" "The makefiles shipped with this version generate an entity file at " "<filename>xml/gtkdocentities.ent</filename>, containing entities for e.g. " @@ -3958,12 +3974,12 @@ "example-1/>" #. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: C/index.docbook:2403 +#: C/index.docbook:2409 msgid "Documenting other interfaces" msgstr "Documentar otras interfaces" #. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: C/index.docbook:2405 +#: C/index.docbook:2411 msgid "" "So far we have been using GTK-Doc to document the API of code. The next " "sections contain suggestions how the tools can be used to document other " @@ -3974,12 +3990,12 @@ "herramientas para documentar otras interfaces." #. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: C/index.docbook:2412 +#: C/index.docbook:2418 msgid "Command line options and man pages" msgstr "Opciones de la línea de comandos y páginas man" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:2414 +#: C/index.docbook:2420 msgid "" "As one can generate man pages for a docbook refentry as well, it sounds like " "a good idea to use it for that purpose. This way the interface is part of " @@ -3990,12 +4006,12 @@ "interfaz es parte de la referencia y se obtienen las páginas man sin trabajo." #. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: C/index.docbook:2421 +#: C/index.docbook:2427 msgid "Document the tool" msgstr "Documentar la herramienta" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:2423 +#: C/index.docbook:2429 msgid "" "Create one refentry file per tool. Following <link linkend=" "\"settingup_docfiles\">our example</link> we would call it <filename>meep/" @@ -4010,17 +4026,17 @@ "así como los ejemplos en, por ejemplo, glib." #. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: C/index.docbook:2433 +#: C/index.docbook:2439 msgid "Adding the extra configure check" msgstr "Añadir la comprobación de configuración adicional" #. (itstool) path: example/title -#: C/index.docbook:2436 C/index.docbook:2454 +#: C/index.docbook:2442 C/index.docbook:2460 msgid "Extra configure checks" msgstr "Comprobaciones de configuración adicionales" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:2437 +#: C/index.docbook:2443 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -4042,12 +4058,12 @@ "AM_CONDITIONAL(ENABLE_MAN, test x$enable_man != xno)\n" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: C/index.docbook:2451 +#: C/index.docbook:2457 msgid "Adding the extra makefile rules" msgstr "Añadir reglas de makefile adicionales" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:2455 +#: C/index.docbook:2461 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -4083,12 +4099,12 @@ "EXTRA_DIST += meep.xml\n" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: C/index.docbook:2477 +#: C/index.docbook:2483 msgid "DBus interfaces" msgstr "Interfaces de DBus" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:2479 +#: C/index.docbook:2485 msgid "" "(FIXME: http://hal.freedesktop.org/docs/DeviceKit/DeviceKit.html, http://" "cgit.freedesktop.org/DeviceKit/DeviceKit/tree/doc/dbus)" @@ -4097,27 +4113,27 @@ "cgit.freedesktop.org/DeviceKit/DeviceKit/tree/doc/dbus)" #. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: C/index.docbook:2488 +#: C/index.docbook:2494 msgid "Frequently asked questions" msgstr "Preguntas más frecuentes" #. (itstool) path: segmentedlist/segtitle -#: C/index.docbook:2492 +#: C/index.docbook:2498 msgid "Question" msgstr "Pregunta" #. (itstool) path: segmentedlist/segtitle -#: C/index.docbook:2493 +#: C/index.docbook:2499 msgid "Answer" msgstr "Respuesta" #. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: C/index.docbook:2495 +#: C/index.docbook:2501 msgid "No class hierarchy." msgstr "Sin jerarquía de clases." #. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: C/index.docbook:2496 +#: C/index.docbook:2502 msgid "" "The objects <function>xxx_get_type()</function> function has not been " "entered into the <filename><package>.types</filename> file." @@ -4126,12 +4142,12 @@ "introducido en el archivo <filename><package>.types</filename>." #. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: C/index.docbook:2502 +#: C/index.docbook:2508 msgid "Still no class hierarchy." msgstr "Aún sin jerarquía de clases." #. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: C/index.docbook:2503 +#: C/index.docbook:2509 msgid "" "Missing or wrong naming in <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> " "file (see <ulink url=\"http://mail.gnome.org/archives/gtk-doc-list/2003-" @@ -4142,12 +4158,12 @@ "doc-list/2003-October/msg00006.html\">explicación</ulink>)." #. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: C/index.docbook:2509 +#: C/index.docbook:2515 msgid "Damn, I have still no class hierarchy." msgstr "Maldición, aún no hay una jerarquía de clases." #. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: C/index.docbook:2510 +#: C/index.docbook:2516 msgid "" "Is the object name (name of the instance struct, e.g. <type>GtkWidget</" "type>) part of the normal section (don't put this into Standard or Private " @@ -4158,12 +4174,12 @@ "Estándar o Privado)." #. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: C/index.docbook:2517 +#: C/index.docbook:2523 msgid "No symbol index." msgstr "Sin índice de símbolos." #. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: C/index.docbook:2518 +#: C/index.docbook:2524 msgid "" "Does the <filename><package>-docs.{xml,sgml}</filename> contain a " "index that xi:includes the generated index?" @@ -4172,12 +4188,12 @@ "«xi:includes» el índice generado?" #. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: C/index.docbook:2524 +#: C/index.docbook:2530 msgid "Symbols are not linked to their doc-section." msgstr "Los símbolos no se enlazan con su sección en el documento." #. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: C/index.docbook:2525 +#: C/index.docbook:2531 msgid "" "Is the doc-comment using the correct markup (added #,% or ())? Check if the " "gtkdoc-fixxref warns about unresolvable xrefs." @@ -4186,12 +4202,12 @@ "si gtk-doc-fixxref avisa de alguna referencia xref sin resolver." #. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: C/index.docbook:2531 +#: C/index.docbook:2537 msgid "A new class does not appear in the docs." msgstr "Una clase nueva no aparece en la documentación." #. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: C/index.docbook:2532 +#: C/index.docbook:2538 msgid "" "Is the new page xi:included from <filename><package>-docs.{xml,sgml}</" "filename>." @@ -4200,12 +4216,12 @@ "sgml}</filename>." #. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: C/index.docbook:2538 +#: C/index.docbook:2544 msgid "A new symbol does not appear in the docs." msgstr "Un símbolo nuevo no aparece en la documentación." #. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: C/index.docbook:2539 +#: C/index.docbook:2545 msgid "" "Is the doc-comment properly formatted. Check for spelling mistakes in the " "begin of the comment. Check if the gtkdoc-fixxref warns about unresolvable " @@ -4219,12 +4235,12 @@ "txt</filename> en una subsección pública." #. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: C/index.docbook:2547 +#: C/index.docbook:2553 msgid "A type is missing from the class hierarchy." msgstr "Falta un tipo en la clase de jerarquías" #. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: C/index.docbook:2548 +#: C/index.docbook:2554 msgid "" "If the type is listed in <filename><package>.hierarchy</filename> but " "not in <filename>xml/tree_index.sgml</filename> then double check that the " @@ -4240,14 +4256,14 @@ "privada." #. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: C/index.docbook:2557 +#: C/index.docbook:2563 msgid "I get foldoc links for all gobject annotations." msgstr "" "Obtengo enlaces de seguimiento de documentos para todas las anotaciones " "gobject." #. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: C/index.docbook:2558 +#: C/index.docbook:2564 msgid "" "Check that <filename>xml/annotation-glossary.xml</filename> is xi:included " "from <filename><package>-docs.{xml,sgml}</filename>." @@ -4256,14 +4272,14 @@ "included» desde <filename><package>-docs.{xml,sgml}</filename>." #. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: C/index.docbook:2566 +#: C/index.docbook:2572 msgid "Parameter described in source code comment block but does not exist" msgstr "" "Parámetro descrito en el bloque de comentarios del código fuente pero no " "existe" #. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: C/index.docbook:2567 +#: C/index.docbook:2573 msgid "" "Check if the prototype in the header has different parameter names as in the " "source." @@ -4272,12 +4288,12 @@ "diferentes de la fuente." #. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: C/index.docbook:2572 +#: C/index.docbook:2578 msgid "multiple \"IDs\" for constraint linkend: XYZ" msgstr "múltiples «ID» para la restricción enlazada: XYZ" #. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: C/index.docbook:2573 +#: C/index.docbook:2579 msgid "" "Symbol XYZ appears twice in <filename><package>-sections.txt</" "filename> file." @@ -4286,7 +4302,7 @@ "sections.txt</filename>." #. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: C/index.docbook:2576 +#: C/index.docbook:2582 msgid "" "Element typename in namespace '' encountered in para, but no template " "matches." @@ -4295,12 +4311,12 @@ "coincide." #. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: C/index.docbook:2583 +#: C/index.docbook:2589 msgid "Tools related to gtk-doc" msgstr "Herramientas relacionadas con GTK-Doc" #. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: C/index.docbook:2585 +#: C/index.docbook:2591 msgid "" "GtkDocPlugin - a <ulink url=\"http://trac-hacks.org/wiki/GtkDocPlugin\">Trac " "GTK-Doc</ulink> integration plugin, that adds API docs to a trac site and " @@ -4311,7 +4327,7 @@ "a un sitio «trac» y se integra con la búsqueda de «trac»." #. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: C/index.docbook:2590 +#: C/index.docbook:2596 msgid "" "Gtkdoc-depscan - a tool (part of gtk-doc) to check used API against since " "tags in the API to determine the minimum required version."
View file
_service:tar_scm:gtk-doc-1.34.0.tar.xz/help/manual/eu
Added
+(directory)
View file
_service:tar_scm:gtk-doc-1.34.0.tar.xz/help/manual/eu/eu.po
Added
@@ -0,0 +1,4853 @@ +# Basque translation for gtk-doc. +# Copyright (C) 2021 gtk-doc's COPYRIGHT HOLDER +# This file is distributed under the same license as the gtk-doc package. +# Asier Sarasua Garmendia <asiersarasua@ni.eus>, 2021. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "Project-Id-Version: gtk-doc master\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-05-06 19:31+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-07-03 11:35+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Asier Sarasua Garmendia <asiersarasua@ni.eus>\n" +"Language-Team: Basque <librezale@librezale.eus>\n" +"Language: eu\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "translator-credits" +msgstr "translator-credits" + +#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/title +#: C/index.docbook:12 +msgid "GTK-Doc Manual" +msgstr "GTK-Doc aplikazioaren eskuliburua" + +#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/edition +#: C/index.docbook:13 +msgid "1.24.1" +msgstr "1.24.1" + +#. (itstool) path: abstract/para +#: C/index.docbook:14 +msgid "User manual for developers with instructions of GTK-Doc usage." +msgstr "GTK-Doc aplikazioaren erabilera azaltzen duen erabiltzaile-eskuliburua, garatzaileentzako argibideekin." + +#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author +#: C/index.docbook:16 +msgid "" +"<firstname>Chris</firstname> <surname>Lyttle</surname> <affiliation> " +"<address> <email>chris@wilddev.net</email> </address> </affiliation>" +msgstr "<firstname>Chris</firstname> <surname>Lyttle</surname> <affiliation> <address> <email>chris@wilddev.net</email> </address> </affiliation>" + +#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author +#: C/index.docbook:25 +msgid "" +"<firstname>Dan</firstname> <surname>Mueth</surname> <affiliation> <address> " +"<email>d-mueth@uchicago.edu</email> </address> </affiliation>" +msgstr "<firstname>Dan</firstname> <surname>Mueth</surname> <affiliation> <address> <email>d-mueth@uchicago.edu</email> </address> </affiliation>" + +#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author +#: C/index.docbook:34 +msgid "" +"<firstname>Stefan</firstname> <surname>Sauer (Kost)</surname> <affiliation> " +"<address> <email>ensonic@users.sf.net</email> </address> </affiliation>" +msgstr "<firstname>Stefan</firstname> <surname>Sauer (Kost)</surname> <affiliation> <address> <email>ensonic@users.sf.net</email> </address> </affiliation>" + +#. (itstool) path: publisher/publishername +#: C/index.docbook:45 +msgid "GTK-Doc project" +msgstr "GTK-Doc proiektua" + +#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/publisher +#: C/index.docbook:44 +msgid "" +"<_:publishername-1/> <address><email>gtk-doc-list@gnome.org</email></address>" +msgstr "<_:publishername-1/> <address><email>gtk-doc-list@gnome.org</email></address>" + +#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/copyright +#: C/index.docbook:48 +msgid "<year>2000, 2005</year> <holder>Dan Mueth and Chris Lyttle</holder>" +msgstr "<year>2000, 2005</year> <holder>Dan Mueth and Chris Lyttle</holder>" + +#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/copyright +#: C/index.docbook:52 +msgid "<year>2007-2019</year> <holder>Stefan Sauer (Kost)</holder>" +msgstr "<year>2007-2019</year> <holder>Stefan Sauer (Kost)</holder>" + +#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para +#: C/index.docbook:65 +msgid "" +"Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under " +"the terms of the <citetitle>GNU Free Documentation License</citetitle>, " +"Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation " +"with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. A " +"copy of the license is <link linkend=\"fdl\">included</link>." +msgstr "Baimena ematen da dokumentu hau kopiatu, banatu eta/edo aldatzeko Free Software Foundation-ek argitaratutako <citetitle>GNU Dokumentazio Librearen Lizentziaren</citetitle> 1.1. bertsioan edo berriago batean ezarritako baldintzetan, atal aldaezinik gabe, aurreko azaleko testurik gabe eta atzeko azaleko testurik gabe. Lizentziaren kopia <link linkend=\"fdl\">esteka honetan</link>." + +#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para +#: C/index.docbook:73 +msgid "" +"Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and " +"services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any GNOME " +"documentation, and those trademarks are made aware to the members of the " +"GNOME Documentation Project, the names have been printed in caps or initial " +"caps." +msgstr "Enpresek beren produktu eta zerbitzuak bereizteko erabiltzen dituzten izen asko marka erregistratu gisa hartu behar dira. Izen horiek GNOMEren edozein agiritan agertzen direnean, eta GNOMEren Dokumentazio Proiektuko kideak marka komertzialak direla konturatzen direnean, izen horiek osorik maiuskulaz edo hasierako letra maiuskulaz idatzi dituzte." + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:83 +msgid "" +"<revnumber>1.33.0</revnumber> <date>1 Oct 2020</date> <authorinitials>mc</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>gtk4 version</revremark>" +msgstr "<revnumber>1.33.0</revnumber> <date>2020ko urriaren 1a</date> <authorinitials>mc</authorinitials> <revremark>gtk4 version</revremark>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:89 +msgid "" +"<revnumber>1.32.1</revnumber> <date>15 Aug 2019</date> <authorinitials>ss</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>dev version</revremark>" +msgstr "<revnumber>1.32.1</revnumber> <date>2019ko abuztuaren 15a</date> <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>dev version</revremark>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:95 +msgid "" +"<revnumber>1.32</revnumber> <date>15 Aug 2019</date> <authorinitials>ss</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>hotfix release</revremark>" +msgstr "<revnumber>1.32</revnumber> <date>2019ko abuztuaren 15a</date> <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>hotfix release</revremark>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:101 +msgid "" +"<revnumber>1.31</revnumber> <date>05 Aug 2019</date> <authorinitials>ss</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>refactorings and more test coverage</revremark>" +msgstr "<revnumber>1.31</revnumber> <date05 Aug 2019ko abuztuaren 5a</date> <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>refactorings and more test coverage</revremark>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:107 +msgid "" +"<revnumber>1.30</revnumber> <date>08 May 2019</date> <authorinitials>ss</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>more test coverage</revremark>" +msgstr "<revnumber>1.30</revnumber> <date>2019ko maiatzaren 8a</date> <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>hotfix release</revremark>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:113 +msgid "" +"<revnumber>1.29</revnumber> <date>28 Aug 2018</date> <authorinitials>ss</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes</revremark>" +msgstr "<revnumber>1.29</revnumber> <date28 Aug 2018ko abuztuaren 28a</date> <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes</revremark>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:119 +msgid "" +"<revnumber>1.28</revnumber> <date>24 Mar 2018</date> <authorinitials>ss</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes</revremark>" +msgstr "<revnumber>1.28</revnumber> <date>2018ko martxoaren 14a</date> <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes</revremark>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:125 +msgid "" +"<revnumber>1.27</revnumber> <date>07 Dec 2017</date> <authorinitials>ss</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>fine tuning of the python port</revremark>" +msgstr "<revnumber>1.27</revnumber> <date>2017ko abenduaren 7a</date> <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>Python atakaren doitze fina</revremark>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:131 +msgid "" +"<revnumber>1.26</revnumber> <date>11 Aug 2017</date> <authorinitials>ss</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>port all tools from perl/bash to python</" +"revremark>" +msgstr "<revnumber>1.26</revnumber> <date>2017ko abuztuaren 11</date> <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>tresna guztiak Perl/Bash lengoaietatik Python-era eraman dira</revremark>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:137 +msgid "" +"<revnumber>1.25</revnumber> <date>21 March 2016</date> <authorinitials>ss</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes, test cleanups</revremark>" +msgstr "<revnumber>1.25</revnumber> <date>2016ko martxoaren 21a</date> <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>akatsen konponketa, proben garbiketa</revremark>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:143 +msgid "" +"<revnumber>1.24</revnumber> <date>29 May 2015</date> <authorinitials>ss</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fix</revremark>" +msgstr "<revnumber>1.24</revnumber> <date>2015eko maiatzaren 29a</date> <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>akats baten konponketa</revremark>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:149 +msgid "" +"<revnumber>1.23</revnumber> <date>17 May 2015</date> <authorinitials>ss</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fix</revremark>" +msgstr "<revnumber>1.23</revnumber> <date>2015eko maiatzaren 17a</date> <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>akats baten konponketa</revremark>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:155 +msgid "" +"<revnumber>1.22</revnumber> <date>07 May 2015</date> <authorinitials>ss</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes, dropping deprecated features</" +"revremark>" +msgstr "<revnumber>1.22</revnumber> <date>2015eko maiatzaren 7a</date> <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>akatsen konponketa, eginbide zaharkituak kentzea</revremark>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:161 +msgid "" +"<revnumber>1.21</revnumber> <date>17 Jul 2014</date> <authorinitials>ss</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes, dropping deprecated features</" +"revremark>" +msgstr "<revnumber>1.21</revnumber> <date>2014ko uztailaren 17a</date> <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>akatsen konponketa, eginbide zaharkituak kentzea</revremark>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:167 +msgid "" +"<revnumber>1.20</revnumber> <date>16 Feb 2014</date> <authorinitials>ss</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes, markdown support, style improvements</" +"revremark>" +msgstr "<revnumber>1.20</revnumber> <date>2014ko otsailaren 16a</date> <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>akatsen konponketa, markdown euskarria, estiloaren hobekuntzak</revremark>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:173 +msgid "" +"<revnumber>1.19</revnumber> <date>05 Jun 2013</date> <authorinitials>ss</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes</revremark>" +msgstr "<revnumber>1.19</revnumber> <date>2013ko ekainaren 5a</date> <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes</revremark>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:179 +msgid "" +"<revnumber>1.18</revnumber> <date>14 Sep 2011</date> <authorinitials>ss</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes, speedups, markdown support</revremark>" +msgstr "<revnumber>1.18</revnumber> <date>2011ko irailaren 14a</date> <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>akatsen konponketa, abiadura-hobekuntzak, markdown euskarria</revremark>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:185 +msgid "" +"<revnumber>1.17</revnumber> <date>26 Feb 2011</date> <authorinitials>sk</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>urgent bug fix update</revremark>" +msgstr "<revnumber>1.17</revnumber> <date>2011ko otsailaren 26a</date> <authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>akats larri baten konponketa</revremark>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:191 +msgid "" +"<revnumber>1.16</revnumber> <date>14 Jan 2011</date> <authorinitials>sk</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>bugfixes, layout improvements</revremark>" +msgstr "<revnumber>1.16</revnumber> <date>2011ko urtarrilaren 14a</date> <authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>akatsen konponketa, diseinu-hobekuntzak</revremark>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:197 +msgid "" +"<revnumber>1.15</revnumber> <date>21 May 2010</date> <authorinitials>sk</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>bug and regression fixes</revremark>" +msgstr "<revnumber>1.15</revnumber> <date>2010eko maiatzaren 21a</date> <authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>akatsen eta erregresioen konponketa</revremark>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:203 +msgid "" +"<revnumber>1.14</revnumber> <date>28 March 2010</date> <authorinitials>sk</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>bugfixes and performance improvements</revremark>" +msgstr "<revnumber>1.14</revnumber> <date>2010eko martxoaren 28a</date> <authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>akatsen konponketa eta errendimendu-hobekuntzak</revremark>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:209 +msgid "" +"<revnumber>1.13</revnumber> <date>18 December 2009</date> " +"<authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>broken tarball update</" +"revremark>" +msgstr "<revnumber>1.13</revnumber> <date18 December 2009ko abenduaren 18a</date> <authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>banaketa-pakete hautsiaren eguneratzea</revremark>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:215 +msgid "" +"<revnumber>1.12</revnumber> <date>18 December 2009</date> " +"<authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>new tool features and " +"bugfixes</revremark>" +msgstr "<revnumber>1.12</revnumber> <date>2009ko abenduaren 18a</date> <authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>tresnen eginbide berriak eta akatsen konponketa</revremark>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:221 +msgid "" +"<revnumber>1.11</revnumber> <date>16 November 2008</date> " +"<authorinitials>mal</authorinitials> <revremark>GNOME doc-utils migration</" +"revremark>" +msgstr "<revnumber>1.11</revnumber> <date>2008ko azaroaren 16a</date> <authorinitials>mal</authorinitials> <revremark>GNOME doc-utils migrazioa</revremark>" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: C/index.docbook:234 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Sarrera" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:236 +msgid "" +"This chapter introduces GTK-Doc and gives an overview of what it is and how " +"it is used." +msgstr "Kapitulu hau GTK-Doc aplikazioaren sarrera da, zer den eta nola erabiltzen den azaltzen du orokorrean." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:242 +msgid "What is GTK-Doc?" +msgstr "Zer da GTK-Doc?" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:244 +msgid "" +"GTK-Doc is used to document C code. It is typically used to document the " +"public API of libraries, such as the GTK+ and GNOME libraries. But it can " +"also be used to document application code." +msgstr "C kodea dokumentatzeko erabiltzen da GTK-Doc. Normalean, GTK+ eta GNOMEren liburutegien API publikoa dokumentatzeko erabiltzen da, baina aplikazioen kodea dokumentatzeko ere erabili daiteke" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:252 +msgid "How Does GTK-Doc Work?" +msgstr "Nola dabil GTK-Doc?" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:254 +msgid "" +"GTK-Doc works by using documentation of functions placed inside the source " +"files in specially-formatted comment blocks, or documentation added to the " +"template files which GTK-Doc uses (though note that GTK-Doc will only " +"document functions that are declared in header files; it won't produce " +"output for static functions)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:261 +msgid "" +"GTK-Doc consists of a number of python scripts, each performing a different " +"step in the process." +msgstr "GTK-Doc aplikazioa Python script-en bilduma bat da. Horietako bakoitzak prozesuko urrats bat betetzen du." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:266 +msgid "There are 5 main steps in the process:" +msgstr "5 urrats nagusi daude prozesuan:" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:273 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>Writing the documentation.</guilabel> The author fills in the " +"source files with the documentation for each function, macro, structs or " +"unions, etc." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:282 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>Gathering information about the code.</guilabel> " +"<application>gtkdoc-scan</application> scans the header files of the code " +"looking for declarations of functions, macros, enums, structs, and unions. " +"It creates the file <filename><module>-decl-list.txt</filename> " +"containing a list of the declarations, placing them into sections according " +"to which header file they are in. On the first run this file is copied to " +"<filename><module>-sections.txt</filename>. The author can rearrange " +"the sections, and the order of the declarations within them, to produce the " +"final desired order. The second file it generates is <filename><" +"module>-decl.txt</filename>. This file contains the full declarations " +"found by the scanner. If for some reason one would like some symbols to show " +"up in the docs, where the full declaration cannot be found by the scanner or " +"the declaration should appear differently, one can place entities similar to " +"the ones in <filename><module>-decl.txt</filename> into <filename><" +"module>-overrides.txt</filename>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:299 +msgid "" +"<application>gtkdoc-scangobj</application> can also be used to dynamically " +"query a library about any GObject subclasses it exports. It saves " +"information about each object's position in the class hierarchy and about " +"any GObject properties and signals it provides." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:305 +msgid "" +"<application>gtkdoc-scanobj</application> should not be used anymore. It was " +"needed in the past when GObject was still GtkObject inside gtk+." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:312 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>Generating the XML and HTML/PDF.</guilabel> <application>gtkdoc-" +"mkdb</application> turns the template files into XML files in the <filename " +"class=\"directory\">xml/</filename> subdirectory. If the source code " +"contains documentation on functions, using the special comment blocks, it " +"gets merged in here. If there are no tmpl files used it only reads docs from " +"sources and introspection data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:321 +msgid "" +"<application>gtkdoc-mkhtml</application> turns the XML files into HTML files " +"in the <filename class=\"directory\">html/</filename> subdirectory. Likewise " +"<application>gtkdoc-mkpdf</application> turns the XML files into a PDF " +"document called <filename><package>.pdf</filename>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:327 +msgid "" +"Files in <filename class=\"directory\">xml/</filename> and <filename class=" +"\"directory\">html/</filename> directories are always overwritten. One " +"should never edit them directly." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:335 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>Fixing up cross-references between documents.</guilabel> After " +"installing the HTML files, <application>gtkdoc-fixxref</application> can be " +"run to fix up any cross-references between separate documents. For example, " +"the GTK+ documentation contains many cross-references to types documented in " +"the GLib manual. When creating the source tarball for distribution, " +"<application>gtkdoc-rebase</application> turns all external links into web-" +"links. When installing distributed (pregenerated) docs the same application " +"will try to turn links back to local links (where those docs are installed)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:353 +msgid "Getting GTK-Doc" +msgstr "GTK-Doc eskuratzea" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: C/index.docbook:356 +msgid "Requirements" +msgstr "Eskakizunak" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:357 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>python 2/3</guilabel> - the main scripts are written in python." +msgstr "<guilabel>python 2/3</guilabel> - script nagusiak Python lengoaian daude idatzita." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:360 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>xsltproc</guilabel> - the xslt processor from libxslt <ulink url=" +"\"http://xmlsoft.org/XSLT/\" type=\"http\">xmlsoft.org/XSLT/</ulink>" +msgstr "<guilabel>xsltproc</guilabel> - libxslt liburutegiaren xslt prozesatzailea <ulink url=\"http://xmlsoft.org/XSLT/\" type=\"http\">xmlsoft.org/XSLT/</ulink>" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:364 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>docbook-xsl</guilabel> - the docbook xsl stylesheets <ulink url=" +"\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/docbook/files/docbook-xsl/\" type=\"http" +"\">sourceforge.net/projects/docbook/files/docbook-xsl</ulink>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:368 +msgid "" +"One of <guilabel>source-highlight</guilabel>, <guilabel>highlight</guilabel> " +"or <guilabel>vim</guilabel> - optional - used for syntax highlighting of " +"examples" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:376 +msgid "About GTK-Doc" +msgstr "GTK-Doc aplikazioari buruz" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:378 +msgid "" +"Historically GTK-Doc was used to generate template files from the sources " +"code. These template files could be used by developers to enter the API " +"documentation. This approach was rather inconvenient because it required to " +"keep the generated files under version control. Since GTK-Doc 1.9 it became " +"possible to place all API information into source comments, which made the " +"template support obsolete. In version 1.26 template support has been removed." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:388 C/index.docbook:402 +msgid "(FIXME)" +msgstr "(ZUZENTZEKO)" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:392 +msgid "" +"(authors, web pages, mailing list, license, future plans, comparison with " +"other similar systems.)" +msgstr "(egileak, web orriak, posta-zerrendak, lizentzia, etorkizuneko planak, konparazioa antzeko beste sistema batzuekin.)" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:400 +msgid "About this Manual" +msgstr "Eskuliburu honi buruz" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:406 +msgid "(who it is meant for, where you can get it, license)" +msgstr "(norentzat den, zer dagoen hemen, lizentzia)" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: C/index.docbook:415 +msgid "Project Setup" +msgstr "Proiektuaren konfigurazioa" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:417 +msgid "" +"This Chapter describes the steps that are necessary to integrate GTK-Doc " +"into your project. The integration of GTK-Doc into a project includes the " +"following steps:" +msgstr "Kapitulu honetan, GTK-Doc zure proiektuan integratzeko eman behar diren urratsak deskribatu dira. GTK-DOC proiektu batean integratzeko, honakoak egin behar dira:" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:425 +msgid "" +"Preparation of the directory structure and creating required configuration " +"files for your GTK-Doc documentation (see <link linkend=\"settingup_docfiles" +"\"> Setting up a skeleton documentation</link>)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:433 +msgid "" +"Adjusting the build system to build your documentation using the GTK-Doc " +"tools. Multiple build systems are supported, in this manual we describe how " +"to integrate GTK-Doc with <link linkend=\"settingup_autotools\">Autotools</" +"link>, <link linkend=\"settingup_cmake\">CMake</link>, and <link linkend=" +"\"settingup_plain_makefiles\">plain Makefiles</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:443 +msgid "" +"Adding GTK-Doc specific files to version control and deciding which files to " +"ignore (see <link linkend=\"settingup_vcs\"> Integration with version " +"control systems</link>)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:451 +msgid "" +"The following sections assume we work on a project called <code>meep</code>. " +"This project contains two packages (or modules), a library called " +"<code>libmeep</code> and an end-user app called <code>meeper</code>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:460 +msgid "Setting up a skeleton documentation" +msgstr "Dokumentuazioaren muina konfiguratzea" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:462 +msgid "" +"A common convention is to place documentation into a folder called " +"<code>docs</code> inside your top-level project directory. We usually " +"distinguish between <emphasis>reference documentation</emphasis> intended " +"for developers and an <emphasis>user manual</emphasis> intended for end-" +"users. Again the convention is to have separate folders for both. We usually " +"place the reference documentation in a folder named <code>reference</code> " +"and the end-user manual in a folder named <code>help</code> as. According to " +"the above convention the documentation for our <code>libmeep</code> package " +"would be placed into: <code>docs/reference/libmeep</code>. For packages with " +"just one library or application the documentation could also be placed " +"directly into <code>docs/reference</code>. It is not mandatory to use the " +"above convention, but if you choose to use a different directory structure " +"you must adjust your build system configuration to match your directory " +"structure." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:493 +msgid "Example directory structure of <emphasis>meep</emphasis> project" +msgstr "<emphasis>meep</emphasis> proiektuaren adibideko direktorio-egitura" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:495 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"meep/\n" +" docs/\n" +" reference/ # reference documentation\n" +" libmeep/\n" +" meeper/\n" +" help/ # optional: user manual\n" +" meeper/\n" +" src/\n" +" libmeep/\n" +" meeper/\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"meep/\n" +" docs/\n" +" reference/ # erreferentziako dokumentazioa\n" +" libmeep/\n" +" meeper/\n" +" help/ # aukerakoa: erabiltzailearen eskuliburua\n" +" meeper/\n" +" src/\n" +" libmeep/\n" +" meeper/\n" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:487 +msgid "" +"In the following sections we will assume a directory structure for our " +"<emphasis>meep</emphasis> project that uses the above conventions. <_:" +"example-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:512 +msgid "Integration with Autotools" +msgstr "Integrazioa Autotools tresnarekin" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:513 +msgid "" +"Integration of GTK-Doc into an autotools-based build system requires the " +"following steps:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:519 +msgid "" +"Ensure that <application>gtkdocize</application> is run once before the " +"<filename>configure</filename> script. If an <filename>autogen.sh</filename> " +"script is present, adjust it to check for GTK-Doc and add a call to " +"<application>gtkdocize</application>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:527 +msgid "" +"The main purpose of <application>gtkdocize</application> is to make the " +"<filename>gtk-doc.make</filename> Makefile and the <filename>gtk-doc.m4</" +"filename> macro definition file available to the build system, either by " +"copying or linking it into the project." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:536 +msgid "" +"Add the necessary <application>autoconf</application> macros to " +"<filename>configure.ac</filename> to enable GTK-Doc in your build system to " +"allow configuration of GTK-Doc via the generated <filename>configure</" +"filename> script." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:542 +msgid "" +"Among others with registers the <code>--enable-gtk-doc</code> option with " +"the <filename>configure</filename> script." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:548 +msgid "" +"Create an <application>automake</application> script for each application or " +"library in your project. In the example used in this documentation this step " +"applies to both <code>meeper</code> and <code>libmeep</code>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:557 +msgid "" +"In the following sections, we will perform the above steps in reverse order. " +"We start with the <application>automake</application> scripts and work our " +"way up to <filename>configure.ac</filename> and <filename>autogen.sh</" +"filename>. Then we show how enable Gtk-Doc in the build system and how to " +"build the documentation." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: C/index.docbook:567 +msgid "Integration with automake" +msgstr "Integrazioa automake tresnarekin" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:569 +msgid "" +"First copy the <filename>Makefile.am</filename> from the <filename class=" +"\"directory\">examples</filename> sub-directory of the <ulink url=\"https://" +"gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gtk-doc/raw/master/examples/Makefile.am\"> gtkdoc-" +"sources</ulink> to your project's reference documentation directory (e.g. " +"<filename class=\"directory\">docs/reference/<package></filename>). A " +"local copy should be available under e.g. <filename>/usr/share/doc/gtk-doc-" +"tools/examples/Makefile.am</filename>. If you have multiple packages repeat " +"this for each one." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/simpara +#: C/index.docbook:582 +msgid "" +"Do not forget to add each <filename>Makefile.am</filename> to the " +"<function>AC_CONFIG_FILES</function> macro in <filename>configure.ac</" +"filename>. For <filename>docs/reference/libmeep/Makefile.am</filename> you " +"will need to add the entry <filename>docs/reference/libmeep/Makefile</" +"filename> to <function>AC_CONFIG_FILES</function>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:594 +msgid "Example directory structure with <filename>Makefiles.am</filename>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:597 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"meep/\n" +" docs/\n" +" reference/ # reference documentation\n" +" libmeep/\n" +" Makefile.am\n" +" meeper/\n" +" Makefile.am\n" +" help/ # optional: user manual\n" +" meeper/\n" +" src/\n" +" libmeep/\n" +" meeper/\n" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:613 +msgid "" +"Next, you need to customize the copied Makefiles and provide values for the " +"various parameters in each <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. All settings " +"have a comment above them that describes their purpose and how to customize " +"the setting. Most settings are used to supply extra flags to the respective " +"tools to which they apply. Every tool has a variable of the form <option><" +"TOOLNAME>_OPTIONS</option> (e.g. the tool <application>gtkdoc-mkhtml</" +"application> has an option named <code>MKHTML_OPTIONS</code>). All the tools " +"support <option>--help</option> to list the supported options." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:637 +msgid "" +"<option>DOC_MODULE</option> is used to provide the name of the package that " +"is being documentated (e.g. <code>meeper</code>, or <code>libmeep</code>)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:644 +msgid "" +"<option>DOC_SOURCE_DIR</option> is used to specify the location of source " +"directory which GTK-Doc searches for your API documentation. This will " +"usually be <code> DOC_SOURCE_DIR=$(top_srcdir)/src </code> or a sub-" +"directory of that directory." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:657 +msgid "" +"<option>HFILE_GLOB</option> and <option>CFILE_GLOB</option> are used for " +"dependencies. Each option take a file-glob (e.g. <code>HFILE_GLOB=" +"$(top_srcdir)/src/*.c</code>). The documentation will be rebuilt if any of " +"the matched files change." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:669 +msgid "" +"<option>EXTRA_HFILES</option> allows to specify extra header files to " +"include when scanning for API documentation, which are not found under " +"<code>DOC_SOURCE_DIR</code> (e.g. <code> EXTRA_HFILES=$(top_srcdir}/contrib/" +"extra.h</code>)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:679 +msgid "" +"<option>IGNORE_HFILES</option> allows to specify header files or directories " +"to ignore when scanning for API documentation. Use the basename of the file " +"or directory (e.g. <code> IGNORE_HFILES=gtkdebug.h gtkintl.h " +"private_code_folder</code>)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:689 +msgid "" +"<option>HTML_IMAGES</option> allows to specify images files which will be " +"copied into the <filename>html/</filename> directory of the generated " +"documentation. If your API documentation includes any images they need to be " +"added to this option (e.g. <code> HTML_IMAGES=$(top_srcdir)/gtk/stock-icons/" +"stock_about_24.png</code>)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:702 +msgid "" +"<option>content_files</option> allows to specify extra files that are " +"included by <code>$(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE)</code> (e.g. <code> " +"content_files=running.xml building.xml changes-2.0.xml</code>)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:713 +msgid "" +"<option>expand_content_files</option> allows to specify files where " +"<emphasis>gtk-doc abbreviations</emphasis> such as <code>#GtkWidget</code> " +"are expanded (e.g. <code> expand_content_files=running.xml</code>)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:631 +msgid "" +"The following list explains the most relevant options. Check the example " +"<filename>Makefile.am</filename> for additional options. <_:itemizedlist-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: C/index.docbook:728 +msgid "Integration with autoconf" +msgstr "Integrazioa autoconf tresnarekin" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:730 +msgid "" +"Integration with <application>autoconf</application> is very simple and " +"includes one required step and an additional optional (but recommended) " +"step. The first step is to add the <function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function> macro " +"to your <filename>configure.ac</filename> script. This registers several " +"configure options to enable GTK-Doc and allows you to set default arguments " +"for <application>gtkdocize</application>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: warning/simpara +#: C/index.docbook:742 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the <code>GTK_DOC_CHECK</code> macro is not indented. The " +"macro must start at the beginning of the line and should not start with " +"whitespace." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:749 +msgid "" +"The second step is to add the <code>AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR(m4)</code> to your " +"<filename>configure.ac</filename>. This is not required but helps " +"<application>gtkdocize</application> to automatically copy the macro " +"definition (e.g <filename>gtk-doc.m4</filename>) which contains the " +"<function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function> macro to your project's macro directory. " +"Without this, the GTK_DOC_CHECK macro might not be found and you would need " +"to explicitly tell the <application>aclocal</application> tool where to find " +"the macro definition file." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:762 +msgid "Minimal integration with autoconf" +msgstr "Gutxieneko integrazioa autoconf tresnarekin" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:763 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"# recommended: set m4 directory\n" +"AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR(m4)\n" +"# optional: register gtk-doc in configure\n" +"GTK_DOC_CHECK(1.28)\n" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:778 +msgid "Integration with optional gtk-doc dependency" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:779 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"m4_ifdef(GTK_DOC_CHECK, \n" +"# recommended: set m4 directory\n" +"AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR(m4)\n" +"# optional: register gtk-doc in configure\n" +"GTK_DOC_CHECK(1.28)\n" +",\n" +"AM_CONDITIONAL(ENABLE_GTK_DOC, false)\n" +")\n" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:772 +msgid "" +"The above example works, but will require all developers to have gtk-doc " +"installed. A better way is to make building the documentation optional as " +"shown in the next example: <_:example-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:792 +msgid "" +"The first argument is used to check for the Gtk-Doc version at configure " +"time. The 2nd, optional argument is used by <application>gtkdocize</" +"application>. The <symbol>GTK_DOC_CHECK</symbol> macro also adds several " +"configure switches:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:801 +msgid "--with-html-dir=PATH : path to installed docs" +msgstr "--with-html-dir=PATH : instalatutako dokumentuen bide-izena" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:802 +msgid "--enable-gtk-doc : use gtk-doc to build documentation default=no" +msgstr "--enable-gtk-doc : erabili gtk-doc dokumentazioa eraikitzeko lehenetsia=ez" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:803 +msgid "" +"--enable-gtk-doc-html : build documentation in html format default=yes" +msgstr "--enable-gtk-doc-html : eraiki dokumentazioa HTML formatuan lehenetsia=bai" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:804 +msgid "--enable-gtk-doc-pdf : build documentation in pdf format default=no" +msgstr "--enable-gtk-doc-pdf : eraiki dokumentazioa PDF formatuan lehenetsia=ez" + +#. (itstool) path: important/para +#: C/index.docbook:808 +msgid "" +"GTK-Doc is disabled by default! Remember to pass the option <option>'--" +"enable-gtk-doc'</option> to the next <filename>configure</filename> run. " +"Otherwise pregenerated documentation is installed (which makes sense for " +"users but not for developers)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:816 +msgid "" +"After all changes to <filename>configure.ac</filename> are made, update the " +"<filename>configure</filename> file. This can be done by re-running " +"<code>autogen.sh</code>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: C/index.docbook:824 +msgid "Integration with autogen" +msgstr "Integrazioa autogen tresnarekin" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:826 +msgid "" +"Most projects will have an <filename>autogen.sh</filename> script to setup " +"the build infrastructure after the project was checked out from a version " +"control system (such as git or svn). GTK-Doc comes with a script called " +"<application>gtkdocize</application> which can be used to copy the necessary " +"files needed by Gtk-Doc to the source directory." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:834 +msgid "It should be run before autoreconf, autoheader, automake or autoconf." +msgstr "autoreconf, autoheader, automake edo autoconf aurretik exekutatu beharko litzateke." + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:839 +msgid "Running gtkdocize from autogen.sh" +msgstr "gtkdocize exekutatzea autogen.sh script-etik" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:840 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"gtkdocize || exit 1\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"gtkdocize || exit 1\n" + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:848 +msgid "Conditionally run gtkdocize from autogen.sh" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:849 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"GTKDOCIZE=$(which gtkdocize 2>/dev/null)\n" +"if test $? -ne 0; then\n" +" echo \"No gtk-doc support found. You can't build the docs.\"\n" +"else\n" +" $GTKDOCIZE || exit 1\n" +"fi\n" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:860 +msgid "" +"When running <application>gtkdocize</application> it copies <filename>gtk-" +"doc.make</filename> to your project root (or any directory specified by the " +"<option>--docdir</option> option)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:866 +msgid "" +"<application>gtkdocize</application> checks your <filename>configure.ac</" +"filename> script for the <function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function> macro. The " +"<function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function> macro can be used to pass extra arguments " +"to the <application>gtkdocize</application> script. the 2nd parameter in the " +"<function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function> macro." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:875 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, additional arguments can also be passed to " +"<application>gtkdocize</application> via the <function>GTKDOCIZE_FLAGS</" +"function> environment variable, or by directly specifying them to " +"<application>gtkdocize</application> in <filename>autogen.sh</filename>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: C/index.docbook:886 +msgid "Executing GTK-Doc from the Build System" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:888 +msgid "" +"After the previous steps it's time to run the build. First we need to rerun " +"<filename>autogen.sh</filename>. If this script runs configure for you, then " +"give it the <option>--enable-gtk-doc</option> option. Otherwise manually run " +"<filename>configure</filename> with this option afterwards." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:895 +msgid "" +"The first make run generates several additional files in the doc-" +"directories. The important ones are: <filename><package>.types</" +"filename>, <filename><package>-docs.xml</filename> (in the past ." +"sgml), <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:903 +msgid "Running the doc build" +msgstr "doc eraikuntza exekutatzea" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:904 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"./autogen.sh --enable-gtk-doc\n" +"make\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"./autogen.sh --enable-gtk-doc\n" +"make\n" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:911 +msgid "" +"Now you can point your browser to <filename>docs/reference/<package>/" +"index.html</filename>. With this initial setup you will only see a very " +"simple document. The next chapter will teach you how to add API " +"documentation to your code via special comment blocks. The Chapter " +"afterwards introduces <link linkend=\"metafiles\">additional files</link> " +"and shows how to edit the <link linkend=\"metafiles_master\">master " +"template</link> to add additional chapters and sections to your " +"documentation files." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:927 +msgid "Integration with CMake build systems" +msgstr "Integrazioa CMake eraikuntza-sisemarekin" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:929 +msgid "" +"GTK-Doc now provides a <filename>GtkDocConfig.cmake</filename> module (and " +"the corresponding <filename>GtkDocConfigVersion.cmake</filename> module). " +"This provides a <literal>gtk_doc_add_module</literal> command that you can " +"set in your <filename>CMakeLists.txt</filename> file." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:939 +msgid "Example of using GTK-Doc from CMake" +msgstr "GTK-Doc aplikazioa CMake-tik nola erabili erakusten duen adibidea" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:940 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"find_package(GtkDoc 1.25 REQUIRED)\n" +"\n" +"# Create the doc-libmeep target.\n" +"gtk_doc_add_module(\n" +" libmeep ${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/libmeep\n" +" XML meep-docs.xml\n" +" LIBRARIES libmeep\n" +")\n" +"\n" +"# Build doc-libmeep as part of the default target. Without this, you would\n" +"# have to explicitly run something like `make doc-libmeep` to build the docs.\n" +"add_custom_target(documentation ALL DEPENDS doc-libmeep)\n" +"\n" +"# Install the docs. (This assumes you're using the GNUInstallDirs CMake module\n" +"# to set the CMAKE_INSTALL_DOCDIR variable correctly).\n" +"install(DIRECTORY ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/libmeep/html\n" +" DESTINATION ${CMAKE_INSTALL_DOCDIR})\n" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:937 +msgid "The following example shows how to use this command. <_:example-1/>" +msgstr "Hurrengo adibideak komando hau nola erabili erakusten du. <_:example-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:964 +msgid "Integration with plain makefiles or other build systems" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:966 +msgid "" +"In the case one does not want to use automake and therefore <filename>gtk-" +"doc.mak</filename> one will need to call the gtkdoc tools in the right order " +"in own makefiles (or other build tools)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:973 +msgid "Documentation build steps" +msgstr "Dokumentazioa eraikitzeko urratsak" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:974 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"DOC_MODULE=meep\n" +"// sources have changed\n" +"gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) <source-dir>\n" +"gtkdoc-scangobj --module=$(DOC_MODULE)\n" +"gtkdoc-mkdb --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --output-format=xml --source-dir=<source-dir>\n" +"// xml files have changed\n" +"mkdir html\n" +"cd html && gtkdoc-mkhtml $(DOC_MODULE) ../meep-docs.xml\n" +"gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --module-dir=html\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"DOC_MODULE=meep\n" +"// sources have changed\n" +"gtkdoc-scan - module=$(DOC_MODULE) <source-dir>\n" +"gtkdoc-scangobj - module=$(DOC_MODULE)\n" +"gtkdoc-mkdb - module=$(DOC_MODULE) --output-format=xml --source-dir=<source-dir>\n" +"// xml files have changed\n" +"mkdir html\n" +"cd html && gtkdoc-mkhtml $(DOC_MODULE) ../meep-docs.xml\n" +"gtkdoc-fixxref - module=$(DOC_MODULE) - module-dir=html\n" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:988 +msgid "" +"One will need to look at the <filename>Makefile.am</filename> and " +"<filename>gtk-doc.mak</filename> to pick the extra options needed." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:995 +msgid "Integration with version control systems" +msgstr "Integrazioa bertsioen kontroleko sistemekin" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:997 +msgid "" +"As a rule of thumb, it's the files you edit which should go under version " +"control. For typical projects it's these files: <filename><package>." +"types</filename>, <filename><package>-docs.xml</filename> (in the " +"past .sgml), <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>, " +"<filename>Makefile.am</filename>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1005 +msgid "" +"Files in the <filename>xml/</filename> and <filename>html/</filename> " +"directories should not go under version control. Neither should any of the " +"<filename>.stamp</filename> files." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: C/index.docbook:1015 +msgid "Documenting the code" +msgstr "Kodea dokumentatzea" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:1017 +msgid "" +"GTK-Doc uses source code comment with a special syntax for code " +"documentation. Further it retrieves information about your project structure " +"from other sources. During the next section you will find all information " +"about the syntax of the comments." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:1028 C/index.docbook:1054 +msgid "GTK-Doc comment block" +msgstr "GTK-Doc iruzkin-blokea" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1029 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"#ifndef __GTK_DOC_IGNORE__\n" +"/* unparseable code here */\n" +"#endif\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"#ifndef __GTK_DOC_IGNORE__\n" +"/* analizatu ezin daitekeen kodea*/\n" +"#endif\n" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:1024 +msgid "" +"The GTK-Doc scanner can handle the majority of C headers fine. In the case " +"of receiving warnings from the scanner that look like a special case, one " +"can hint GTK-Doc to skip over them. <_:example-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/title +#: C/index.docbook:1038 +msgid "Limitations" +msgstr "Mugak" + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: C/index.docbook:1039 +msgid "" +"Note, that GTK-Doc's supports <code>#ifndef(__GTK_DOC_IGNORE__)</code> but " +"not <code>#if !defined(__GTK_DOC_IGNORE__)</code> or other combinations." +msgstr "Kontuan izan GTK-Doc aplikazioak <code>#ifndef(__GTK_DOC_IGNORE__)</code> onartzen duela baina ez <code>#if !defined(__GTK_DOC_IGNORE__)</code> edo beste konbinazio batzuk." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:1049 +msgid "Documentation comments" +msgstr "Dokumentazio-iruzkinak" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1055 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"/**\n" +" * identifier:\n" +" * documentation ...\n" +" */\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"/**\n" +" * identifikatzailea:\n" +" * dokumentazioa ...\n" +" */\n" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1051 +msgid "" +"A multiline comment that starts with an additional '*' marks a documentation " +"block that will be processed by the GTK-Doc tools. <_:example-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1064 +msgid "" +"The 'identifier' is one line with the name of the item the comment is " +"related to. The syntax differs a little depending on the item. (TODO add " +"table showing identifiers)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1070 +msgid "" +"The 'documentation' block is also different for each symbol type. Symbol " +"types that get parameters such as functions or macros have the parameter " +"description first followed by a blank line (just a '*'). Afterwards follows " +"the detailed description. All lines (outside program listings and CDATA " +"sections) just containing a ' *' (blank-asterisk) are converted to paragraph " +"breaks. If you don't want a paragraph break, change that into ' * ' (blank-" +"asterisk-blank-blank). This is useful in preformatted text (code listings)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1087 +msgid "" +"What it is: The name for a class or function can sometimes be misleading for " +"people coming from a different background." +msgstr "Zer den: Klase edo funtzio baten izena zenbaitetan nahasgarria izan daiteke beste esperientzia bat duen jendearentzat." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1093 +msgid "" +"What it does: Tell about common uses. Put it in relation with the other API." +msgstr "Zer egiten duen: Azaldu erabilera arruntenak. Erlazionatu beste APIekin." + +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: C/index.docbook:1083 +msgid "When documenting code, describe two aspects: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" +msgstr "Kodea dokumentatzean, erabili bi ikuspegi: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1108 +msgid "Use function() to refer to functions or macros which take arguments." +msgstr "Erabili function() argumentuak hartzen dituzten funtzioei edo makroei erreferentzia egiteko." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1113 +msgid "" +"Use @param to refer to parameters. Also use this when referring to " +"parameters of other functions, related to the one being described." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1119 +msgid "Use %constant to refer to a constant, e.g. %G_TRAVERSE_LEAFS." +msgstr "Erabili %constant konstante bati erreferentzia egiteko, adibidez %G_TRAVERSE_LEAFS." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1124 +msgid "" +"Use #symbol to refer to other types of symbol, e.g. structs and enums and " +"macros which don't take arguments." +msgstr "Erabili #symbol beste ikur mota batzuei erreferentzia egiteko, adibidez struct eta enum motei eta argumentuak hartzen ez dituzten makroei." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1130 +msgid "Use #Object::signal to refer to a GObject signal." +msgstr "GObject seinale bati erreferentzia egiteko, erabili #Object::signal." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1135 +msgid "Use #Object:property to refer to a GObject property." +msgstr "GObject propietate bati erreferentzia egiteko, erabili #Object:property." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1140 +msgid "" +"Use #Struct.field to refer to a field inside a structure and #GObjectClass." +"foo_bar() to refer to a vmethod." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1102 +msgid "" +"One advantage of hyper-text over plain-text is the ability to have links in " +"the document. Writing the correct markup for a link can be tedious though. " +"GTK-Doc comes to help by providing several useful abbreviations. <_:" +"itemizedlist-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: C/index.docbook:1149 +msgid "" +"If you need to use the special characters '<', '>', '()', '@', '%', or " +"'#' in your documentation without GTK-Doc changing them you can use the XML " +"entities \"&lt;\", \"&gt;\", \"&lpar;\", \"&rpar;\", \"&" +"commat;\", \"&percnt;\" and \"&num;\" respectively or escape them " +"with a backslash '\\'." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1158 +msgid "" +"DocBook can do more than just links. One can also have lists, examples, " +"headings, and images. As of version 1.20, the preferred way is to use a " +"subset of the basic text formatting syntax called <ulink url=\"http://" +"daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/\">Markdown</ulink>. On older GTK-Doc " +"versions any documentation that includes Markdown will be rendered as is. " +"For example, list items will appear as lines starting with a dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1169 +msgid "" +"While markdown is now preferred one can mix both. One limitation here is " +"that one can use docbook xml within markdown, but markdown within docbook " +"xml is not supported." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1175 +msgid "" +"In older GTK-Doc releases, if you need support for additional formatting, " +"you would need to enable the usage of docbook XML tags inside doc-comments " +"by putting <option>--xml-mode</option> (or <option>--sgml-mode</option>) in " +"the variable <symbol>MKDB_OPTIONS</symbol> inside <filename>Makefile.am</" +"filename>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:1184 +msgid "GTK-Doc comment block using Markdown" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1185 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"/**\n" +" * identifier:\n" +" *\n" +" * documentation paragraph ...\n" +" *\n" +" * # Sub Heading #\n" +" *\n" +" * ## Second Sub Heading\n" +" *\n" +" * # Sub Heading With a Link Anchor # {#heading-two}\n" +" *\n" +" * more documentation:\n" +" *\n" +" * - list item 1\n" +" *\n" +" * Paragraph inside a list item.\n" +" *\n" +" * - list item 2\n" +" *\n" +" * 1. numbered list item\n" +" *\n" +" * 2. another numbered list item\n" +" *\n" +" * Another paragraph. A Link to the GNOME Website(http://www.gnome.org/)\n" +" *\n" +" * !an inline image(plot-result.png)\n" +" *\n" +" * A link to the heading anchor aboveheading-two\n" +" *\n" +" * A C-language example:\n" +" * |<!-- language=\"C\" -->\n" +" * GtkWidget *label = gtk_label_new (\"Gorgeous!\");\n" +" * |\n" +" */\n" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1224 +msgid "" +"More examples of what markdown tags are supported can be found in the <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.gnome.org/Projects/GTK/DocumentationSyntax/Markdown\">GTK " +"Documentation Markdown Syntax Reference</ulink>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: C/index.docbook:1230 +msgid "" +"As already mentioned earlier GTK-Doc is for documenting public API. Thus one " +"cannot write documentation for static symbols. Nevertheless it is good to " +"comment those symbols too. This helps other developers to understand your " +"code. Therefore we recommend to comment these using normal comments (without " +"the 2nd '*' in the first line). If later the function needs to be made " +"public, all one needs to do is to add another '*' in the comment block and " +"insert the symbol name at the right place inside the sections file." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:1245 +msgid "Documenting sections" +msgstr "Atalak dokumentatzea" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1247 +msgid "" +"Each section of the documentation contains information about one class or " +"module. To introduce the component one can write a section block. The short " +"description is also used inside the table of contents. All the @fields are " +"optional." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:1255 +msgid "Section comment block" +msgstr "Atalen iruzkin-blokea" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1256 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"/**\n" +" * SECTION:meepapp\n" +" * @short_description: the application class\n" +" * @title: Meep application\n" +" * @section_id:\n" +" * @see_also: #MeepSettings\n" +" * @stability: Stable\n" +" * @include: meep/app.h\n" +" * @image: application.png\n" +" *\n" +" * The application class handles ...\n" +" */\n" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:1275 +msgid "SECTION:<name>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1277 +msgid "" +"The name links the section documentation to the respective part in the " +"<filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> file. The name given here " +"should match the <FILE> tag in the <filename><package>-sections." +"txt</filename> file." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:1286 +msgid "@short_description" +msgstr "@short_description" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1288 +msgid "" +"A one line description of the section, that later will appear after the " +"links in the TOC and at the top of the section page." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:1295 +msgid "@title" +msgstr "@title" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1297 +msgid "" +"The section title defaults to <name> from the SECTION declaration. It " +"can be overridden with the @title field." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:1304 +msgid "@section_id" +msgstr "@section_id" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1306 +msgid "" +"Overrides the use of title as a section identifier. For GObjects the <" +"title> is used as a section_id and for other sections it is <" +"MODULE>-<title>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:1314 +msgid "@see_also" +msgstr "@see_also" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1316 +msgid "A list of symbols that are related to this section." +msgstr "Atal honekin erlazioa duten ikurren zerrenda bat." + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:1322 +msgid "@stability" +msgstr "@stability" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1329 +msgid "" +"Stable - The intention of a Stable interface is to enable arbitrary third " +"parties to develop applications to these interfaces, release them, and have " +"confidence that they will run on all minor releases of the product (after " +"the one in which the interface was introduced, and within the same major " +"release). Even at a major release, incompatible changes are expected to be " +"rare, and to have strong justifications." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1341 +msgid "" +"Unstable - Unstable interfaces are experimental or transitional. They are " +"typically used to give outside developers early access to new or rapidly " +"changing technology, or to provide an interim solution to a problem where a " +"more general solution is anticipated. No claims are made about either source " +"or binary compatibility from one minor release to the next." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1353 +msgid "" +"Private - An interface that can be used within the GNOME stack itself, but " +"that is not documented for end-users. Such functions should only be used in " +"specified and documented ways." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1362 +msgid "" +"Internal - An interface that is internal to a module and does not require " +"end-user documentation. Functions that are undocumented are assumed to be " +"Internal." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1324 +msgid "" +"An informal description of the stability level this API has. We recommend " +"the use of one of these terms: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:1374 +msgid "@include" +msgstr "@include" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1376 +msgid "" +"The <literal>#include</literal> files to show in the section synopsis (a " +"comma separated list), overriding the global value from the <link linkend=" +"\"metafiles_sections\">section file</link> or command line. This item is " +"optional." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:1385 +msgid "@image" +msgstr "@image" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1387 +msgid "" +"The image to display at the top of the reference page for this section. This " +"will often be some sort of a diagram to illustrate the visual appearance of " +"a class or a diagram of its relationship to other classes. This item is " +"optional." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: C/index.docbook:1398 +msgid "" +"To avoid unnecessary recompilation after doc-changes put the section docs " +"into the c-source where possible." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:1407 +msgid "Documenting symbols" +msgstr "Ikurrak dokumentatzea" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1409 +msgid "" +"Each symbol (function, macro, struct, enum, signal and property) is " +"documented in a separate block. The block is best placed close to the " +"definition of the symbols so that it is easy to keep them in sync. Thus " +"functions are usually documented in the c-source and macros, structs and " +"enums in the header file." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:1417 C/index.docbook:1483 +msgid "General tags" +msgstr "Etiketa orokorrak" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:1419 +msgid "" +"You can add versioning information to all documentation elements to tell " +"when an API was introduced, or when it was deprecated." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: variablelist/title +#: C/index.docbook:1424 +msgid "Versioning Tags" +msgstr "Bertsio-etiketak" + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:1425 +msgid "Since:" +msgstr "Noiztik:" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1427 +msgid "Description since which version of the code the API is available." +msgstr "Kodearen zein bertsiotik hasita APIa erabilgarri dagoen deskribatzen duen testua." + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:1432 +msgid "Deprecated:" +msgstr "Zaharkitua:" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1434 +msgid "" +"Paragraph denoting that this function should no be used anymore. The " +"description should point the reader to the new API." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:1442 +msgid "" +"You can also add stability information to all documentation elements to " +"indicate whether API stability is guaranteed for them for all future minor " +"releases of the project." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:1448 +msgid "" +"The default stability level for all documentation elements can be set by " +"passing the <option>--default-stability</option> argument to " +"<application>gtkdoc-mkdb</application> with one of the values below." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: variablelist/title +#: C/index.docbook:1454 +msgid "Stability Tags" +msgstr "Egonkortasun-etiketak" + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:1455 +msgid "Stability: Stable" +msgstr "Egonkortasuna: Egonkorra" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1457 +msgid "" +"Mark the element as stable. This is for public APIs which are guaranteed to " +"remain stable for all future minor releases of the project." +msgstr "Markatu elementua egonkor gisa. Hori erabiltzen da proiektuaren etorkizuneko bertsio txikietan egonkorra izango diren API publikoetarako da." + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:1464 +msgid "Stability: Unstable" +msgstr "Egonkortasuna: Desegonkorra" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1466 +msgid "" +"Mark the element as unstable. This is for public APIs which are released as " +"a preview before being stabilised." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:1472 +msgid "Stability: Private" +msgstr "Egonkortasuna: Pribatua" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1474 +msgid "" +"Mark the element as private. This is for interfaces which can be used by " +"tightly coupled modules, but not by arbitrary third parties." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1484 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"/**\n" +" * foo_get_bar:\n" +" * @foo: some foo\n" +" *\n" +" * Retrieves @foo's bar.\n" +" *\n" +" * Returns: @foo's bar\n" +" *\n" +" * Since: 2.6\n" +" * Deprecated: 2.12: Use foo_baz_get_bar() instead.\n" +" */\n" +"Bar *\n" +"foo_get_bar(Foo *foo)\n" +"{\n" +"...\n" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:1504 C/index.docbook:1514 +msgid "Annotations" +msgstr "Oharpenak" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:1506 +msgid "" +"Documentation blocks can contain annotation-tags. These tags will be " +"rendered with tooltips describing their meaning. The tags are used by " +"gobject-introspection to generate language bindings. A detailed list of the " +"supported tags can be found on <ulink url=\"http://live.gnome.org/" +"GObjectIntrospection/Annotations\" type=\"http\">the wiki</ulink>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1515 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"/**\n" +" * foo_get_bar: (annotation)\n" +" * @foo: (annotation): some foo\n" +" *\n" +" * Retrieves @foo's bar.\n" +" *\n" +" * Returns: (annotation): @foo's bar\n" +" */\n" +"...\n" +"/**\n" +" * foo_set_bar_using_the_frobnicator: (annotation) (another annotation)\n" +" * (and another annotation)\n" +" * @foo: (annotation) (another annotation): some foo\n" +" *\n" +" * Sets bar on @foo.\n" +" */\n" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:1536 C/index.docbook:1565 +msgid "Function comment block" +msgstr "Funtzio-iruzkinen blokea" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1542 +msgid "" +"Document whether returned objects, lists, strings, etc, should be freed/" +"unrefed/released." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1548 +msgid "Document whether parameters can be NULL, and what happens if they are." +msgstr "Dokumentatu parametroak NULL izan daitezkeen, eta zer gertatzen den baldin badira." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1553 +msgid "" +"Mention interesting pre-conditions and post-conditions where appropriate." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:1538 C/index.docbook:1624 +msgid "Please remember to: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" +msgstr "Gogoratu honakoa: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:1560 +msgid "" +"Gtk-doc assumes all symbols (macros, functions) starting with '_' are " +"private. They are treated like static functions." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1566 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"/**\n" +" * function_name:\n" +" * @par1: description of parameter 1. These can extend over more than\n" +" * one line.\n" +" * @par2: description of parameter 2\n" +" * @...: a %NULL-terminated list of bars\n" +" *\n" +" * The function description goes here. You can use @par1 to refer to parameters\n" +" * so that they are highlighted in the output. You can also use %constant\n" +" * for constants, function_name2() for functions and #GtkWidget for links to\n" +" * other declarations (which may be documented elsewhere).\n" +" *\n" +" * Returns: an integer.\n" +" *\n" +" * Since: 2.2\n" +" * Deprecated: 2.18: Use other_function() instead.\n" +" */\n" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: variablelist/title +#: C/index.docbook:1587 +msgid "Function tags" +msgstr "Funtzio-etiketak" + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:1588 C/index.docbook:1795 +msgid "Returns:" +msgstr "Itzultzen du:" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1590 +msgid "Paragraph describing the returned result." +msgstr "Itzulitako emaitza deskribatzen duen paragrafoa." + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:1595 +msgid "@...:" +msgstr "@...:" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1597 +msgid "" +"In case the function has variadic arguments, you should use this tag " +"(@Varargs: does also work for historic reasons)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:1607 C/index.docbook:1609 +msgid "Property comment block" +msgstr "Propietate-iruzkinen blokea" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1610 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"/**\n" +" * SomeWidget:some-property:\n" +" *\n" +" * Here you can document a property.\n" +" */\n" +"g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_SOME_PROPERTY, ...);\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"/**\n" +" * TrepetaBat:propietate-bat:\n" +" *\n" +" * Hemen propietate bat dokumentatu dezakezu.\n" +" */\n" +"g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_SOME_PROPERTY, ...);\n" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:1622 C/index.docbook:1641 +msgid "Signal comment block" +msgstr "Seinale-iruzkinen blokea" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1628 +msgid "" +"Document when the signal is emitted and whether it is emitted before or " +"after other signals." +msgstr "Dokumentatu seinalea noiz igortzen den eta beste seinaleen aurretik ala ondoren igortzen den." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1634 +msgid "Document what an application might do in the signal handler." +msgstr "Dokumentatu aplikazio batek zer egin behar duen seinale-maneiatzailean." + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1642 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"/**\n" +" * FooWidget::foobarized:\n" +" * @widget: the widget that received the signal\n" +" * @foo: some foo\n" +" * @bar: some bar\n" +" *\n" +" * The ::foobarized signal is emitted each time someone tries to foobarize @widget.\n" +" */\n" +"foo_signalsFOOBARIZED =\n" +" g_signal_new (\"foobarized\",\n" +" ...\n" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:1659 C/index.docbook:1660 +msgid "Struct comment block" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1661 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"/**\n" +" * FooWidget:\n" +" * @bar: some #gboolean\n" +" *\n" +" * This is the best widget, ever.\n" +" */\n" +"typedef struct _FooWidget {\n" +" GtkWidget parent_instance;\n" +"\n" +" gboolean bar;\n" +"} FooWidget;\n" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:1676 +msgid "" +"Use <code>/*< private >*/</code> before the private struct fields you " +"want to hide. Use <code>/*< public >*/</code> for the reverse " +"behaviour." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:1682 +msgid "" +"If the first field is \"g_iface\", \"parent_instance\" or \"parent_class\" " +"it will be considered private automatically and doesn't need to be mentioned " +"in the comment block." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:1688 +msgid "" +"Struct comment blocks can also be used for GObjects and GObjectClasses. It " +"is usually a good idea to add a comment block for a class, if it has " +"vmethods (as this is how they can be documented). For the GObject itself one " +"can use the related section docs, having a separate block for the instance " +"struct would be useful if the instance has public fields. One disadvantage " +"here is that this creates two index entries of the same name (the structure " +"and the section)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:1700 C/index.docbook:1701 +msgid "Enum comment block" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1702 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"/**\n" +" * Something:\n" +" * @SOMETHING_FOO: something foo\n" +" * @SOMETHING_BAR: something bar\n" +" *\n" +" * Enum values used for the thing, to specify the thing.\n" +" */\n" +"typedef enum {\n" +" SOMETHING_FOO,\n" +" SOMETHING_BAR,\n" +" /*< private >*/\n" +" SOMETHING_COUNT\n" +"} Something;\n" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:1719 +msgid "" +"Use <code>/*< private >*/</code> before the private enum values you " +"want to hide. Use <code>/*< public >*/</code> for the reverse " +"behaviour." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:1730 +msgid "Inline program documentation" +msgstr "Programa-dokumentazio integratua" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1731 +msgid "" +"You can document programs and their commandline interface using inline " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: variablelist/title +#: C/index.docbook:1737 +msgid "Tags" +msgstr "Etiketak" + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:1739 +msgid "PROGRAM" +msgstr "PROGRAM" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1742 +msgid "Defines the start of a program documentation." +msgstr "Programa-dokumentazio baten hasiera definitzen du." + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:1749 +msgid "@short_description:" +msgstr "@short_description:" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1751 +msgid "Defines a short description of the program. (Optional)" +msgstr "Programaren deskribapen laburra definitzen du. (Aukerakoa)" + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:1758 +msgid "@synopsis:" +msgstr "@synopsis:" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1760 +msgid "" +"Defines the arguments, or list of arguments that the program can take. " +"(Optional)" +msgstr "Programak hartu ditzakeen argumentuak edo argumentuen zerrenda definitzen du. (Aukerakoa)" + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:1768 +msgid "@see_also:" +msgstr "@see_also:" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1770 +msgid "See Also manual page section. (Optional)" +msgstr "Eskuliburuaren 'Ikus halaber' orri-sekzioa. (Aukerakoa)" + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:1777 +msgid "@arg:" +msgstr "@arg:" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1779 +msgid "Argument(s) passed to the program and their description. (Optional)" +msgstr "Programari pasatutako argumentua(k) eta haien deskribapena. (Aukerakoa)" + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:1786 +msgid "Description:" +msgstr "Deskribapena:" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1788 +msgid "A longer description of the program." +msgstr "Programaren deskribapen luzeagoa." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1797 +msgid "Specify what value(s) the program returns. (Optional)" +msgstr "Zehaztu programak itzultzen d(it)uen balioa(k). (Aukerakoa)" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: C/index.docbook:1806 +msgid "Example of program documentation." +msgstr "Programa-dokumentazioaren adibidea." + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:1807 +msgid "Program documentation block" +msgstr "Programa-dokumentazioaren blokea" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1808 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"/**\n" +" * PROGRAM:test-program\n" +" * @short_description: A test program\n" +" * @synopsis: test-program *OPTIONS*... --arg1 *arg* *FILE*\n" +" * @see_also: test(1)\n" +" * @--arg1 *arg*: set arg1 to *arg*\n" +" * @--arg2 *arg*: set arg2 to *arg*\n" +" * @-v, --version: Print the version number\n" +" * @-h, --help: Print the help message\n" +" *\n" +" * Long description of program.\n" +" *\n" +" * Returns: Zero on success, non-zero on failure\n" +" */\n" +"int main(int argc, char *argv)\n" +"{\n" +"\treturn 0;\n" +"}\n" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:1834 +msgid "Useful DocBook tags" +msgstr "DocBook etiketa erabilgarriak" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1836 +msgid "" +"Here are some DocBook tags which are most useful when documenting the code." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1845 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"<link linkend=\"glib-Hash-Tables\">Hash Tables</link>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1841 +msgid "" +"To link to another section in the GTK docs: <_:informalexample-1/> The " +"linkend is the SGML/XML id on the top item of the page you want to link to. " +"For most pages this is currently the part (\"gtk\", \"gdk\", \"glib\") and " +"then the page title (\"Hash Tables\"). For widgets it is just the class " +"name. Spaces and underscores are converted to '-' to conform to SGML/XML." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1858 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"<function>...</function>\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<function>...</function>\n" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1855 +msgid "" +"To refer to an external function, e.g. a standard C function: <_:" +"informalexample-1/>" +msgstr "Kanpoko funtzio bati, adibidez C funtzio estandar bati, erreferentzia egiteko: <_:informalexample-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1867 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"<example>\n" +" <title>Using a GHashTable.</title>\n" +" <programlisting language=\"C\">\n" +" ...\n" +" </programlisting>\n" +"</example>\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<example>\n" +" <title>Using a GHashTable.</title>\n" +" <programlisting language=\"C\">\n" +" ...\n" +" </programlisting>\n" +"</example>\n" + +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1878 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"<informalexample>\n" +" <programlisting language=\"C\">\n" +" ...\n" +" </programlisting>\n" +"</informalexample>\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<informalexample>\n" +" <programlisting language=\"C\">\n" +" ...\n" +" </programlisting>\n" +"</informalexample>\n" + +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1890 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"|<!-- language=\"C\" -->\n" +" ...\n" +"|\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"|<!-- language=\"C\" -->\n" +" ...\n" +"|\n" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1864 +msgid "" +"To include example code: <_:informalexample-1/> or possibly this, for very " +"short code fragments which don't need a title: <_:informalexample-2/> In " +"both cases, the language attribute is optional and is used as a hint to the " +"syntax highlighting engine (pygments for html output). For the latter GTK-" +"Doc also supports an abbreviation: <_:informalexample-3/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1901 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"<itemizedlist>\n" +" <listitem>\n" +" <para>\n" +" ...\n" +" </para>\n" +" </listitem>\n" +" <listitem>\n" +" <para>\n" +" ...\n" +" </para>\n" +" </listitem>\n" +"</itemizedlist>\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<itemizedlist>\n" +" <listitem>\n" +" <para>\n" +" ...\n" +" </para>\n" +" </listitem>\n" +" <listitem>\n" +" <para>\n" +" ...\n" +" </para>\n" +" </listitem>\n" +"</itemizedlist>\n" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1898 +msgid "To include bulleted lists: <_:informalexample-1/>" +msgstr "Buletdun zerrendak sartzeko: <_:informalexample-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1921 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"<note>\n" +" <para>\n" +" Make sure you free the data after use.\n" +" </para>\n" +"</note>\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<note>\n" +" <para>\n" +" Ziurtatu datuak askatzen dituzula haiek erabili ondoren.\n" +" </para>\n" +"</note>\n" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1918 +msgid "" +"To include a note which stands out from the text: <_:informalexample-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1934 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"<type>unsigned char</type>\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<type>sinatu gabeko karakterea</type>\n" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1931 +msgid "To refer to a type: <_:informalexample-1/>" +msgstr "Mota bati erreferentzia egiteko: <_:informalexample-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1943 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"<structname>XFontStruct</structname>\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<structname>XFontStruct</structname>\n" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1940 +msgid "" +"To refer to an external structure (not one described in the GTK docs): <_:" +"informalexample-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1952 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"<structfield>len</structfield>\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<structfield>len</structfield>\n" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1949 +msgid "To refer to a field of a structure: <_:informalexample-1/>" +msgstr "Egitura baten eremu bati erreferentzia egiteko: <_:informalexample-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1961 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"<classname>GtkWidget</classname>\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<classname>GtkWidget</classname>\n" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1958 +msgid "" +"To refer to a class name, we could possibly use: <_:informalexample-1/> but " +"you'll probably be using #GtkWidget instead (to automatically create a link " +"to the GtkWidget page - see <link linkend=\"documenting_syntax\">the " +"abbreviations</link>)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1972 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"<emphasis>This is important</emphasis>\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<emphasis>Hau garrantzitsua da</emphasis>\n" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1969 +msgid "To emphasize text: <_:informalexample-1/>" +msgstr "Testua nabarmentzeko: <_:informalexample-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1981 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"<filename>/home/user/documents</filename>\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<filename>/home/user/documents</filename>\n" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1978 +msgid "For filenames use: <_:informalexample-1/>" +msgstr "Fitxategi-izenetarako, erabili: <_:informalexample-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1990 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"<keycombo><keycap>Control</keycap><keycap>L</keycap></keycombo>\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<keycombo><keycap>Control</keycap><keycap>L</keycap></keycombo>\n" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1987 +msgid "To refer to keys use: <_:informalexample-1/>" +msgstr "Teklei erreferentzia egiteko, erabili: <_:informalexample-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: C/index.docbook:2000 +msgid "Filling the extra files" +msgstr "Fitxategi gehigarriak betetzea" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:2002 +msgid "" +"There are a couple of extra files, that need to be maintained along with the " +"inline source code comments: <filename><package>.types</filename>, " +"<filename><package>-docs.xml</filename> (in the past .sgml), " +"<filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:2011 +msgid "Editing the types file" +msgstr "Moten fitxategia editatzea" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:2013 +msgid "" +"If your library or application includes GObjects, you want their signals, " +"arguments/parameters and position in the hierarchy to be shown in the " +"documentation. All you need to do, is to list the <function>xxx_get_type</" +"function> functions together with their include inside the <filename><" +"package>.types</filename> file." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:2022 +msgid "Example <package>.types file" +msgstr "<Pakete>.moten adibideko fitxategia" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:2023 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"#include <gtk/gtk.h>\n" +"\n" +"gtk_accel_label_get_type\n" +"gtk_adjustment_get_type\n" +"gtk_alignment_get_type\n" +"gtk_arrow_get_type\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"#include <gtk/gtk.h>\n" +"\n" +"gtk_accel_label_get_type\n" +"gtk_adjustment_get_type\n" +"gtk_alignment_get_type\n" +"gtk_arrow_get_type\n" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:2034 +msgid "" +"Since GTK-Doc 1.8 <application>gtkdoc-scan</application> can generate this " +"list for you. Just add \"--rebuild-types\" to SCAN_OPTIONS in " +"<filename>Makefile.am</filename>. If you use this approach you should not " +"dist the types file nor have it under version control." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:2043 +msgid "Editing the master document" +msgstr "Dokumentu maisua editatzea" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:2045 +msgid "" +"GTK-Doc produces documentation in DocBook SGML/XML. When processing the " +"inline source comments, the GTK-Doc tools generate one documentation page " +"per class or module as a separate file. The master document includes them " +"and place them in an order." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:2052 +msgid "" +"While GTK-Doc creates a template master document for you, later runs will " +"not touch it again. This means that one can freely structure the " +"documentation. That includes grouping pages and adding extra pages. GTK-Doc " +"has now a test suite, where also the master-document is recreated from " +"scratch. Its a good idea to look at this from time to time to see if there " +"are some new goodies introduced there." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: C/index.docbook:2062 +msgid "" +"Do not create tutorials as extra documents. Just write extra chapters. The " +"benefit of directly embedding the tutorial for your library into the API " +"documentation is that it is easy to link for the tutorial to symbol " +"documentation. Apart chances are higher that the tutorial gets updates along " +"with the library." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:2071 +msgid "" +"So what are the things to change inside the master document? For a start is " +"only a little. There are some placeholders (text in square brackets) there " +"which you should take care of." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:2078 +msgid "Master document header" +msgstr "Dokumentu maisuaren goiburua" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:2079 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"<bookinfo>\n" +" <title>MODULENAME Reference Manual</title>\n" +" <releaseinfo>\n" +" for MODULENAME VERSION\n" +" The latest version of this documentation can be found on-line at\n" +" <ulink role=\"online-location\" url=\"http://SERVER/MODULENAME/index.html\">http://SERVER/MODULENAME/</ulink>.\n" +" </releaseinfo>\n" +"</bookinfo>\n" +"\n" +"<chapter>\n" +" <title>Insert title here</title>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:2095 +msgid "" +"In addition a few option elements are created in commented form. You can " +"review these and enable them as you like." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:2101 +msgid "Optional part in the master document" +msgstr "Dokumentu maisuaren aukerako atala" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:2102 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +" <!-- enable this when you use gobject introspection annotations\n" +" <xi:include href=\"xml/annotation-glossary.xml\"><xi:fallback /></xi:include>\n" +" -->\n" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:2110 +msgid "" +"Finally you need to add new section whenever you introduce one. The <link " +"linkend=\"modernizing-gtk-doc-1-16\">gtkdoc-check</link> tool will remind " +"you of newly generated xml files that are not yet included into the doc." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:2118 C/index.docbook:2153 +msgid "Including generated sections" +msgstr "Sortutako sekzioak sartzea" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:2119 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +" <chapter>\n" +" <title>my library</title>\n" +" <xi:include href=\"xml/object.xml\"/>\n" +" ...\n" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:2131 +msgid "Editing the section file" +msgstr "Sekzioen fitxategia editatzea" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:2133 +msgid "" +"The section file is used to organise the documentation output by GTK-Doc. " +"Here one specifies which symbol belongs to which module or class and control " +"the visibility (public or private)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:2139 +msgid "" +"The section file is a plain text file with tags delimiting sections. Blank " +"lines are ignored and lines starting with a '#' are treated as comment lines." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: C/index.docbook:2146 +msgid "" +"While the tags make the file look like xml, it is not. Please do not close " +"tags like <SUBSECTION>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:2154 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"<INCLUDE>libmeep/meep.h</INCLUDE>\n" +"\n" +"<SECTION>\n" +"<FILE>meepapp</FILE>\n" +"<TITLE>MeepApp</TITLE>\n" +"MeepApp\n" +"<SUBSECTION Standard>\n" +"MEEP_APP\n" +"...\n" +"MeepAppClass\n" +"meep_app_get_type\n" +"</SECTION>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:2171 +msgid "" +"The <FILE> ... </FILE> tag is used to specify the file name, " +"without any suffix. For example, using '<FILE>gnome-config</" +"FILE>' will result in the section declarations being output in the " +"template file <filename>tmpl/gnome-config.sgml</filename>, which will be " +"converted into the DocBook XML file <filename>xml/gnome-config.sgml</" +"filename> or the DocBook XML file <filename>xml/gnome-config.xml</filename>. " +"(The name of the HTML file is based on the module name and the section " +"title, or for GObjects it is based on the GObjects class name converted to " +"lower case)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:2183 +msgid "" +"The <TITLE> ... </TITLE> tag is used to specify the title of the " +"section. It is only useful before the templates (if used) are initially " +"created, since the title set in the template file overrides this. Also if " +"one uses SECTION comment in the sources, this is obsolete." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:2190 +msgid "" +"You can group items in the section by using the <SUBSECTION> tag. " +"Currently it outputs a blank line between subsections in the synopsis " +"section. You can also use <SUBSECTION Standard> for standard GObject " +"declarations (e.g. the functions like g_object_get_type and macros like " +"G_OBJECT(), G_IS_OBJECT() etc.). Currently these are left out of the " +"documentation. You can also use <SUBSECTION Private> for private " +"declarations which will not be output (it is a handy way to avoid warning " +"messages about unused declarations). If your library contains private types " +"which you don't want to appear in the object hierarchy and the list of " +"implemented or required interfaces, add them to a Private subsection. " +"Whether you would place GObject and GObjectClass like structs in public or " +"Standard section depends if they have public entries (variables, vmethods)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:2209 +msgid "" +"You can also use <INCLUDE> ... </INCLUDE> to specify the " +"#include files which are shown in the synopsis sections. It contains a comma-" +"separate list of #include files, without the angle brackets. If you set it " +"outside of any sections, it acts for all sections until the end of the file. " +"If you set it within a section, it only applies to that section." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: C/index.docbook:2223 +msgid "Controlling the result" +msgstr "Emaitza kontrolatzea" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:2225 +msgid "" +"A GTK-Doc run generates report files inside the documentation directory. The " +"generated files are named: <filename><package>-undocumented.txt</" +"filename>, <filename><package>-undeclared.txt</filename> and " +"<filename><package>-unused.txt</filename>. All those are plain text " +"files that can be viewed and postprocessed easily." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:2234 +msgid "" +"The <filename><package>-undocumented.txt</filename> file starts with " +"the documentation coverage summary. Below are two sections divided by blank " +"lines. The first section lists undocumented or incomplete symbols. The " +"second section does the same for section docs. Incomplete entries are those, " +"which have documentation, but where e.g. a new parameter has been added." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:2243 +msgid "" +"The <filename><package>-undeclared.txt</filename> file lists symbols " +"given in the <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> but not found " +"in the sources. Check if they have been removed or if they are misspelled." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:2250 +msgid "" +"The <filename><package>-unused.txt</filename> file lists symbol names, " +"where the GTK-Doc scanner has found documentation, but does not know where " +"to put it. This means that the symbol has not yet been added to the " +"<filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> file." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: C/index.docbook:2258 +msgid "" +"Enable or add the <option>TESTS=$(GTKDOC_CHECK)</option> line in Makefile." +"am. If at least GTK-Doc 1.9 is installed, this will run sanity checks during " +"<command>make check</command> run." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:2265 +msgid "" +"One can also look at the files produced by the source code scanner: " +"<filename><package>-decl-list.txt</filename> and <filename><" +"package>-decl.txt</filename>. The first one can be compared with the " +"section file if that is manually maintained. The second lists all " +"declarations from the headers. If a symbol is missing one could check if " +"this file contains it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:2274 +msgid "" +"If the project is GObject based, one can also look into the files produced " +"by the object scanner: <filename><package>.args.txt</filename>, " +"<filename><package>.hierarchy.txt</filename>, <filename><" +"package>.interfaces.txt</filename>, <filename><package>." +"prerequisites.txt</filename> and <filename><package>.signals.txt</" +"filename>. If there are missing symbols in any of those, one can ask GTK-Doc " +"to keep the intermediate scanner file for further analysis, by running it as " +"<command>GTK_DOC_KEEP_INTERMEDIATE=1 make</command>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: C/index.docbook:2289 +msgid "Modernizing the documentation" +msgstr "Dokumentazioa modernizatzea" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:2291 +msgid "" +"GTK-Doc has been around for quite some time. In this section we list new " +"features together with the version since when it is available." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:2297 +msgid "GTK-Doc 1.9" +msgstr "GTK-Doc 1.9" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:2299 +msgid "" +"When using xml instead of sgml, one can actually name the master document " +"<filename><package>-docs.xml</filename>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:2304 +msgid "" +"This version supports <option>SCAN_OPTIONS=--rebuild-sections</option> in " +"<filename>Makefile.am</filename>. When this is enabled, the <filename><" +"package>-sections.txt</filename> is autogenerated and can be removed from " +"the vcs. This only works nicely for projects that have a very regular " +"structure (e.g. each .{c,h} pair will create new section). If one organize a " +"project close to that updating a manually maintained section file can be as " +"simple as running <code>meld <package>-decl-list.txt <package>-" +"sections.txt</code>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:2315 +msgid "" +"Version 1.8 already introduced the syntax for documenting sections in the " +"sources instead of the separate files under <filename class=\"directory" +"\">tmpl</filename>. This version adds options to switch the whole doc module " +"to not use the extra tmpl build step at all, by using <option>--flavour no-" +"tmpl</option> in <filename>configure.ac</filename>. If you don't have a " +"<filename class=\"directory\">tmpl</filename> checked into your source " +"control system and haven't yet switched, just add the flag to " +"<filename>configure.ac</filename> and you are done." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:2327 +msgid "GTK-Doc 1.10" +msgstr "GTK-Doc 1.10" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:2329 +msgid "" +"This version supports <option>SCAN_OPTIONS=--rebuild-types</option> in " +"<filename>Makefile.am</filename>. When this is enabled, the <filename><" +"package>.types</filename> is autogenerated and can be removed from the " +"vcs. When using this feature it is important to also setup the " +"<varname>IGNORE_HFILES</varname> in <filename>Makefile.am</filename> for " +"code that is build conditionally." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:2340 +msgid "GTK-Doc 1.16" +msgstr "GTK-Doc 1.16" + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:2346 +msgid "Enable gtkdoc-check" +msgstr "Gaitu gtkdoc-check" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:2347 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"if ENABLE_GTK_DOC\n" +"TESTS_ENVIRONMENT = \\\n" +" DOC_MODULE=$(DOC_MODULE) DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE=$(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) \\\n" +" SRCDIR=$(abs_srcdir) BUILDDIR=$(abs_builddir)\n" +"TESTS = $(GTKDOC_CHECK)\n" +"endif\n" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:2342 +msgid "" +"This version includes a new tool called gtkdoc-check. This tool can run a " +"set of sanity checks on your documentation. It is enabled by adding these " +"lines to the end of <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. <_:example-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:2360 +msgid "GTK-Doc 1.20" +msgstr "GTK-Doc 1.20" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:2362 +msgid "" +"Version 1.18 brought some initial markdown support. Using markdown in doc " +"comments is less intrusive than writing docbook xml. This version improves a " +"lot on this and add a lot more styles. The section that explains the <link " +"linkend=\"documenting_syntax\">comment syntax</link> has all the details." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:2372 +msgid "GTK-Doc 1.25" +msgstr "GTK-Doc 1.25" + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:2383 +msgid "Use pre-generated entities" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:2384 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"<?xml version=\"1.0\"?>\n" +"<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC \"-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN\"\n" +" \"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd\"\n" +"\n" +" <!ENTITY % local.common.attrib \"xmlns:xi CDATA #FIXED 'http://www.w3.org/2003/XInclude'\">\n" +" <!ENTITY % gtkdocentities SYSTEM \"xml/gtkdocentities.ent\">\n" +" %gtkdocentities;\n" +">\n" +"<book id=\"index\" xmlns:xi=\"http://www.w3.org/2003/XInclude\">\n" +" <bookinfo>\n" +" <title>&package_name; Reference Manual</title>\n" +" <releaseinfo>\n" +" for &package_string;.\n" +" The latest version of this documentation can be found on-line at\n" +" <ulink role=\"online-location\" url=\"http://SERVER/&package_name;/index.html\">http://SERVER/&package_name;/</ulink>.\n" +" </releaseinfo>\n" +" </bookinfo>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:2374 +msgid "" +"The makefiles shipped with this version generate an entity file at " +"<filename>xml/gtkdocentities.ent</filename>, containing entities for e.g. " +"package_name and package_version. You can use this e.g. in the main xml file " +"to avoid hardcoding the version number. Below is an example that shows how " +"the entity file is included in the master template and how the entities are " +"used. The entities can also be used in all generated files, GTK-Doc will use " +"the same xml header in generated xml files. <_:example-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: C/index.docbook:2409 +msgid "Documenting other interfaces" +msgstr "Beste interfaze batzuk dokumentatzea" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:2411 +msgid "" +"So far we have been using GTK-Doc to document the API of code. The next " +"sections contain suggestions how the tools can be used to document other " +"interfaces too." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:2418 +msgid "Command line options and man pages" +msgstr "Komando-lerroko aukerak eta man orriak" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:2420 +msgid "" +"As one can generate man pages for a docbook refentry as well, it sounds like " +"a good idea to use it for that purpose. This way the interface is part of " +"the reference and one gets the man-page for free." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: C/index.docbook:2427 +msgid "Document the tool" +msgstr "Dokumentatu tresna" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:2429 +msgid "" +"Create one refentry file per tool. Following <link linkend=" +"\"settingup_docfiles\">our example</link> we would call it <filename>meep/" +"docs/reference/meeper/meep.xml</filename>. For the xml tags that should be " +"used and can look at generated file in the xml subdirectory as well as " +"examples e.g. in glib." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: C/index.docbook:2439 +msgid "Adding the extra configure check" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:2442 C/index.docbook:2460 +msgid "Extra configure checks" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:2443 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"AC_ARG_ENABLE(man,\n" +" AC_HELP_STRING(--enable-man,\n" +" regenerate man pages from Docbook default=no),enable_man=yes,\n" +" enable_man=no)\n" +"\n" +"AC_PATH_PROG(XSLTPROC, xsltproc)\n" +"AM_CONDITIONAL(ENABLE_MAN, test x$enable_man != xno)\n" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: C/index.docbook:2457 +msgid "Adding the extra makefile rules" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:2461 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"man_MANS = \\\n" +" meeper.1\n" +"\n" +"if ENABLE_GTK_DOC\n" +"if ENABLE_MAN\n" +"\n" +"%.1 : %.xml\n" +" @XSLTPROC@ -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<\n" +"\n" +"endif\n" +"endif\n" +"\n" +"BUILT_EXTRA_DIST = $(man_MANS)\n" +"EXTRA_DIST += meep.xml\n" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:2483 +msgid "DBus interfaces" +msgstr "DBus interfazeak" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:2485 +msgid "" +"(FIXME: http://hal.freedesktop.org/docs/DeviceKit/DeviceKit.html, http://" +"cgit.freedesktop.org/DeviceKit/DeviceKit/tree/doc/dbus)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: C/index.docbook:2494 +msgid "Frequently asked questions" +msgstr "Ohiko galderak" + +#. (itstool) path: segmentedlist/segtitle +#: C/index.docbook:2498 +msgid "Question" +msgstr "Galdera" + +#. (itstool) path: segmentedlist/segtitle +#: C/index.docbook:2499 +msgid "Answer" +msgstr "Erantzuna" + +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:2501 +msgid "No class hierarchy." +msgstr "Klase-hierarkiarik ez." + +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:2502 +msgid "" +"The objects <function>xxx_get_type()</function> function has not been " +"entered into the <filename><package>.types</filename> file." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:2508 +msgid "Still no class hierarchy." +msgstr "Klase-hierarkiarik ez oraindik." + +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:2509 +msgid "" +"Missing or wrong naming in <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> " +"file (see <ulink url=\"http://mail.gnome.org/archives/gtk-doc-list/2003-" +"October/msg00006.html\">explanation</ulink>)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:2515 +msgid "Damn, I have still no class hierarchy." +msgstr "Ene, oraindik ez dago klase-hierarkiarik." + +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:2516 +msgid "" +"Is the object name (name of the instance struct, e.g. <type>GtkWidget</" +"type>) part of the normal section (don't put this into Standard or Private " +"subsections)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:2523 +msgid "No symbol index." +msgstr "Ikur-indizerik ez." + +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:2524 +msgid "" +"Does the <filename><package>-docs.{xml,sgml}</filename> contain a " +"index that xi:includes the generated index?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:2530 +msgid "Symbols are not linked to their doc-section." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:2531 +msgid "" +"Is the doc-comment using the correct markup (added #,% or ())? Check if the " +"gtkdoc-fixxref warns about unresolvable xrefs." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:2537 +msgid "A new class does not appear in the docs." +msgstr "Klase berri bat ez da agertzen dokumentuetan." + +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:2538 +msgid "" +"Is the new page xi:included from <filename><package>-docs.{xml,sgml}</" +"filename>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:2544 +msgid "A new symbol does not appear in the docs." +msgstr "Ikur berri bat ez da agertzen dokumentuetan." + +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:2545 +msgid "" +"Is the doc-comment properly formatted. Check for spelling mistakes in the " +"begin of the comment. Check if the gtkdoc-fixxref warns about unresolvable " +"xrefs. Check if the symbol is correctly listed in the <filename><" +"package>-sections.txt</filename> in a public subsection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:2553 +msgid "A type is missing from the class hierarchy." +msgstr "Mota bat falta da klaseen hierarkian." + +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:2554 +msgid "" +"If the type is listed in <filename><package>.hierarchy</filename> but " +"not in <filename>xml/tree_index.sgml</filename> then double check that the " +"type is correctly placed in the <filename><package>-sections.txt</" +"filename>. If the type instance (e.g. <type>GtkWidget</type>) is not listed " +"or incidentally marked private it will not be shown." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:2563 +msgid "I get foldoc links for all gobject annotations." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:2564 +msgid "" +"Check that <filename>xml/annotation-glossary.xml</filename> is xi:included " +"from <filename><package>-docs.{xml,sgml}</filename>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:2572 +msgid "Parameter described in source code comment block but does not exist" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:2573 +msgid "" +"Check if the prototype in the header has different parameter names as in the " +"source." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:2578 +msgid "multiple \"IDs\" for constraint linkend: XYZ" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:2579 +msgid "" +"Symbol XYZ appears twice in <filename><package>-sections.txt</" +"filename> file." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:2582 +msgid "" +"Element typename in namespace '' encountered in para, but no template " +"matches." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: C/index.docbook:2589 +msgid "Tools related to gtk-doc" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:2591 +msgid "" +"GtkDocPlugin - a <ulink url=\"http://trac-hacks.org/wiki/GtkDocPlugin\">Trac " +"GTK-Doc</ulink> integration plugin, that adds API docs to a trac site and " +"integrates with the trac search." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:2596 +msgid "" +"Gtkdoc-depscan - a tool (part of gtk-doc) to check used API against since " +"tags in the API to determine the minimum required version." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: appendixinfo/releaseinfo +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:12 +msgid "Version 1.1, March 2000" +msgstr "1.1 bertsioa, 2000ko martxoa" + +#. (itstool) path: copyright/year +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:16 +msgid "2000" +msgstr "2000" + +#. (itstool) path: copyright/holder +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:16 +msgid "Free Software Foundation, Inc." +msgstr "Free Software Foundation, Inc." + +#. (itstool) path: address/street +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:20 +msgid "51 Franklin Street, Suite 330" +msgstr "51 Franklin Street, Suite 330" + +#. (itstool) path: address/city +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:21 +msgid "Boston" +msgstr "Boston" + +#. (itstool) path: address/state +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:21 +msgid "MA" +msgstr "MA" + +#. (itstool) path: address/postcode +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:22 +msgid "02110-1301" +msgstr "02110-1301" + +#. (itstool) path: address/country +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:22 +msgid "USA" +msgstr "USA" + +#. (itstool) path: para/address +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:20 +msgid "" +"Free Software Foundation, Inc. <_:street-1/>, <_:city-2/>, <_:state-3/> <_:" +"postcode-4/> <_:country-5/>" +msgstr "Free Software Foundation, Inc. <_:street-1/>, <_:city-2/>, <_:state-3/> <_:postcode-4/> <_:country-5/>" + +#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:19 +msgid "" +"<_:address-1/> Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies " +"of this license document, but changing it is not allowed." +msgstr "<_:address-1/> Edonork egin eta banatu ditzake lizentzia-dokumentu honen kopia literalak, baina debekatuta dago dokumentuan aldaketak egitea." + +#. (itstool) path: appendix/title +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:28 C/fdl-appendix.xml:642 +msgid "GNU Free Documentation License" +msgstr "GNU Dokumentazio librearen lizentzia" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:31 +msgid "0. PREAMBLE" +msgstr "0. AITZINSOLASA" + +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:34 +msgid "free" +msgstr "libre" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:32 +msgid "" +"The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other written " +"document <_:quote-1/> in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone the " +"effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without modifying it, " +"either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this License preserves " +"for the author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not " +"being considered responsible for modifications made by others." +msgstr "Lizentzia honen xedea da eskuliburu bat, testuliburu bat edo bestelako edozein dokumentu idatzi <_:quote-1/> egitea askatasunaren zentzuan: edonori ziurtatzea kopiatzeko eta birbanatzeko benetako askatasuna, aldatuta zein aldatu gabe, eta komertzialki zein ez-komertzialki. Bestalde, Lizentziaren bidez autoreei eta argitaratzaileei euren lana aitortzen zaie, eta ez dira beste batzuk egindako aldaketen erantzule." + +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:44 +msgid "copyleft" +msgstr "copyleft" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:43 +msgid "" +"This License is a kind of <_:quote-1/>, which means that derivative works of " +"the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It complements the " +"GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft license designed for free " +"software." +msgstr "Lizentzia hau <_:quote-1/> modukoa da, hau da, dokumentu honetatik eratorritako lan guztiek ere libreak izan behar dute zentzu berean. GNU Lizentzia Publiko Orokorra (software librearentzat diseinatutako \"copyleft\" lizentzia) osatzen du." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:50 +msgid "" +"We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free " +"software, because free software needs free documentation: a free program " +"should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the software does. " +"But this License is not limited to software manuals; it can be used for any " +"textual work, regardless of subject matter or whether it is published as a " +"printed book. We recommend this License principally for works whose purpose " +"is instruction or reference." +msgstr "Lizentzia hau software librearen eskuliburuentzat erabiltzeko diseinatu dugu, izan ere, software libreak dokumentazio librea behar baitu. Programa libre baten eskuliburuak software librearen askatasun berberak izan behar ditu. Baina lizentzia hau ez da software-eskuliburuentzat soilik; edozein testu-lanentzat erabil daiteke, zein gairi buruzkoa den eta liburu gisa inprimatua dagoen ala ez kontuan hartu gabe. Lizentzia hau batez ere gida edo erreferentzia izatea helburu duten lanentzat erabiltzea gomendatzen dugu." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:62 +msgid "1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS" +msgstr "1. APLIKAGARRITASUNA ETA DEFINIZIOAK" + +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:67 C/fdl-appendix.xml:82 C/fdl-appendix.xml:99 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:107 C/fdl-appendix.xml:113 C/fdl-appendix.xml:156 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:179 C/fdl-appendix.xml:190 C/fdl-appendix.xml:205 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:224 C/fdl-appendix.xml:235 C/fdl-appendix.xml:253 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:271 C/fdl-appendix.xml:294 C/fdl-appendix.xml:354 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:368 C/fdl-appendix.xml:400 C/fdl-appendix.xml:462 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:472 C/fdl-appendix.xml:482 C/fdl-appendix.xml:519 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:540 C/fdl-appendix.xml:565 C/fdl-appendix.xml:583 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:608 +msgid "Document" +msgstr "Dokumentua" + +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:69 +msgid "you" +msgstr "zu" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:63 +msgid "" +"This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a notice " +"placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed under the terms " +"of this License. The <_:quote-1/>, below, refers to any such manual or work. " +"Any member of the public is a licensee, and is addressed as <_:quote-2/>." +msgstr "Eskuliburu edo bestelako lan bati Lizentzia honen baldintzen pean bana daitekeela adierazten duen oharra jarri baldin badio egile-eskubideen jabeak, eskuliburu edo lan horri lizentzia hau aplikatuko zaio. Beheo <_:quote-1/> horrek horrelako eskuliburu edo lanei egiten die erreferentzia. Publikoko edonor da lizentziaren hartzaile, eta <_:quote-2/> bidez adierazten da." + +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:73 C/fdl-appendix.xml:234 C/fdl-appendix.xml:269 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:283 C/fdl-appendix.xml:315 C/fdl-appendix.xml:351 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:413 C/fdl-appendix.xml:433 C/fdl-appendix.xml:447 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:459 C/fdl-appendix.xml:475 C/fdl-appendix.xml:543 +msgid "Modified Version" +msgstr "Bertsio aldatua" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:72 +msgid "" +"A <_:quote-1/> of the Document means any work containing the Document or a " +"portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with modifications and/or " +"translated into another language." +msgstr "Dokumentuaren <_:quote-1/> esaten denean, Dokumentu hau osorik edo zati batean biltzen duen edozein lan adierazten da, hau da, kopia literala, aldaketak dituena edo beste hizkuntza batera itzulitakoa." + +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:80 +msgid "Secondary Section" +msgstr "Bigarren mailako atala" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:79 +msgid "" +"A <_:quote-1/> is a named appendix or a front-matter section of the <_:" +"link-2/> that deals exclusively with the relationship of the publishers or " +"authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject (or to related " +"matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly within that overall " +"subject. (For example, if the Document is in part a textbook of mathematics, " +"a Secondary Section may not explain any mathematics.) The relationship could " +"be a matter of historical connection with the subject or with related " +"matters, or of legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political " +"position regarding them." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:95 C/fdl-appendix.xml:327 C/fdl-appendix.xml:398 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:439 C/fdl-appendix.xml:486 C/fdl-appendix.xml:494 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:567 C/fdl-appendix.xml:637 C/fdl-appendix.xml:648 +msgid "Invariant Sections" +msgstr "Atal aldaezinak" + +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:96 C/fdl-appendix.xml:435 +msgid "Secondary Sections" +msgstr "Bigarren mailako atalak" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:94 +msgid "" +"The <_:quote-1/> are certain <_:link-2/> whose titles are designated, as " +"being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice that says that the <_:" +"link-3/> is released under this License." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:104 C/fdl-appendix.xml:181 C/fdl-appendix.xml:328 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:458 +msgid "Cover Texts" +msgstr "Azaleko testuak" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:103 +msgid "" +"The <_:quote-1/> are certain short passages of text that are listed, as " +"Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that the <_:" +"link-2/> is released under this License." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:112 C/fdl-appendix.xml:124 C/fdl-appendix.xml:207 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:369 +msgid "Transparent" +msgstr "Gardena" + +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:125 C/fdl-appendix.xml:204 +msgid "Opaque" +msgstr "Opakua" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:111 +msgid "" +"A <_:quote-1/> copy of the <_:link-2/> means a machine-readable copy, " +"represented in a format whose specification is available to the general " +"public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and " +"straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of " +"pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available " +"drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or for " +"automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input to text " +"formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file format whose markup " +"has been designed to thwart or discourage subsequent modification by readers " +"is not Transparent. A copy that is not <_:quote-3/> is called <_:quote-4/>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:128 +msgid "" +"Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain ASCII " +"without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML or XML using " +"a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple HTML designed for " +"human modification. Opaque formats include PostScript, PDF, proprietary " +"formats that can be read and edited only by proprietary word processors, " +"SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or processing tools are not generally " +"available, and the machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors " +"for output purposes only." +msgstr "Kopia Gardenak egiteko erabil daitezkeen formatu egokien artean, honako hauek ditugu, besteak beste: markaketarik gabeko ASCII soila, Texinfo sarrera-formatua, LaTex sarrera-formatua, SGML edo XML jendeak erabiltzeko moduko DTDarekin, eta pertsonek aldatu ahal izateko diseinatutako HTML sinple eta estandarrarekiko egokitua. Formatu opakoen artean, berriz, honako hauek ditugu: PostScript, PDF, testu-prozesadore jabedunek soilik irakurri eta edita ditzaketen testu-formatu jabedunak, SGML edo XML bereziak (DTD eta/edo prozesatze-tresna erabilgarririk apenas dutenak), eta zenbait testu-prozesadorek irteerako emaitza gisa soilik makina bidez sortutako HTMLak." + +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:142 C/fdl-appendix.xml:146 C/fdl-appendix.xml:250 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:266 C/fdl-appendix.xml:281 C/fdl-appendix.xml:352 +msgid "Title Page" +msgstr "Orriaren izenburua" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:141 +msgid "" +"The <_:quote-1/> means, for a printed book, the title page itself, plus such " +"following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material this License " +"requires to appear in the title page. For works in formats which do not have " +"any title page as such, <_:quote-2/> means the text near the most prominent " +"appearance of the work's title, preceding the beginning of the body of the " +"text." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:153 +msgid "2. VERBATIM COPYING" +msgstr "2. KOPIA LITERALAK" + +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:166 C/fdl-appendix.xml:551 +msgid "section 3" +msgstr "3. sekzioa" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:154 +msgid "" +"You may copy and distribute the <_:link-1/> in any medium, either " +"commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the copyright " +"notices, and the license notice saying this License applies to the Document " +"are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other conditions " +"whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use technical measures to " +"obstruct or control the reading or further copying of the copies you make or " +"distribute. However, you may accept compensation in exchange for copies. If " +"you distribute a large enough number of copies you must also follow the " +"conditions in <_:link-2/>." +msgstr "<_:link-1/> edozein euskarritan kopiatu eta banatu dezakezu, komertzialki zein ez-komertzialki, baldin eta Lizentzia hau, copyright-oharrak eta Dokumentuari lizentzia hau aplikatzen zaiola adierazten duen lizentzia-oharra jartzen bazaie kopia guztiei, eta Lizentzia honi beste inolako baldintzarik gehitzen ez badiozu. Egiten edo banatzen dituzun kopietan ezin da erabili irakurketa edo kopiak egitea eragozten edo kontrolatzen duen inolako baliabide teknikorik. Nolanahi ere, kopiak egitearen truke ordaina jasotzea onartzen da. Kopia asko banatzen baduzu (hurrengo atalean zehazten da kopurua), <_:link-2/>-eko baldintzak ere bete behar dituzu." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:169 +msgid "" +"You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and you " +"may publicly display copies." +msgstr "Goian azaldutako baldintza berdinen pean kopiak mailegutan ere utz ditzakezu, eta kopiak jendaurrean erakutsi ere bai." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:176 +msgid "3. COPYING IN QUANTITY" +msgstr "3. KANTITATE HANDIAK KOPIATZEA" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:177 +msgid "" +"If you publish printed copies of the <_:link-1/> numbering more than 100, " +"and the Document's license notice requires <_:link-2/>, you must enclose the " +"copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover Texts: " +"Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on the back " +"cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify you as the " +"publisher of these copies. The front cover must present the full title with " +"all words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add other " +"material on the covers in addition. Copying with changes limited to the " +"covers, as long as they preserve the title of the <_:link-3/> and satisfy " +"these conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other respects." +msgstr "<_:link-1/> dokumentuaren 100 kopia baino gehiago argitaratzen badituzu, eta Dokumentuaren lizentzia-oharrak <_:link-2/> behar badu, kopiei nahitaez jarri behar dizkiezu argi eta garbi irakurtzen diren Azaleko testu hauek: aurreko azaleko testuak aurreko azalean, eta Atzeko azaleko testuak atzeko azalean. Bi azalek modu argi eta irakurgarrian identifikatu behar zaituzte kopia horien argitaratzaile gisa. Aurreko azalak titulu osoa izan behar du, eta tituluaren hitz guztiak maila berdinean izan behar dute nabarmenak eta ikusteko modukoak. Horrez gainera, beste material batzuk ere gehi ditzakezu azaletan. Azaletara mugatutako aldaketekin egindako kopiak, <_:link-3/> dokumentuaren titulua mantentzen bada eta baldintza horiek betez egiten badira, kopia literaltzat jo daiteke beste alderdi batzuei dagokienez." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:195 +msgid "" +"If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit legibly, " +"you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit reasonably) on the " +"actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent pages." +msgstr "Azaletan jarri beharreko testuak luzeegiak badira modu irakurgarrian ipintzeko, zerrendako lehenak jarri behar dituzu azalean bertan (sartzen diren guztiak), eta hurrengo orrietan jarraitu besteekin." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:202 +msgid "" +"If you publish or distribute <_:link-1/> copies of the <_:link-2/> numbering " +"more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable <_:link-3/> copy " +"along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy a publicly-" +"accessible computer-network location containing a complete Transparent copy " +"of the Document, free of added material, which the general network-using " +"public has access to download anonymously at no charge using public-standard " +"network protocols. If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably " +"prudent steps, when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to " +"ensure that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated " +"location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an " +"Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition " +"to the public." +msgstr "<_:link-2/> dokumentuaren 100 kopia <_:link-1/> argitaratzen edo banatzen badituzu, kopia Opako bakoitzarekin batera makinaz irakurtzeko moduko kopia <_:link-3/> bat eman behar duzu, edo bestela, kopia Opako bakoitzean edo bakoitzarekin batera ordenagailu-sare bateko helbide bat adierazi beharko duzu, edonork libreki atzi dezakeena eta Dokumentuaren kopia Garden osoa daukana, gehitutako materialik gabe, sare-erabiltzaile arruntak anonimoki deskargatu ahal izateko doan eta sare-protokolo estandar publikoen bidez. Azken aukeraren bidetik jotzen baduzu, zentzuz eta zuhur jokatu behar duzu kopia Opako asko banatzen hasten zarenean, kopia Garden hori adierazitako kokalekuan urtebetean gutxienez erabilgarri eta atzigarri egongo dela segurtatzeko zuk edizio horren azken kopia Opakoa (zuzenean edo zure agente edo xehekarien bidez) publikoari banatzen diozunetik kontatzen hasita." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:222 +msgid "" +"It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the <_:" +"link-1/> well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give them " +"a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document." +msgstr "Bestalde, <_:link-1/> dokumentuaren kopiak kantitate handian birbanatzen hasi aurretik, autoreekin harremanetan jar zaitezen eskatzen zaizu, behartu gabe, Dokumentuaren bertsio eguneratua eman ahal izan diezazuten." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:231 +msgid "4. MODIFICATIONS" +msgstr "4. ALDAKETAK" + +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:236 +msgid "2" +msgstr "2" + +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:237 +msgid "3" +msgstr "3" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:232 +msgid "" +"You may copy and distribute a <_:link-1/> of the <_:link-2/> under the " +"conditions of sections <_:link-3/> and <_:link-4/> above, provided that you " +"release the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified " +"Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution and " +"modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy of it. In " +"addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:248 +msgid "A" +msgstr "A" + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:249 +msgid "" +"Use in the <_:link-1/> (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct from " +"that of the <_:link-2/>, and from those of previous versions (which should, " +"if there were any, be listed in the History section of the Document). You " +"may use the same title as a previous version if the original publisher of " +"that version gives permission." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:264 +msgid "B" +msgstr "B" + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:265 +msgid "" +"List on the <_:link-1/>, as authors, one or more persons or entities " +"responsible for authorship of the modifications in the <_:link-2/>, together " +"with at least five of the principal authors of the <_:link-3/> (all of its " +"principal authors, if it has less than five)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:279 +msgid "C" +msgstr "C" + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:280 +msgid "" +"State on the <_:link-1/> the name of the publisher of the <_:link-2/>, as " +"the publisher." +msgstr "<_:link-1/> titulu-orrian <_:link-2/> bertsio aldatuaren argitaratzailearen izena jarri behar duzu, argitaratzaile gisa." + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:291 +msgid "D" +msgstr "D" + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:292 +msgid "Preserve all the copyright notices of the <_:link-1/>." +msgstr "<_:link-1/> dokumentuaren copyright-ohar guztiak gorde behar dituzu." + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:301 +msgid "E" +msgstr "E" + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:302 +msgid "" +"Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications adjacent to the " +"other copyright notices." +msgstr "Zure aldaketei dagokien copyright-oharra gehitu behar duzu beste copyright-oharren ondoan." + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:311 +msgid "F" +msgstr "F" + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:312 +msgid "" +"Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice giving " +"the public permission to use the <_:link-1/> under the terms of this " +"License, in the form shown in the Addendum below." +msgstr "Copyright-oharren jarraian, lizentzia-ohar bat ipini behar duzu, jendeari baimena emateko <_:link-1/> bertsio aldatua erabil dezan Lizentzia horren baldintzen pean, beheko Eranskinean azaltzen den bezala." + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:324 +msgid "G" +msgstr "G" + +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:330 +msgid "Document's" +msgstr "Dokumentuaren" + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:325 +msgid "" +"Preserve in that license notice the full lists of <_:link-1/> and required " +"<_:link-2/> given in the <_:link-3/> license notice." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:337 +msgid "H" +msgstr "H" + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:338 +msgid "Include an unaltered copy of this License." +msgstr "Lizentzia honen kopia ere, aldaketarik gabe jarri behar duzu." + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:346 +msgid "I" +msgstr "I" + +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:348 C/fdl-appendix.xml:353 C/fdl-appendix.xml:372 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:507 C/fdl-appendix.xml:508 +msgid "History" +msgstr "Historia" + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:347 +msgid "" +"Preserve the section entitled <_:quote-1/>, and its title, and add to it an " +"item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and publisher of the <_:" +"link-2/> as given on the <_:link-3/>. If there is no section entitled <_:" +"quote-4/> in the <_:link-5/>, create one stating the title, year, authors, " +"and publisher of the Document as given on its Title Page, then add an item " +"describing the Modified Version as stated in the previous sentence." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:365 +msgid "J" +msgstr "J" + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:366 +msgid "" +"Preserve the network location, if any, given in the <_:link-1/> for public " +"access to a <_:link-2/> copy of the Document, and likewise the network " +"locations given in the Document for previous versions it was based on. These " +"may be placed in the <_:quote-3/> section. You may omit a network location " +"for a work that was published at least four years before the Document " +"itself, or if the original publisher of the version it refers to gives " +"permission." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:383 +msgid "K" +msgstr "K" + +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:385 C/fdl-appendix.xml:509 +msgid "Acknowledgements" +msgstr "Aitortzak" + +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:386 C/fdl-appendix.xml:510 +msgid "Dedications" +msgstr "Eskaintzak" + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:384 +msgid "" +"In any section entitled <_:quote-1/> or <_:quote-2/>, preserve the section's " +"title, and preserve in the section all the substance and tone of each of the " +"contributor acknowledgements and/or dedications given therein." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:396 +msgid "L" +msgstr "L" + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:397 +msgid "" +"Preserve all the <_:link-1/> of the <_:link-2/>, unaltered in their text and " +"in their titles. Section numbers or the equivalent are not considered part " +"of the section titles." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:409 +msgid "M" +msgstr "M" + +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:412 C/fdl-appendix.xml:424 C/fdl-appendix.xml:445 +msgid "Endorsements" +msgstr "Oniritziak" + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:410 +msgid "" +"Delete any section entitled <_:quote-1/>. Such a section may not be included " +"in the <_:link-2/>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:421 +msgid "N" +msgstr "N" + +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:425 +msgid "Invariant Section" +msgstr "Atal aldaezina" + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:422 +msgid "" +"Do not retitle any existing section as <_:quote-1/> or to conflict in title " +"with any <_:link-2/>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:432 +msgid "" +"If the <_:link-1/> includes new front-matter sections or appendices that " +"qualify as <_:link-2/> and contain no material copied from the Document, you " +"may at your option designate some or all of these sections as invariant. To " +"do this, add their titles to the list of <_:link-3/> in the Modified " +"Version's license notice. These titles must be distinct from any other " +"section titles." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:444 +msgid "" +"You may add a section entitled <_:quote-1/>, provided it contains nothing " +"but endorsements of your <_:link-2/> by various parties--for example, " +"statements of peer review or that the text has been approved by an " +"organization as the authoritative definition of a standard." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:455 +msgid "Front-Cover Text" +msgstr "Azaleko testua" + +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:457 +msgid "Back-Cover Text" +msgstr "Kontrazaleko testua" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:453 +msgid "" +"You may add a passage of up to five words as a <_:link-1/>, and a passage of " +"up to 25 words as a <_:link-2/>, to the end of the list of <_:link-3/> in " +"the <_:link-4/>. Only one passage of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover " +"Text may be added by (or through arrangements made by) any one entity. If " +"the <_:link-5/> already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously " +"added by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on " +"behalf of, you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on " +"explicit permission from the previous publisher that added the old one." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:470 +msgid "" +"The author(s) and publisher(s) of the <_:link-1/> do not by this License " +"give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or imply " +"endorsement of any <_:link-2/>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:480 +msgid "5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS" +msgstr "5. DOKUMENTUAK KONBINATZEA" + +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:484 C/fdl-appendix.xml:566 +msgid "section 4" +msgstr "4. atala" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:481 +msgid "" +"You may combine the <_:link-1/> with other documents released under this " +"License, under the terms defined in <_:link-2/> above for modified versions, " +"provided that you include in the combination all of the <_:link-3/> of all " +"of the original documents, unmodified, and list them all as Invariant " +"Sections of your combined work in its license notice." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:492 +msgid "" +"The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and multiple " +"identical <_:link-1/> may be replaced with a single copy. If there are " +"multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but different contents, make " +"the title of each such section unique by adding at the end of it, in " +"parentheses, the name of the original author or publisher of that section if " +"known, or else a unique number. Make the same adjustment to the section " +"titles in the list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the " +"combined work." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:511 +msgid "Endorsements." +msgstr "Oniritziak." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:505 +msgid "" +"In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled <_:quote-1/> in " +"the various original documents, forming one section entitled <_:quote-2/>; " +"likewise combine any sections entitled <_:quote-3/>, and any sections " +"entitled <_:quote-4/>. You must delete all sections entitled <_:quote-5/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:516 +msgid "6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS" +msgstr "6. DOKUMENTU-BILDUMAK" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:517 +msgid "" +"You may make a collection consisting of the <_:link-1/> and other documents " +"released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this " +"License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in the " +"collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for verbatim " +"copying of each of the documents in all other respects." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:527 +msgid "" +"You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute it " +"individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this License " +"into the extracted document, and follow this License in all other respects " +"regarding verbatim copying of that document." +msgstr "Bilduma horretatik dokumentu bat atera eta banaka banatu dezakezu Lizentzia honen pean, baldin eta ateratako dokumentuari Lizentziaren kopia bat jartzen badiozu, eta kopia literalei dagokienez Lizentziaren beste alderdi guztiak betetzen badituzu." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:537 +msgid "7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS" +msgstr "7. LAN INDEPENDENTEAK GAINERATZEA" + +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:546 +msgid "aggregate" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:550 +msgid "Cover Text" +msgstr "Azaleko testua" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:538 +msgid "" +"A compilation of the <_:link-1/> or its derivatives with other separate and " +"independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or " +"distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a <_:link-2/> of the " +"Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the compilation. " +"Such a compilation is called an <_:quote-3/>, and this License does not " +"apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled with the Document , on " +"account of their being thus compiled, if they are not themselves derivative " +"works of the Document. If the <_:link-4/> requirement of <_:link-5/> is " +"applicable to these copies of the Document, then if the Document is less " +"than one quarter of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be " +"placed on covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate. " +"Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:561 +msgid "8. TRANSLATION" +msgstr "8. ITZULPENA" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:562 +msgid "" +"Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may distribute " +"translations of the <_:link-1/> under the terms of <_:link-2/>. Replacing <_:" +"link-3/> with translations requires special permission from their copyright " +"holders, but you may include translations of some or all Invariant Sections " +"in addition to the original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may " +"include a translation of this License provided that you also include the " +"original English version of this License. In case of a disagreement between " +"the translation and the original English version of this License, the " +"original English version will prevail." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:580 +msgid "9. TERMINATION" +msgstr "9. AMAIERA" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:581 +msgid "" +"You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the <_:link-1/> except " +"as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to copy, " +"modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will " +"automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who " +"have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have " +"their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:594 +msgid "10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE" +msgstr "10. LIZENTZIA HONEN ETORKIZUNEKO BERRIKUSPENAK" + +#. (itstool) path: para/ulink +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:597 +msgid "Free Software Foundation" +msgstr "Free Software Foundation" + +#. (itstool) path: para/ulink +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:603 +msgid "http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/" +msgstr "http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:595 +msgid "" +"The <_:ulink-1/> may publish new, revised versions of the GNU Free " +"Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar " +"in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new " +"problems or concerns. See <_:ulink-2/>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:610 +msgid "or any later version" +msgstr "edo bertsio berriagoak" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:606 +msgid "" +"Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. If the " +"<_:link-1/> specifies that a particular numbered version of this License <_:" +"quote-2/> applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and " +"conditions either of that specified version or of any later version that has " +"been published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the " +"Document does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose " +"any version ever published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:621 +msgid "Addendum" +msgstr "Eranskina" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:622 +msgid "" +"To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of the " +"License in the document and put the following copyright and license notices " +"just after the title page:" +msgstr "Zuk idatzitako dokumentu batean Lizentzia hau erabiltzeko, jar ezazu Lizentziaren kopia bat dokumentuan, eta titulu-orriaren jarraian, berriz, copyrighta eta lizentzia-ohar hauek:" + +#. (itstool) path: blockquote/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:629 +msgid "Copyright YEAR YOUR NAME." +msgstr "Copyright URTEA ZURE IZENA." + +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:639 C/fdl-appendix.xml:651 +msgid "Front-Cover Texts" +msgstr "Azaleko testuak" + +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:640 C/fdl-appendix.xml:654 +msgid "Back-Cover Texts" +msgstr "Kontrazaleko testuak" + +#. (itstool) path: blockquote/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:632 +msgid "" +"Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under " +"the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later " +"version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the <_:link-1/> " +"being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the <_:link-2/> being LIST, and with the <_:" +"link-3/> being LIST. A copy of the license is included in the section " +"entitled <_:quote-4/>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:649 +msgid "with no Invariant Sections" +msgstr "atal aldaezinik gabe" + +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:652 +msgid "no Front-Cover Texts" +msgstr "azaleko testurik ez" + +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:653 +msgid "Front-Cover Texts being LIST" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:647 +msgid "" +"If you have no <_:link-1/>, write <_:quote-2/> instead of saying which ones " +"are invariant. If you have no <_:link-3/>, write <_:quote-4/> instead of <_:" +"quote-5/>; likewise for <_:link-6/>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/ulink +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:661 +msgid "GNU General Public License" +msgstr "GNU Lizentzia Publiko Orokorra" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:657 +msgid "" +"If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we recommend " +"releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of free software " +"license, such as the <_:ulink-1/>, to permit their use in free software." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "<year>2000</year><holder>Free Software Foundation, Inc.</holder>" +#~ msgstr "<year>2000</year><holder>Free Software Foundation, Inc.</holder>" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Free Software Foundation, Inc. <street>51 Franklin Street, \n" +#~ " Suite 330</street>, <city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state> \n" +#~ " <postcode>02110-1301</postcode> <country>USA</country>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Free Software Foundation, Inc. <street>51 Franklin Street, \n" +#~ " Suite 330</street>, <city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state> \n" +#~ " <postcode>02110-1301</postcode> <country>USA</country>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other " +#~ "written document <quote>free</quote> in the sense of freedom: to assure " +#~ "everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or " +#~ "without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. " +#~ "Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to " +#~ "get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for " +#~ "modifications made by others." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Lizentzia honen xedea da eskuliburu bat, testuliburu bat edo bestelako " +#~ "edozein dokumentu idatzi <quote>libre</quote> egitea askatasunaren " +#~ "zentzuan: edonori ziurtatzea kopiatzeko eta birbanatzeko benetako " +#~ "askatasuna, aldatuta zein aldatu gabe, eta komertzialki zein ez-" +#~ "komertzialki. Bestalde, Lizentziaren bidez autoreei eta argitaratzaileei " +#~ "euren lana aitortzen zaie, eta ez dira beste batzuk egindako aldaketen " +#~ "erantzule." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This License is a kind of <quote>copyleft</quote>, which means that " +#~ "derivative works of the document must themselves be free in the same " +#~ "sense. It complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft " +#~ "license designed for free software." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Lizentzia hau <quote>copyleft</quote> modukoa da, hau da, dokumentu " +#~ "honetatik eratorritako lan guztiek ere libreak izan behar dute zentzu " +#~ "berean. GNU Lizentzia Publiko Orokorra (software librearentzat " +#~ "diseinatutako \"copyleft\" lizentzia) osatzen du." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a notice " +#~ "placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed under the " +#~ "terms of this License. The <quote>Document</quote>, below, refers to any " +#~ "such manual or work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is " +#~ "addressed as <quote>you</quote>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Eskuliburu edo bestelako lan bati Lizentzia honen baldintzen pean bana " +#~ "daitekeela adierazten duen oharra jarri baldin badio egile-eskubideen " +#~ "jabeak, eskuliburu edo lan horri lizentzia hau aplikatuko zaio. Hemendik " +#~ "aurrera Dokumentua aipatzen denean, horrelako eskuliburu edo lanei egiten " +#~ "die erreferentzia. Publikoko edonor da lizentziaren hartzaile, eta " +#~ "<quote>zu</quote> bidez adierazten da." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A <quote>Modified Version</quote> of the Document means any work " +#~ "containing the Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or " +#~ "with modifications and/or translated into another language." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dokumentuaren <quote>Bertsio aldatua</quote> esaten denean, Dokumentu hau " +#~ "osorik edo zati batean biltzen duen edozein lan adierazten da, hau da, " +#~ "kopia literala, aldaketak dituena edo beste hizkuntza batera itzulitakoa." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A <quote>Secondary Section</quote> is a named appendix or a front-matter " +#~ "section of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link> that deals " +#~ "exclusively with the relationship of the publishers or authors of the " +#~ "Document to the Document's overall subject (or to related matters) and " +#~ "contains nothing that could fall directly within that overall subject. " +#~ "(For example, if the Document is in part a textbook of mathematics, a " +#~ "Secondary Section may not explain any mathematics.) The relationship " +#~ "could be a matter of historical connection with the subject or with " +#~ "related matters, or of legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or " +#~ "political position regarding them." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<quote>Atal sekundarioa</quote> <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Dokumentu</" +#~ "link>aren eranskin izenduna edo gai nagusiaren aurreko hasierako atala " +#~ "da, eta Dokumentuaren argitaratzaileek edo autoreek Dokumentuaren gai " +#~ "nagusiarekiko (edo gai horrekin zerikusia duten gaiekiko) duten " +#~ "erlazioari buruzkoa da soil-soilik. Atal sekundarioan ez da agertzen " +#~ "zuzenean gai nagusiari dagokion ezer. (Adibidez, Dokumentua matematikako " +#~ "eskuliburu bat bada, Atal sekundarioak ez du matematikarik azalduko.) Gai " +#~ "nagusiarekin edo harekin zerikusia duten gaiekin duen harremana, konexio " +#~ "historikoa izan liteke, edo haien ikuspegi legal, komertzial, filosofiko, " +#~ "etiko edo politikoa." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The <quote>Invariant Sections</quote> are certain <link linkend=\"fdl-" +#~ "secondary\"> Secondary Sections</link> whose titles are designated, as " +#~ "being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice that says that the <link " +#~ "linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link> is released under this License." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<quote>Atal aldaezinak</quote> <link linkend=\"fdl-secondary\">Atal " +#~ "sekundario</link> jakin batzuk dira; <link linkend=\"fdl-document" +#~ "\">Dokumentua</link> Lizentzia honen baldintzen pean argitaratzen dela " +#~ "esaten duen oharrean zehazten dira Atal aldaezinen izenburuak." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The <quote>Cover Texts</quote> are certain short passages of text that " +#~ "are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that " +#~ "says that the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link> is released " +#~ "under this License." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<quote>Azaleko testuak</quote> testu zati laburrak dira eta Aurreko " +#~ "azaleko testu edo Atzeko azaleko testu gisa aipatzen dira <link linkend=" +#~ "\"fdl-document\">Dokumentua</link> Lizentzia honen pean argitaratzen dela " +#~ "dioen oharrean." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A <quote>Transparent</quote> copy of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\"> " +#~ "Document</link> means a machine-readable copy, represented in a format " +#~ "whose specification is available to the general public, whose contents " +#~ "can be viewed and edited directly and straightforwardly with generic text " +#~ "editors or (for images composed of pixels) generic paint programs or (for " +#~ "drawings) some widely available drawing editor, and that is suitable for " +#~ "input to text formatters or for automatic translation to a variety of " +#~ "formats suitable for input to text formatters. A copy made in an " +#~ "otherwise Transparent file format whose markup has been designed to " +#~ "thwart or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not " +#~ "Transparent. A copy that is not <quote>Transparent</quote> is called " +#~ "<quote>Opaque</quote>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<link linkend=\"fdl-doument\">Dokumentu</link>aren kopia <quote>gardena</" +#~ "quote> makina bidez irakurtzeko moduko kopia da eta, gainera, publiko " +#~ "orokorrak erabiltzeko moduko formatuduna, zuzenean testu-editore " +#~ "arruntekin ikusi eta edita daitekeena, edo, pixeletan osatutako irudia " +#~ "bada, pintatzeko editore orokorrekin editatzeko modukoa edo, marrazkia " +#~ "bada, marrazki-editore oso erabilgarriekin editatzeko modukoa; horrez " +#~ "gain, testu-formateatzaileetan sargai edo input gisa erabil daitekeena, " +#~ "edo testu-formateatzaileek sargai gisa onartzen duten formatuetako batera " +#~ "automatikoki itzul daitekeena. Beste era bateko fitxategi-formatu " +#~ "Gardenean egindako kopia, irakurleek aldaketak egiteko eragozpenak eta " +#~ "trabak jartzeko diseinatutako marka-sistema duena, ez da Gardena. " +#~ "<quote>Gardena</quote> ez den kopiari <quote>opako</quote> deitzen zaio." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The <quote>Title Page</quote> means, for a printed book, the title page " +#~ "itself, plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the " +#~ "material this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in " +#~ "formats which do not have any title page as such, <quote>Title Page</" +#~ "quote> means the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's " +#~ "title, preceding the beginning of the body of the text." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<quote>Titulu-orriak</quote> esan nahi duena zera da: inprimatutako " +#~ "liburu bati dagokionez, titulu-orria bera eta Lizentzia honek titulu-" +#~ "orrian agertzera behartzen duen materiala modu irakurgarrian biltzeko " +#~ "behar diren orriak. Berez titulu-orririk ez duten formatuetan egindako " +#~ "lanetan, <quote>Titulu-orriak</quote> esan nahi duena da, testuaren " +#~ "gorputza hasi aurretik, gehien nabarmenduta agertzen den lanaren " +#~ "tituluaren ondoan agertzen den testua." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may copy and distribute the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</" +#~ "link> in any medium, either commercially or noncommercially, provided " +#~ "that this License, the copyright notices, and the license notice saying " +#~ "this License applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and " +#~ "that you add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You " +#~ "may not use technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or " +#~ "further copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may " +#~ "accept compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large " +#~ "enough number of copies you must also follow the conditions in <link " +#~ "linkend=\"fdl-section3\">section 3</link>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Dokumentua</link> edozein euskarritan " +#~ "kopiatu eta banatu dezakezu, komertzialki zein ez-komertzialki, baldin " +#~ "eta Lizentzia hau, copyright-oharrak eta Dokumentuari lizentzia hau " +#~ "aplikatzen zaiola adierazten duen lizentzia-oharra jartzen bazaie kopia " +#~ "guztiei, eta Lizentzia honi beste inolako baldintzarik gehitzen ez " +#~ "badiozu. Egiten edo banatzen dituzun kopietan ezin da erabili irakurketa " +#~ "edo kopiak egitea eragozten edo kontrolatzen duen inolako baliabide " +#~ "teknikorik. Nolanahi ere, kopiak egitearen truke ordaina jasotzea " +#~ "onartzen da. Kopia asko banatzen baduzu (hurrengo atalean zehazten da " +#~ "kopurua), <link linkend=\"fdl-section3\">3. ataleko</link> baldintzak ere " +#~ "bete behar dituzu." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you publish printed copies of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document" +#~ "\">Document</link> numbering more than 100, and the Document's license " +#~ "notice requires <link linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Cover Texts</link>, you " +#~ "must enclose the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all " +#~ "these Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover " +#~ "Texts on the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly " +#~ "identify you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must " +#~ "present the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and " +#~ "visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition. Copying " +#~ "with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve the title of " +#~ "the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link> and satisfy these " +#~ "conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other respects." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Dokumentu</link>aren 100 kopia baino " +#~ "gehiago argitaratzen badituzu, eta Dokumentuaren lizentzia-oharrak <link " +#~ "linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Azaleko testuak</link> behar baditu, kopiei " +#~ "nahitaez jarri behar dizkiezu argi eta garbi irakurtzen diren Azaleko " +#~ "testu hauek: aurreko azaleko testuak aurreko azalean, eta Atzeko azaleko " +#~ "testuak atzeko azalean. Bi azalek modu argi eta irakurgarrian " +#~ "identifikatu behar zaituzte kopia horien argitaratzaile gisa. Aurreko " +#~ "azalak titulu osoa izan behar du, eta tituluaren hitz guztiak maila " +#~ "berdinean izan behar dute nabarmenak eta ikusteko modukoak. Horrez " +#~ "gainera, beste material batzuk ere gehi ditzakezu azaletan. Azaletara " +#~ "mugatutako aldaketekin egindako kopiak, <link linkend=\"fdl-document" +#~ "\">Dokumentu</link>aren titulua mantentzen bada eta baldintza horiek " +#~ "betez egiten badira, kopia literaltzat jo daiteke beste alderdi batzuei " +#~ "dagokienez." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you publish or distribute <link linkend=\"fdl-transparent\">Opaque</" +#~ "link> copies of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link> " +#~ "numbering more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable <link " +#~ "linkend=\"fdl-transparent\">Transparent</link> copy along with each " +#~ "Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy a publicly-accessible " +#~ "computer-network location containing a complete Transparent copy of the " +#~ "Document, free of added material, which the general network-using public " +#~ "has access to download anonymously at no charge using public-standard " +#~ "network protocols. If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably " +#~ "prudent steps, when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, " +#~ "to ensure that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the " +#~ "stated location until at least one year after the last time you " +#~ "distribute an Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) " +#~ "of that edition to the public." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Dokumentu</link>aren 100 kopia <link " +#~ "linkend=\"fdl-transparent\">Opako</link> argitaratzen edo banatzen " +#~ "badituzu, kopia Opako bakoitzarekin batera makinaz irakurtzeko moduko " +#~ "kopia <link linkend=\"fdl-transparent\">Garden</link> bat eman behar " +#~ "duzu, edo bestela, kopia Opako bakoitzean edo bakoitzarekin batera " +#~ "ordenagailu-sare bateko helbide bat adierazi beharko duzu, edonork " +#~ "libreki atzi dezakeena eta Dokumentuaren kopia Garden osoa daukana, " +#~ "gehitutako materialik gabe, sare-erabiltzaile arruntak anonimoki " +#~ "deskargatu ahal izateko doan eta sare-protokolo estandar publikoen bidez. " +#~ "Azken aukeraren bidetik jotzen baduzu, zentzuz eta zuhur jokatu behar " +#~ "duzu kopia Opako asko banatzen hasten zarenean, kopia Garden hori " +#~ "adierazitako kokalekuan urtebetean gutxienez erabilgarri eta atzigarri " +#~ "egongo dela segurtatzeko zuk edizio horren azken kopia Opakoa (zuzenean " +#~ "edo zure agente edo xehekarien bidez) publikoari banatzen diozunetik " +#~ "kontatzen hasita." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the " +#~ "<link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link> well before redistributing " +#~ "any large number of copies, to give them a chance to provide you with an " +#~ "updated version of the Document." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Bestalde, <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Dokumentu</link>aren kopiak " +#~ "kantitate handian birbanatzen hasi aurretik, autoreekin harremanetan jar " +#~ "zaitezen eskatzen zaizu, behartu gabe, Dokumentuaren bertsio eguneratua " +#~ "eman ahal izan diezazuten." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may copy and distribute a <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Modified " +#~ "Version</link> of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link> " +#~ "under the conditions of sections <link linkend=\"fdl-section2\">2</link> " +#~ "and <link linkend=\"fdl-section3\">3</link> above, provided that you " +#~ "release the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the " +#~ "Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing " +#~ "distribution and modification of the Modified Version to whoever " +#~ "possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do these things in the " +#~ "Modified Version:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Dokumentu</link>aren <link linkend=\"fdl-" +#~ "modified\">Bertsio aldatua</link> kopiatu eta banatu dezakezu baldin eta " +#~ "hemen goiko <link linkend=\"fdl-section2\">2</link> eta <link linkend=" +#~ "\"fdl-section3\">3</link> ataletako baldintzak betetzen badituzu, kontuan " +#~ "izanik betiere Bertsio aldatua Lizentzia honen pean banatu behar duzula, " +#~ "Bertsio aldatua izanik Dokumentuaren funtzioa beteko duena, eta, beraz, " +#~ "Bertsio aldatua banatzeko edo aldatzeko baimena eman behar diozula kopia " +#~ "bat duen edonori. Horrez gainera, honako hauek egin behar dituzu Bertsio " +#~ "Aldatuan:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Use in the <link linkend=\"fdl-title-page\">Title Page</link> (and on the " +#~ "covers, if any) a title distinct from that of the <link linkend=\"fdl-" +#~ "document\">Document</link>, and from those of previous versions (which " +#~ "should, if there were any, be listed in the History section of the " +#~ "Document). You may use the same title as a previous version if the " +#~ "original publisher of that version gives permission." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<link linkend=\"fdl-title-page\">Titulu-orri</link>an (eta azaletan, " +#~ "azalik badu) <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Dokumentu</link>arena eta " +#~ "aurreko bertsioena ez den beste edozein titulu bat erabili behar duzu " +#~ "(aurreko bertsiorik badago, Dokumentuaren Historiaren atalean " +#~ "zerrendatuta egongo da). Aurreko bertsio horietako baten titulu bera " +#~ "erabil dezakezu, baldin eta jatorrizko argitaratzaileak horretarako " +#~ "baimena ematen badu." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "List on the <link linkend=\"fdl-title-page\">Title Page</link>, as " +#~ "authors, one or more persons or entities responsible for authorship of " +#~ "the modifications in the <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Modified Version</" +#~ "link>, together with at least five of the principal authors of the <link " +#~ "linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link> (all of its principal authors, " +#~ "if it has less than five)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<link linkend=\"fdl-title-page\">Titulu-orri</link>an, autore gisa, <link " +#~ "linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Bertsio aldatu</link>an aldaketak egin dituen " +#~ "pertsona edo erakunde baten edo gehiagoren izena jarri behar duzu, eta, " +#~ "horrekin batera, <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Dokumentu</link>aren bost " +#~ "egile nagusien izena gutxienez (eta bost baino gutxiago badira, guztiena)." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "State on the <link linkend=\"fdl-title-page\">Title Page</link> the name " +#~ "of the publisher of the <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Modified Version</" +#~ "link>, as the publisher." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<link linkend=\"fdl-title-page\">Titulu-orri</link>an <link linkend=" +#~ "\"fdl-modified\">Bertsio aldatu</link>aren argitaratzailearen izena jarri " +#~ "behar duzu, argitaratzaile gisa." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Preserve all the copyright notices of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document" +#~ "\">Document</link>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Dokumentu</link>aren copyright-ohar " +#~ "guztiak gorde behar dituzu." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice giving " +#~ "the public permission to use the <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Modified " +#~ "Version</link> under the terms of this License, in the form shown in the " +#~ "Addendum below." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Copyright-oharren jarraian, lizentzia-ohar bat ipini behar duzu, jendeari " +#~ "baimena emateko <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Bertsio aldatua</link> " +#~ "erabil dezan Lizentzia horren baldintzen pean, beheko Eranskinean " +#~ "azaltzen den bezala." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Preserve in that license notice the full lists of <link linkend=\"fdl-" +#~ "invariant\"> Invariant Sections</link> and required <link linkend=\"fdl-" +#~ "cover-texts\">Cover Texts</link> given in the <link linkend=\"fdl-document" +#~ "\">Document's</link> license notice." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Lizentzia-ohar horretan <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Dokumentu</" +#~ "link>aren lizentzia-oharrean adierazitako <link linkend=\"fdl-invariant" +#~ "\">Atal aldaezin</link> eta jarri beharreko <link linkend=\"fdl-cover-" +#~ "texts\">Azaleko testu</link> guztien zerrenda gorde behar duzu." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Preserve the section entitled <quote>History</quote>, and its title, and " +#~ "add to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and " +#~ "publisher of the <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Modified Version</link> " +#~ "as given on the <link linkend=\"fdl-title-page\">Title Page</link>. If " +#~ "there is no section entitled <quote>History</quote> in the <link linkend=" +#~ "\"fdl-document\">Document</link>, create one stating the title, year, " +#~ "authors, and publisher of the Document as given on its Title Page, then " +#~ "add an item describing the Modified Version as stated in the previous " +#~ "sentence." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<quote>Historia</quote> izeneko atala gorde behar duzu, baita bere " +#~ "titulua ere, eta gutxienez <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Bertsio " +#~ "aldatuaren</link> izenburua, urtea, autore berriak eta argitaratzailea " +#~ "aipatuko dituen elementu bat gehitu behar diozu, <link linkend=\"fdl-" +#~ "title-page\">Titulu-orri</link>an agertzen den bezala. <quote>Historia</" +#~ "quote> izeneko atalik ez badago <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Dokumentu</" +#~ "link>an, zeuk sortu beharko duzu, Dokumentuaren titulua, urtea, autoreak " +#~ "eta argitaratzailea adierazteko Dokumentuaren Titulu-orrian agertzen den " +#~ "bezala, eta, gainera, Bertsio aldatua deskribatzeko beste elementu bat " +#~ "gehitu beharko duzu aurreko esaldian azaldutako moduan." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Preserve the network location, if any, given in the <link linkend=\"fdl-" +#~ "document\">Document</link> for public access to a <link linkend=\"fdl-" +#~ "transparent\">Transparent</link> copy of the Document, and likewise the " +#~ "network locations given in the Document for previous versions it was " +#~ "based on. These may be placed in the <quote>History</quote> section. You " +#~ "may omit a network location for a work that was published at least four " +#~ "years before the Document itself, or if the original publisher of the " +#~ "version it refers to gives permission." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dokumentuaren kopia <link linkend=\"fdl-transparent\">Gardena</link> " +#~ "publikoki atzitzeko <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Dokumentu</link>an " +#~ "ematen den sare-helbidea (helbiderik ematen bada) gorde behar duzu, eta, " +#~ "era berean, Dokumentuaren oinarri izan diren aurreko bertsioentzat ematen " +#~ "diren sare-helbideak ere bai. Helbide horiek <quote>Historia</quote> " +#~ "atalean sar daitezke. Sare-helbideak ez dira nahitaez jarri behar, " +#~ "Dokumentua bera baino gutxienez lau urte lehenago argitaratutako lanari " +#~ "dagozkionak baldin badira, edo horretarako baimena ematen badu " +#~ "bertsioaren jatorrizko argitaratzaileak." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In any section entitled <quote>Acknowledgements</quote> or " +#~ "<quote>Dedications</quote>, preserve the section's title, and preserve in " +#~ "the section all the substance and tone of each of the contributor " +#~ "acknowledgements and/or dedications given therein." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<quote>Eskertzak</quote> edo <quote>Eskaintzak</quote> izeneko edozein " +#~ "ataletan, atalaren titulua gorde behar da, eta ataleko eskertza edota " +#~ "eskaintza bakoitzean egileak darabilen gai eta tonua errespetatu behar " +#~ "dira." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Preserve all the <link linkend=\"fdl-invariant\">Invariant Sections</" +#~ "link> of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link>, unaltered in " +#~ "their text and in their titles. Section numbers or the equivalent are not " +#~ "considered part of the section titles." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Errespetatu <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Dokumentu</link>aren <link " +#~ "linkend=\"fdl-invariant\">Atal aldaezin</link> guztiak, testuak eta " +#~ "tituluak batere aldatu gabe. Atal-zenbakiak edo haien baliokideak ez dira " +#~ "atalaren tituluaren zatitzat hartzen." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Delete any section entitled <quote>Endorsements</quote>. Such a section " +#~ "may not be included in the <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Modified " +#~ "Version</link>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ezabatu <quote>Oniritziak</quote> titulua duen edozein atal. Horrelako " +#~ "atal bat ezin da <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Aldatutako bertsio</" +#~ "link>aren barruan egon." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Do not retitle any existing section as <quote>Endorsements</quote> or to " +#~ "conflict in title with any <link linkend=\"fdl-invariant\">Invariant " +#~ "Section</link>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Lehendik dagoen atal bati ez jarri <quote>oniritziak</quote> titulua ez " +#~ "eta <link linkend=\"fdl-invariant\">Atal aldaezin</link>en baten " +#~ "tituluarekin gatazka sor lezakeena ere." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If the <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Modified Version</link> includes " +#~ "new front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as <link linkend=" +#~ "\"fdl-secondary\">Secondary Sections</link> and contain no material " +#~ "copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all of " +#~ "these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the list of " +#~ "<link linkend=\"fdl-invariant\">Invariant Sections</link> in the Modified " +#~ "Version's license notice. These titles must be distinct from any other " +#~ "section titles." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Bertsio aldatuak</link> gai nagusiari " +#~ "buruzko atal berriak edo eranskinak baditu, <link linkend=\"fdl-secondary" +#~ "\">Atal Sekundario</link> gisa agertzen direnak, eta elementu horiek " +#~ "Dokumentutik kopiatutako materialik ez badute, atal horietako batzuk edo " +#~ "denak aldaezin izenda ditzakezu zuk hala nahi izanez gero. Horretarako, " +#~ "gehitu atal horien tituluak <link linkend=\"fdl-invariant\">Atal " +#~ "aldaezin</link>en zerrendan, Bertsio aldatuaren lizentzia-oharrean. " +#~ "Titulu horiek gainerako atalen tituluen ezberdinak izan behar dute." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may add a section entitled <quote>Endorsements</quote>, provided it " +#~ "contains nothing but endorsements of your <link linkend=\"fdl-modified" +#~ "\">Modified Version</link> by various parties--for example, statements of " +#~ "peer review or that the text has been approved by an organization as the " +#~ "authoritative definition of a standard." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<quote>Oniritziak</quote> titulua duen atala gehi dezakezu, baldin eta " +#~ "zure <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Bertsio aldatu</link>ari buruz " +#~ "alderdiek emandako oniritziak soilik biltzen badira, eta ez beste ezer --" +#~ "adibidez, adituek egindako ikuskatzea edo erakunde batek testua " +#~ "estandartzat onartu duela, eta abar--." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may add a passage of up to five words as a <link linkend=\"fdl-cover-" +#~ "texts\">Front-Cover Text</link>, and a passage of up to 25 words as a " +#~ "<link linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Back-Cover Text</link>, to the end of " +#~ "the list of <link linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Cover Texts</link> in the " +#~ "<link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Modified Version</link>. Only one passage " +#~ "of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or " +#~ "through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the <link linkend=\"fdl-" +#~ "document\">Document</link> already includes a cover text for the same " +#~ "cover, previously added by you or by arrangement made by the same entity " +#~ "you are acting on behalf of, you may not add another; but you may replace " +#~ "the old one, on explicit permission from the previous publisher that " +#~ "added the old one." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Gehienez bost hitz dituen pasartea gehi dezakezu <link linkend=\"fdl-" +#~ "cover-texts\">Aurreko azaleko testu</link> gisa, eta gehienez 25 hitzeko " +#~ "pasartea <link linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Atzeko azaleko testu</link> " +#~ "gisa <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Bertsio aldatu</link>aren <link " +#~ "linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Azaleko testu</link>en zerrendaren bukaeran. " +#~ "Aurreko azaleko testu bakar bat eta Atzeko azaleko testu bat gehi daiteke " +#~ "entitate baten bidez (edo entitate batek egindako egokitzapenen bidez). " +#~ "Dagoeneko <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Dokumentu</link>ak azaleko " +#~ "testua baldin badauka azal berarentzat, aurretik zuk edo zu ordezkatzen " +#~ "zaituen entitateak gehitutakoa, ezingo duzu beste testurik gehitu, baina " +#~ "nahi izanez gero, lehendik dagoena ordeztu dezakezu, testu zaharra gehitu " +#~ "zuen argitaratzailearen baimen esplizitua baldin baduzu." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The author(s) and publisher(s) of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document" +#~ "\">Document</link> do not by this License give permission to use their " +#~ "names for publicity for or to assert or imply endorsement of any <link " +#~ "linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Modified Version </link>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Lizentzia honen bidez <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Dokumentu</link>aren " +#~ "autoreak (edo autoreek) eta argitaratzaileak (edo argitaratzaileek) ez " +#~ "dute baimenik ematen haien izenak publizitatean erabiltzeko edo <link " +#~ "linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Bertsio aldatu</link>en oniritzia eragiteko edo " +#~ "adierazteko" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may combine the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link> with " +#~ "other documents released under this License, under the terms defined in " +#~ "<link linkend=\"fdl-section4\">section 4</link> above for modified " +#~ "versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the <link " +#~ "linkend=\"fdl-invariant\">Invariant Sections</link> of all of the " +#~ "original documents, unmodified, and list them all as Invariant Sections " +#~ "of your combined work in its license notice." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Lizentzia honen pean argitaratutako beste dokumentu batzuekin konbina " +#~ "dezakezu <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Dokumentua</link>, goian <link " +#~ "linkend=\"fdl-section4\">4. atalean</link> biltzen diren baldintzak " +#~ "betetzen badituzu eta bateratzean jatorrizko dokumentuen <link linkend=" +#~ "\"fdl-invariant\">Atal aldaezin</link> guztiak sartzen badituzu aldatu " +#~ "gabe eta guztiak Atal aldaezin gisa zerrendatuta zure lan konbinatuaren " +#~ "lizentzia-oharrean." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and " +#~ "multiple identical <link linkend=\"fdl-invariant\">Invariant Sections</" +#~ "link> may be replaced with a single copy. If there are multiple Invariant " +#~ "Sections with the same name but different contents, make the title of " +#~ "each such section unique by adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the " +#~ "name of the original author or publisher of that section if known, or " +#~ "else a unique number. Make the same adjustment to the section titles in " +#~ "the list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Lan konbinatuak Lizentzia honen kopia bakarra baino ez du behar, eta " +#~ "hainbat <link linkend=\"fdl-invariant\">Atal aldaezin</link> berdin " +#~ "badaude, kopia bakarrarekin ordeztu daitezke. Izen bera baina eduki " +#~ "ezberdina duten hainbat Atal aldaezin baldin badaude, atal bakoitzaren " +#~ "titulua desberdindu eta titulu bakar bihur ezazu, bukaeran autorearen edo " +#~ "argitaratzailearen izena jarriz parentesi artean, edo errepikatzen ez den " +#~ "zenbaki bat. Egin ezazu egokitzapen bera Atal aldaezinen zerrendako atal-" +#~ "tituluetan, lan konbinatuaren lizentzia-oharrean." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled " +#~ "<quote>History</quote> in the various original documents, forming one " +#~ "section entitled <quote>History</quote>; likewise combine any sections " +#~ "entitled <quote>Acknowledgements</quote>, and any sections entitled " +#~ "<quote>Dedications</quote>. You must delete all sections entitled " +#~ "<quote>Endorsements.</quote>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Konbinazioan, jatorrizko dokumentuetan <quote>Historia</quote> titulua " +#~ "duten atalak konbinatu behar dituzu, eta <quote>Historia</quote> " +#~ "tituludun atal bakar bat osatu. Era berean, <quote>Eskertzak</quote> eta " +#~ "<quote>Eskaintzak</quote> tituluak dituzten atal guztiak bateratu. " +#~ "<quote>Oniritziak</quote> titulua duten sekzio guztiak, aldiz, ezabatu " +#~ "egin behar dituzu." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may make a collection consisting of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document" +#~ "\">Document</link> and other documents released under this License, and " +#~ "replace the individual copies of this License in the various documents " +#~ "with a single copy that is included in the collection, provided that you " +#~ "follow the rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the " +#~ "documents in all other respects." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Dokumentu</link> honekin eta lizentzia " +#~ "honekin argitaratutako beste dokumentu batzuekin bilduma bat osa " +#~ "dezakezu, eta, dokumentu bakoitzarekin batera ematen den Lizentziaren " +#~ "kopiaren ordez, Lizentzia bakarra eman dezakezu bilduma osoarentzat, " +#~ "baldin eta dokumentu bakoitzaren kopia literalak egiteko lizentzia honek " +#~ "ezartzen dituen baldintzak betetzen badituzu beste alderdi guztiei " +#~ "dagokienez." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A compilation of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link> or " +#~ "its derivatives with other separate and independent documents or works, " +#~ "in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, does not as a " +#~ "whole count as a <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Modified Version</link> " +#~ "of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the " +#~ "compilation. Such a compilation is called an <quote>aggregate</quote>, " +#~ "and this License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus " +#~ "compiled with the Document , on account of their being thus compiled, if " +#~ "they are not themselves derivative works of the Document. If the <link " +#~ "linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Cover Text</link> requirement of <link " +#~ "linkend=\"fdl-section3\">section 3</link> is applicable to these copies " +#~ "of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter of the " +#~ "entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on covers that " +#~ "surround only the Document within the aggregate. Otherwise they must " +#~ "appear on covers around the whole aggregate." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Dokumentua</link> edo dokumentuaren " +#~ "eratorriak beste dokumentu edo lan bereizi batzuekin batera elkartzea --" +#~ "biltegi-bolumen batean edo banaketarako euskarri batean-- ez da " +#~ "Dokumentuaren <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Bertsio aldatu</link>tzat " +#~ "jotzen bere osotasunean, non eta ez den konpilazioarengatik konpilazio-" +#~ "copyrightik eskatzen. Horrelako konpilazioei <quote>agregazio</quote> " +#~ "esaten zaie, eta Lizentzia hau ez zaie aplikatuko Dokumentuarekin batera " +#~ "konpilazioan sartutako gainerako lanei, konpilazioan sartu izanagatik " +#~ "bakarrik, baldin eta ez badira Dokumentuaren lan eratorriak. <link " +#~ "linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Azaleko testu</link>ari dagokion <link " +#~ "linkend=\"fdl-section3\">3. ataleko</link> betebeharra Dokumentuaren " +#~ "kopia hauei aplikatzerik baldin badago, Dokumentua agregazioaren barnean " +#~ "biltzen duten azaletan bakarrik jar daitezke Azaleko testuak Dokumentua " +#~ "agregazio osoaren laurdena baino txikiagoa bada. Bestela, agregazio osoa " +#~ "inguratzen duten azaletan jarri behar dira testu horiek." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may distribute " +#~ "translations of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link> under " +#~ "the terms of <link linkend=\"fdl-section4\">section 4</link>. Replacing " +#~ "<link linkend=\"fdl-invariant\"> Invariant Sections</link> with " +#~ "translations requires special permission from their copyright holders, " +#~ "but you may include translations of some or all Invariant Sections in " +#~ "addition to the original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may " +#~ "include a translation of this License provided that you also include the " +#~ "original English version of this License. In case of a disagreement " +#~ "between the translation and the original English version of this License, " +#~ "the original English version will prevail." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Itzulpena aldaketatzat jotzen da, eta, beraz, <link linkend=\"fdl-document" +#~ "\">Dokumentu</link>aren itzulpenak <link linkend=\"fdl-section4\">4. " +#~ "ataleko</link> baldintzen pean banatu ditzakezu. <link linkend=\"fdl-" +#~ "invariant\"> Atal aldaezin</link>en ordez itzulpena bakarrik jartzeko, " +#~ "copyright-jabeen baimena behar da, baina Atal aldaezin batzuen edo " +#~ "guztien itzulpenak jar ditzakezu Atal aldaezin horien jatorrizko " +#~ "bertsioekin batera. Lizentzia honen itzulpena ere jar dezakezu, baldin " +#~ "eta ingelesezko jatorrizko bertsioa ere jartzen baduzu. Lizentzia honen " +#~ "itzulpena eta jatorrizko ingelesezko bertsioa bat ez badatoz, jatorrizko " +#~ "bertsioak balioko du." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the <link linkend=" +#~ "\"fdl-document\">Document</link> except as expressly provided for under " +#~ "this License. Any other attempt to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute " +#~ "the Document is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under " +#~ "this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from " +#~ "you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as " +#~ "such parties remain in full compliance." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Lizentzia honen baitan espresuki adierazitakoa betetzen ez bada, " +#~ "debekatuta dago <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Dokumentua</link> " +#~ "kopiatzea, aldatzea, azpilizentziatzea edo banatzea. Dokumentua beste " +#~ "edozein eratan kopiatu, aldatu, azpilizentziatu edo banatzeko saio oro " +#~ "deuseza izango da, eta Lizentzia honek ematen dizkizun eskubideak " +#~ "automatikoki kenduko zaizkizu. Dena den, Lizentzia honen pean zuregandik " +#~ "kopiak edo eskubideak jaso dituztenei ez zaizkie lizentziak kenduko, " +#~ "baldintza guztiak betetzen dituzten bitartean." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://www.gnu.org/fsf/fsf.html\">Free " +#~ "Software Foundation</ulink> may publish new, revised versions of the GNU " +#~ "Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions will be " +#~ "similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to " +#~ "address new problems or concerns. See <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://" +#~ "www.gnu.org/copyleft\">http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/</ulink>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://www.gnu.org/fsf/fsf.html\">Free " +#~ "Software Foundation</ulink>ek GNU noizean behin Dokumentazio Librearen " +#~ "Lizentziaren bertsio berrituak eta birmoldatuak argitaratuko ditu. " +#~ "Bertsio berri horiek egungoaren antzekoak izango dira espirituz, baina, " +#~ "arazo edo kezka berriei aurre egin beharko dietenez, litekeena da zehatz-" +#~ "mehatz bat ez etortzea. Ikus <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://www.gnu." +#~ "org/copyleft\">http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/</ulink>." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. If " +#~ "the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link> specifies that a " +#~ "particular numbered version of this License <quote>or any later version</" +#~ "quote> applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and " +#~ "conditions either of that specified version or of any later version that " +#~ "has been published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If " +#~ "the Document does not specify a version number of this License, you may " +#~ "choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by the Free Software " +#~ "Foundation." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Lizentziaren bertsio bakoitzak bertsio-zenbaki desberdindua dauka. <link " +#~ "linkend=\"fdl-document\">Dokumentu</link>an zehazten bada Lizentzia honen " +#~ "bertsio-zenbaki jakin bat <quote>edo bertsio berriago bat</quote> " +#~ "dagokiola, zehaztutako bertsioko baldintzak edo Free Software Foundation-" +#~ "ek argitaratutako (ez zirriborro gisako) bertsio berriago bateko " +#~ "baldintzak betetzeko aukera izango duzu. Dokumentuak ez badu Lizentzia " +#~ "honen bertsio-zenbakirik zehazten, Free Software Foundation-ek " +#~ "argitaratutako bertsioetako edozein aukeratu dezakezu (baina ez " +#~ "zirriborro gisa argitaratutakoa)." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document " +#~ "under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any " +#~ "later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the <link " +#~ "linkend=\"fdl-invariant\">Invariant Sections</link> being LIST THEIR " +#~ "TITLES, with the <link linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Front-Cover Texts</" +#~ "link> being LIST, and with the <link linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Back-" +#~ "Cover Texts</link> being LIST. A copy of the license is included in the " +#~ "section entitled <quote>GNU Free Documentation License</quote>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Baimena ematen da dokumentu hau kopiatu, banatu eta/edo aldatzeko Free " +#~ "Software Foundation-ek argitaratutako GNU Dokumentazio Librearen " +#~ "Lizentziaren 1.1. bertsioan edo berriago batean ezarritako baldintzak " +#~ "betetzen badira; <link linkend=\"fdl-invariant\">Atal Aldaezin</link> " +#~ "hauekin: ZERRENDATU TITULUAK, <link linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Aurreko " +#~ "azal</link>eko testu hauekin: IDATZI ZERRENDA, eta <link linkend=\"fdl-" +#~ "cover-texts\">Atzeko azal</link>eko testu hauekin: IDATZI ZERRENDA. " +#~ "Lizentziaren kopia bat aurkituko duzu <quote>GNU Dokumentazio Librearen " +#~ "lizentzia</quote> atalean." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have no <link linkend=\"fdl-invariant\">Invariant Sections</link>, " +#~ "write <quote>with no Invariant Sections</quote> instead of saying which " +#~ "ones are invariant. If you have no <link linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts" +#~ "\">Front-Cover Texts</link>, write <quote>no Front-Cover Texts</quote> " +#~ "instead of <quote>Front-Cover Texts being LIST</quote>; likewise for " +#~ "<link linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Back-Cover Texts</link>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<link linkend=\"fdl-invariant\">Atal aldaezin</link>ik ez baduzu, idatzi " +#~ "<quote>Atal aldaezinik gabe</quote> aldaezinak zein diren adierazi " +#~ "beharrean. Ez baduzu <link linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Aurreko azaleko " +#~ "testu</link>rik, idatzi <quote>Aurreko azaleko testurik gabe</quote> " +#~ "<quote>Aurreko azaleko testu hauekin: ZERRENDA</quote> jarri beharrean, " +#~ "eta gauza bera <link linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Atzeko azaleko testu</" +#~ "link>ekin." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we " +#~ "recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of free " +#~ "software license, such as the <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://www.gnu." +#~ "org/copyleft/gpl.html\"> GNU General Public License</ulink>, to permit " +#~ "their use in free software." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Zure dokumentuan programa-kodearen adibide ez-tribialik baldin badago, " +#~ "adibide horiek paraleloan argitaratzea gomendatzen dizugu eta zeuk " +#~ "aukeratu software librearen lizentzia eman nahi diezun, <ulink type=\"http" +#~ "\" url=\"http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html\">GNU Lizentzia Publiko " +#~ "Orokorra</ulink> lizentzian esaterako, software libre gisa erabil ahal " +#~ "izan daitezen."
View file
_service:tar_scm:gtk-doc-1.34.0.tar.xz/help/manual/hu
Added
+(directory)
View file
_service:tar_scm:gtk-doc-1.34.0.tar.xz/help/manual/hu/hu.po
Added
@@ -0,0 +1,4422 @@ +# Hungarian translation for gtk-doc. +# Copyright (C) 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the gtk-doc package. +# +# Balázs Úr <ur.balazs at fsf dot hu>, 2023. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: gtk-doc master\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-25 20:25+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-04-20 08:29+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Balázs Úr <ur.balazs at fsf dot hu>\n" +"Language-Team: Hungarian <openscope at fsf dot hu>\n" +"Language: hu\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 22.08.2\n" + +#. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "translator-credits" +msgstr "Úr Balázs <ur dot balazs at fsf dot hu>, 2023." + +#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/title +#: C/index.docbook:12 +msgid "GTK-Doc Manual" +msgstr "GTK-Doc kézikönyv" + +#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/edition +#: C/index.docbook:13 +msgid "1.24.1" +msgstr "1.24.1" + +#. (itstool) path: abstract/para +#: C/index.docbook:14 +msgid "User manual for developers with instructions of GTK-Doc usage." +msgstr "" +"Felhasználói kézikönyv fejlesztők számára a GTK-Doc használatára vonatkozó " +"utasításokkal." + +#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author +#: C/index.docbook:16 +msgid "" +"<firstname>Chris</firstname> <surname>Lyttle</surname> <affiliation> " +"<address> <email>chris@wilddev.net</email> </address> </affiliation>" +msgstr "" +"<firstname>Chris</firstname> <surname>Lyttle</surname> <affiliation> " +"<address> <email>chris@wilddev.net</email> </address> </affiliation>" + +#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author +#: C/index.docbook:25 +msgid "" +"<firstname>Dan</firstname> <surname>Mueth</surname> <affiliation> <address> " +"<email>d-mueth@uchicago.edu</email> </address> </affiliation>" +msgstr "" +"<firstname>Dan</firstname> <surname>Mueth</surname> <affiliation> <address> " +"<email>d-mueth@uchicago.edu</email> </address> </affiliation>" + +#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author +#: C/index.docbook:34 +msgid "" +"<firstname>Stefan</firstname> <surname>Sauer (Kost)</surname> <affiliation> " +"<address> <email>ensonic@users.sf.net</email> </address> </affiliation>" +msgstr "" +"<firstname>Stefan</firstname> <surname>Sauer (Kost)</surname> <affiliation> " +"<address> <email>ensonic@users.sf.net</email> </address> </affiliation>" + +#. (itstool) path: publisher/publishername +#: C/index.docbook:45 +msgid "GTK-Doc project" +msgstr "GTK-Doc projekt" + +#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/publisher +#: C/index.docbook:44 +msgid "" +"<_:publishername-1/> <address><email>gtk-doc-list@gnome.org</email></address>" +msgstr "" +"<_:publishername-1/> <address><email>gtk-doc-list@gnome.org</email></address>" + +#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/copyright +#: C/index.docbook:48 +msgid "<year>2000, 2005</year> <holder>Dan Mueth and Chris Lyttle</holder>" +msgstr "<year>2000, 2005</year> <holder>Dan Mueth és Chris Lyttle</holder>" + +#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/copyright +#: C/index.docbook:52 +msgid "<year>2007-2019</year> <holder>Stefan Sauer (Kost)</holder>" +msgstr "<year>2007-2019</year> <holder>Stefan Sauer (Kost)</holder>" + +#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para +#: C/index.docbook:65 +msgid "" +"Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under " +"the terms of the <citetitle>GNU Free Documentation License</citetitle>, " +"Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation " +"with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. A " +"copy of the license is <link linkend=\"fdl\">included</link>." +msgstr "" +"Engedélyt adunk Önnek a jelen dokumentum sokszorosítására, terjesztésére és/" +"vagy módosítására a Free Software Foundation által kiadott <citetitle>GNU " +"Free Documentation License</citetitle> 1.2-es, vagy bármely azt követő " +"verziójának feltételei alapján. Nincs Nem Változtatható szakasz, nincs " +"Címlapszöveg, nincs Hátlapszöveg. A jelen licenc egy példányát <link " +"linkend=\"fdl\">mellékelve</link> találja." + +#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para +#: C/index.docbook:73 +msgid "" +"Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and " +"services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any GNOME " +"documentation, and those trademarks are made aware to the members of the " +"GNOME Documentation Project, the names have been printed in caps or initial " +"caps." +msgstr "" +"A vállalatok által termékeik és szolgáltatásaik megkülönböztetésére használt " +"nevek közül sokan védjegyként vannak bejegyezve. Ahol ezek a nevek " +"megjelennek a GNOME dokumentációban, és a GNOME dokumentációs projekt " +"tagjainak tudomásuk van ezekről a védjegyekről, ott a nevek nagybetűvel vagy " +"nagy kezdőbetűvel vannak kiírva." + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:83 +msgid "" +"<revnumber>1.33.0</revnumber> <date>1 Oct 2020</date> <authorinitials>mc</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>gtk4 version</revremark>" +msgstr "" +"<revnumber>1.33.0</revnumber> <date>2020. október 1.</date> " +"<authorinitials>mc</authorinitials> <revremark>gtk4 verzió</revremark>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:89 +msgid "" +"<revnumber>1.32.1</revnumber> <date>15 Aug 2019</date> <authorinitials>ss</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>dev version</revremark>" +msgstr "" +"<revnumber>1.32.1</revnumber> <date>2019. augusztus 15.</date> " +"<authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>fejlesztői verzió</revremark>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:95 +msgid "" +"<revnumber>1.32</revnumber> <date>15 Aug 2019</date> <authorinitials>ss</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>hotfix release</revremark>" +msgstr "" +"<revnumber>1.32</revnumber> <date>2019. augusztus 15.</date> " +"<authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>gyorsjavítási kiadás</" +"revremark>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:101 +msgid "" +"<revnumber>1.31</revnumber> <date>05 Aug 2019</date> <authorinitials>ss</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>refactorings and more test coverage</revremark>" +msgstr "" +"<revnumber>1.31</revnumber> <date>2019. augusztus 5.</date> " +"<authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>újratervezések és jobb " +"tesztlefedettség</revremark>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:107 +msgid "" +"<revnumber>1.30</revnumber> <date>08 May 2019</date> <authorinitials>ss</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>more test coverage</revremark>" +msgstr "" +"<revnumber>1.30</revnumber> <date>2019. május 8.</date> <authorinitials>ss</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>jobb tesztlefedettség</revremark>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:113 +msgid "" +"<revnumber>1.29</revnumber> <date>28 Aug 2018</date> <authorinitials>ss</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes</revremark>" +msgstr "" +"<revnumber>1.29</revnumber> <date>2018. augusztus 28.</date> " +"<authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>hibajavítások</revremark>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:119 +msgid "" +"<revnumber>1.28</revnumber> <date>24 Mar 2018</date> <authorinitials>ss</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes</revremark>" +msgstr "" +"<revnumber>1.28</revnumber> <date>2018. március 24.</date> " +"<authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>hibajavítások</revremark>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:125 +msgid "" +"<revnumber>1.27</revnumber> <date>07 Dec 2017</date> <authorinitials>ss</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>fine tuning of the python port</revremark>" +msgstr "" +"<revnumber>1.27</revnumber> <date>2017. december 7.</date> " +"<authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>a Pythonra történő átírás " +"finomhangolása</revremark>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:131 +msgid "" +"<revnumber>1.26</revnumber> <date>11 Aug 2017</date> <authorinitials>ss</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>port all tools from perl/bash to python</" +"revremark>" +msgstr "" +"<revnumber>1.26</revnumber> <date>2017. augusztus 11.</date> " +"<authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>az összes eszköz átírása Perl " +"és Bash nyelvekről Pythonra</revremark>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:137 +msgid "" +"<revnumber>1.25</revnumber> <date>21 March 2016</date> <authorinitials>ss</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes, test cleanups</revremark>" +msgstr "" +"<revnumber>1.25</revnumber> <date>2016. március 21.</date> " +"<authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>hibajavítások, " +"teszttisztítások</revremark>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:143 +msgid "" +"<revnumber>1.24</revnumber> <date>29 May 2015</date> <authorinitials>ss</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fix</revremark>" +msgstr "" +"<revnumber>1.24</revnumber> <date>2015. május 29.</date> <authorinitials>ss</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>hibajavítás</revremark>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:149 +msgid "" +"<revnumber>1.23</revnumber> <date>17 May 2015</date> <authorinitials>ss</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fix</revremark>" +msgstr "" +"<revnumber>1.23</revnumber> <date>2015. május 17.</date> <authorinitials>ss</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>hibajavítás</revremark>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:155 +msgid "" +"<revnumber>1.22</revnumber> <date>07 May 2015</date> <authorinitials>ss</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes, dropping deprecated features</" +"revremark>" +msgstr "" +"<revnumber>1.22</revnumber> <date>2015. május 7.</date> <authorinitials>ss</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>hibajavítások, elavult funkciók kidobása</" +"revremark>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:161 +msgid "" +"<revnumber>1.21</revnumber> <date>17 Jul 2014</date> <authorinitials>ss</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes, dropping deprecated features</" +"revremark>" +msgstr "" +"<revnumber>1.21</revnumber> <date>2014. július 17.</date> " +"<authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>hibajavítások, elavult " +"funkciók kidobása</revremark>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:167 +msgid "" +"<revnumber>1.20</revnumber> <date>16 Feb 2014</date> <authorinitials>ss</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes, markdown support, style improvements</" +"revremark>" +msgstr "" +"<revnumber>1.20</revnumber> <date>2014. február 16.</date> " +"<authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>hibajavítások, Markdown-" +"támogatás, stílusjavítások</revremark>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:173 +msgid "" +"<revnumber>1.19</revnumber> <date>05 Jun 2013</date> <authorinitials>ss</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes</revremark>" +msgstr "" +"<revnumber>1.19</revnumber> <date>2013. június 5.</date> <authorinitials>ss</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>hibajavítások</revremark>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:179 +msgid "" +"<revnumber>1.18</revnumber> <date>14 Sep 2011</date> <authorinitials>ss</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes, speedups, markdown support</revremark>" +msgstr "" +"<revnumber>1.18</revnumber> <date>2011. szeptember 14.</date> " +"<authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>hibajavítások, gyorsítások, " +"Markdown-támogatás</revremark>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:185 +msgid "" +"<revnumber>1.17</revnumber> <date>26 Feb 2011</date> <authorinitials>sk</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>urgent bug fix update</revremark>" +msgstr "" +"<revnumber>1.17</revnumber> <date>2011. február 26.</date> " +"<authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>sürgős hibajavító frissítés</" +"revremark>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:191 +msgid "" +"<revnumber>1.16</revnumber> <date>14 Jan 2011</date> <authorinitials>sk</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>bugfixes, layout improvements</revremark>" +msgstr "" +"<revnumber>1.16</revnumber> <date>2011. január 14.</date> " +"<authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>hibajavítások, elrendezési " +"továbbfejlesztések</revremark>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:197 +msgid "" +"<revnumber>1.15</revnumber> <date>21 May 2010</date> <authorinitials>sk</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>bug and regression fixes</revremark>" +msgstr "" +"<revnumber>1.15</revnumber> <date>2010. május 21.</date> <authorinitials>sk</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>hibajavítások és regressziójavítások</revremark>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:203 +msgid "" +"<revnumber>1.14</revnumber> <date>28 March 2010</date> <authorinitials>sk</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>bugfixes and performance improvements</revremark>" +msgstr "" +"<revnumber>1.14</revnumber> <date>2010. március 28.</date> " +"<authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>hibajavítások és " +"teljesítményjavítások</revremark>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:209 +msgid "" +"<revnumber>1.13</revnumber> <date>18 December 2009</date> " +"<authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>broken tarball update</" +"revremark>" +msgstr "" +"<revnumber>1.13</revnumber> <date>2009. december 18.</date> " +"<authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>törött kátránylabda-" +"frissítés</revremark>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:215 +msgid "" +"<revnumber>1.12</revnumber> <date>18 December 2009</date> " +"<authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>new tool features and " +"bugfixes</revremark>" +msgstr "" +"<revnumber>1.12</revnumber> <date>2009. december 18.</date> " +"<authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>új eszközfunkciók és " +"hibajavítások</revremark>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:221 +msgid "" +"<revnumber>1.11</revnumber> <date>16 November 2008</date> " +"<authorinitials>mal</authorinitials> <revremark>GNOME doc-utils migration</" +"revremark>" +msgstr "" +"<revnumber>1.11</revnumber> <date>2008. november 16.</date> " +"<authorinitials>mal</authorinitials> <revremark>GNOME doc-utils költöztetés</" +"revremark>" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: C/index.docbook:234 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Bevezetés" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:236 +msgid "" +"This chapter introduces GTK-Doc and gives an overview of what it is and how " +"it is used." +msgstr "" +"Ez a fejezet bemutatja a GTK-Doc dokumentációs eszközt, és áttekintést ad " +"arról, hogy mi is ez, és hogyan használják." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:242 +msgid "What is GTK-Doc?" +msgstr "Mi a GTK-Doc?" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:244 +msgid "" +"GTK-Doc is used to document C code. It is typically used to document the " +"public API of libraries, such as the GTK+ and GNOME libraries. But it can " +"also be used to document application code." +msgstr "" +"A GTK-Doc a C kód dokumentálására szolgál. Általában programkönyvtárak " +"nyilvános API-jának dokumentálására használják, mint például a GTK+ és a " +"GNOME programkönyvtárak. De használható az alkalmazás kódjának " +"dokumentálására is." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:252 +msgid "How Does GTK-Doc Work?" +msgstr "Hogyan működik a GTK-Doc?" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:254 +msgid "" +"GTK-Doc works by using documentation of functions placed inside the source " +"files in specially-formatted comment blocks, or documentation added to the " +"template files which GTK-Doc uses (though note that GTK-Doc will only " +"document functions that are declared in header files; it won't produce " +"output for static functions)." +msgstr "" +"A GTK-Doc úgy működik, hogy a függvényeknek a forrásfájlokban elhelyezett, " +"különlegesen formázott megjegyzésblokkokban lévő dokumentációját vagy a GTK-" +"Doc által használt sablonfájlokhoz hozzáadott dokumentációját használja " +"(azonban vegye figyelembe, hogy a GTK-Doc csak a fejlécfájlokban deklarált " +"függvényeket dokumentálja; statikus függvényekhez nem készít kimenetet)." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:261 +msgid "" +"GTK-Doc consists of a number of python scripts, each performing a different " +"step in the process." +msgstr "" +"A GTK-Doc számos Python-parancsfájlból áll, amelyek mindegyike más-más " +"lépést hajt végre a folyamatban." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:266 +msgid "There are 5 main steps in the process:" +msgstr "A folyamat 5 fő lépésből áll:" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:273 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>Writing the documentation.</guilabel> The author fills in the " +"source files with the documentation for each function, macro, structs or " +"unions, etc." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>A dokumentáció megírása.</guilabel> A szerző kitölti a " +"forrásfájlokat minden egyes függvény, makró, struktúra, unió és egyéb " +"szerkezetek dokumentációjával." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:282 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>Gathering information about the code.</guilabel> " +"<application>gtkdoc-scan</application> scans the header files of the code " +"looking for declarations of functions, macros, enums, structs, and unions. " +"It creates the file <filename><module>-decl-list.txt</filename> " +"containing a list of the declarations, placing them into sections according " +"to which header file they are in. On the first run this file is copied to " +"<filename><module>-sections.txt</filename>. The author can rearrange " +"the sections, and the order of the declarations within them, to produce the " +"final desired order. The second file it generates is <filename><" +"module>-decl.txt</filename>. This file contains the full declarations " +"found by the scanner. If for some reason one would like some symbols to show " +"up in the docs, where the full declaration cannot be found by the scanner or " +"the declaration should appear differently, one can place entities similar to " +"the ones in <filename><module>-decl.txt</filename> into <filename><" +"module>-overrides.txt</filename>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:299 +msgid "" +"<application>gtkdoc-scangobj</application> can also be used to dynamically " +"query a library about any GObject subclasses it exports. It saves " +"information about each object's position in the class hierarchy and about " +"any GObject properties and signals it provides." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:305 +msgid "" +"<application>gtkdoc-scanobj</application> should not be used anymore. It was " +"needed in the past when GObject was still GtkObject inside gtk+." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:312 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>Generating the XML and HTML/PDF.</guilabel> <application>gtkdoc-" +"mkdb</application> turns the template files into XML files in the <filename " +"class=\"directory\">xml/</filename> subdirectory. If the source code " +"contains documentation on functions, using the special comment blocks, it " +"gets merged in here. If there are no tmpl files used it only reads docs from " +"sources and introspection data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:321 +msgid "" +"<application>gtkdoc-mkhtml</application> turns the XML files into HTML files " +"in the <filename class=\"directory\">html/</filename> subdirectory. Likewise " +"<application>gtkdoc-mkpdf</application> turns the XML files into a PDF " +"document called <filename><package>.pdf</filename>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:327 +msgid "" +"Files in <filename class=\"directory\">xml/</filename> and <filename " +"class=\"directory\">html/</filename> directories are always overwritten. One " +"should never edit them directly." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:335 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>Fixing up cross-references between documents.</guilabel> After " +"installing the HTML files, <application>gtkdoc-fixxref</application> can be " +"run to fix up any cross-references between separate documents. For example, " +"the GTK+ documentation contains many cross-references to types documented in " +"the GLib manual. When creating the source tarball for distribution, " +"<application>gtkdoc-rebase</application> turns all external links into web-" +"links. When installing distributed (pregenerated) docs the same application " +"will try to turn links back to local links (where those docs are installed)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:353 +msgid "Getting GTK-Doc" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: C/index.docbook:356 +msgid "Requirements" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:357 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>python 2/3</guilabel> - the main scripts are written in python." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:360 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>xsltproc</guilabel> - the xslt processor from libxslt <ulink " +"url=\"http://xmlsoft.org/XSLT/\" type=\"http\">xmlsoft.org/XSLT/</ulink>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:364 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>docbook-xsl</guilabel> - the docbook xsl stylesheets <ulink " +"url=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/docbook/files/docbook-xsl/\" " +"type=\"http\">sourceforge.net/projects/docbook/files/docbook-xsl</ulink>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:368 +msgid "" +"One of <guilabel>source-highlight</guilabel>, <guilabel>highlight</guilabel> " +"or <guilabel>vim</guilabel> - optional - used for syntax highlighting of " +"examples" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:376 +msgid "About GTK-Doc" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:378 +msgid "" +"Historically GTK-Doc was used to generate template files from the sources " +"code. These template files could be used by developers to enter the API " +"documentation. This approach was rather inconvenient because it required to " +"keep the generated files under version control. Since GTK-Doc 1.9 it became " +"possible to place all API information into source comments, which made the " +"template support obsolete. In version 1.26 template support has been removed." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:388 C/index.docbook:402 +msgid "(FIXME)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:392 +msgid "" +"(authors, web pages, mailing list, license, future plans, comparison with " +"other similar systems.)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:400 +msgid "About this Manual" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:406 +msgid "(who it is meant for, where you can get it, license)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: C/index.docbook:415 +msgid "Project Setup" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:417 +msgid "" +"This Chapter describes the steps that are necessary to integrate GTK-Doc " +"into your project. The integration of GTK-Doc into a project includes the " +"following steps:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:425 +msgid "" +"Preparation of the directory structure and creating required configuration " +"files for your GTK-Doc documentation (see <link " +"linkend=\"settingup_docfiles\"> Setting up a skeleton documentation</link>)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:433 +msgid "" +"Adjusting the build system to build your documentation using the GTK-Doc " +"tools. Multiple build systems are supported, in this manual we describe how " +"to integrate GTK-Doc with <link linkend=\"settingup_autotools\">Autotools</" +"link>, <link linkend=\"settingup_cmake\">CMake</link>, and <link " +"linkend=\"settingup_plain_makefiles\">plain Makefiles</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:443 +msgid "" +"Adding GTK-Doc specific files to version control and deciding which files to " +"ignore (see <link linkend=\"settingup_vcs\"> Integration with version " +"control systems</link>)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:451 +msgid "" +"The following sections assume we work on a project called <code>meep</code>. " +"This project contains two packages (or modules), a library called " +"<code>libmeep</code> and an end-user app called <code>meeper</code>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:460 +msgid "Setting up a skeleton documentation" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:462 +msgid "" +"A common convention is to place documentation into a folder called " +"<code>docs</code> inside your top-level project directory. We usually " +"distinguish between <emphasis>reference documentation</emphasis> intended " +"for developers and an <emphasis>user manual</emphasis> intended for end-" +"users. Again the convention is to have separate folders for both. We usually " +"place the reference documentation in a folder named <code>reference</code> " +"and the end-user manual in a folder named <code>help</code> as. According to " +"the above convention the documentation for our <code>libmeep</code> package " +"would be placed into: <code>docs/reference/libmeep</code>. For packages with " +"just one library or application the documentation could also be placed " +"directly into <code>docs/reference</code>. It is not mandatory to use the " +"above convention, but if you choose to use a different directory structure " +"you must adjust your build system configuration to match your directory " +"structure." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:493 +msgid "Example directory structure of <emphasis>meep</emphasis> project" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:495 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"meep/\n" +" docs/\n" +" reference/ # reference documentation\n" +" libmeep/\n" +" meeper/\n" +" help/ # optional: user manual\n" +" meeper/\n" +" src/\n" +" libmeep/\n" +" meeper/\n" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:487 +msgid "" +"In the following sections we will assume a directory structure for our " +"<emphasis>meep</emphasis> project that uses the above conventions. <_:" +"example-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:512 +msgid "Integration with Autotools" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:513 +msgid "" +"Integration of GTK-Doc into an autotools-based build system requires the " +"following steps:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:519 +msgid "" +"Ensure that <application>gtkdocize</application> is run once before the " +"<filename>configure</filename> script. If an <filename>autogen.sh</filename> " +"script is present, adjust it to check for GTK-Doc and add a call to " +"<application>gtkdocize</application>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:527 +msgid "" +"The main purpose of <application>gtkdocize</application> is to make the " +"<filename>gtk-doc.make</filename> Makefile and the <filename>gtk-doc.m4</" +"filename> macro definition file available to the build system, either by " +"copying or linking it into the project." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:536 +msgid "" +"Add the necessary <application>autoconf</application> macros to " +"<filename>configure.ac</filename> to enable GTK-Doc in your build system to " +"allow configuration of GTK-Doc via the generated <filename>configure</" +"filename> script." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:542 +msgid "" +"Among others with registers the <code>--enable-gtk-doc</code> option with " +"the <filename>configure</filename> script." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:548 +msgid "" +"Create an <application>automake</application> script for each application or " +"library in your project. In the example used in this documentation this step " +"applies to both <code>meeper</code> and <code>libmeep</code>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:557 +msgid "" +"In the following sections, we will perform the above steps in reverse order. " +"We start with the <application>automake</application> scripts and work our " +"way up to <filename>configure.ac</filename> and <filename>autogen.sh</" +"filename>. Then we show how enable Gtk-Doc in the build system and how to " +"build the documentation." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: C/index.docbook:567 +msgid "Integration with automake" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:569 +msgid "" +"First copy the <filename>Makefile.am</filename> from the <filename " +"class=\"directory\">examples</filename> sub-directory of the <ulink " +"url=\"https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gtk-doc/raw/master/examples/Makefile." +"am\"> gtkdoc-sources</ulink> to your project's reference documentation " +"directory (e.g. <filename class=\"directory\">docs/reference/<package>" +"</filename>). A local copy should be available under e.g. <filename>/usr/" +"share/doc/gtk-doc-tools/examples/Makefile.am</filename>. If you have " +"multiple packages repeat this for each one." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/simpara +#: C/index.docbook:582 +msgid "" +"Do not forget to add each <filename>Makefile.am</filename> to the " +"<function>AC_CONFIG_FILES</function> macro in <filename>configure.ac</" +"filename>. For <filename>docs/reference/libmeep/Makefile.am</filename> you " +"will need to add the entry <filename>docs/reference/libmeep/Makefile</" +"filename> to <function>AC_CONFIG_FILES</function>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:594 +msgid "Example directory structure with <filename>Makefiles.am</filename>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:597 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"meep/\n" +" docs/\n" +" reference/ # reference documentation\n" +" libmeep/\n" +" Makefile.am\n" +" meeper/\n" +" Makefile.am\n" +" help/ # optional: user manual\n" +" meeper/\n" +" src/\n" +" libmeep/\n" +" meeper/\n" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:613 +msgid "" +"Next, you need to customize the copied Makefiles and provide values for the " +"various parameters in each <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. All settings " +"have a comment above them that describes their purpose and how to customize " +"the setting. Most settings are used to supply extra flags to the respective " +"tools to which they apply. Every tool has a variable of the form <option><" +"TOOLNAME>_OPTIONS</option> (e.g. the tool <application>gtkdoc-mkhtml</" +"application> has an option named <code>MKHTML_OPTIONS</code>). All the tools " +"support <option>--help</option> to list the supported options." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:637 +msgid "" +"<option>DOC_MODULE</option> is used to provide the name of the package that " +"is being documentated (e.g. <code>meeper</code>, or <code>libmeep</code>)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:644 +msgid "" +"<option>DOC_SOURCE_DIR</option> is used to specify the location of source " +"directory which GTK-Doc searches for your API documentation. This will " +"usually be <code> DOC_SOURCE_DIR=$(top_srcdir)/src </code> or a sub-" +"directory of that directory." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:657 +msgid "" +"<option>HFILE_GLOB</option> and <option>CFILE_GLOB</option> are used for " +"dependencies. Each option take a file-glob (e.g. " +"<code>HFILE_GLOB=$(top_srcdir)/src/*.c</code>). The documentation will be " +"rebuilt if any of the matched files change." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:669 +msgid "" +"<option>EXTRA_HFILES</option> allows to specify extra header files to " +"include when scanning for API documentation, which are not found under " +"<code>DOC_SOURCE_DIR</code> (e.g. <code> EXTRA_HFILES=$(top_srcdir}/contrib/" +"extra.h</code>)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:679 +msgid "" +"<option>IGNORE_HFILES</option> allows to specify header files or directories " +"to ignore when scanning for API documentation. Use the basename of the file " +"or directory (e.g. <code> IGNORE_HFILES=gtkdebug.h gtkintl.h " +"private_code_folder</code>)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:689 +msgid "" +"<option>HTML_IMAGES</option> allows to specify images files which will be " +"copied into the <filename>html/</filename> directory of the generated " +"documentation. If your API documentation includes any images they need to be " +"added to this option (e.g. <code> HTML_IMAGES=$(top_srcdir)/gtk/stock-icons/" +"stock_about_24.png</code>)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:702 +msgid "" +"<option>content_files</option> allows to specify extra files that are " +"included by <code>$(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE)</code> (e.g. <code> " +"content_files=running.xml building.xml changes-2.0.xml</code>)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:713 +msgid "" +"<option>expand_content_files</option> allows to specify files where " +"<emphasis>gtk-doc abbreviations</emphasis> such as <code>#GtkWidget</code> " +"are expanded (e.g. <code> expand_content_files=running.xml</code>)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:631 +msgid "" +"The following list explains the most relevant options. Check the example " +"<filename>Makefile.am</filename> for additional options. <_:itemizedlist-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: C/index.docbook:728 +msgid "Integration with autoconf" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:730 +msgid "" +"Integration with <application>autoconf</application> is very simple and " +"includes one required step and an additional optional (but recommended) " +"step. The first step is to add the <function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function> macro " +"to your <filename>configure.ac</filename> script. This registers several " +"configure options to enable GTK-Doc and allows you to set default arguments " +"for <application>gtkdocize</application>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: warning/simpara +#: C/index.docbook:742 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the <code>GTK_DOC_CHECK</code> macro is not indented. The " +"macro must start at the beginning of the line and should not start with " +"whitespace." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:749 +msgid "" +"The second step is to add the <code>AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR(m4)</code> to your " +"<filename>configure.ac</filename>. This is not required but helps " +"<application>gtkdocize</application> to automatically copy the macro " +"definition (e.g <filename>gtk-doc.m4</filename>) which contains the " +"<function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function> macro to your project's macro directory. " +"Without this, the GTK_DOC_CHECK macro might not be found and you would need " +"to explicitly tell the <application>aclocal</application> tool where to find " +"the macro definition file." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:762 +msgid "Minimal integration with autoconf" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:763 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"# recommended: set m4 directory\n" +"AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR(m4)\n" +"# optional: register gtk-doc in configure\n" +"GTK_DOC_CHECK(1.28)\n" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:778 +msgid "Integration with optional gtk-doc dependency" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:779 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"m4_ifdef(GTK_DOC_CHECK, \n" +"# recommended: set m4 directory\n" +"AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR(m4)\n" +"# optional: register gtk-doc in configure\n" +"GTK_DOC_CHECK(1.28)\n" +",\n" +"AM_CONDITIONAL(ENABLE_GTK_DOC, false)\n" +")\n" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:772 +msgid "" +"The above example works, but will require all developers to have gtk-doc " +"installed. A better way is to make building the documentation optional as " +"shown in the next example: <_:example-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:792 +msgid "" +"The first argument is used to check for the Gtk-Doc version at configure " +"time. The 2nd, optional argument is used by <application>gtkdocize</" +"application>. The <symbol>GTK_DOC_CHECK</symbol> macro also adds several " +"configure switches:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:801 +msgid "--with-html-dir=PATH : path to installed docs" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:802 +msgid "--enable-gtk-doc : use gtk-doc to build documentation default=no" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:803 +msgid "" +"--enable-gtk-doc-html : build documentation in html format default=yes" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:804 +msgid "--enable-gtk-doc-pdf : build documentation in pdf format default=no" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: important/para +#: C/index.docbook:808 +msgid "" +"GTK-Doc is disabled by default! Remember to pass the option <option>'--" +"enable-gtk-doc'</option> to the next <filename>configure</filename> run. " +"Otherwise pregenerated documentation is installed (which makes sense for " +"users but not for developers)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:816 +msgid "" +"After all changes to <filename>configure.ac</filename> are made, update the " +"<filename>configure</filename> file. This can be done by re-running " +"<code>autogen.sh</code>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: C/index.docbook:824 +msgid "Integration with autogen" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:826 +msgid "" +"Most projects will have an <filename>autogen.sh</filename> script to setup " +"the build infrastructure after the project was checked out from a version " +"control system (such as git or svn). GTK-Doc comes with a script called " +"<application>gtkdocize</application> which can be used to copy the necessary " +"files needed by Gtk-Doc to the source directory." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:834 +msgid "It should be run before autoreconf, autoheader, automake or autoconf." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:839 +msgid "Running gtkdocize from autogen.sh" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:840 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"gtkdocize || exit 1\n" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:848 +msgid "Conditionally run gtkdocize from autogen.sh" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:849 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"GTKDOCIZE=$(which gtkdocize 2>/dev/null)\n" +"if test $? -ne 0; then\n" +" echo \"No gtk-doc support found. You can't build the docs.\"\n" +"else\n" +" $GTKDOCIZE || exit 1\n" +"fi\n" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:860 +msgid "" +"When running <application>gtkdocize</application> it copies <filename>gtk-" +"doc.make</filename> to your project root (or any directory specified by the " +"<option>--docdir</option> option)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:866 +msgid "" +"<application>gtkdocize</application> checks your <filename>configure.ac</" +"filename> script for the <function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function> macro. The " +"<function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function> macro can be used to pass extra arguments " +"to the <application>gtkdocize</application> script. the 2nd parameter in the " +"<function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function> macro." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:875 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, additional arguments can also be passed to " +"<application>gtkdocize</application> via the <function>GTKDOCIZE_FLAGS</" +"function> environment variable, or by directly specifying them to " +"<application>gtkdocize</application> in <filename>autogen.sh</filename>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: C/index.docbook:886 +msgid "Executing GTK-Doc from the Build System" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:888 +msgid "" +"After the previous steps it's time to run the build. First we need to rerun " +"<filename>autogen.sh</filename>. If this script runs configure for you, then " +"give it the <option>--enable-gtk-doc</option> option. Otherwise manually run " +"<filename>configure</filename> with this option afterwards." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:895 +msgid "" +"The first make run generates several additional files in the doc-" +"directories. The important ones are: <filename><package>.types</" +"filename>, <filename><package>-docs.xml</filename> (in the past ." +"sgml), <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:903 +msgid "Running the doc build" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:904 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"./autogen.sh --enable-gtk-doc\n" +"make\n" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:911 +msgid "" +"Now you can point your browser to <filename>docs/reference/<package>/" +"index.html</filename>. With this initial setup you will only see a very " +"simple document. The next chapter will teach you how to add API " +"documentation to your code via special comment blocks. The Chapter " +"afterwards introduces <link linkend=\"metafiles\">additional files</link> " +"and shows how to edit the <link linkend=\"metafiles_master\">master " +"template</link> to add additional chapters and sections to your " +"documentation files." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:927 +msgid "Integration with CMake build systems" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:929 +msgid "" +"GTK-Doc now provides a <filename>GtkDocConfig.cmake</filename> module (and " +"the corresponding <filename>GtkDocConfigVersion.cmake</filename> module). " +"This provides a <literal>gtk_doc_add_module</literal> command that you can " +"set in your <filename>CMakeLists.txt</filename> file." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:939 +msgid "Example of using GTK-Doc from CMake" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:940 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"find_package(GtkDoc 1.25 REQUIRED)\n" +"\n" +"# Create the doc-libmeep target.\n" +"gtk_doc_add_module(\n" +" libmeep ${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/libmeep\n" +" XML meep-docs.xml\n" +" LIBRARIES libmeep\n" +")\n" +"\n" +"# Build doc-libmeep as part of the default target. Without this, you would\n" +"# have to explicitly run something like `make doc-libmeep` to build the docs.\n" +"add_custom_target(documentation ALL DEPENDS doc-libmeep)\n" +"\n" +"# Install the docs. (This assumes you're using the GNUInstallDirs CMake module\n" +"# to set the CMAKE_INSTALL_DOCDIR variable correctly).\n" +"install(DIRECTORY ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/libmeep/html\n" +" DESTINATION ${CMAKE_INSTALL_DOCDIR})\n" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:937 +msgid "The following example shows how to use this command. <_:example-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:964 +msgid "Integration with plain makefiles or other build systems" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:966 +msgid "" +"In the case one does not want to use automake and therefore <filename>gtk-" +"doc.mak</filename> one will need to call the gtkdoc tools in the right order " +"in own makefiles (or other build tools)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:973 +msgid "Documentation build steps" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:974 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"DOC_MODULE=meep\n" +"// sources have changed\n" +"gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) <source-dir>\n" +"gtkdoc-scangobj --module=$(DOC_MODULE)\n" +"gtkdoc-mkdb --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --output-format=xml --source-dir=<source-dir>\n" +"// xml files have changed\n" +"mkdir html\n" +"cd html && gtkdoc-mkhtml $(DOC_MODULE) ../meep-docs.xml\n" +"gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --module-dir=html\n" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:988 +msgid "" +"One will need to look at the <filename>Makefile.am</filename> and " +"<filename>gtk-doc.mak</filename> to pick the extra options needed." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:995 +msgid "Integration with version control systems" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:997 +msgid "" +"As a rule of thumb, it's the files you edit which should go under version " +"control. For typical projects it's these files: <filename><package>." +"types</filename>, <filename><package>-docs.xml</filename> (in the " +"past .sgml), <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>, " +"<filename>Makefile.am</filename>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1005 +msgid "" +"Files in the <filename>xml/</filename> and <filename>html/</filename> " +"directories should not go under version control. Neither should any of the " +"<filename>.stamp</filename> files." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: C/index.docbook:1015 +msgid "Documenting the code" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:1017 +msgid "" +"GTK-Doc uses source code comment with a special syntax for code " +"documentation. Further it retrieves information about your project structure " +"from other sources. During the next section you will find all information " +"about the syntax of the comments." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:1028 C/index.docbook:1054 +msgid "GTK-Doc comment block" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1029 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"#ifndef __GTK_DOC_IGNORE__\n" +"/* unparseable code here */\n" +"#endif\n" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:1024 +msgid "" +"The GTK-Doc scanner can handle the majority of C headers fine. In the case " +"of receiving warnings from the scanner that look like a special case, one " +"can hint GTK-Doc to skip over them. <_:example-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/title +#: C/index.docbook:1038 +msgid "Limitations" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: C/index.docbook:1039 +msgid "" +"Note, that GTK-Doc's supports <code>#ifndef(__GTK_DOC_IGNORE__)</code> but " +"not <code>#if !defined(__GTK_DOC_IGNORE__)</code> or other combinations." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:1049 +msgid "Documentation comments" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1055 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"/**\n" +" * identifier:\n" +" * documentation ...\n" +" */\n" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1051 +msgid "" +"A multiline comment that starts with an additional '*' marks a documentation " +"block that will be processed by the GTK-Doc tools. <_:example-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1064 +msgid "" +"The 'identifier' is one line with the name of the item the comment is " +"related to. The syntax differs a little depending on the item. (TODO add " +"table showing identifiers)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1070 +msgid "" +"The 'documentation' block is also different for each symbol type. Symbol " +"types that get parameters such as functions or macros have the parameter " +"description first followed by a blank line (just a '*'). Afterwards follows " +"the detailed description. All lines (outside program listings and CDATA " +"sections) just containing a ' *' (blank-asterisk) are converted to paragraph " +"breaks. If you don't want a paragraph break, change that into ' * ' (blank-" +"asterisk-blank-blank). This is useful in preformatted text (code listings)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1087 +msgid "" +"What it is: The name for a class or function can sometimes be misleading for " +"people coming from a different background." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1093 +msgid "" +"What it does: Tell about common uses. Put it in relation with the other API." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: C/index.docbook:1083 +msgid "When documenting code, describe two aspects: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1108 +msgid "Use function() to refer to functions or macros which take arguments." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1113 +msgid "" +"Use @param to refer to parameters. Also use this when referring to " +"parameters of other functions, related to the one being described." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1119 +msgid "Use %constant to refer to a constant, e.g. %G_TRAVERSE_LEAFS." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1124 +msgid "" +"Use #symbol to refer to other types of symbol, e.g. structs and enums and " +"macros which don't take arguments." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1130 +msgid "Use #Object::signal to refer to a GObject signal." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1135 +msgid "Use #Object:property to refer to a GObject property." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1140 +msgid "" +"Use #Struct.field to refer to a field inside a structure and #GObjectClass." +"foo_bar() to refer to a vmethod." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1102 +msgid "" +"One advantage of hyper-text over plain-text is the ability to have links in " +"the document. Writing the correct markup for a link can be tedious though. " +"GTK-Doc comes to help by providing several useful abbreviations. <_:" +"itemizedlist-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: C/index.docbook:1149 +msgid "" +"If you need to use the special characters '<', '>', '()', '@', '%', or " +"'#' in your documentation without GTK-Doc changing them you can use the XML " +"entities \"&lt;\", \"&gt;\", \"&lpar;\", \"&rpar;\", \"&" +"commat;\", \"&percnt;\" and \"&num;\" respectively or escape them " +"with a backslash '\\'." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1158 +msgid "" +"DocBook can do more than just links. One can also have lists, examples, " +"headings, and images. As of version 1.20, the preferred way is to use a " +"subset of the basic text formatting syntax called <ulink url=\"http://" +"daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/\">Markdown</ulink>. On older GTK-Doc " +"versions any documentation that includes Markdown will be rendered as is. " +"For example, list items will appear as lines starting with a dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1169 +msgid "" +"While markdown is now preferred one can mix both. One limitation here is " +"that one can use docbook xml within markdown, but markdown within docbook " +"xml is not supported." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1175 +msgid "" +"In older GTK-Doc releases, if you need support for additional formatting, " +"you would need to enable the usage of docbook XML tags inside doc-comments " +"by putting <option>--xml-mode</option> (or <option>--sgml-mode</option>) in " +"the variable <symbol>MKDB_OPTIONS</symbol> inside <filename>Makefile.am</" +"filename>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:1184 +msgid "GTK-Doc comment block using Markdown" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1185 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"/**\n" +" * identifier:\n" +" *\n" +" * documentation paragraph ...\n" +" *\n" +" * # Sub Heading #\n" +" *\n" +" * ## Second Sub Heading\n" +" *\n" +" * # Sub Heading With a Link Anchor # {#heading-two}\n" +" *\n" +" * more documentation:\n" +" *\n" +" * - list item 1\n" +" *\n" +" * Paragraph inside a list item.\n" +" *\n" +" * - list item 2\n" +" *\n" +" * 1. numbered list item\n" +" *\n" +" * 2. another numbered list item\n" +" *\n" +" * Another paragraph. A Link to the GNOME Website(http://www.gnome.org/)\n" +" *\n" +" * !an inline image(plot-result.png)\n" +" *\n" +" * A link to the heading anchor aboveheading-two\n" +" *\n" +" * A C-language example:\n" +" * |<!-- language=\"C\" -->\n" +" * GtkWidget *label = gtk_label_new (\"Gorgeous!\");\n" +" * |\n" +" */\n" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1224 +msgid "" +"More examples of what markdown tags are supported can be found in the <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.gnome.org/Projects/GTK/DocumentationSyntax/Markdown\">GTK " +"Documentation Markdown Syntax Reference</ulink>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: C/index.docbook:1230 +msgid "" +"As already mentioned earlier GTK-Doc is for documenting public API. Thus one " +"cannot write documentation for static symbols. Nevertheless it is good to " +"comment those symbols too. This helps other developers to understand your " +"code. Therefore we recommend to comment these using normal comments (without " +"the 2nd '*' in the first line). If later the function needs to be made " +"public, all one needs to do is to add another '*' in the comment block and " +"insert the symbol name at the right place inside the sections file." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:1245 +msgid "Documenting sections" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1247 +msgid "" +"Each section of the documentation contains information about one class or " +"module. To introduce the component one can write a section block. The short " +"description is also used inside the table of contents. All the @fields are " +"optional." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:1255 +msgid "Section comment block" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1256 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"/**\n" +" * SECTION:meepapp\n" +" * @short_description: the application class\n" +" * @title: Meep application\n" +" * @section_id:\n" +" * @see_also: #MeepSettings\n" +" * @stability: Stable\n" +" * @include: meep/app.h\n" +" * @image: application.png\n" +" *\n" +" * The application class handles ...\n" +" */\n" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:1275 +msgid "SECTION:<name>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1277 +msgid "" +"The name links the section documentation to the respective part in the " +"<filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> file. The name given here " +"should match the <FILE> tag in the <filename><package>-sections." +"txt</filename> file." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:1286 +msgid "@short_description" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1288 +msgid "" +"A one line description of the section, that later will appear after the " +"links in the TOC and at the top of the section page." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:1295 +msgid "@title" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1297 +msgid "" +"The section title defaults to <name> from the SECTION declaration. It " +"can be overridden with the @title field." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:1304 +msgid "@section_id" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1306 +msgid "" +"Overrides the use of title as a section identifier. For GObjects the <" +"title> is used as a section_id and for other sections it is <" +"MODULE>-<title>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:1314 +msgid "@see_also" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1316 +msgid "A list of symbols that are related to this section." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:1322 +msgid "@stability" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1329 +msgid "" +"Stable - The intention of a Stable interface is to enable arbitrary third " +"parties to develop applications to these interfaces, release them, and have " +"confidence that they will run on all minor releases of the product (after " +"the one in which the interface was introduced, and within the same major " +"release). Even at a major release, incompatible changes are expected to be " +"rare, and to have strong justifications." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1341 +msgid "" +"Unstable - Unstable interfaces are experimental or transitional. They are " +"typically used to give outside developers early access to new or rapidly " +"changing technology, or to provide an interim solution to a problem where a " +"more general solution is anticipated. No claims are made about either source " +"or binary compatibility from one minor release to the next." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1353 +msgid "" +"Private - An interface that can be used within the GNOME stack itself, but " +"that is not documented for end-users. Such functions should only be used in " +"specified and documented ways." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1362 +msgid "" +"Internal - An interface that is internal to a module and does not require " +"end-user documentation. Functions that are undocumented are assumed to be " +"Internal." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1324 +msgid "" +"An informal description of the stability level this API has. We recommend " +"the use of one of these terms: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:1374 +msgid "@include" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1376 +msgid "" +"The <literal>#include</literal> files to show in the section synopsis (a " +"comma separated list), overriding the global value from the <link " +"linkend=\"metafiles_sections\">section file</link> or command line. This " +"item is optional." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:1385 +msgid "@image" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1387 +msgid "" +"The image to display at the top of the reference page for this section. This " +"will often be some sort of a diagram to illustrate the visual appearance of " +"a class or a diagram of its relationship to other classes. This item is " +"optional." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: C/index.docbook:1398 +msgid "" +"To avoid unnecessary recompilation after doc-changes put the section docs " +"into the c-source where possible." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:1407 +msgid "Documenting symbols" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1409 +msgid "" +"Each symbol (function, macro, struct, enum, signal and property) is " +"documented in a separate block. The block is best placed close to the " +"definition of the symbols so that it is easy to keep them in sync. Thus " +"functions are usually documented in the c-source and macros, structs and " +"enums in the header file." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:1417 C/index.docbook:1483 +msgid "General tags" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:1419 +msgid "" +"You can add versioning information to all documentation elements to tell " +"when an API was introduced, or when it was deprecated." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: variablelist/title +#: C/index.docbook:1424 +msgid "Versioning Tags" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:1425 +msgid "Since:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1427 +msgid "Description since which version of the code the API is available." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:1432 +msgid "Deprecated:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1434 +msgid "" +"Paragraph denoting that this function should no be used anymore. The " +"description should point the reader to the new API." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:1442 +msgid "" +"You can also add stability information to all documentation elements to " +"indicate whether API stability is guaranteed for them for all future minor " +"releases of the project." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:1448 +msgid "" +"The default stability level for all documentation elements can be set by " +"passing the <option>--default-stability</option> argument to " +"<application>gtkdoc-mkdb</application> with one of the values below." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: variablelist/title +#: C/index.docbook:1454 +msgid "Stability Tags" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:1455 +msgid "Stability: Stable" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1457 +msgid "" +"Mark the element as stable. This is for public APIs which are guaranteed to " +"remain stable for all future minor releases of the project." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:1464 +msgid "Stability: Unstable" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1466 +msgid "" +"Mark the element as unstable. This is for public APIs which are released as " +"a preview before being stabilised." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:1472 +msgid "Stability: Private" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1474 +msgid "" +"Mark the element as private. This is for interfaces which can be used by " +"tightly coupled modules, but not by arbitrary third parties." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1484 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"/**\n" +" * foo_get_bar:\n" +" * @foo: some foo\n" +" *\n" +" * Retrieves @foo's bar.\n" +" *\n" +" * Returns: @foo's bar\n" +" *\n" +" * Since: 2.6\n" +" * Deprecated: 2.12: Use foo_baz_get_bar() instead.\n" +" */\n" +"Bar *\n" +"foo_get_bar(Foo *foo)\n" +"{\n" +"...\n" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:1504 C/index.docbook:1514 +msgid "Annotations" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:1506 +msgid "" +"Documentation blocks can contain annotation-tags. These tags will be " +"rendered with tooltips describing their meaning. The tags are used by " +"gobject-introspection to generate language bindings. A detailed list of the " +"supported tags can be found on <ulink url=\"http://live.gnome.org/" +"GObjectIntrospection/Annotations\" type=\"http\">the wiki</ulink>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1515 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"/**\n" +" * foo_get_bar: (annotation)\n" +" * @foo: (annotation): some foo\n" +" *\n" +" * Retrieves @foo's bar.\n" +" *\n" +" * Returns: (annotation): @foo's bar\n" +" */\n" +"...\n" +"/**\n" +" * foo_set_bar_using_the_frobnicator: (annotation) (another annotation)\n" +" * (and another annotation)\n" +" * @foo: (annotation) (another annotation): some foo\n" +" *\n" +" * Sets bar on @foo.\n" +" */\n" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:1536 C/index.docbook:1565 +msgid "Function comment block" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1542 +msgid "" +"Document whether returned objects, lists, strings, etc, should be freed/" +"unrefed/released." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1548 +msgid "Document whether parameters can be NULL, and what happens if they are." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1553 +msgid "" +"Mention interesting pre-conditions and post-conditions where appropriate." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:1538 C/index.docbook:1624 +msgid "Please remember to: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:1560 +msgid "" +"Gtk-doc assumes all symbols (macros, functions) starting with '_' are " +"private. They are treated like static functions." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1566 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"/**\n" +" * function_name:\n" +" * @par1: description of parameter 1. These can extend over more than\n" +" * one line.\n" +" * @par2: description of parameter 2\n" +" * @...: a %NULL-terminated list of bars\n" +" *\n" +" * The function description goes here. You can use @par1 to refer to parameters\n" +" * so that they are highlighted in the output. You can also use %constant\n" +" * for constants, function_name2() for functions and #GtkWidget for links to\n" +" * other declarations (which may be documented elsewhere).\n" +" *\n" +" * Returns: an integer.\n" +" *\n" +" * Since: 2.2\n" +" * Deprecated: 2.18: Use other_function() instead.\n" +" */\n" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: variablelist/title +#: C/index.docbook:1587 +msgid "Function tags" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:1588 C/index.docbook:1795 +msgid "Returns:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1590 +msgid "Paragraph describing the returned result." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:1595 +msgid "@...:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1597 +msgid "" +"In case the function has variadic arguments, you should use this tag " +"(@Varargs: does also work for historic reasons)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:1607 C/index.docbook:1609 +msgid "Property comment block" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1610 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"/**\n" +" * SomeWidget:some-property:\n" +" *\n" +" * Here you can document a property.\n" +" */\n" +"g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_SOME_PROPERTY, ...);\n" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:1622 C/index.docbook:1641 +msgid "Signal comment block" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1628 +msgid "" +"Document when the signal is emitted and whether it is emitted before or " +"after other signals." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1634 +msgid "Document what an application might do in the signal handler." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1642 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"/**\n" +" * FooWidget::foobarized:\n" +" * @widget: the widget that received the signal\n" +" * @foo: some foo\n" +" * @bar: some bar\n" +" *\n" +" * The ::foobarized signal is emitted each time someone tries to foobarize @widget.\n" +" */\n" +"foo_signalsFOOBARIZED =\n" +" g_signal_new (\"foobarized\",\n" +" ...\n" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:1659 C/index.docbook:1660 +msgid "Struct comment block" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1661 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"/**\n" +" * FooWidget:\n" +" * @bar: some #gboolean\n" +" *\n" +" * This is the best widget, ever.\n" +" */\n" +"typedef struct _FooWidget {\n" +" GtkWidget parent_instance;\n" +"\n" +" gboolean bar;\n" +"} FooWidget;\n" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:1676 +msgid "" +"Use <code>/*< private >*/</code> before the private struct fields you " +"want to hide. Use <code>/*< public >*/</code> for the reverse " +"behaviour." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:1682 +msgid "" +"If the first field is \"g_iface\", \"parent_instance\" or \"parent_class\" " +"it will be considered private automatically and doesn't need to be mentioned " +"in the comment block." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:1688 +msgid "" +"Struct comment blocks can also be used for GObjects and GObjectClasses. It " +"is usually a good idea to add a comment block for a class, if it has " +"vmethods (as this is how they can be documented). For the GObject itself one " +"can use the related section docs, having a separate block for the instance " +"struct would be useful if the instance has public fields. One disadvantage " +"here is that this creates two index entries of the same name (the structure " +"and the section)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:1700 C/index.docbook:1701 +msgid "Enum comment block" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1702 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"/**\n" +" * Something:\n" +" * @SOMETHING_FOO: something foo\n" +" * @SOMETHING_BAR: something bar\n" +" *\n" +" * Enum values used for the thing, to specify the thing.\n" +" */\n" +"typedef enum {\n" +" SOMETHING_FOO,\n" +" SOMETHING_BAR,\n" +" /*< private >*/\n" +" SOMETHING_COUNT\n" +"} Something;\n" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:1719 +msgid "" +"Use <code>/*< private >*/</code> before the private enum values you " +"want to hide. Use <code>/*< public >*/</code> for the reverse " +"behaviour." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:1730 +msgid "Inline program documentation" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1731 +msgid "" +"You can document programs and their commandline interface using inline " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: variablelist/title +#: C/index.docbook:1737 +msgid "Tags" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:1739 +msgid "PROGRAM" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1742 +msgid "Defines the start of a program documentation." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:1749 +msgid "@short_description:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1751 +msgid "Defines a short description of the program. (Optional)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:1758 +msgid "@synopsis:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1760 +msgid "" +"Defines the arguments, or list of arguments that the program can take. " +"(Optional)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:1768 +msgid "@see_also:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1770 +msgid "See Also manual page section. (Optional)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:1777 +msgid "@arg:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1779 +msgid "Argument(s) passed to the program and their description. (Optional)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:1786 +msgid "Description:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1788 +msgid "A longer description of the program." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1797 +msgid "Specify what value(s) the program returns. (Optional)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: C/index.docbook:1806 +msgid "Example of program documentation." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:1807 +msgid "Program documentation block" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1808 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"/**\n" +" * PROGRAM:test-program\n" +" * @short_description: A test program\n" +" * @synopsis: test-program *OPTIONS*... --arg1 *arg* *FILE*\n" +" * @see_also: test(1)\n" +" * @--arg1 *arg*: set arg1 to *arg*\n" +" * @--arg2 *arg*: set arg2 to *arg*\n" +" * @-v, --version: Print the version number\n" +" * @-h, --help: Print the help message\n" +" *\n" +" * Long description of program.\n" +" *\n" +" * Returns: Zero on success, non-zero on failure\n" +" */\n" +"int main(int argc, char *argv)\n" +"{\n" +"\treturn 0;\n" +"}\n" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:1834 +msgid "Useful DocBook tags" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1836 +msgid "" +"Here are some DocBook tags which are most useful when documenting the code." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1845 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"<link linkend=\"glib-Hash-Tables\">Hash Tables</link>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1841 +msgid "" +"To link to another section in the GTK docs: <_:informalexample-1/> The " +"linkend is the SGML/XML id on the top item of the page you want to link to. " +"For most pages this is currently the part (\"gtk\", \"gdk\", \"glib\") and " +"then the page title (\"Hash Tables\"). For widgets it is just the class " +"name. Spaces and underscores are converted to '-' to conform to SGML/XML." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1858 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"<function>...</function>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1855 +msgid "" +"To refer to an external function, e.g. a standard C function: <_:" +"informalexample-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1867 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"<example>\n" +" <title>Using a GHashTable.</title>\n" +" <programlisting language=\"C\">\n" +" ...\n" +" </programlisting>\n" +"</example>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1878 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"<informalexample>\n" +" <programlisting language=\"C\">\n" +" ...\n" +" </programlisting>\n" +"</informalexample>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1890 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"|<!-- language=\"C\" -->\n" +" ...\n" +"|\n" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1864 +msgid "" +"To include example code: <_:informalexample-1/> or possibly this, for very " +"short code fragments which don't need a title: <_:informalexample-2/> In " +"both cases, the language attribute is optional and is used as a hint to the " +"syntax highlighting engine (pygments for html output). For the latter GTK-" +"Doc also supports an abbreviation: <_:informalexample-3/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1901 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"<itemizedlist>\n" +" <listitem>\n" +" <para>\n" +" ...\n" +" </para>\n" +" </listitem>\n" +" <listitem>\n" +" <para>\n" +" ...\n" +" </para>\n" +" </listitem>\n" +"</itemizedlist>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1898 +msgid "To include bulleted lists: <_:informalexample-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1921 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"<note>\n" +" <para>\n" +" Make sure you free the data after use.\n" +" </para>\n" +"</note>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1918 +msgid "" +"To include a note which stands out from the text: <_:informalexample-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1934 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"<type>unsigned char</type>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1931 +msgid "To refer to a type: <_:informalexample-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1943 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"<structname>XFontStruct</structname>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1940 +msgid "" +"To refer to an external structure (not one described in the GTK docs): <_:" +"informalexample-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1952 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"<structfield>len</structfield>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1949 +msgid "To refer to a field of a structure: <_:informalexample-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1961 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"<classname>GtkWidget</classname>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1958 +msgid "" +"To refer to a class name, we could possibly use: <_:informalexample-1/> but " +"you'll probably be using #GtkWidget instead (to automatically create a link " +"to the GtkWidget page - see <link linkend=\"documenting_syntax\">the " +"abbreviations</link>)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1972 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"<emphasis>This is important</emphasis>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1969 +msgid "To emphasize text: <_:informalexample-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1981 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"<filename>/home/user/documents</filename>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1978 +msgid "For filenames use: <_:informalexample-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1990 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"<keycombo><keycap>Control</keycap><keycap>L</keycap></keycombo>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1987 +msgid "To refer to keys use: <_:informalexample-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: C/index.docbook:2000 +msgid "Filling the extra files" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:2002 +msgid "" +"There are a couple of extra files, that need to be maintained along with the " +"inline source code comments: <filename><package>.types</filename>, " +"<filename><package>-docs.xml</filename> (in the past .sgml), " +"<filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:2011 +msgid "Editing the types file" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:2013 +msgid "" +"If your library or application includes GObjects, you want their signals, " +"arguments/parameters and position in the hierarchy to be shown in the " +"documentation. All you need to do, is to list the <function>xxx_get_type</" +"function> functions together with their include inside the <filename><" +"package>.types</filename> file." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:2022 +msgid "Example <package>.types file" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:2023 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"#include <gtk/gtk.h>\n" +"\n" +"gtk_accel_label_get_type\n" +"gtk_adjustment_get_type\n" +"gtk_alignment_get_type\n" +"gtk_arrow_get_type\n" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:2034 +msgid "" +"Since GTK-Doc 1.8 <application>gtkdoc-scan</application> can generate this " +"list for you. Just add \"--rebuild-types\" to SCAN_OPTIONS in " +"<filename>Makefile.am</filename>. If you use this approach you should not " +"dist the types file nor have it under version control." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:2043 +msgid "Editing the master document" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:2045 +msgid "" +"GTK-Doc produces documentation in DocBook SGML/XML. When processing the " +"inline source comments, the GTK-Doc tools generate one documentation page " +"per class or module as a separate file. The master document includes them " +"and place them in an order." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:2052 +msgid "" +"While GTK-Doc creates a template master document for you, later runs will " +"not touch it again. This means that one can freely structure the " +"documentation. That includes grouping pages and adding extra pages. GTK-Doc " +"has now a test suite, where also the master-document is recreated from " +"scratch. Its a good idea to look at this from time to time to see if there " +"are some new goodies introduced there." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: C/index.docbook:2062 +msgid "" +"Do not create tutorials as extra documents. Just write extra chapters. The " +"benefit of directly embedding the tutorial for your library into the API " +"documentation is that it is easy to link for the tutorial to symbol " +"documentation. Apart chances are higher that the tutorial gets updates along " +"with the library." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:2071 +msgid "" +"So what are the things to change inside the master document? For a start is " +"only a little. There are some placeholders (text in square brackets) there " +"which you should take care of." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:2078 +msgid "Master document header" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:2079 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"<bookinfo>\n" +" <title>MODULENAME Reference Manual</title>\n" +" <releaseinfo>\n" +" for MODULENAME VERSION\n" +" The latest version of this documentation can be found on-line at\n" +" <ulink role=\"online-location\" url=\"http://SERVER/MODULENAME/index.html\">http://SERVER/MODULENAME/</ulink>.\n" +" </releaseinfo>\n" +"</bookinfo>\n" +"\n" +"<chapter>\n" +" <title>Insert title here</title>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:2095 +msgid "" +"In addition a few option elements are created in commented form. You can " +"review these and enable them as you like." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:2101 +msgid "Optional part in the master document" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:2102 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +" <!-- enable this when you use gobject introspection annotations\n" +" <xi:include href=\"xml/annotation-glossary.xml\"><xi:fallback /></xi:include>\n" +" -->\n" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:2110 +msgid "" +"Finally you need to add new section whenever you introduce one. The <link " +"linkend=\"modernizing-gtk-doc-1-16\">gtkdoc-check</link> tool will remind " +"you of newly generated xml files that are not yet included into the doc." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:2118 C/index.docbook:2153 +msgid "Including generated sections" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:2119 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +" <chapter>\n" +" <title>my library</title>\n" +" <xi:include href=\"xml/object.xml\"/>\n" +" ...\n" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:2131 +msgid "Editing the section file" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:2133 +msgid "" +"The section file is used to organise the documentation output by GTK-Doc. " +"Here one specifies which symbol belongs to which module or class and control " +"the visibility (public or private)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:2139 +msgid "" +"The section file is a plain text file with tags delimiting sections. Blank " +"lines are ignored and lines starting with a '#' are treated as comment lines." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: C/index.docbook:2146 +msgid "" +"While the tags make the file look like xml, it is not. Please do not close " +"tags like <SUBSECTION>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:2154 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"<INCLUDE>libmeep/meep.h</INCLUDE>\n" +"\n" +"<SECTION>\n" +"<FILE>meepapp</FILE>\n" +"<TITLE>MeepApp</TITLE>\n" +"MeepApp\n" +"<SUBSECTION Standard>\n" +"MEEP_APP\n" +"...\n" +"MeepAppClass\n" +"meep_app_get_type\n" +"</SECTION>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:2171 +msgid "" +"The <FILE> ... </FILE> tag is used to specify the file name, " +"without any suffix. For example, using '<FILE>gnome-config</" +"FILE>' will result in the section declarations being output in the " +"template file <filename>tmpl/gnome-config.sgml</filename>, which will be " +"converted into the DocBook XML file <filename>xml/gnome-config.sgml</" +"filename> or the DocBook XML file <filename>xml/gnome-config.xml</filename>. " +"(The name of the HTML file is based on the module name and the section " +"title, or for GObjects it is based on the GObjects class name converted to " +"lower case)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:2183 +msgid "" +"The <TITLE> ... </TITLE> tag is used to specify the title of the " +"section. It is only useful before the templates (if used) are initially " +"created, since the title set in the template file overrides this. Also if " +"one uses SECTION comment in the sources, this is obsolete." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:2190 +msgid "" +"You can group items in the section by using the <SUBSECTION> tag. " +"Currently it outputs a blank line between subsections in the synopsis " +"section. You can also use <SUBSECTION Standard> for standard GObject " +"declarations (e.g. the functions like g_object_get_type and macros like " +"G_OBJECT(), G_IS_OBJECT() etc.). Currently these are left out of the " +"documentation. You can also use <SUBSECTION Private> for private " +"declarations which will not be output (it is a handy way to avoid warning " +"messages about unused declarations). If your library contains private types " +"which you don't want to appear in the object hierarchy and the list of " +"implemented or required interfaces, add them to a Private subsection. " +"Whether you would place GObject and GObjectClass like structs in public or " +"Standard section depends if they have public entries (variables, vmethods)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:2209 +msgid "" +"You can also use <INCLUDE> ... </INCLUDE> to specify the " +"#include files which are shown in the synopsis sections. It contains a comma-" +"separate list of #include files, without the angle brackets. If you set it " +"outside of any sections, it acts for all sections until the end of the file. " +"If you set it within a section, it only applies to that section." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: C/index.docbook:2223 +msgid "Controlling the result" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:2225 +msgid "" +"A GTK-Doc run generates report files inside the documentation directory. The " +"generated files are named: <filename><package>-undocumented.txt</" +"filename>, <filename><package>-undeclared.txt</filename> and " +"<filename><package>-unused.txt</filename>. All those are plain text " +"files that can be viewed and postprocessed easily." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:2234 +msgid "" +"The <filename><package>-undocumented.txt</filename> file starts with " +"the documentation coverage summary. Below are two sections divided by blank " +"lines. The first section lists undocumented or incomplete symbols. The " +"second section does the same for section docs. Incomplete entries are those, " +"which have documentation, but where e.g. a new parameter has been added." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:2243 +msgid "" +"The <filename><package>-undeclared.txt</filename> file lists symbols " +"given in the <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> but not found " +"in the sources. Check if they have been removed or if they are misspelled." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:2250 +msgid "" +"The <filename><package>-unused.txt</filename> file lists symbol names, " +"where the GTK-Doc scanner has found documentation, but does not know where " +"to put it. This means that the symbol has not yet been added to the " +"<filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> file." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: C/index.docbook:2258 +msgid "" +"Enable or add the <option>TESTS=$(GTKDOC_CHECK)</option> line in Makefile." +"am. If at least GTK-Doc 1.9 is installed, this will run sanity checks during " +"<command>make check</command> run." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:2265 +msgid "" +"One can also look at the files produced by the source code scanner: " +"<filename><package>-decl-list.txt</filename> and <filename><" +"package>-decl.txt</filename>. The first one can be compared with the " +"section file if that is manually maintained. The second lists all " +"declarations from the headers. If a symbol is missing one could check if " +"this file contains it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:2274 +msgid "" +"If the project is GObject based, one can also look into the files produced " +"by the object scanner: <filename><package>.args.txt</filename>, " +"<filename><package>.hierarchy.txt</filename>, <filename><" +"package>.interfaces.txt</filename>, <filename><package>." +"prerequisites.txt</filename> and <filename><package>.signals.txt</" +"filename>. If there are missing symbols in any of those, one can ask GTK-Doc " +"to keep the intermediate scanner file for further analysis, by running it as " +"<command>GTK_DOC_KEEP_INTERMEDIATE=1 make</command>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: C/index.docbook:2289 +msgid "Modernizing the documentation" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:2291 +msgid "" +"GTK-Doc has been around for quite some time. In this section we list new " +"features together with the version since when it is available." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:2297 +msgid "GTK-Doc 1.9" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:2299 +msgid "" +"When using xml instead of sgml, one can actually name the master document " +"<filename><package>-docs.xml</filename>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:2304 +msgid "" +"This version supports <option>SCAN_OPTIONS=--rebuild-sections</option> in " +"<filename>Makefile.am</filename>. When this is enabled, the <filename><" +"package>-sections.txt</filename> is autogenerated and can be removed from " +"the vcs. This only works nicely for projects that have a very regular " +"structure (e.g. each .{c,h} pair will create new section). If one organize a " +"project close to that updating a manually maintained section file can be as " +"simple as running <code>meld <package>-decl-list.txt <package>-" +"sections.txt</code>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:2315 +msgid "" +"Version 1.8 already introduced the syntax for documenting sections in the " +"sources instead of the separate files under <filename " +"class=\"directory\">tmpl</filename>. This version adds options to switch the " +"whole doc module to not use the extra tmpl build step at all, by using " +"<option>--flavour no-tmpl</option> in <filename>configure.ac</filename>. If " +"you don't have a <filename class=\"directory\">tmpl</filename> checked into " +"your source control system and haven't yet switched, just add the flag to " +"<filename>configure.ac</filename> and you are done." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:2327 +msgid "GTK-Doc 1.10" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:2329 +msgid "" +"This version supports <option>SCAN_OPTIONS=--rebuild-types</option> in " +"<filename>Makefile.am</filename>. When this is enabled, the <filename><" +"package>.types</filename> is autogenerated and can be removed from the " +"vcs. When using this feature it is important to also setup the " +"<varname>IGNORE_HFILES</varname> in <filename>Makefile.am</filename> for " +"code that is build conditionally." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:2340 +msgid "GTK-Doc 1.16" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:2346 +msgid "Enable gtkdoc-check" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:2347 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"if ENABLE_GTK_DOC\n" +"TESTS_ENVIRONMENT = \\\n" +" DOC_MODULE=$(DOC_MODULE) DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE=$(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) \\\n" +" SRCDIR=$(abs_srcdir) BUILDDIR=$(abs_builddir)\n" +"TESTS = $(GTKDOC_CHECK)\n" +"endif\n" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:2342 +msgid "" +"This version includes a new tool called gtkdoc-check. This tool can run a " +"set of sanity checks on your documentation. It is enabled by adding these " +"lines to the end of <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. <_:example-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:2360 +msgid "GTK-Doc 1.20" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:2362 +msgid "" +"Version 1.18 brought some initial markdown support. Using markdown in doc " +"comments is less intrusive than writing docbook xml. This version improves a " +"lot on this and add a lot more styles. The section that explains the <link " +"linkend=\"documenting_syntax\">comment syntax</link> has all the details." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:2372 +msgid "GTK-Doc 1.25" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:2383 +msgid "Use pre-generated entities" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:2384 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"<?xml version=\"1.0\"?>\n" +"<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC \"-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN\"\n" +" \"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd\"\n" +"\n" +" <!ENTITY % local.common.attrib \"xmlns:xi CDATA #FIXED 'http://www.w3.org/2003/XInclude'\">\n" +" <!ENTITY % gtkdocentities SYSTEM \"xml/gtkdocentities.ent\">\n" +" %gtkdocentities;\n" +">\n" +"<book id=\"index\" xmlns:xi=\"http://www.w3.org/2003/XInclude\">\n" +" <bookinfo>\n" +" <title>&package_name; Reference Manual</title>\n" +" <releaseinfo>\n" +" for &package_string;.\n" +" The latest version of this documentation can be found on-line at\n" +" <ulink role=\"online-location\" url=\"http://SERVER/&package_name;/index.html\">http://SERVER/&package_name;/</ulink>.\n" +" </releaseinfo>\n" +" </bookinfo>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:2374 +msgid "" +"The makefiles shipped with this version generate an entity file at " +"<filename>xml/gtkdocentities.ent</filename>, containing entities for e.g. " +"package_name and package_version. You can use this e.g. in the main xml file " +"to avoid hardcoding the version number. Below is an example that shows how " +"the entity file is included in the master template and how the entities are " +"used. The entities can also be used in all generated files, GTK-Doc will use " +"the same xml header in generated xml files. <_:example-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: C/index.docbook:2409 +msgid "Documenting other interfaces" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:2411 +msgid "" +"So far we have been using GTK-Doc to document the API of code. The next " +"sections contain suggestions how the tools can be used to document other " +"interfaces too." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:2418 +msgid "Command line options and man pages" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:2420 +msgid "" +"As one can generate man pages for a docbook refentry as well, it sounds like " +"a good idea to use it for that purpose. This way the interface is part of " +"the reference and one gets the man-page for free." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: C/index.docbook:2427 +msgid "Document the tool" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:2429 +msgid "" +"Create one refentry file per tool. Following <link " +"linkend=\"settingup_docfiles\">our example</link> we would call it " +"<filename>meep/docs/reference/meeper/meep.xml</filename>. For the xml tags " +"that should be used and can look at generated file in the xml subdirectory " +"as well as examples e.g. in glib." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: C/index.docbook:2439 +msgid "Adding the extra configure check" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:2442 C/index.docbook:2460 +msgid "Extra configure checks" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:2443 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"AC_ARG_ENABLE(man,\n" +" AC_HELP_STRING(--enable-man,\n" +" regenerate man pages from Docbook default=no),enable_man=yes,\n" +" enable_man=no)\n" +"\n" +"AC_PATH_PROG(XSLTPROC, xsltproc)\n" +"AM_CONDITIONAL(ENABLE_MAN, test x$enable_man != xno)\n" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: C/index.docbook:2457 +msgid "Adding the extra makefile rules" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:2461 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"man_MANS = \\\n" +" meeper.1\n" +"\n" +"if ENABLE_GTK_DOC\n" +"if ENABLE_MAN\n" +"\n" +"%.1 : %.xml\n" +" @XSLTPROC@ -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<\n" +"\n" +"endif\n" +"endif\n" +"\n" +"BUILT_EXTRA_DIST = $(man_MANS)\n" +"EXTRA_DIST += meep.xml\n" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:2483 +msgid "DBus interfaces" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:2485 +msgid "" +"(FIXME: http://hal.freedesktop.org/docs/DeviceKit/DeviceKit.html, http://" +"cgit.freedesktop.org/DeviceKit/DeviceKit/tree/doc/dbus)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: C/index.docbook:2494 +msgid "Frequently asked questions" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: segmentedlist/segtitle +#: C/index.docbook:2498 +msgid "Question" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: segmentedlist/segtitle +#: C/index.docbook:2499 +msgid "Answer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:2501 +msgid "No class hierarchy." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:2502 +msgid "" +"The objects <function>xxx_get_type()</function> function has not been " +"entered into the <filename><package>.types</filename> file." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:2508 +msgid "Still no class hierarchy." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:2509 +msgid "" +"Missing or wrong naming in <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> " +"file (see <ulink url=\"http://mail.gnome.org/archives/gtk-doc-list/2003-" +"October/msg00006.html\">explanation</ulink>)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:2515 +msgid "Damn, I have still no class hierarchy." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:2516 +msgid "" +"Is the object name (name of the instance struct, e.g. <type>GtkWidget</" +"type>) part of the normal section (don't put this into Standard or Private " +"subsections)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:2523 +msgid "No symbol index." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:2524 +msgid "" +"Does the <filename><package>-docs.{xml,sgml}</filename> contain a " +"index that xi:includes the generated index?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:2530 +msgid "Symbols are not linked to their doc-section." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:2531 +msgid "" +"Is the doc-comment using the correct markup (added #,% or ())? Check if the " +"gtkdoc-fixxref warns about unresolvable xrefs." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:2537 +msgid "A new class does not appear in the docs." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:2538 +msgid "" +"Is the new page xi:included from <filename><package>-docs.{xml,sgml}</" +"filename>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:2544 +msgid "A new symbol does not appear in the docs." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:2545 +msgid "" +"Is the doc-comment properly formatted. Check for spelling mistakes in the " +"begin of the comment. Check if the gtkdoc-fixxref warns about unresolvable " +"xrefs. Check if the symbol is correctly listed in the <filename><" +"package>-sections.txt</filename> in a public subsection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:2553 +msgid "A type is missing from the class hierarchy." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:2554 +msgid "" +"If the type is listed in <filename><package>.hierarchy</filename> but " +"not in <filename>xml/tree_index.sgml</filename> then double check that the " +"type is correctly placed in the <filename><package>-sections.txt</" +"filename>. If the type instance (e.g. <type>GtkWidget</type>) is not listed " +"or incidentally marked private it will not be shown." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:2563 +msgid "I get foldoc links for all gobject annotations." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:2564 +msgid "" +"Check that <filename>xml/annotation-glossary.xml</filename> is xi:included " +"from <filename><package>-docs.{xml,sgml}</filename>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:2572 +msgid "Parameter described in source code comment block but does not exist" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:2573 +msgid "" +"Check if the prototype in the header has different parameter names as in the " +"source." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:2578 +msgid "multiple \"IDs\" for constraint linkend: XYZ" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:2579 +msgid "" +"Symbol XYZ appears twice in <filename><package>-sections.txt</" +"filename> file." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:2582 +msgid "" +"Element typename in namespace '' encountered in para, but no template " +"matches." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: C/index.docbook:2589 +msgid "Tools related to gtk-doc" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:2591 +msgid "" +"GtkDocPlugin - a <ulink url=\"http://trac-hacks.org/wiki/GtkDocPlugin\">Trac " +"GTK-Doc</ulink> integration plugin, that adds API docs to a trac site and " +"integrates with the trac search." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:2596 +msgid "" +"Gtkdoc-depscan - a tool (part of gtk-doc) to check used API against since " +"tags in the API to determine the minimum required version." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: appendixinfo/releaseinfo +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:12 +msgid "Version 1.1, March 2000" +msgstr "1.1-es verzió, 2000. március" + +#. (itstool) path: copyright/year +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:16 +msgid "2000" +msgstr "2000" + +#. (itstool) path: copyright/holder +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:16 +msgid "Free Software Foundation, Inc." +msgstr "Free Software Foundation, Inc." + +#. (itstool) path: address/street +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:20 +msgid "51 Franklin Street, Suite 330" +msgstr "51 Franklin Street, Suite 330" + +#. (itstool) path: address/city +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:21 +msgid "Boston" +msgstr "Boston" + +#. (itstool) path: address/state +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:21 +msgid "MA" +msgstr "MA" + +#. (itstool) path: address/postcode +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:22 +msgid "02110-1301" +msgstr "02110-1301" + +#. (itstool) path: address/country +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:22 +msgid "USA" +msgstr "USA" + +#. (itstool) path: para/address +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:20 +msgid "" +"Free Software Foundation, Inc. <_:street-1/>, <_:city-2/>, <_:state-3/> <_:" +"postcode-4/> <_:country-5/>" +msgstr "" +"Free Software Foundation, Inc. <_:street-1/>, <_:city-2/>, <_:state-3/> <_:" +"postcode-4/> <_:country-5/>" + +#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:19 +msgid "" +"<_:address-1/> Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies " +"of this license document, but changing it is not allowed." +msgstr "" +"<_:address-1/> A jelen licencdokumentumot bárki szabadon lemásolhatja és a " +"pontos másolatait terjesztheti, de a módosítása tilos." + +#. (itstool) path: appendix/title +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:28 C/fdl-appendix.xml:642 +msgid "GNU Free Documentation License" +msgstr "GNU Free Documentation License (nem hivatalos magyar fordítás)" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:31 +msgid "0. PREAMBLE" +msgstr "0. ELŐSZÓ" + +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:34 +msgid "free" +msgstr "szabaddá" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:32 +msgid "" +"The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other written " +"document <_:quote-1/> in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone the " +"effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without modifying it, " +"either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this License preserves " +"for the author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not " +"being considered responsible for modifications made by others." +msgstr "" +"Jelen Licenc célja egy tetszőleges kézikönyv, tankönyv, vagy más, ehhez " +"hasonló írott dokumentum a szó szoros értelmében <_:quote-1/> tétele: annak " +"érdekében, hogy mindenkinek biztosítsa a szöveg sokszorosításának és " +"terjesztésének teljes szabadságát, módosításokkal, vagy anélkül, akár " +"kereskedelmi, akár nem kereskedelmi területen. Másfelől, e Licenc megőrzi a " +"szerző vagy kiadó munkájának elismeréséhez fűződő jogát, s egyúttal " +"mentesíti őt a mások által beiktatott módosítások következményei alól." + +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:44 +msgid "copyleft" +msgstr "copyleft" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:43 +msgid "" +"This License is a kind of <_:quote-1/>, which means that derivative works of " +"the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It complements the " +"GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft license designed for free " +"software." +msgstr "" +"A jelen Licenc egyfajta <_:quote-1/> licencnek tekintendő: ez azt jelenti, " +"hogy a dokumentumból származtatott munkák maguk is szabad minősítést kell, " +"hogy kapjanak. Ez a dokumentum egyben a GNU General Public License " +"kiegészítőjeként is szolgál, mely egy, a szabad szoftverekre vonatkozó " +"etalon licenc." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:50 +msgid "" +"We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free " +"software, because free software needs free documentation: a free program " +"should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the software does. " +"But this License is not limited to software manuals; it can be used for any " +"textual work, regardless of subject matter or whether it is published as a " +"printed book. We recommend this License principally for works whose purpose " +"is instruction or reference." +msgstr "" +"A jelen Licenc a szabad szoftverek kézikönyveihez való használatra készült, " +"hiszen a szabad szoftver egyben szabad dokumentációt is igényel: egy szabad " +"programot olyan kézikönyvvel kell ellátni, amely ugyanazon szabadságokat " +"biztosítja, mint maga a program. Mindazonáltal a jelen Licenc nem " +"korlátozódik pusztán kézikönyvekre; feltételei tetszőleges tárgykörű írott " +"dokumentumra alkalmazhatók, függetlenül attól, hogy az könyvformában valaha " +"megjelent-e. Mindamellett e Licencet főként olyan munkákhoz ajánljuk, melyek " +"elsődleges célja az útmutatás vagy a tájékoztatás." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:62 +msgid "1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS" +msgstr "1. ALKALMAZHATÓSÁG ÉS DEFINÍCIÓK" + +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:67 C/fdl-appendix.xml:82 C/fdl-appendix.xml:99 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:107 C/fdl-appendix.xml:113 C/fdl-appendix.xml:156 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:179 C/fdl-appendix.xml:190 C/fdl-appendix.xml:205 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:224 C/fdl-appendix.xml:235 C/fdl-appendix.xml:253 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:271 C/fdl-appendix.xml:294 C/fdl-appendix.xml:354 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:368 C/fdl-appendix.xml:400 C/fdl-appendix.xml:462 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:472 C/fdl-appendix.xml:482 C/fdl-appendix.xml:519 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:540 C/fdl-appendix.xml:565 C/fdl-appendix.xml:583 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:608 +msgid "Document" +msgstr "Dokumentum" + +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:69 +msgid "you" +msgstr "Ön" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:63 +msgid "" +"This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a notice " +"placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed under the terms " +"of this License. The <_:quote-1/>, below, refers to any such manual or work. " +"Any member of the public is a licensee, and is addressed as <_:quote-2/>." +msgstr "" +"A jelen Licenc minden olyan kézikönyvre, vagy más jellegű munkára " +"vonatkozik, amelyen megtalálható a szerzői jog tulajdonosa által " +"feltüntetett figyelmeztetés, miszerint a dokumentum terjesztése jelen Licenc " +"feltételei alapján lehetséges. Az alábbiakban használt <_:quote-1/> " +"kifejezés bármely ilyen jellegű kézikönyvre, vagy egyéb munkára vonatkozhat. " +"A nyilvánosság bármely tagja potenciális licenctulajdonosnak tekinthető, és " +"a továbbiakban az <_:quote-2/> megszólítást használjuk rá." + +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:73 C/fdl-appendix.xml:234 C/fdl-appendix.xml:269 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:283 C/fdl-appendix.xml:315 C/fdl-appendix.xml:351 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:413 C/fdl-appendix.xml:433 C/fdl-appendix.xml:447 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:459 C/fdl-appendix.xml:475 C/fdl-appendix.xml:543 +msgid "Modified Version" +msgstr "Módosított Változata" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:72 +msgid "" +"A <_:quote-1/> of the Document means any work containing the Document or a " +"portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with modifications and/or " +"translated into another language." +msgstr "" +"A Dokumentum <_:quote-1/> bármely olyan munkára vonatkozik, amely " +"tartalmazza a Dokumentumot, vagy annak elemeit akár szó szerint, akár " +"módosításokkal, és/vagy más nyelvre lefordítva. " + +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:80 +msgid "Secondary Section" +msgstr "Másodlagos szakasz" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:79 +msgid "" +"A <_:quote-1/> is a named appendix or a front-matter section of the <_:" +"link-2/> that deals exclusively with the relationship of the publishers or " +"authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject (or to related " +"matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly within that overall " +"subject. (For example, if the Document is in part a textbook of mathematics, " +"a Secondary Section may not explain any mathematics.) The relationship could " +"be a matter of historical connection with the subject or with related " +"matters, or of legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political " +"position regarding them." +msgstr "" +"A <_:quote-1/> egy egyedi névvel bíró függelék, esetleg a <_:link-2/> egy " +"bevezető szakasza, amely kizárólag a kiadóknak, vagy az alkotóknak a " +"Dokumentum átfogó tárgyköréhez (vagy kapcsolódó témákhoz) fűződő viszonyáról " +"szól, és nem tartalmaz semmi olyat, ami közvetlenül ezen átfogó témakör alá " +"eshet. (Vagyis ha a Dokumentum részben egy matematika-tankönyv, akkor a " +"Másodlagos szakasz nem tartalmazhat matematikai tárgyú magyarázatokat). A " +"fenti kapcsolat tárgya lehet a témakörrel, vagy a kapcsolódó témákkal való " +"történelmi viszony, illetve az azokra vonatkozó jogi, kereskedelmi, " +"filozófiai, etikai, vagy politikai felfogás." + +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:95 C/fdl-appendix.xml:327 C/fdl-appendix.xml:398 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:439 C/fdl-appendix.xml:486 C/fdl-appendix.xml:494 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:567 C/fdl-appendix.xml:637 C/fdl-appendix.xml:648 +msgid "Invariant Sections" +msgstr "Nem Változtatható szakaszok" + +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:96 C/fdl-appendix.xml:435 +msgid "Secondary Sections" +msgstr "Másodlagos szakaszok" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:94 +msgid "" +"The <_:quote-1/> are certain <_:link-2/> whose titles are designated, as " +"being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice that says that the <_:" +"link-3/> is released under this License." +msgstr "" +"A <_:quote-1/> olyan <_:link-2/>, amelyek címe Nem Változtatható szakaszként " +"van megjelölve abban a közleményben, amely szerint a <_:link-3/> a jelen " +"Licenc hatálya alatt lett kiadva." + +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:104 C/fdl-appendix.xml:181 C/fdl-appendix.xml:328 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:458 +msgid "Cover Texts" +msgstr "Borítószövegek" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:103 +msgid "" +"The <_:quote-1/> are certain short passages of text that are listed, as " +"Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that the <_:" +"link-2/> is released under this License." +msgstr "" +"A <_:quote-1/> olyan rövid szövegrészek, melyek Címlapszövegként, illetve " +"Hátlapszövegként kerülnek felsorolásra a közleményben, amely szerint a <_:" +"link-2/> a jelen Licenc hatálya alatt lett kiadva." + +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:112 C/fdl-appendix.xml:124 C/fdl-appendix.xml:207 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:369 +msgid "Transparent" +msgstr "Átlátszó" + +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:125 C/fdl-appendix.xml:204 +msgid "Opaque" +msgstr "Átlátszatlan" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:111 +msgid "" +"A <_:quote-1/> copy of the <_:link-2/> means a machine-readable copy, " +"represented in a format whose specification is available to the general " +"public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and " +"straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of " +"pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available " +"drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or for " +"automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input to text " +"formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file format whose markup " +"has been designed to thwart or discourage subsequent modification by readers " +"is not Transparent. A copy that is not <_:quote-3/> is called <_:quote-4/>." +msgstr "" +"A <_:link-2/> <_:quote-1/> példánya olyan géppel olvasható változatot " +"jelent, amely a nyilvánosság számára hozzáférhető formátumban kerül " +"terjesztésre, továbbá amelynek tartalma közvetlenül megtekinthető és " +"szerkeszthető, és alkalmas a szokványos szövegszerkesztő-programokkal, " +"illetve (pixelekből álló képek esetén) szokványos képmegjelenítő-" +"programokkal, vagy (rajzok esetén) általánosan hozzáférhető rajzprogramok " +"segítségével azonnali és közvetlen változtatásokra; továbbá olyan " +"formátumban mely alkalmas a szövegszerkesztőkbe való bevitelre, vagy a " +"szövegszerkesztők által kezelt formátumokra való automatikus átalakításra. " +"Egy olyan, egyébként Átlátszó formátumban készült példány, melynek a " +"jelölőnyelve úgy lett kialakítva, hogy megakadályozza, vagy eltántorítsa az " +"olvasókat minden további módosítástól, nem tekinthető Átlátszónak. A nem <_:" +"quote-3/> példányok az <_:quote-4/> megnevezést kapják." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:128 +msgid "" +"Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain ASCII " +"without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML or XML using " +"a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple HTML designed for " +"human modification. Opaque formats include PostScript, PDF, proprietary " +"formats that can be read and edited only by proprietary word processors, " +"SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or processing tools are not generally " +"available, and the machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors " +"for output purposes only." +msgstr "" +"Az Átlátszóság kritériumainak megfelelő formátumok között megtalálható " +"például a jelölőnyelvet nem használó egyszerű ASCII, a Texinfo beviteli " +"formátum, a LaTeX beviteli formátum, az SGML vagy az XML egy általánosan " +"hozzáférhető DTD használatával, és a szabványnak megfelelő, emberi " +"módosításra tervezett egyszerű HTML. Az Átlátszatlan formátumok közé " +"sorolhatóak a PostScript, a PDF, a szellemi tulajdont képező formátumok, " +"amelyeket csak szellemi tulajdont képező szövegszerkesztőkkel lehet " +"elolvasni, az olyan SGML vagy XML, amelyhez a szükséges DTD és/vagy egyéb " +"feldolgozó eszközök nem általánosan hozzáférhetők, és az olyan gépileg " +"generált HTML formátum, amely kizárólag egyes szövegszerkesztők kimeneti " +"formátumaként áll elő." + +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:142 C/fdl-appendix.xml:146 C/fdl-appendix.xml:250 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:266 C/fdl-appendix.xml:281 C/fdl-appendix.xml:352 +msgid "Title Page" +msgstr "Címlap" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:141 +msgid "" +"The <_:quote-1/> means, for a printed book, the title page itself, plus such " +"following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material this License " +"requires to appear in the title page. For works in formats which do not have " +"any title page as such, <_:quote-2/> means the text near the most prominent " +"appearance of the work's title, preceding the beginning of the body of the " +"text." +msgstr "" +"Egy nyomtatott könyv esetében a <_:quote-1/> magát a címlapot, illetve " +"bármely azt kiegészítő további oldalt jelöli, amely a jelen Licencben előírt " +"címlaptartalom közzétételéhez szükséges. Az olyan formátumú munkáknál, " +"amelyek nem rendelkeznek effajta címlappal, a <_:quote-2/> a munka címének " +"legjobban kiemelt változatához legközelebb eső, ám a szöveg törzsét megelőző " +"szövegrészeket jelöli." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:153 +msgid "2. VERBATIM COPYING" +msgstr "2. SZÓ SZERINTI SOKSZOROSÍTÁS" + +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:166 C/fdl-appendix.xml:551 +msgid "section 3" +msgstr "3. szakasz" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:154 +msgid "" +"You may copy and distribute the <_:link-1/> in any medium, either " +"commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the copyright " +"notices, and the license notice saying this License applies to the Document " +"are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other conditions " +"whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use technical measures to " +"obstruct or control the reading or further copying of the copies you make or " +"distribute. However, you may accept compensation in exchange for copies. If " +"you distribute a large enough number of copies you must also follow the " +"conditions in <_:link-2/>." +msgstr "" +"Önnek lehetősége van a <_:link-1/> kereskedelmi, vagy nem kereskedelmi " +"jellegű sokszorosítására és terjesztésére a felhasznált adathordozó " +"típusától függetlenül, feltéve, hogy a jelen Licenc, a szerzői jogi " +"figyelmeztetés, továbbá a Dokumentumot a jelen Licenc hatálya alá rendelő " +"közlemény minden példányban egyaránt megjelenik, és hogy ezeken kívül " +"semmilyen feltételt nem szab meg a szöveghez. Nem alkalmazhat olyan " +"technikai eszközöket, amelyekkel megakadályozható vagy szabályozható az Ön " +"által terjesztett példányok elolvasása vagy sokszorosítása. Mindazonáltal " +"elfogadhat ellenszolgáltatást a másolatokért cserébe. Amennyiben az Ön által " +"terjesztett példányok száma meghalad egy bizonyos mennyiséget, úgy a <_:" +"link-2/> feltételeinek is eleget kell tennie." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:169 +msgid "" +"You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and you " +"may publicly display copies." +msgstr "" +"A fenti feltételeket betartva kölcsönözhet is példányokat, de akár " +"nyilvánosan is közzéteheti a szöveget." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:176 +msgid "3. COPYING IN QUANTITY" +msgstr "3. SOKSZOROSÍTÁS NAGYOBB MENNYISÉGBEN" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:177 +msgid "" +"If you publish printed copies of the <_:link-1/> numbering more than 100, " +"and the Document's license notice requires <_:link-2/>, you must enclose the " +"copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover Texts: " +"Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on the back " +"cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify you as the " +"publisher of these copies. The front cover must present the full title with " +"all words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add other " +"material on the covers in addition. Copying with changes limited to the " +"covers, as long as they preserve the title of the <_:link-3/> and satisfy " +"these conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other respects." +msgstr "" +"Amennyiben 100-nál több nyomtatott példányt tesz közzé a <_:link-1/>ból, és " +"a dokumentum Licence feltételül szabja a <_:link-2/> meglétét, úgy minden " +"egyes példányt köteles ellátni olyan borítólapokkal, amelyeken a következő " +"Borítószövegek tisztán és olvashatóan fel vannak tüntetve: Címlapszövegek a " +"címlapon, illetve Hátlapszövegek a hátlapon. Mindkét borítólapra " +"egyértelműen és olvashatóan rá kell vezetnie a kiadó, vagyis jelen esetben " +"az Ön nevét. A címlapon a Dokumentum teljes címének szerepelnie kell, és a " +"cím minden szavának egyformán kiemeltnek és láthatónak kell lennie. Ezen " +"felül, belátása szerint, további részleteket is hozzáadhat a borítólapokhoz. " +"Amennyiben az esetleges módosítások kizárólag a borítólapokat érintik, és " +"feltéve, hogy a <_:link-3/> címe változatlan marad, továbbá a borítólapok " +"megfelelnek minden egyéb követelménynek, úgy a sokszorosítás ettől " +"eltekintve szó szerinti sokszorosításnak minősül." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:195 +msgid "" +"If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit legibly, " +"you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit reasonably) on the " +"actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent pages." +msgstr "" +"Abban az esetben, ha a borítólapok bármelyikén megkövetelt szövegrészek túl " +"hosszúnak bizonyulnának az olvasható közzétételhez, úgy csak az elsőként " +"felsoroltakat kell feltüntetnie (amennyi józan belátás szerint elfér) a " +"tényleges borítón, a továbbiak pedig átkerülhetnek a következő oldalakra." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:202 +msgid "" +"If you publish or distribute <_:link-1/> copies of the <_:link-2/> numbering " +"more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable <_:link-3/> copy " +"along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy a publicly-" +"accessible computer-network location containing a complete Transparent copy " +"of the Document, free of added material, which the general network-using " +"public has access to download anonymously at no charge using public-standard " +"network protocols. If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably " +"prudent steps, when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to " +"ensure that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated " +"location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an " +"Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition " +"to the public." +msgstr "" +"Amennyiben a 100-nál több <_:link-1/> példányt tesz közzé, vagy terjeszt a " +"<_:link-2/>ból, úgy köteles vagy egy géppel olvasható <_:link-3/> példányt " +"mellékelni minden egyes Átlátszatlan példányhoz, vagy leírni minden egyes " +"Átlátszatlan példányban egy, a módosítatlan Átlátszó példányt tartalmazó " +"olyan nyilvánosan hozzáférhető számítógép-hálózat elérhetőségét, amely " +"elérhető az általános hálózati felhasználók számára, és onnan nyilvános " +"szabványú hálózati protokollok segítségével a Dokumentum hozzáadott anyagok " +"nélküli, teljes változata letölthető. Ha az utóbbi lehetőséget választja, " +"köteles gondoskodni arról, hogy attól a naptól kezdve, amikor az utolsó " +"Átlátszatlan példány is terjesztésre került (akár közvetlenül Ön által, akár " +"kiskereskedelmi forgalomban), a fenti helyen közzétett Átlátszó példány még " +"legalább egy évig hozzáférhető legyen a felhasználók számára." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:222 +msgid "" +"It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the <_:" +"link-1/> well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give them " +"a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document." +msgstr "" +"Megkérjük, ámde nem kötelezzük Önt arra, hogy minden esetben, amikor nagyobb " +"példányszámú terjesztésbe kezd, már jóval ezt megelőzően lépjen kapcsolatba " +"a <_:link-1/> szerzőivel, annak érdekében, hogy megkaphassa tőlük a " +"Dokumentum esetleges újabb változatát." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:231 +msgid "4. MODIFICATIONS" +msgstr "4. MÓDOSÍTÁSOK" + +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:236 +msgid "2" +msgstr "2" + +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:237 +msgid "3" +msgstr "3" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:232 +msgid "" +"You may copy and distribute a <_:link-1/> of the <_:link-2/> under the " +"conditions of sections <_:link-3/> and <_:link-4/> above, provided that you " +"release the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified " +"Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution and " +"modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy of it. In " +"addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:" +msgstr "" +"Önnek lehetősége van a <_:link-2/> <_:link-1/> sokszorosítására és " +"terjesztésére a <_:link-3/>. és <_:link-4/>. szakaszok fenti rendelkezései " +"alapján, feltéve, hogy a Módosított Változatot kizárólag jelen Licenc " +"feltételeivel összhangban teszi közzé, ahol a Módosított Változat a " +"Dokumentum szerepét tölti be, ezáltal lehetőséget biztosítva annak " +"terjesztésére és módosítására bárkinek, aki csak hozzájut egy példányához. " +"Mindezen felül, a Módosított Változat az alábbi követelményeknek is meg " +"kell, hogy feleljen:" + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:248 +msgid "A" +msgstr "A" + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:249 +msgid "" +"Use in the <_:link-1/> (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct from " +"that of the <_:link-2/>, and from those of previous versions (which should, " +"if there were any, be listed in the History section of the Document). You " +"may use the same title as a previous version if the original publisher of " +"that version gives permission." +msgstr "" +"A <_:link-1/>on (és ha van, a borítókon) tüntessen fel egy a <_:link-2/>, " +"illetve bármely korábbi változatétól eltérő címet (amelyeknek, ha vannak, a " +"Dokumentum Előzmények szakaszában kell szerepelniük). Egy korábbi változat " +"címét csak akkor használhatja, ha annak szerzője engedélyezte azt." + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:264 +msgid "B" +msgstr "B" + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:265 +msgid "" +"List on the <_:link-1/>, as authors, one or more persons or entities " +"responsible for authorship of the modifications in the <_:link-2/>, together " +"with at least five of the principal authors of the <_:link-3/> (all of its " +"principal authors, if it has less than five)." +msgstr "" +"A <_:link-1/>on szerzőkként sorolja fel a <_:link-2/> elvégzett " +"változtatásokért felelős természetes vagy jogi személyeket, továbbá a <_:" +"link-3/> fő szerzői közül legkevesebb ötöt (vagy mindet, ha ötnél kevesebben " +"vannak)." + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:279 +msgid "C" +msgstr "C" + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:280 +msgid "" +"State on the <_:link-1/> the name of the publisher of the <_:link-2/>, as " +"the publisher." +msgstr "" +"A <_:link-1/>on a <_:link-2/> közzétételéért felelős személyt tüntesse fel " +"kiadóként." + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:291 +msgid "D" +msgstr "D" + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:292 +msgid "Preserve all the copyright notices of the <_:link-1/>." +msgstr "" +"A <_:link-1/> összes szerzői jogi figyelmeztetését hagyja érintetlenül." + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:301 +msgid "E" +msgstr "E" + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:302 +msgid "" +"Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications adjacent to the " +"other copyright notices." +msgstr "" +"Saját módosításaira vonatkozóan is tegyen közzé egy szerzői jogi " +"megjegyzést, a többi ilyen jellegű figyelmeztetés mellett." + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:311 +msgid "F" +msgstr "F" + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:312 +msgid "" +"Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice giving " +"the public permission to use the <_:link-1/> under the terms of this " +"License, in the form shown in the Addendum below." +msgstr "" +"Rögtön a szerzői jogi figyelmeztetéseket követően tüntessen fel egy " +"közleményt, az alábbi Függelék mintájára, amelyben engedélyezi a <_:link-1/> " +"felhasználását a jelen Licenc feltételeinek megfelelően." + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:324 +msgid "G" +msgstr "G" + +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:330 +msgid "Document's" +msgstr "Dokumentum" + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:325 +msgid "" +"Preserve in that license notice the full lists of <_:link-1/> and required " +"<_:link-2/> given in the <_:link-3/> license notice." +msgstr "" +"A fenti közleményben hagyja érintetlenül a <_:link-1/> és a szükséges <_:" +"link-2/> a jelen <_:link-3/> licencében előírt teljes listáját." + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:337 +msgid "H" +msgstr "H" + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:338 +msgid "Include an unaltered copy of this License." +msgstr "Mellékelje a jelen Licenc egy eredeti példányát." + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:346 +msgid "I" +msgstr "I" + +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:348 C/fdl-appendix.xml:353 C/fdl-appendix.xml:372 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:507 C/fdl-appendix.xml:508 +msgid "History" +msgstr "Előzmények" + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:347 +msgid "" +"Preserve the section entitled <_:quote-1/>, and its title, and add to it an " +"item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and publisher of the <_:" +"link-2/> as given on the <_:link-3/>. If there is no section entitled <_:" +"quote-4/> in the <_:link-5/>, create one stating the title, year, authors, " +"and publisher of the Document as given on its Title Page, then add an item " +"describing the Modified Version as stated in the previous sentence." +msgstr "" +"Az <_:quote-1/> elnevezésű szakaszt, illetve annak címét szintén hagyja " +"érintetlenül, emellett adjon hozzá egy új elemet, amely minimálisan " +"tartalmazza a <_:link-2/> címét, kiadási évét, továbbá az új szerzők, " +"illetve a kiadó nevét, a <_:link-3/>on láthatókhoz hasonlóan. Amennyiben a " +"<_:link-5/> nem tartalmaz semmiféle <_:quote-4/> elnevezésű szakaszt, úgy " +"hozzon létre egyet, amely tartalmazza a Dokumentum címét, kiadási évét, " +"továbbá a szerzők, illetve a kiadó nevét, a Címlapon láthatókhoz hasonlóan; " +"majd ezt követően adjon hozzá egy új, a Módosított Változatra vonatkozó " +"elemet, a fentiekkel összhangban." + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:365 +msgid "J" +msgstr "J" + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:366 +msgid "" +"Preserve the network location, if any, given in the <_:link-1/> for public " +"access to a <_:link-2/> copy of the Document, and likewise the network " +"locations given in the Document for previous versions it was based on. These " +"may be placed in the <_:quote-3/> section. You may omit a network location " +"for a work that was published at least four years before the Document " +"itself, or if the original publisher of the version it refers to gives " +"permission." +msgstr "" +"Ne tegyen változtatásokat a <_:link-1/>ban megadott <_:link-2/> példány " +"nyilvános hálózati elérhetőségét (ha van ilyen) illetően, vagy hasonlóképp, " +"a Dokumentum alapjául szolgáló korábbi változatok hálózati helyére " +"vonatkozóan. Ezek az <_:quote-3/> szakaszban is szerepelhetnek. Csak abban " +"az esetben hagyhatja el egyes korábbi változatok hálózati elérhetőségét, ha " +"azok legkevesebb négy évvel a Dokumentum előtt készültek, vagy ha maga az " +"alkotó engedélyezi azt." + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:383 +msgid "K" +msgstr "K" + +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:385 C/fdl-appendix.xml:509 +msgid "Acknowledgements" +msgstr "Köszönetnyilvánítás" + +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:386 C/fdl-appendix.xml:510 +msgid "Dedications" +msgstr "Ajánlások" + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:384 +msgid "" +"In any section entitled <_:quote-1/> or <_:quote-2/>, preserve the section's " +"title, and preserve in the section all the substance and tone of each of the " +"contributor acknowledgements and/or dedications given therein." +msgstr "" +"Bármely <_:quote-1/> vagy <_:quote-2/> elnevezésű szakasz címét hagyja " +"érintetlenül, továbbá gondoskodjon arról, hogy azok tartalma és hangvétele " +"az egyes hozzájárulókat, és/vagy az ajánlásokat illetően változatlan " +"maradjon." + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:396 +msgid "L" +msgstr "L" + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:397 +msgid "" +"Preserve all the <_:link-1/> of the <_:link-2/>, unaltered in their text and " +"in their titles. Section numbers or the equivalent are not considered part " +"of the section titles." +msgstr "" +"A <_:link-2/> összes <_:link-1/>át hagyja érintetlenül, úgy címüket, mint " +"tartalmukat illetően. A szakaszok számozása, vagy bármely azzal egyenértékű " +"jelölés nem tartozik a szakaszcímek közé." + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:409 +msgid "M" +msgstr "M" + +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:412 C/fdl-appendix.xml:424 C/fdl-appendix.xml:445 +msgid "Endorsements" +msgstr "Hozzájárulás" + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:410 +msgid "" +"Delete any section entitled <_:quote-1/>. Such a section may not be included " +"in the <_:link-2/>." +msgstr "" +"Töröljön minden <_:quote-1/> elnevezésű szakaszt. Effajta szakaszok nem " +"képezhetik részét a <_:link-2/>nak." + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:421 +msgid "N" +msgstr "N" + +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:425 +msgid "Invariant Section" +msgstr "Nem Változtatható szakasz" + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:422 +msgid "" +"Do not retitle any existing section as <_:quote-1/> or to conflict in title " +"with any <_:link-2/>." +msgstr "" +"Ne nevezzen át semmilyen létező szakaszt <_:quote-1/> elnevezésűre, vagy " +"olyasmire, amely címében a <_:link-2/>okkal ütközhet." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:432 +msgid "" +"If the <_:link-1/> includes new front-matter sections or appendices that " +"qualify as <_:link-2/> and contain no material copied from the Document, you " +"may at your option designate some or all of these sections as invariant. To " +"do this, add their titles to the list of <_:link-3/> in the Modified " +"Version's license notice. These titles must be distinct from any other " +"section titles." +msgstr "" +"Ha a <_:link-1/> új bevezető szakaszokat tartalmaz, vagy olyan függelékeket, " +"melyek <_:link-2/>nak minősülnek, ám nem tartalmaznak a Dokumentumból " +"származó anyagot, abban az esetben, belátása szerint, e szakaszok " +"némelyikét, vagy akár az összeset besorolhatja nem változtathatóként. Ehhez " +"nem kell mást tennie, mint felsorolni a szóban forgó címeket a Módosított " +"Változat licencének <_:link-3/> listájában. E címeknek határozottan el kell " +"különülnie minden egyéb szakaszcímtől." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:444 +msgid "" +"You may add a section entitled <_:quote-1/>, provided it contains nothing " +"but endorsements of your <_:link-2/> by various parties--for example, " +"statements of peer review or that the text has been approved by an " +"organization as the authoritative definition of a standard." +msgstr "" +"<_:quote-1/> elnevezésű szakaszt csak akkor adhat a Dokumentumhoz, ha az " +"kizárólag a <_:link-2/>ra utaló megjegyzéseket tartalmaz – például mások " +"recenzióira vonatkozóan, vagy hogy egy szervezet a szöveget egy szabvány " +"mérvadó definíciójaként ismerte el." + +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:455 +msgid "Front-Cover Text" +msgstr "Címlapszöveg" + +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:457 +msgid "Back-Cover Text" +msgstr "Hátlapszöveg" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:453 +msgid "" +"You may add a passage of up to five words as a <_:link-1/>, and a passage of " +"up to 25 words as a <_:link-2/>, to the end of the list of <_:link-3/> in " +"the <_:link-4/>. Only one passage of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover " +"Text may be added by (or through arrangements made by) any one entity. If " +"the <_:link-5/> already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously " +"added by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on " +"behalf of, you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on " +"explicit permission from the previous publisher that added the old one." +msgstr "" +"<_:link-1/> gyanánt egy legfeljebb öt szóból álló szövegrészt adhat meg, a " +"<_:link-2/> esetén pedig 25 szót fűzhet a <_:link-4/> <_:link-3/>einek " +"végéhez. Bármely természetes vagy jogi személy csak és kizárólag egy " +"Címlapszöveg és egy Hátlapszöveg részt adhat (akár közvetítőn keresztül) a " +"Dokumentumhoz. Ha a Dokumentum már rendelkezik Borítószöveggel ehhez a " +"változathoz, mert korábban Ön adta hozzá, vagy az a szervezet, amelynek " +"nevében Ön fellép, akkor nem adhat hozzá másik Borítószöveget; a régit " +"mindazonáltal lecserélheti, abban az esetben, ha az azt hozzáadó korábbi " +"kiadó egyértelműen engedélyezi." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:470 +msgid "" +"The author(s) and publisher(s) of the <_:link-1/> do not by this License " +"give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or imply " +"endorsement of any <_:link-2/>." +msgstr "" +"A közös <_:link-1/> szerzői és kiadói ezzel a Licenccel nem járulnak hozzá " +"nevük felhasználására, a <_:link-2/> népszerűsítésére, és nem támogatják azt." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:480 +msgid "5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS" +msgstr "5. KOMBINÁLT DOKUMENTUMOK" + +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:484 C/fdl-appendix.xml:566 +msgid "section 4" +msgstr "4. szakasz" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:481 +msgid "" +"You may combine the <_:link-1/> with other documents released under this " +"License, under the terms defined in <_:link-2/> above for modified versions, " +"provided that you include in the combination all of the <_:link-3/> of all " +"of the original documents, unmodified, and list them all as Invariant " +"Sections of your combined work in its license notice." +msgstr "" +"Önnek lehetősége van a <_:link-1/> egyéb, e Licenc hatálya alatt kiadott " +"dokumentumokkal való kombinálására a <_:link-2/> módosított változatokra " +"vonatkozó rendelkezései alapján, feltéve, hogy a kombináció módosítás nélkül " +"tartalmazza az eredeti dokumentumok összes <_:link-3/> szakaszát, és hogy " +"azok mind Nem Változtatható szakaszként kerülnek felsorolásra a kombinált " +"munka licencében." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:492 +msgid "" +"The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and multiple " +"identical <_:link-1/> may be replaced with a single copy. If there are " +"multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but different contents, make " +"the title of each such section unique by adding at the end of it, in " +"parentheses, the name of the original author or publisher of that section if " +"known, or else a unique number. Make the same adjustment to the section " +"titles in the list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the " +"combined work." +msgstr "" +"A kombinált munkának a jelen Licenc mindössze egy példányát kell " +"tartalmaznia, az egymással átfedésben lévő <_:link-1/> szakaszok pedig " +"kiválthatók egy összegzett példánnyal. Amennyiben több Nem Változtatható " +"szakasz szerepelne ugyanazon címmel, ám eltérő tartalommal, úgy alakítsa át " +"minden egyes szakasz címét olyan módon, hogy mögé írja zárójelben az eredeti " +"szerző és kiadó nevét (ha ismeri) vagy egy egyedi sorszámot. Ha szükséges, a " +"Nem Változtatható szakaszok címeivel is végezze el a fenti módosításokat a " +"kombinált munka licencében." + +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:511 +msgid "Endorsements." +msgstr "Hozzájárulás" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:505 +msgid "" +"In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled <_:quote-1/> in " +"the various original documents, forming one section entitled <_:quote-2/>; " +"likewise combine any sections entitled <_:quote-3/>, and any sections " +"entitled <_:quote-4/>. You must delete all sections entitled <_:quote-5/>" +msgstr "" +"A kombinált munkában az eredeti dokumentumok összes <_:quote-1/> elnevezésű " +"szakaszát össze kell olvasztania, miáltal egy összefüggő <_:quote-2/> " +"elnevezésű szakasz jön létre; hasonlóképp kell eljárnia a <_:quote-3/>, " +"illetve az <_:quote-4/> elnevezésű szakaszok tekintetében. Ugyanakkor minden " +"<_:quote-5/> elnevezésű szakaszt törölnie kell." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:516 +msgid "6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS" +msgstr "6. DOKUMENTUMGYŰJTEMÉNYEK" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:517 +msgid "" +"You may make a collection consisting of the <_:link-1/> and other documents " +"released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this " +"License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in the " +"collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for verbatim " +"copying of each of the documents in all other respects." +msgstr "" +"Önnek lehetősége van a <_:link-1/>ból, illetve bármely egyéb, a jelen Licenc " +"hatálya alatt kiadott dokumentumból gyűjteményt létrehozni, és az egyes " +"dokumentumokban található licenceket egyetlen példánnyal kiváltani, feltéve, " +"hogy a gyűjteményben szereplő összes dokumentum esetén minden más " +"tekintetben követi a jelen Licenc feltételeit azok szó szerinti " +"sokszorosítására vonatkozóan." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:527 +msgid "" +"You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute it " +"individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this License " +"into the extracted document, and follow this License in all other respects " +"regarding verbatim copying of that document." +msgstr "" +"Tetszése szerint ki is emelhet egy meghatározott dokumentumot a " +"gyűjteményből, továbbá terjesztheti azt jelen Licenc feltételei alapján, " +"feltéve, hogy a szóban forgó dokumentumhoz mellékeli a jelen Licenc egy " +"példányát, és minden egyéb tekintetben betartja jelen Licenc előírásait a " +"dokumentum szó szerinti sokszorosítására vonatkozóan." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:537 +msgid "7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS" +msgstr "7. ÖSSZEFŰZÉS FÜGGETLEN MUNKÁKKAL" + +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:546 +msgid "aggregate" +msgstr "gyűjtemény" + +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:550 +msgid "Cover Text" +msgstr "Borítószöveg" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:538 +msgid "" +"A compilation of the <_:link-1/> or its derivatives with other separate and " +"independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or " +"distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a <_:link-2/> of the " +"Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the compilation. " +"Such a compilation is called an <_:quote-3/>, and this License does not " +"apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled with the Document , on " +"account of their being thus compiled, if they are not themselves derivative " +"works of the Document. If the <_:link-4/> requirement of <_:link-5/> is " +"applicable to these copies of the Document, then if the Document is less " +"than one quarter of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be " +"placed on covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate. " +"Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate." +msgstr "" +"A <_:link-1/> és annak származékainak különálló, vagy független " +"dokumentumokkal, illetve munkákkal való összefűzése egy közös tárolási, vagy " +"terjesztési egységen nem számít a Dokumentum <_:link-2/>ának, feltéve hogy " +"az összeállításra nem tartanak igényt szerzői jogra. Az ilyen összeállítást " +"<_:quote-3/>nek nevezzük, és ez a licenc nem vonatkozik a Dokumentummal ily " +"módon összeállított egyéb önálló művekre, tekintettel arra, hogy azok ily " +"módon összeállítottak, ha azok maguk nem a Dokumentumból származó művek. " +"Amennyiben a <_:link-5/> <_:link-4/>ekre vonatkozó rendelkezései " +"alkalmazhatók a Dokumentum e példányaira, és a Dokumentum a teljes " +"összegzésnek kevesebb, mint negyedét teszi ki, úgy a Dokumentum " +"Borítószövegeit olyan módon is el lehet helyezni a borítókon, hogy azok csak " +"magát a Dokumentumot fogják közre. Minden más esetben a teljes összegzés " +"borítólapjain kell feltüntetni a fenti szövegeket." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:561 +msgid "8. TRANSLATION" +msgstr "8. FORDÍTÁS" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:562 +msgid "" +"Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may distribute " +"translations of the <_:link-1/> under the terms of <_:link-2/>. Replacing <_:" +"link-3/> with translations requires special permission from their copyright " +"holders, but you may include translations of some or all Invariant Sections " +"in addition to the original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may " +"include a translation of this License provided that you also include the " +"original English version of this License. In case of a disagreement between " +"the translation and the original English version of this License, the " +"original English version will prevail." +msgstr "" +"A fordítás egyfajta módosításnak tekinthető, így a <_:link-1/> lefordított " +"példányai a <_:link-2/> rendelkezései alapján terjeszthetők. A <_:link-3/> " +"lefordításához külön engedélyt kell kérni a szerzői jogtulajdonostól, " +"mindazonáltal közzétehetők a lefordított változatok is úgy, ha az eredeti " +"Nem Változtatható szakaszokat is belefoglalja a munkába. E Licenc " +"lefordítására ugyanezek a feltételek érvényesek, vagyis a lefordított " +"változatok csak akkor jelenhetnek meg, ha mellette ott vannak az eredeti, " +"angol nyelvű Licenc szövegei is. Amennyiben eltérés mutatkozna az eredeti " +"változatok, illetve a fordítás között, úgy a Licenc angol nyelvű eredetije " +"tekintendő mérvadónak." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:580 +msgid "9. TERMINATION" +msgstr "9. MEGSZŰNÉS" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:581 +msgid "" +"You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the <_:link-1/> except " +"as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to copy, " +"modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will " +"automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who " +"have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have " +"their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance." +msgstr "" +"A jelen Licencben egyértelműen kijelölt kereteken kívül tilos a <_:link-1/> " +"bárminemű sokszorosítása, módosítása, továbblicencelése, vagy terjesztése. " +"Minden ezzel szembeni sokszorosítási, módosítási, továbblicencelési, vagy " +"terjesztési kísérlet a jelen Licencben meghatározott jogok automatikus " +"megszűnését vonja maga után. Ugyanakkor azok a felek, akik Önön keresztül " +"jutottak másolathoz vagy jogosultságokhoz, nem veszítik el azokat, amíg " +"maradéktalanul betartják e Licenc előírásait." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:594 +msgid "10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE" +msgstr "10. JELEN LICENC JÖVŐBENI JAVÍTÁSAI" + +#. (itstool) path: para/ulink +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:597 +msgid "Free Software Foundation" +msgstr "Free Software Foundation" + +#. (itstool) path: para/ulink +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:603 +msgid "http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/" +msgstr "http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:595 +msgid "" +"The <_:ulink-1/> may publish new, revised versions of the GNU Free " +"Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar " +"in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new " +"problems or concerns. See <_:ulink-2/>." +msgstr "" +"Megtörténhet, hogy a <_:ulink-1/> időről időre felülvizsgált és/vagy új " +"verziókat bocsát ki a GNU Free Documentation License-ből. E verziók " +"szellemisége hasonló lesz jelen változatéhoz, ám részleteikben eltérhetnek, " +"új problémák, új aggályok felmerülése okán. Vö.: <_:ulink-2/>" + +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:610 +msgid "or any later version" +msgstr "vagy bármely újabb verzióra" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:606 +msgid "" +"Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. If the " +"<_:link-1/> specifies that a particular numbered version of this License <_:" +"quote-2/> applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and " +"conditions either of that specified version or of any later version that has " +"been published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the " +"Document does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose " +"any version ever published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation." +msgstr "" +"A Licenc minden változata egyedi verziószámmal van ellátva. Ha a <_:link-1/> " +"jelen Licenc egy konkrét, számozott verziójára <_:quote-2/> hivatkozik, úgy " +"önnek a szóban forgó változat, vagy bármely újabb a Free Software Foundation " +"által (nem vázlatként) kiadott verzió feltételeinek követésére lehetősége " +"van. Ha a Dokumentum nem ad meg semmilyen verziószámot, úgy bármely, a Free " +"Software Foundation által valaha (nem vázlatként) kiadott változat megfelel." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:621 +msgid "Addendum" +msgstr "Függelék" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:622 +msgid "" +"To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of the " +"License in the document and put the following copyright and license notices " +"just after the title page:" +msgstr "" +"Ha a jelen Licencet egy Ön által írt dokumentumban kívánja használni, akkor " +"mellékelje hozzá a Licenc egy példányát, továbbá vezesse rá az alábbi " +"szerzői jogi és licencközleményeket, rögtön a címlapot követően:" + +#. (itstool) path: blockquote/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:629 +msgid "Copyright YEAR YOUR NAME." +msgstr "Copyright (C) ÉV AZ ÖN NEVE." + +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:639 C/fdl-appendix.xml:651 +msgid "Front-Cover Texts" +msgstr "Címlapszövegek" + +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:640 C/fdl-appendix.xml:654 +msgid "Back-Cover Texts" +msgstr "Hátlapszövegek" + +#. (itstool) path: blockquote/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:632 +msgid "" +"Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under " +"the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later " +"version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the <_:link-1/> " +"being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the <_:link-2/> being LIST, and with the <_:" +"link-3/> being LIST. A copy of the license is included in the section " +"entitled <_:quote-4/>." +msgstr "" +"Engedélyt adunk Önnek a jelen dokumentum sokszorosítására, terjesztésére és/" +"vagy módosítására a Free Software Foundation által kiadott GNU FDL 1.1-es, " +"vagy bármely azt követő verziójának feltételei alapján. A <_:link-1/>, nincs " +"<_:link-2/>, nincs Hátlapszöveg. a <_:link-1/> CÍMEINEK FELSOROLÁSÁVAL, a <_:" +"link-2/> FELSOROLÁSÁVAL és a <_:link-3/> FELSOROLÁSÁVAL. A jelen licenc egy " +"példányát a <_:quote-4/> elnevezésű szakasz alatt találja." + +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:649 +msgid "with no Invariant Sections" +msgstr "Nem Változtatható szakaszok nélkül" + +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:652 +msgid "no Front-Cover Texts" +msgstr "nincs Címlapszövegek" + +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:653 +msgid "Front-Cover Texts being LIST" +msgstr "Címlapszövegek FELSOROLÁSÁVAL" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:647 +msgid "" +"If you have no <_:link-1/>, write <_:quote-2/> instead of saying which ones " +"are invariant. If you have no <_:link-3/>, write <_:quote-4/> instead of <_:" +"quote-5/>; likewise for <_:link-6/>." +msgstr "" +"Ha nincs <_:link-1/>, írja azt, hogy <_:quote-2/>, ahelyett, hogy " +"megmondaná, melyek azok, amelyek nem változtathatók. Ha nincs <_:link-3/>, " +"írja azt, hogy <_:quote-4/>, ahelyett hogy <_:quote-5/>; ugyanígy a <_:" +"link-6/> esetében is." + +#. (itstool) path: para/ulink +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:661 +msgid "GNU General Public License" +msgstr "GNU General Public License" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:657 +msgid "" +"If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we recommend " +"releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of free software " +"license, such as the <_:ulink-1/>, to permit their use in free software." +msgstr "" +"Amennyiben a dokumentum nem egyértelmű programkódpéldákat is tartalmaz, úgy " +"azt javasoljuk, hogy e példákat egy választása szerinti szabad szoftver " +"licenc alatt közölje – mint például a <_:ulink-1/> –, hogy lehetővé tegye a " +"kódok szabad szoftverekben való alkalmazását."
View file
_service:tar_scm:gtk-doc-1.33.2.tar.xz/help/manual/meson.build -> _service:tar_scm:gtk-doc-1.34.0.tar.xz/help/manual/meson.build
Changed
@@ -4,6 +4,6 @@ gnome.yelp( - package_name + '-manual', + meson.project_name() + '-manual', sources: gtkdoc_help_sources, )
View file
_service:tar_scm:gtk-doc-1.33.2.tar.xz/help/manual/pt_BR/pt_BR.po -> _service:tar_scm:gtk-doc-1.34.0.tar.xz/help/manual/pt_BR/pt_BR.po
Changed
@@ -1,16 +1,16 @@ # Brazilian Portuguese translation for gtk-doc help. -# Copyright (C) 2019 gtk-doc's COPYRIGHT HOLDER +# Copyright (C) 2021 gtk-doc's COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the gtk-doc package. # Marcelo Rodrigues <marcelopires@mmsantos.com.br>, 2010. -# Rafael Fontenelle <rafaelff@gnome.org>, 2013-2019. +# Rafael Fontenelle <rafaelff@gnome.org>, 2013-2021. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk-doc help\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=gtk-" "doc&keywords=I18N+L10N&component=general\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-08-15 19:15+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-08 20:25-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-10-01 20:17+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-02-07 08:57-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Rafael Fontenelle <rafaelff@gnome.org>\n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese <gnome-pt_br-list@gnome.org>\n" "Language: pt_BR\n" @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1)\n" -"X-Generator: Gtranslator 3.32.0\n" +"X-Generator: Gtranslator 3.38.0\n" "X-Project-Style: gnome\n" #. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2 @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Marcelo Rodrigues <marcelopires@mmsantos.com.br>, 2010\n" -"Rafael Fontenelle <rafaelff@gnome.org>, 2013-2019" +"Rafael Fontenelle <rafaelff@gnome.org>, 2013-2021" #. (itstool) path: bookinfo/title #: C/index.docbook:12 @@ -90,7 +90,6 @@ #. (itstool) path: bookinfo/copyright #: C/index.docbook:52 -#| msgid "<year>2007-2015</year> <holder>Stefan Sauer (Kost)</holder>" msgid "<year>2007-2019</year> <holder>Stefan Sauer (Kost)</holder>" msgstr "<year>2007-2019</year> <holder>Stefan Sauer (Kost)</holder>" @@ -128,8 +127,17 @@ #. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision #: C/index.docbook:83 #| msgid "" -#| "<revnumber>1.29.1</revnumber> <date>28 Aug 2018</date> " -#| "<authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>development</revremark>" +#| "<revnumber>1.32.1</revnumber> <date>15 Aug 2019</date> " +#| "<authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>dev version</revremark>" +msgid "" +"<revnumber>1.33.0</revnumber> <date>1 Oct 2020</date> <authorinitials>mc</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>gtk4 version</revremark>" +msgstr "" +"<revnumber>1.33.0</revnumber> <date>1 out 2020</date> <authorinitials>ss</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>versão gtk4</revremark>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:89 msgid "" "<revnumber>1.32.1</revnumber> <date>15 Aug 2019</date> <authorinitials>ss</" "authorinitials> <revremark>dev version</revremark>" @@ -138,10 +146,7 @@ "authorinitials> <revremark>versão de desenvolvimento</revremark>" #. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision -#: C/index.docbook:89 -#| msgid "" -#| "<revnumber>1.19</revnumber> <date>05 Jun 2013</date> <authorinitials>ss</" -#| "authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes</revremark>" +#: C/index.docbook:95 msgid "" "<revnumber>1.32</revnumber> <date>15 Aug 2019</date> <authorinitials>ss</" "authorinitials> <revremark>hotfix release</revremark>" @@ -150,10 +155,7 @@ "authorinitials> <revremark>lançamento de correção de erros</revremark>" #. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision -#: C/index.docbook:95 -#| msgid "" -#| "<revnumber>1.19</revnumber> <date>05 Jun 2013</date> <authorinitials>ss</" -#| "authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes</revremark>" +#: C/index.docbook:101 msgid "" "<revnumber>1.31</revnumber> <date>05 Aug 2019</date> <authorinitials>ss</" "authorinitials> <revremark>refactorings and more test coverage</revremark>" @@ -163,10 +165,7 @@ "revremark>" #. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision -#: C/index.docbook:101 -#| msgid "" -#| "<revnumber>1.23</revnumber> <date>17 May 2015</date> <authorinitials>ss</" -#| "authorinitials> <revremark>bug fix</revremark>" +#: C/index.docbook:107 msgid "" "<revnumber>1.30</revnumber> <date>08 May 2019</date> <authorinitials>ss</" "authorinitials> <revremark>more test coverage</revremark>" @@ -175,10 +174,7 @@ "authorinitials> <revremark>mais cobertura de testes</revremark>" #. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision -#: C/index.docbook:107 -#| msgid "" -#| "<revnumber>1.28</revnumber> <date>24 Mar 2018</date> <authorinitials>ss</" -#| "authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes</revremark>" +#: C/index.docbook:113 msgid "" "<revnumber>1.29</revnumber> <date>28 Aug 2018</date> <authorinitials>ss</" "authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes</revremark>" @@ -187,7 +183,7 @@ "authorinitials> <revremark>correções de erros</revremark>" #. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision -#: C/index.docbook:113 +#: C/index.docbook:119 msgid "" "<revnumber>1.28</revnumber> <date>24 Mar 2018</date> <authorinitials>ss</" "authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes</revremark>" @@ -196,7 +192,7 @@ "authorinitials> <revremark>correções de erros</revremark>" #. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision -#: C/index.docbook:119 +#: C/index.docbook:125 msgid "" "<revnumber>1.27</revnumber> <date>07 Dec 2017</date> <authorinitials>ss</" "authorinitials> <revremark>fine tuning of the python port</revremark>" @@ -205,7 +201,7 @@ "authorinitials> <revremark>ajustes do porte para Python</revremark>" #. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision -#: C/index.docbook:125 +#: C/index.docbook:131 msgid "" "<revnumber>1.26</revnumber> <date>11 Aug 2017</date> <authorinitials>ss</" "authorinitials> <revremark>port all tools from perl/bash to python</" @@ -216,7 +212,7 @@ "Python</revremark>" #. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision -#: C/index.docbook:131 +#: C/index.docbook:137 msgid "" "<revnumber>1.25</revnumber> <date>21 March 2016</date> <authorinitials>ss</" "authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes, test cleanups</revremark>" @@ -225,7 +221,7 @@ "authorinitials> <revremark>correção de erros, limpezas de testes</revremark>" #. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision -#: C/index.docbook:137 +#: C/index.docbook:143 msgid "" "<revnumber>1.24</revnumber> <date>29 May 2015</date> <authorinitials>ss</" "authorinitials> <revremark>bug fix</revremark>" @@ -234,7 +230,7 @@ "authorinitials> <revremark>correção de erros</revremark>" #. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision -#: C/index.docbook:143 +#: C/index.docbook:149 msgid "" "<revnumber>1.23</revnumber> <date>17 May 2015</date> <authorinitials>ss</" "authorinitials> <revremark>bug fix</revremark>" @@ -243,7 +239,7 @@ "authorinitials> <revremark>correção de erros</revremark>" #. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision -#: C/index.docbook:149 +#: C/index.docbook:155 msgid "" "<revnumber>1.22</revnumber> <date>07 May 2015</date> <authorinitials>ss</" "authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes, dropping deprecated features</" @@ -254,7 +250,7 @@ "obsoletas</revremark>" #. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision -#: C/index.docbook:155 +#: C/index.docbook:161 msgid "" "<revnumber>1.21</revnumber> <date>17 Jul 2014</date> <authorinitials>ss</" "authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes, dropping deprecated features</" @@ -265,7 +261,7 @@ "obsoletas</revremark>" #. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision -#: C/index.docbook:161 +#: C/index.docbook:167 msgid "" "<revnumber>1.20</revnumber> <date>16 Feb 2014</date> <authorinitials>ss</" "authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes, markdown support, style improvements</" @@ -276,7 +272,7 @@ "no estilo</revremark>" #. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision -#: C/index.docbook:167 +#: C/index.docbook:173 msgid "" "<revnumber>1.19</revnumber> <date>05 Jun 2013</date> <authorinitials>ss</" "authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes</revremark>" @@ -285,7 +281,7 @@ "authorinitials> <revremark>correção de erros</revremark>" #. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision -#: C/index.docbook:173 +#: C/index.docbook:179 msgid "" "<revnumber>1.18</revnumber> <date>14 Sep 2011</date> <authorinitials>ss</" "authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes, speedups, markdown support</revremark>" @@ -295,7 +291,7 @@ "markdown</revremark>" #. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision -#: C/index.docbook:179 +#: C/index.docbook:185 msgid "" "<revnumber>1.17</revnumber> <date>26 Feb 2011</date> <authorinitials>sk</" "authorinitials> <revremark>urgent bug fix update</revremark>" @@ -305,7 +301,7 @@ "revremark>" #. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision -#: C/index.docbook:185 +#: C/index.docbook:191 msgid "" "<revnumber>1.16</revnumber> <date>14 Jan 2011</date> <authorinitials>sk</" "authorinitials> <revremark>bugfixes, layout improvements</revremark>" @@ -314,7 +310,7 @@ "authorinitials> <revremark>correção de erros, melhorias no layout</revremark>" #. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision -#: C/index.docbook:191 +#: C/index.docbook:197 msgid "" "<revnumber>1.15</revnumber> <date>21 May 2010</date> <authorinitials>sk</" "authorinitials> <revremark>bug and regression fixes</revremark>" @@ -323,7 +319,7 @@ "authorinitials> <revremark>correção de erros e regressões</revremark>" #. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision -#: C/index.docbook:197 +#: C/index.docbook:203 msgid "" "<revnumber>1.14</revnumber> <date>28 March 2010</date> <authorinitials>sk</" "authorinitials> <revremark>bugfixes and performance improvements</revremark>" @@ -333,7 +329,7 @@ "revremark>" #. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision -#: C/index.docbook:203 +#: C/index.docbook:209 msgid "" "<revnumber>1.13</revnumber> <date>18 December 2009</date> " "<authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>broken tarball update</" @@ -343,7 +339,7 @@ "authorinitials> <revremark>atualização de tarball defeituoso</revremark>" #. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision -#: C/index.docbook:209 +#: C/index.docbook:215 msgid "" "<revnumber>1.12</revnumber> <date>18 December 2009</date> " "<authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>new tool features and " @@ -354,7 +350,7 @@ "erros</revremark>" #. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision -#: C/index.docbook:215 +#: C/index.docbook:221 msgid "" "<revnumber>1.11</revnumber> <date>16 November 2008</date> " "<authorinitials>mal</authorinitials> <revremark>GNOME doc-utils migration</" @@ -364,12 +360,12 @@ "authorinitials> <revremark>migração do GNOME doc-utils</revremark>" #. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: C/index.docbook:228 +#: C/index.docbook:234 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "Introdução" #. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: C/index.docbook:230 +#: C/index.docbook:236 msgid "" "This chapter introduces GTK-Doc and gives an overview of what it is and how " "it is used." @@ -378,12 +374,12 @@ "usado." #. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: C/index.docbook:236 +#: C/index.docbook:242 msgid "What is GTK-Doc?" msgstr "O que é GTK-Doc?" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:238 +#: C/index.docbook:244 msgid "" "GTK-Doc is used to document C code. It is typically used to document the " "public API of libraries, such as the GTK+ and GNOME libraries. But it can " @@ -394,12 +390,12 @@ "GNOME. Mas ele também pode ser usado para documentar código de aplicativos." #. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: C/index.docbook:246 +#: C/index.docbook:252 msgid "How Does GTK-Doc Work?" msgstr "Como o GTK-Doc funciona?" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:248 +#: C/index.docbook:254 msgid "" "GTK-Doc works by using documentation of functions placed inside the source " "files in specially-formatted comment blocks, or documentation added to the " @@ -414,7 +410,7 @@ "arquivos de cabeçalho; ele não irá produzir saída para funções estáticas)." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:255 +#: C/index.docbook:261 msgid "" "GTK-Doc consists of a number of python scripts, each performing a different " "step in the process." @@ -423,12 +419,12 @@ "etapa diferente no processo." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:260 +#: C/index.docbook:266 msgid "There are 5 main steps in the process:" msgstr "Há 5 etapas principais no processo:" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:267 +#: C/index.docbook:273 msgid "" "<guilabel>Writing the documentation.</guilabel> The author fills in the " "source files with the documentation for each function, macro, structs or " @@ -438,7 +434,7 @@ "fonte com a documentação para cada função, macro, structs ou unions, etc." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:276 +#: C/index.docbook:282 msgid "" "<guilabel>Gathering information about the code.</guilabel> " "<application>gtkdoc-scan</application> scans the header files of the code " @@ -474,7 +470,7 @@ "overrides.txt</filename>." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:293 +#: C/index.docbook:299 msgid "" "<application>gtkdoc-scangobj</application> can also be used to dynamically " "query a library about any GObject subclasses it exports. It saves " @@ -488,7 +484,7 @@ "fornece." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:299 +#: C/index.docbook:305 msgid "" "<application>gtkdoc-scanobj</application> should not be used anymore. It was " "needed in the past when GObject was still GtkObject inside gtk+." @@ -497,7 +493,7 @@ "necessário no passado, quando GObject ainda era GtkObject dentro do gtk+." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:306 +#: C/index.docbook:312 msgid "" "<guilabel>Generating the XML and HTML/PDF.</guilabel> <application>gtkdoc-" "mkdb</application> turns the template files into XML files in the <filename " @@ -514,7 +510,7 @@ "documentos dos dados de introspecção e dos fontes." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:315 +#: C/index.docbook:321 msgid "" "<application>gtkdoc-mkhtml</application> turns the XML files into HTML files " "in the <filename class=\"directory\">html/</filename> subdirectory. Likewise " @@ -528,7 +524,7 @@ "pacote>.pdf</filename>." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:321 +#: C/index.docbook:327 msgid "" "Files in <filename class=\"directory\">xml/</filename> and <filename class=" "\"directory\">html/</filename> directories are always overwritten. One " @@ -539,7 +535,7 @@ "devem ser editados manualmente." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:329 +#: C/index.docbook:335 msgid "" "<guilabel>Fixing up cross-references between documents.</guilabel> After " "installing the HTML files, <application>gtkdoc-fixxref</application> can be " @@ -561,17 +557,17 @@ "volta para links locais (onde aquelas documentações estão instaladas)." #. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: C/index.docbook:347 +#: C/index.docbook:353 msgid "Getting GTK-Doc" msgstr "Obtendo GTK-Doc" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: C/index.docbook:350 +#: C/index.docbook:356 msgid "Requirements" msgstr "Requisitos" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:351 +#: C/index.docbook:357 msgid "" "<guilabel>python 2/3</guilabel> - the main scripts are written in python." msgstr "" @@ -579,7 +575,7 @@ "Python." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:354 +#: C/index.docbook:360 msgid "" "<guilabel>xsltproc</guilabel> - the xslt processor from libxslt <ulink url=" "\"http://xmlsoft.org/XSLT/\" type=\"http\">xmlsoft.org/XSLT/</ulink>" @@ -588,7 +584,7 @@ "\"http://xmlsoft.org/XSLT/\" type=\"http\">xmlsoft.org/XSLT/</ulink>" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:358 +#: C/index.docbook:364 msgid "" "<guilabel>docbook-xsl</guilabel> - the docbook xsl stylesheets <ulink url=" "\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/docbook/files/docbook-xsl/\" type=\"http" @@ -599,7 +595,7 @@ "\"http\">sourceforge.net/projects/docbook/files/docbook-xsl</ulink>" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:362 +#: C/index.docbook:368 msgid "" "One of <guilabel>source-highlight</guilabel>, <guilabel>highlight</guilabel> " "or <guilabel>vim</guilabel> - optional - used for syntax highlighting of " @@ -610,12 +606,12 @@ "sintaxe de exemplos" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: C/index.docbook:370 +#: C/index.docbook:376 msgid "About GTK-Doc" msgstr "Sobre GTK-Doc" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:372 +#: C/index.docbook:378 msgid "" "Historically GTK-Doc was used to generate template files from the sources " "code. These template files could be used by developers to enter the API " @@ -633,12 +629,12 @@ "obsoleto. Na versão 1.26 suporte ao modelo foi removido." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:382 C/index.docbook:396 +#: C/index.docbook:388 C/index.docbook:402 msgid "(FIXME)" msgstr "(CORRIJA-ME)" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:386 +#: C/index.docbook:392 msgid "" "(authors, web pages, mailing list, license, future plans, comparison with " "other similar systems.)" @@ -647,22 +643,22 @@ "comparação com outros sistemas similares.)" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: C/index.docbook:394 +#: C/index.docbook:400 msgid "About this Manual" msgstr "Sobre este manual" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:400 +#: C/index.docbook:406 msgid "(who it is meant for, where you can get it, license)" msgstr "(pra quem ele serve, onde você pode obtê-lo, licença)" #. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: C/index.docbook:409 +#: C/index.docbook:415 msgid "Project Setup" msgstr "Configurando o projeto" #. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: C/index.docbook:411 +#: C/index.docbook:417 msgid "" "This Chapter describes the steps that are necessary to integrate GTK-Doc " "into your project. The integration of GTK-Doc into a project includes the " @@ -672,7 +668,7 @@ "projeto. A integração do GTK-Doc em um projeto inclui as seguintes etapas:" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:419 +#: C/index.docbook:425 msgid "" "Preparation of the directory structure and creating required configuration " "files for your GTK-Doc documentation (see <link linkend=\"settingup_docfiles" @@ -683,7 +679,7 @@ "\"settingup_docfiles\">Preparando o esqueleto de uma documentação</link>)." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:427 +#: C/index.docbook:433 msgid "" "Adjusting the build system to build your documentation using the GTK-Doc " "tools. Multiple build systems are supported, in this manual we describe how " @@ -699,7 +695,7 @@ "simples</link>." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:437 +#: C/index.docbook:443 msgid "" "Adding GTK-Doc specific files to version control and deciding which files to " "ignore (see <link linkend=\"settingup_vcs\"> Integration with version " @@ -710,7 +706,7 @@ "Integração com sistemas de controle de versão</link>)." #. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: C/index.docbook:445 +#: C/index.docbook:451 msgid "" "The following sections assume we work on a project called <code>meep</code>. " "This project contains two packages (or modules), a library called " @@ -722,12 +718,12 @@ "chamado <code>meeper</code>." #. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: C/index.docbook:454 +#: C/index.docbook:460 msgid "Setting up a skeleton documentation" msgstr "Preparando o esqueleto de uma documentação" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:456 +#: C/index.docbook:462 msgid "" "A common convention is to place documentation into a folder called " "<code>docs</code> inside your top-level project directory. We usually " @@ -761,13 +757,13 @@ "diretório." #. (itstool) path: example/title -#: C/index.docbook:487 +#: C/index.docbook:493 msgid "Example directory structure of <emphasis>meep</emphasis> project" msgstr "" "Exemplo de estrutura de diretórios de projeto <emphasis>meep</emphasis>" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:489 +#: C/index.docbook:495 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -795,7 +791,7 @@ " meeper/\n" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:481 +#: C/index.docbook:487 msgid "" "In the following sections we will assume a directory structure for our " "<emphasis>meep</emphasis> project that uses the above conventions. <_:" @@ -805,12 +801,12 @@ "projeto <emphasis>meep</emphasis> que usa as convenções acima. <_:example-1/>" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: C/index.docbook:506 +#: C/index.docbook:512 msgid "Integration with Autotools" msgstr "Integração com Autotools" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:507 +#: C/index.docbook:513 msgid "" "Integration of GTK-Doc into an autotools-based build system requires the " "following steps:" @@ -819,7 +815,7 @@ "requer as seguintes etapas:" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:513 +#: C/index.docbook:519 msgid "" "Ensure that <application>gtkdocize</application> is run once before the " "<filename>configure</filename> script. If an <filename>autogen.sh</filename> " @@ -832,7 +828,7 @@ "GTK-Doc e adicione uma chamada ao <application>gtkdocize</application>." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:521 +#: C/index.docbook:527 msgid "" "The main purpose of <application>gtkdocize</application> is to make the " "<filename>gtk-doc.make</filename> Makefile and the <filename>gtk-doc.m4</" @@ -845,7 +841,7 @@ "a compilação sistema, seja copiando ou vinculando-o ao projeto." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:530 +#: C/index.docbook:536 msgid "" "Add the necessary <application>autoconf</application> macros to " "<filename>configure.ac</filename> to enable GTK-Doc in your build system to " @@ -858,7 +854,7 @@ "<filename>configure</filename> gerado." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:536 +#: C/index.docbook:542 msgid "" "Among others with registers the <code>--enable-gtk-doc</code> option with " "the <filename>configure</filename> script." @@ -867,7 +863,7 @@ "<filename>configure</filename>." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:542 +#: C/index.docbook:548 msgid "" "Create an <application>automake</application> script for each application or " "library in your project. In the example used in this documentation this step " @@ -878,7 +874,7 @@ "se aplica tanto a <code>meeper</code> quanto a <code>libmeep</code>." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:551 +#: C/index.docbook:557 msgid "" "In the following sections, we will perform the above steps in reverse order. " "We start with the <application>automake</application> scripts and work our " @@ -893,12 +889,12 @@ "compilação e como compilar a documentação." #. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: C/index.docbook:561 +#: C/index.docbook:567 msgid "Integration with automake" msgstr "Integração com automake" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:563 +#: C/index.docbook:569 msgid "" "First copy the <filename>Makefile.am</filename> from the <filename class=" "\"directory\">examples</filename> sub-directory of the <ulink url=\"https://" @@ -920,7 +916,7 @@ "cada um." #. (itstool) path: note/simpara -#: C/index.docbook:576 +#: C/index.docbook:582 msgid "" "Do not forget to add each <filename>Makefile.am</filename> to the " "<function>AC_CONFIG_FILES</function> macro in <filename>configure.ac</" @@ -935,13 +931,13 @@ "para <function>AC_CONFIG_FILES</function>." #. (itstool) path: example/title -#: C/index.docbook:588 +#: C/index.docbook:594 msgid "Example directory structure with <filename>Makefiles.am</filename>" msgstr "" "Exemplo de estrutura de diretório com <filename>Makefiles.am</filename>" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:591 +#: C/index.docbook:597 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -973,7 +969,7 @@ " meeper/\n" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:607 +#: C/index.docbook:613 msgid "" "Next, you need to customize the copied Makefiles and provide values for the " "various parameters in each <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. All settings " @@ -996,7 +992,7 @@ "help</option> pra listar os parâmetros disponíveis." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:631 +#: C/index.docbook:637 msgid "" "<option>DOC_MODULE</option> is used to provide the name of the package that " "is being documentated (e.g. <code>meeper</code>, or <code>libmeep</code>)." @@ -1005,7 +1001,7 @@ "sendo documentado (por exemplo, <code>meeper</code> ou <code>libmeep</code>)." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:638 +#: C/index.docbook:644 msgid "" "<option>DOC_SOURCE_DIR</option> is used to specify the location of source " "directory which GTK-Doc searches for your API documentation. This will " @@ -1018,7 +1014,7 @@ "subdiretório desse diretório." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:651 +#: C/index.docbook:657 msgid "" "<option>HFILE_GLOB</option> and <option>CFILE_GLOB</option> are used for " "dependencies. Each option take a file-glob (e.g. <code>HFILE_GLOB=" @@ -1031,7 +1027,7 @@ "um dos arquivos correspondentes for alterado." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:663 +#: C/index.docbook:669 msgid "" "<option>EXTRA_HFILES</option> allows to specify extra header files to " "include when scanning for API documentation, which are not found under " @@ -1044,7 +1040,7 @@ "$(top_srcdir}/contrib/extra.h</code>)." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:673 +#: C/index.docbook:679 msgid "" "<option>IGNORE_HFILES</option> allows to specify header files or directories " "to ignore when scanning for API documentation. Use the basename of the file " @@ -1057,7 +1053,7 @@ "gtkintl.h private_code_folder</code>)." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:683 +#: C/index.docbook:689 msgid "" "<option>HTML_IMAGES</option> allows to specify images files which will be " "copied into the <filename>html/</filename> directory of the generated " @@ -1072,7 +1068,7 @@ "stock-icons/stock_about_24.png</code>)." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:696 +#: C/index.docbook:702 msgid "" "<option>content_files</option> allows to specify extra files that are " "included by <code>$(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE)</code> (e.g. <code> " @@ -1083,7 +1079,7 @@ "<code>content_files=running.xml building.xml changes-2.0.xml</code>)." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:707 +#: C/index.docbook:713 msgid "" "<option>expand_content_files</option> allows to specify files where " "<emphasis>gtk-doc abbreviations</emphasis> such as <code>#GtkWidget</code> " @@ -1094,7 +1090,7 @@ "expandidas (por exemplo, <code>expand_content_files=running.xml</code>)." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:625 +#: C/index.docbook:631 msgid "" "The following list explains the most relevant options. Check the example " "<filename>Makefile.am</filename> for additional options. <_:itemizedlist-1/>" @@ -1103,12 +1099,12 @@ "<filename>Makefile.am</filename> para opções adicionais. <_:itemizedlist-1/>" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: C/index.docbook:722 +#: C/index.docbook:728 msgid "Integration with autoconf" msgstr "Integração com autoconf" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:724 +#: C/index.docbook:730 msgid "" "Integration with <application>autoconf</application> is very simple and " "includes one required step and an additional optional (but recommended) " @@ -1125,7 +1121,7 @@ "argumentos padrão para <application>gtkdocize</application>." #. (itstool) path: warning/simpara -#: C/index.docbook:736 +#: C/index.docbook:742 msgid "" "Make sure that the <code>GTK_DOC_CHECK</code> macro is not indented. The " "macro must start at the beginning of the line and should not start with " @@ -1136,7 +1132,7 @@ "branco." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:743 +#: C/index.docbook:749 msgid "" "The second step is to add the <code>AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR(m4)</code> to your " "<filename>configure.ac</filename>. This is not required but helps " @@ -1157,12 +1153,12 @@ "encontrar o arquivo de definição de macro." #. (itstool) path: example/title -#: C/index.docbook:756 +#: C/index.docbook:762 msgid "Minimal integration with autoconf" msgstr "Integração mínima com autoconf" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:757 +#: C/index.docbook:763 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -1178,12 +1174,12 @@ "GTK_DOC_CHECK(1.28)\n" #. (itstool) path: example/title -#: C/index.docbook:772 +#: C/index.docbook:778 msgid "Integration with optional gtk-doc dependency" msgstr "Integração com dependência opcional do gtk-doc" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:773 +#: C/index.docbook:779 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -1207,7 +1203,7 @@ ")\n" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:766 +#: C/index.docbook:772 msgid "" "The above example works, but will require all developers to have gtk-doc " "installed. A better way is to make building the documentation optional as " @@ -1218,7 +1214,7 @@ "conforme mostrado no próximo exemplo: <_:example-1/>" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:786 +#: C/index.docbook:792 msgid "" "The first argument is used to check for the Gtk-Doc version at configure " "time. The 2nd, optional argument is used by <application>gtkdocize</" @@ -1231,30 +1227,30 @@ "também adiciona várias opções de configuração:" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:795 +#: C/index.docbook:801 msgid "--with-html-dir=PATH : path to installed docs" msgstr "--with-html-dir=CAMINHO : caminho para as documentações instaladas" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:796 +#: C/index.docbook:802 msgid "--enable-gtk-doc : use gtk-doc to build documentation default=no" msgstr "--enable-gtk-doc : usa gtk-doc para compilar documentação padrão=não" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:797 +#: C/index.docbook:803 msgid "" "--enable-gtk-doc-html : build documentation in html format default=yes" msgstr "" "--enable-gtk-doc-html : compila documentação em formato html padrão=sim" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:798 +#: C/index.docbook:804 msgid "--enable-gtk-doc-pdf : build documentation in pdf format default=no" msgstr "" "--enable-gtk-doc-pdf : compila documentação em formato pdf padrão=não" #. (itstool) path: important/para -#: C/index.docbook:802 +#: C/index.docbook:808 msgid "" "GTK-Doc is disabled by default! Remember to pass the option <option>'--" "enable-gtk-doc'</option> to the next <filename>configure</filename> run. " @@ -1267,7 +1263,7 @@ "que faz sentido para usuários, mas não para desenvolvedores)." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:810 +#: C/index.docbook:816 msgid "" "After all changes to <filename>configure.ac</filename> are made, update the " "<filename>configure</filename> file. This can be done by re-running " @@ -1278,12 +1274,12 @@ "executando novamente <code>autogen.sh</code>." #. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: C/index.docbook:818 +#: C/index.docbook:824 msgid "Integration with autogen" msgstr "Integração com autogen" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:820 +#: C/index.docbook:826 msgid "" "Most projects will have an <filename>autogen.sh</filename> script to setup " "the build infrastructure after the project was checked out from a version " @@ -1298,18 +1294,18 @@ "os arquivos necessários pelo Gtk-Doc para o diretório fonte." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:828 +#: C/index.docbook:834 msgid "It should be run before autoreconf, autoheader, automake or autoconf." msgstr "" "Ele deve ser executado antes de autoreconf, autoheader, automake or autoconf." #. (itstool) path: example/title -#: C/index.docbook:833 +#: C/index.docbook:839 msgid "Running gtkdocize from autogen.sh" msgstr "Executando gtkdocize no autogen.sh" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:834 +#: C/index.docbook:840 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -1319,12 +1315,12 @@ "gtkdocize || exit 1\n" #. (itstool) path: example/title -#: C/index.docbook:842 +#: C/index.docbook:848 msgid "Conditionally run gtkdocize from autogen.sh" msgstr "Executa condicionalmente gtkdocize no autogen.sh" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:843 +#: C/index.docbook:849 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -1344,7 +1340,7 @@ "fi\n" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:854 +#: C/index.docbook:860 msgid "" "When running <application>gtkdocize</application> it copies <filename>gtk-" "doc.make</filename> to your project root (or any directory specified by the " @@ -1355,7 +1351,7 @@ "especificado pela opção <option>--docdir</option>)." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:860 +#: C/index.docbook:866 msgid "" "<application>gtkdocize</application> checks your <filename>configure.ac</" "filename> script for the <function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function> macro. The " @@ -1369,7 +1365,7 @@ "extras para o script <application>gtkdocize</application>." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:869 +#: C/index.docbook:875 msgid "" "Alternatively, additional arguments can also be passed to " "<application>gtkdocize</application> via the <function>GTKDOCIZE_FLAGS</" @@ -1382,12 +1378,12 @@ "<application>gtkdocsize</application> no <filename>autogen.sh</filename>." #. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: C/index.docbook:880 +#: C/index.docbook:886 msgid "Executing GTK-Doc from the Build System" msgstr "Executando GTK-Doc a partir do sistema de compilação" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:882 +#: C/index.docbook:888 msgid "" "After the previous steps it's time to run the build. First we need to rerun " "<filename>autogen.sh</filename>. If this script runs configure for you, then " @@ -1401,7 +1397,7 @@ "<filename>configure</filename> com esta opção em seguida." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:889 +#: C/index.docbook:895 msgid "" "The first make run generates several additional files in the doc-" "directories. The important ones are: <filename><package>.types</" @@ -1414,12 +1410,12 @@ "<filename><pacote>-sections.txt</filename>." #. (itstool) path: example/title -#: C/index.docbook:897 +#: C/index.docbook:903 msgid "Running the doc build" msgstr "Executando a compilação da documentação" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:898 +#: C/index.docbook:904 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -1431,7 +1427,7 @@ "make\n" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:905 +#: C/index.docbook:911 msgid "" "Now you can point your browser to <filename>docs/reference/<package>/" "index.html</filename>. With this initial setup you will only see a very " @@ -1452,12 +1448,12 @@ "seções adicionais aos seus arquivos de documentação." #. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: C/index.docbook:921 +#: C/index.docbook:927 msgid "Integration with CMake build systems" msgstr "Integração com sistemas de compilação CMake" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:923 +#: C/index.docbook:929 msgid "" "GTK-Doc now provides a <filename>GtkDocConfig.cmake</filename> module (and " "the corresponding <filename>GtkDocConfigVersion.cmake</filename> module). " @@ -1470,12 +1466,12 @@ "em seu arquivo <filename>CMakeLists.txt</filename>." #. (itstool) path: example/title -#: C/index.docbook:933 +#: C/index.docbook:939 msgid "Example of using GTK-Doc from CMake" msgstr "Exemplo de uso do GTK-Doc no CMake" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:934 +#: C/index.docbook:940 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -1519,17 +1515,17 @@ " DESTINATION ${CMAKE_INSTALL_DOCDIR})\n" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:931 +#: C/index.docbook:937 msgid "The following example shows how to use this command. <_:example-1/>" msgstr "O exemplo a seguir mostra como usar este comando. <_:example-1/>" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: C/index.docbook:958 +#: C/index.docbook:964 msgid "Integration with plain makefiles or other build systems" msgstr "Integração com makefiles simples ou outros sistemas de compilação" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:960 +#: C/index.docbook:966 msgid "" "In the case one does not want to use automake and therefore <filename>gtk-" "doc.mak</filename> one will need to call the gtkdoc tools in the right order " @@ -1540,12 +1536,12 @@ "correta nos makefiles devidos (ou outras ferramentas de compilação)." #. (itstool) path: example/title -#: C/index.docbook:967 +#: C/index.docbook:973 msgid "Documentation build steps" msgstr "Etapas de compilação da documentação" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:968 +#: C/index.docbook:974 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -1571,7 +1567,7 @@ "gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --module-dir=html\n" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:982 +#: C/index.docbook:988 msgid "" "One will need to look at the <filename>Makefile.am</filename> and " "<filename>gtk-doc.mak</filename> to pick the extra options needed." @@ -1580,12 +1576,12 @@ "doc.mak</filename> para obter as opções extras necessárias." #. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: C/index.docbook:989 +#: C/index.docbook:995 msgid "Integration with version control systems" msgstr "Integração com sistemas de controle de versão" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:991 +#: C/index.docbook:997 msgid "" "As a rule of thumb, it's the files you edit which should go under version " "control. For typical projects it's these files: <filename><package>." @@ -1600,7 +1596,7 @@ "filename>, <filename>Makefile.am</filename>." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:999 +#: C/index.docbook:1005 msgid "" "Files in the <filename>xml/</filename> and <filename>html/</filename> " "directories should not go under version control. Neither should any of the " @@ -1611,12 +1607,12 @@ "entrar arquivos <filename>.stamp</filename>." #. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: C/index.docbook:1009 +#: C/index.docbook:1015 msgid "Documenting the code" msgstr "Documentando o código" #. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: C/index.docbook:1011 +#: C/index.docbook:1017 msgid "" "GTK-Doc uses source code comment with a special syntax for code " "documentation. Further it retrieves information about your project structure " @@ -1629,12 +1625,12 @@ "descobrir todas as informações sobre a sintaxe dos comentários." #. (itstool) path: example/title -#: C/index.docbook:1022 C/index.docbook:1048 +#: C/index.docbook:1028 C/index.docbook:1054 msgid "GTK-Doc comment block" msgstr "Bloco de comentário do GTK-Doc" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:1023 +#: C/index.docbook:1029 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -1648,7 +1644,7 @@ "#endif\n" #. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: C/index.docbook:1018 +#: C/index.docbook:1024 msgid "" "The GTK-Doc scanner can handle the majority of C headers fine. In the case " "of receiving warnings from the scanner that look like a special case, one " @@ -1659,12 +1655,12 @@ "caso especial, pode-se informar ao GTK-Doc para ignorá-los. <_:example-1/>" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/index.docbook:1032 +#: C/index.docbook:1038 msgid "Limitations" msgstr "Limitações" #. (itstool) path: note/para -#: C/index.docbook:1033 +#: C/index.docbook:1039 msgid "" "Note, that GTK-Doc's supports <code>#ifndef(__GTK_DOC_IGNORE__)</code> but " "not <code>#if !defined(__GTK_DOC_IGNORE__)</code> or other combinations." @@ -1674,12 +1670,12 @@ "combinações." #. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: C/index.docbook:1043 +#: C/index.docbook:1049 msgid "Documentation comments" msgstr "Comentários de documentação" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:1049 +#: C/index.docbook:1055 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -1695,7 +1691,7 @@ " */\n" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:1045 +#: C/index.docbook:1051 msgid "" "A multiline comment that starts with an additional '*' marks a documentation " "block that will be processed by the GTK-Doc tools. <_:example-1/>" @@ -1704,7 +1700,7 @@ "documentação que será processado pelas ferramentas do GTK-Doc. <_:example-1/>" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:1058 +#: C/index.docbook:1064 msgid "" "The 'identifier' is one line with the name of the item the comment is " "related to. The syntax differs a little depending on the item. (TODO add " @@ -1714,7 +1710,7 @@ "relacionado. A sintaxe difere um pouco dependendo do item." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:1064 +#: C/index.docbook:1070 msgid "" "The 'documentation' block is also different for each symbol type. Symbol " "types that get parameters such as functions or macros have the parameter " @@ -1734,7 +1730,7 @@ "espaço). Isso é útil em textos pré-formatados (listagens de código)." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1081 +#: C/index.docbook:1087 msgid "" "What it is: The name for a class or function can sometimes be misleading for " "people coming from a different background." @@ -1743,25 +1739,25 @@ "entendimento equivocado pessoas com experiências diferentes." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1087 +#: C/index.docbook:1093 msgid "" "What it does: Tell about common uses. Put it in relation with the other API." msgstr "" "O que ele faz: Fale sobre usos comuns. Coloque em relação com a outra API." #. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: C/index.docbook:1077 +#: C/index.docbook:1083 msgid "When documenting code, describe two aspects: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" msgstr "Ao documentar um código, descreva dois aspectos: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1102 +#: C/index.docbook:1108 msgid "Use function() to refer to functions or macros which take arguments." msgstr "" "Use function() para se referir às funções ou macros que levam argumentos." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1107 +#: C/index.docbook:1113 msgid "" "Use @param to refer to parameters. Also use this when referring to " "parameters of other functions, related to the one being described." @@ -1770,12 +1766,12 @@ "parâmetros de outras funções, relacionadas àquele sendo descrito." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1113 +#: C/index.docbook:1119 msgid "Use %constant to refer to a constant, e.g. %G_TRAVERSE_LEAFS." msgstr "Use %constant para se referir a uma constante, ex.: %G_TRAVERSE_LEAFS." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1118 +#: C/index.docbook:1124 msgid "" "Use #symbol to refer to other types of symbol, e.g. structs and enums and " "macros which don't take arguments." @@ -1784,17 +1780,17 @@ "e macros que não levam argumentos." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1124 +#: C/index.docbook:1130 msgid "Use #Object::signal to refer to a GObject signal." msgstr "Use #Object::signal para se referir a um sinal de GObject." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1129 +#: C/index.docbook:1135 msgid "Use #Object:property to refer to a GObject property." msgstr "Use #Object:property para se referir a uma propriedade de GObject." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1134 +#: C/index.docbook:1140 msgid "" "Use #Struct.field to refer to a field inside a structure and #GObjectClass." "foo_bar() to refer to a vmethod." @@ -1803,7 +1799,7 @@ "#GObjectClass.foo_bar() para se referir a um vmethod." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:1096 +#: C/index.docbook:1102 msgid "" "One advantage of hyper-text over plain-text is the ability to have links in " "the document. Writing the correct markup for a link can be tedious though. " @@ -1816,7 +1812,7 @@ "itemizedlist-1/>" #. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: C/index.docbook:1143 +#: C/index.docbook:1149 msgid "" "If you need to use the special characters '<', '>', '()', '@', '%', or " "'#' in your documentation without GTK-Doc changing them you can use the XML " @@ -1831,7 +1827,7 @@ "uma contrabarra “\\”." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:1152 +#: C/index.docbook:1158 msgid "" "DocBook can do more than just links. One can also have lists, examples, " "headings, and images. As of version 1.20, the preferred way is to use a " @@ -1849,7 +1845,7 @@ "linhas começando com um traço." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:1163 +#: C/index.docbook:1169 msgid "" "While markdown is now preferred one can mix both. One limitation here is " "that one can use docbook xml within markdown, but markdown within docbook " @@ -1860,7 +1856,7 @@ "suporte a markdown no docbook xml." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:1169 +#: C/index.docbook:1175 msgid "" "In older GTK-Doc releases, if you need support for additional formatting, " "you would need to enable the usage of docbook XML tags inside doc-comments " @@ -1875,12 +1871,12 @@ "symbol> dentro de <filename>Makefile.am</filename>." #. (itstool) path: example/title -#: C/index.docbook:1178 +#: C/index.docbook:1184 msgid "GTK-Doc comment block using Markdown" msgstr "Bloco de comentário do GTK-Doc usando Markdown" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:1179 +#: C/index.docbook:1185 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -1956,19 +1952,23 @@ " */\n" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:1218 +#: C/index.docbook:1224 +#| msgid "" +#| "More examples of what markdown tags are supported can be found in the " +#| "<ulink url=\"https://wiki.gnome.org/Projects/GTK%2B/DocumentationSyntax/" +#| "Markdown\">GTK+ Documentation Markdown Syntax Reference</ulink>." msgid "" "More examples of what markdown tags are supported can be found in the <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.gnome.org/Projects/GTK%2B/DocumentationSyntax/Markdown" -"\">GTK+ Documentation Markdown Syntax Reference</ulink>." +"url=\"https://wiki.gnome.org/Projects/GTK/DocumentationSyntax/Markdown\">GTK " +"Documentation Markdown Syntax Reference</ulink>." msgstr "" -"Mais exemplos de quais tags de markdown tags possui suporte podem ser " -"encontrados na <ulink url=\"https://wiki.gnome.org/Projects/GTK%2B/" +"Mais exemplos de quais tags de markdown tags há suporte podem ser " +"encontrados na <ulink url=\"https://wiki.gnome.org/Projects/GTK/" "DocumentationSyntax/Markdown\">Referência de sintaxe de markdown de " -"documentação</ulink>." +"documentação GTK</ulink>." #. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: C/index.docbook:1224 +#: C/index.docbook:1230 msgid "" "As already mentioned earlier GTK-Doc is for documenting public API. Thus one " "cannot write documentation for static symbols. Nevertheless it is good to " @@ -1988,12 +1988,12 @@ "lugar correto do arquivo e seções." #. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: C/index.docbook:1239 +#: C/index.docbook:1245 msgid "Documenting sections" msgstr "Documentando seções" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:1241 +#: C/index.docbook:1247 msgid "" "Each section of the documentation contains information about one class or " "module. To introduce the component one can write a section block. The short " @@ -2006,12 +2006,12 @@ "os @fields são opcionais." #. (itstool) path: example/title -#: C/index.docbook:1249 +#: C/index.docbook:1255 msgid "Section comment block" msgstr "Bloco de comentário de sessão" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:1250 +#: C/index.docbook:1256 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -2043,12 +2043,12 @@ " */\n" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1269 +#: C/index.docbook:1275 msgid "SECTION:<name>" msgstr "SECTION:<nome>" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1271 +#: C/index.docbook:1277 msgid "" "The name links the section documentation to the respective part in the " "<filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> file. The name given here " @@ -2061,12 +2061,12 @@ "txt</filename>." #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1280 +#: C/index.docbook:1286 msgid "@short_description" msgstr "@short_description" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1282 +#: C/index.docbook:1288 msgid "" "A one line description of the section, that later will appear after the " "links in the TOC and at the top of the section page." @@ -2075,12 +2075,12 @@ "no TOC (sumário) no topo da página da sessão." #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1289 +#: C/index.docbook:1295 msgid "@title" msgstr "@title" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1291 +#: C/index.docbook:1297 msgid "" "The section title defaults to <name> from the SECTION declaration. It " "can be overridden with the @title field." @@ -2089,12 +2089,12 @@ "pode ser sobrescrito com o campo @title." #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1298 +#: C/index.docbook:1304 msgid "@section_id" msgstr "@section_id" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1300 +#: C/index.docbook:1306 msgid "" "Overrides the use of title as a section identifier. For GObjects the <" "title> is used as a section_id and for other sections it is <" @@ -2105,22 +2105,22 @@ "MÓDULO>-<title>." #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1308 +#: C/index.docbook:1314 msgid "@see_also" msgstr "@see_also" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1310 +#: C/index.docbook:1316 msgid "A list of symbols that are related to this section." msgstr "Uma lista de símbolos que estão relacionados a esta sessão." #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1316 +#: C/index.docbook:1322 msgid "@stability" msgstr "@stability" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1323 +#: C/index.docbook:1329 msgid "" "Stable - The intention of a Stable interface is to enable arbitrary third " "parties to develop applications to these interfaces, release them, and have " @@ -2137,7 +2137,7 @@ "alterações incompatíveis sejam raras e que tenham fortes justificativas." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1335 +#: C/index.docbook:1341 msgid "" "Unstable - Unstable interfaces are experimental or transitional. They are " "typically used to give outside developers early access to new or rapidly " @@ -2153,7 +2153,7 @@ "fontes de uma versão menor para a próxima." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1347 +#: C/index.docbook:1353 msgid "" "Private - An interface that can be used within the GNOME stack itself, but " "that is not documented for end-users. Such functions should only be used in " @@ -2164,7 +2164,7 @@ "usadas nas formas especificadas e documentadas." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1356 +#: C/index.docbook:1362 msgid "" "Internal - An interface that is internal to a module and does not require " "end-user documentation. Functions that are undocumented are assumed to be " @@ -2175,7 +2175,7 @@ "sendo “Interna”." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1318 +#: C/index.docbook:1324 msgid "" "An informal description of the stability level this API has. We recommend " "the use of one of these terms: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" @@ -2184,12 +2184,12 @@ "recomendamos o uso de um desses termos: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1368 +#: C/index.docbook:1374 msgid "@include" msgstr "@include" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1370 +#: C/index.docbook:1376 msgid "" "The <literal>#include</literal> files to show in the section synopsis (a " "comma separated list), overriding the global value from the <link linkend=" @@ -2202,12 +2202,12 @@ "Este item é opcional." #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1379 +#: C/index.docbook:1385 msgid "@image" msgstr "@image" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1381 +#: C/index.docbook:1387 msgid "" "The image to display at the top of the reference page for this section. This " "will often be some sort of a diagram to illustrate the visual appearance of " @@ -2220,7 +2220,7 @@ "opcional." #. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: C/index.docbook:1392 +#: C/index.docbook:1398 msgid "" "To avoid unnecessary recompilation after doc-changes put the section docs " "into the c-source where possible." @@ -2229,12 +2229,12 @@ "inseridas nas documentações de seção no fonte em C onde possível." #. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: C/index.docbook:1401 +#: C/index.docbook:1407 msgid "Documenting symbols" msgstr "Documentando símbolos" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:1403 +#: C/index.docbook:1409 msgid "" "Each symbol (function, macro, struct, enum, signal and property) is " "documented in a separate block. The block is best placed close to the " @@ -2250,12 +2250,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #. (itstool) path: example/title -#: C/index.docbook:1411 C/index.docbook:1477 +#: C/index.docbook:1417 C/index.docbook:1483 msgid "General tags" msgstr "Tags gerais" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:1413 +#: C/index.docbook:1419 msgid "" "You can add versioning information to all documentation elements to tell " "when an API was introduced, or when it was deprecated." @@ -2265,27 +2265,27 @@ "tornou obsoleta." #. (itstool) path: variablelist/title -#: C/index.docbook:1418 +#: C/index.docbook:1424 msgid "Versioning Tags" msgstr "Tags de versionamento" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1419 +#: C/index.docbook:1425 msgid "Since:" msgstr "Since:" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1421 +#: C/index.docbook:1427 msgid "Description since which version of the code the API is available." msgstr "Descrição de desde qual versão do código a API está disponível." #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1426 +#: C/index.docbook:1432 msgid "Deprecated:" msgstr "Deprecated:" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1428 +#: C/index.docbook:1434 msgid "" "Paragraph denoting that this function should no be used anymore. The " "description should point the reader to the new API." @@ -2294,7 +2294,7 @@ "deveria apontar o leitor para a nova API." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:1436 +#: C/index.docbook:1442 msgid "" "You can also add stability information to all documentation elements to " "indicate whether API stability is guaranteed for them for all future minor " @@ -2305,7 +2305,7 @@ "garantida para eles para futuros lançamentos menores do projeto." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:1442 +#: C/index.docbook:1448 msgid "" "The default stability level for all documentation elements can be set by " "passing the <option>--default-stability</option> argument to " @@ -2316,17 +2316,17 @@ "<application>gtkdoc-mkdb</application> com um dos valores abaixo." #. (itstool) path: variablelist/title -#: C/index.docbook:1448 +#: C/index.docbook:1454 msgid "Stability Tags" msgstr "Tags de estabilidade" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1449 +#: C/index.docbook:1455 msgid "Stability: Stable" msgstr "Stability: Stable" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1451 +#: C/index.docbook:1457 msgid "" "Mark the element as stable. This is for public APIs which are guaranteed to " "remain stable for all future minor releases of the project." @@ -2335,12 +2335,12 @@ "garantida para todos os próximos lançamentos menores do projeto." #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1458 +#: C/index.docbook:1464 msgid "Stability: Unstable" msgstr "Stability: Unstable" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1460 +#: C/index.docbook:1466 msgid "" "Mark the element as unstable. This is for public APIs which are released as " "a preview before being stabilised." @@ -2349,12 +2349,12 @@ "como versão de desenvolvimento antes de se tornar estável." #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1466 +#: C/index.docbook:1472 msgid "Stability: Private" msgstr "Stability: Private" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1468 +#: C/index.docbook:1474 msgid "" "Mark the element as private. This is for interfaces which can be used by " "tightly coupled modules, but not by arbitrary third parties." @@ -2363,7 +2363,7 @@ "por um conjunto pequeno de módulos, mas não por terceiros." #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:1478 +#: C/index.docbook:1484 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -2402,12 +2402,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #. (itstool) path: example/title -#: C/index.docbook:1498 C/index.docbook:1508 +#: C/index.docbook:1504 C/index.docbook:1514 msgid "Annotations" msgstr "Anotações" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:1500 +#: C/index.docbook:1506 msgid "" "Documentation blocks can contain annotation-tags. These tags will be " "rendered with tooltips describing their meaning. The tags are used by " @@ -2423,7 +2423,7 @@ "\">no wiki</ulink>." #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:1509 +#: C/index.docbook:1515 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -2464,12 +2464,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #. (itstool) path: example/title -#: C/index.docbook:1530 C/index.docbook:1559 +#: C/index.docbook:1536 C/index.docbook:1565 msgid "Function comment block" msgstr "Bloco de comentário de função" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1536 +#: C/index.docbook:1542 msgid "" "Document whether returned objects, lists, strings, etc, should be freed/" "unrefed/released." @@ -2478,25 +2478,25 @@ "não referenciados/liberada." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1542 +#: C/index.docbook:1548 msgid "Document whether parameters can be NULL, and what happens if they are." msgstr "" "Documente se parâmetros pode ser NULL e o que acontece se eles o forem." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1547 +#: C/index.docbook:1553 msgid "" "Mention interesting pre-conditions and post-conditions where appropriate." msgstr "" "Mencione pré-condições e pós-condições interessantes onde for apropriado." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:1532 C/index.docbook:1618 +#: C/index.docbook:1538 C/index.docbook:1624 msgid "Please remember to: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" msgstr "Por favor, lembre-se de: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:1554 +#: C/index.docbook:1560 msgid "" "Gtk-doc assumes all symbols (macros, functions) starting with '_' are " "private. They are treated like static functions." @@ -2505,7 +2505,7 @@ "são privados. Eles são tratados como funções estáticas." #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:1560 +#: C/index.docbook:1566 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -2547,27 +2547,27 @@ " */\n" #. (itstool) path: variablelist/title -#: C/index.docbook:1581 +#: C/index.docbook:1587 msgid "Function tags" msgstr "Tags de função" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1582 C/index.docbook:1789 +#: C/index.docbook:1588 C/index.docbook:1795 msgid "Returns:" msgstr "Returns:" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1584 +#: C/index.docbook:1590 msgid "Paragraph describing the returned result." msgstr "Parágrafo descrevendo o resultado retornado." #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1589 +#: C/index.docbook:1595 msgid "@...:" msgstr "@...:" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1591 +#: C/index.docbook:1597 msgid "" "In case the function has variadic arguments, you should use this tag " "(@Varargs: does also work for historic reasons)." @@ -2577,12 +2577,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #. (itstool) path: example/title -#: C/index.docbook:1601 C/index.docbook:1603 +#: C/index.docbook:1607 C/index.docbook:1609 msgid "Property comment block" msgstr "Bloco de comentário de propriedade" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:1604 +#: C/index.docbook:1610 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -2603,12 +2603,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #. (itstool) path: example/title -#: C/index.docbook:1616 C/index.docbook:1635 +#: C/index.docbook:1622 C/index.docbook:1641 msgid "Signal comment block" msgstr "Bloco de comentário de sinal" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1622 +#: C/index.docbook:1628 msgid "" "Document when the signal is emitted and whether it is emitted before or " "after other signals." @@ -2617,12 +2617,12 @@ "sinais." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1628 +#: C/index.docbook:1634 msgid "Document what an application might do in the signal handler." msgstr "Documente o que um aplicativo pode fazer no manipulador do sinal." #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:1636 +#: C/index.docbook:1642 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -2653,12 +2653,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #. (itstool) path: example/title -#: C/index.docbook:1653 C/index.docbook:1654 +#: C/index.docbook:1659 C/index.docbook:1660 msgid "Struct comment block" msgstr "Bloco de comentário de struct" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:1655 +#: C/index.docbook:1661 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -2688,7 +2688,7 @@ "} FooWidget;\n" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:1670 +#: C/index.docbook:1676 msgid "" "Use <code>/*< private >*/</code> before the private struct fields you " "want to hide. Use <code>/*< public >*/</code> for the reverse " @@ -2699,7 +2699,7 @@ "comportamento inverso." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:1676 +#: C/index.docbook:1682 msgid "" "If the first field is \"g_iface\", \"parent_instance\" or \"parent_class\" " "it will be considered private automatically and doesn't need to be mentioned " @@ -2710,7 +2710,7 @@ "no bloco de comentário." #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:1682 +#: C/index.docbook:1688 msgid "" "Struct comment blocks can also be used for GObjects and GObjectClasses. It " "is usually a good idea to add a comment block for a class, if it has " @@ -2730,12 +2730,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: sect2/title #. (itstool) path: example/title -#: C/index.docbook:1694 C/index.docbook:1695 +#: C/index.docbook:1700 C/index.docbook:1701 msgid "Enum comment block" msgstr "Bloco de comentário de enum" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:1696 +#: C/index.docbook:1702 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -2769,7 +2769,7 @@ "} Alguma coisa;\n" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:1713 +#: C/index.docbook:1719 msgid "" "Use <code>/*< private >*/</code> before the private enum values you " "want to hide. Use <code>/*< public >*/</code> for the reverse " @@ -2780,12 +2780,12 @@ "comportamento inverso." #. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: C/index.docbook:1724 +#: C/index.docbook:1730 msgid "Inline program documentation" msgstr "Documentação de programa em-linha" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:1725 +#: C/index.docbook:1731 msgid "" "You can document programs and their commandline interface using inline " "documentation." @@ -2794,37 +2794,37 @@ "documentação em-linha." #. (itstool) path: variablelist/title -#: C/index.docbook:1731 +#: C/index.docbook:1737 msgid "Tags" msgstr "Tags" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1733 +#: C/index.docbook:1739 msgid "PROGRAM" msgstr "PROGRAM" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1736 +#: C/index.docbook:1742 msgid "Defines the start of a program documentation." msgstr "Define o início da documentação de um programa." #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1743 +#: C/index.docbook:1749 msgid "@short_description:" msgstr "@short_description:" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1745 +#: C/index.docbook:1751 msgid "Defines a short description of the program. (Optional)" msgstr "Define uma descrição breve do programa. (Opcional)" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1752 +#: C/index.docbook:1758 msgid "@synopsis:" msgstr "@synopsis:" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1754 +#: C/index.docbook:1760 msgid "" "Defines the arguments, or list of arguments that the program can take. " "(Optional)" @@ -2833,52 +2833,52 @@ "(Opcional)" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1762 +#: C/index.docbook:1768 msgid "@see_also:" msgstr "@see_also:" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1764 +#: C/index.docbook:1770 msgid "See Also manual page section. (Optional)" msgstr "A seção “See Also” (Veja Também) de páginas de manual. (Opcional)" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1771 +#: C/index.docbook:1777 msgid "@arg:" msgstr "@arg:" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1773 +#: C/index.docbook:1779 msgid "Argument(s) passed to the program and their description. (Optional)" msgstr "Argumento(s) passado(s) para o programa e sua descrição. (Opcional)" #. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term -#: C/index.docbook:1780 +#: C/index.docbook:1786 msgid "Description:" msgstr "Description:" #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1782 +#: C/index.docbook:1788 msgid "A longer description of the program." msgstr "Um descrição mais longa do programa." #. (itstool) path: listitem/para -#: C/index.docbook:1791 +#: C/index.docbook:1797 msgid "Specify what value(s) the program returns. (Optional)" msgstr "Especifique qual(is) valor(es) o programa retorna. (Opcional)" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: C/index.docbook:1800 +#: C/index.docbook:1806 msgid "Example of program documentation." msgstr "Exemplo de documentação de programa." #. (itstool) path: example/title -#: C/index.docbook:1801 +#: C/index.docbook:1807 msgid "Program documentation block" msgstr "Bloco de documentação de programa" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:1802 +#: C/index.docbook:1808 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -2922,12 +2922,12 @@ "}\n" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: C/index.docbook:1828 +#: C/index.docbook:1834 msgid "Useful DocBook tags" msgstr "Tags úteis do DocBook" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:1830 +#: C/index.docbook:1836 msgid "" "Here are some DocBook tags which are most useful when documenting the code." msgstr "" @@ -2935,7 +2935,7 @@ "documentado o código." #. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:1839 +#: C/index.docbook:1845 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -2945,7 +2945,7 @@ "<link linkend=\"glib-Hash-Tables\">Tabela de hashes</link>\n" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:1835 +#: C/index.docbook:1841 msgid "" "To link to another section in the GTK docs: <_:informalexample-1/> The " "linkend is the SGML/XML id on the top item of the page you want to link to. " @@ -2961,7 +2961,7 @@ "convertidos em '-' para estar em conformidade com SGML/XML." #. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:1852 +#: C/index.docbook:1858 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -2971,7 +2971,7 @@ "<function>...</function>\n" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:1849 +#: C/index.docbook:1855 msgid "" "To refer to an external function, e.g. a standard C function: <_:" "informalexample-1/>" @@ -2980,16 +2980,8 @@ "do C: <_:informalexample-1/>" #. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:1861 +#: C/index.docbook:1867 #, no-wrap -#| msgid "" -#| "\n" -#| "<example>\n" -#| " <title>Using a GHashTable.</title>\n" -#| " <programlisting>\n" -#| " ...\n" -#| " </programlisting>\n" -#| "</example>\n" msgid "" "\n" "<example>\n" @@ -3008,15 +3000,8 @@ "</example>\n" #. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:1872 +#: C/index.docbook:1878 #, no-wrap -#| msgid "" -#| "\n" -#| "<informalexample>\n" -#| " <programlisting>\n" -#| " ...\n" -#| " </programlisting>\n" -#| "</informalexample>\n" msgid "" "\n" "<informalexample>\n" @@ -3033,7 +3018,7 @@ "</informalexample>\n" #. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:1884 +#: C/index.docbook:1890 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -3047,11 +3032,7 @@ "|\n" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:1858 -#| msgid "" -#| "To include example code: <_:informalexample-1/> or possibly this, for " -#| "very short code fragments which don't need a title: <_:informalexample-2/" -#| "> For the latter GTK-Doc also supports an abbreviation: | ... |" +#: C/index.docbook:1864 msgid "" "To include example code: <_:informalexample-1/> or possibly this, for very " "short code fragments which don't need a title: <_:informalexample-2/> In " @@ -3067,7 +3048,7 @@ "abreviação: | ... |" #. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:1895 +#: C/index.docbook:1901 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -3099,12 +3080,12 @@ "</itemizedlist>\n" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:1892 +#: C/index.docbook:1898 msgid "To include bulleted lists: <_:informalexample-1/>" msgstr "Para incluir listas com marcadores: <_:informalexample-1/>" #. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:1915 +#: C/index.docbook:1921 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -3122,13 +3103,13 @@ "</note>\n" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:1912 +#: C/index.docbook:1918 msgid "" "To include a note which stands out from the text: <_:informalexample-1/>" msgstr "Para incluir uma nota que fique fora do texto: <_:informalexample-1/>" #. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:1928 +#: C/index.docbook:1934 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -3138,12 +3119,12 @@ "<type>unsigned char</type>\n" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:1925 +#: C/index.docbook:1931 msgid "To refer to a type: <_:informalexample-1/>" msgstr "Para se referir a um tipo: <_:informalexample-1/>" #. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:1937 +#: C/index.docbook:1943 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -3153,7 +3134,7 @@ "<structname>XFontStruct</structname>\n" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:1934 +#: C/index.docbook:1940 msgid "" "To refer to an external structure (not one described in the GTK docs): <_:" "informalexample-1/>" @@ -3162,7 +3143,7 @@ "GTK): <_:informalexample-1/>" #. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:1946 +#: C/index.docbook:1952 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -3172,12 +3153,12 @@ "<structfield>len</structfield>\n" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:1943 +#: C/index.docbook:1949 msgid "To refer to a field of a structure: <_:informalexample-1/>" msgstr "Para se referir a um campo de uma estrutura: <_:informalexample-1/>" #. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:1955 +#: C/index.docbook:1961 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -3187,7 +3168,7 @@ "<classname>GtkWidget</classname>\n" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:1952 +#: C/index.docbook:1958 msgid "" "To refer to a class name, we could possibly use: <_:informalexample-1/> but " "you'll probably be using #GtkWidget instead (to automatically create a link " @@ -3200,7 +3181,7 @@ "veja <link linkend=\"documenting_syntax\">as abreviações</link>)." #. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:1966 +#: C/index.docbook:1972 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -3210,12 +3191,12 @@ "<emphasis>Isso é importante</emphasis>\n" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:1963 +#: C/index.docbook:1969 msgid "To emphasize text: <_:informalexample-1/>" msgstr "Para enfatizar um texto: <_:informalexample-1/>" #. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:1975 +#: C/index.docbook:1981 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -3225,12 +3206,12 @@ "<filename>/home/usuario/documentos</filename>\n" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:1972 +#: C/index.docbook:1978 msgid "For filenames use: <_:informalexample-1/>" msgstr "Para nome de arquivos use: <_:informalexample-1/>" #. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:1984 +#: C/index.docbook:1990 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -3240,17 +3221,17 @@ "<keycombo><keycap>Control</keycap><keycap>L</keycap></keycombo>\n" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:1981 +#: C/index.docbook:1987 msgid "To refer to keys use: <_:informalexample-1/>" msgstr "Para se referir a chaves use: <_:informalexample-1/>" #. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: C/index.docbook:1994 +#: C/index.docbook:2000 msgid "Filling the extra files" msgstr "Preenchendo os arquivos extras" #. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: C/index.docbook:1996 +#: C/index.docbook:2002 msgid "" "There are a couple of extra files, that need to be maintained along with the " "inline source code comments: <filename><package>.types</filename>, " @@ -3263,12 +3244,12 @@ "<filename><pacote>-sections.txt</filename>." #. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: C/index.docbook:2005 +#: C/index.docbook:2011 msgid "Editing the types file" msgstr "Editando o arquivo de tipos" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:2007 +#: C/index.docbook:2013 msgid "" "If your library or application includes GObjects, you want their signals, " "arguments/parameters and position in the hierarchy to be shown in the " @@ -3283,12 +3264,12 @@ "<filename><pacote>.types</filename>." #. (itstool) path: example/title -#: C/index.docbook:2016 +#: C/index.docbook:2022 msgid "Example <package>.types file" msgstr "Exemplo de arquivo <pacote>.types" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:2017 +#: C/index.docbook:2023 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -3308,7 +3289,7 @@ "gtk_arrow_get_type\n" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:2028 +#: C/index.docbook:2034 msgid "" "Since GTK-Doc 1.8 <application>gtkdoc-scan</application> can generate this " "list for you. Just add \"--rebuild-types\" to SCAN_OPTIONS in " @@ -3321,12 +3302,12 @@ "deveria distribuir o arquivo de tipos nem tê-lo sob um controle de versão." #. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: C/index.docbook:2037 +#: C/index.docbook:2043 msgid "Editing the master document" msgstr "Editando o documento mestre" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:2039 +#: C/index.docbook:2045 msgid "" "GTK-Doc produces documentation in DocBook SGML/XML. When processing the " "inline source comments, the GTK-Doc tools generate one documentation page " @@ -3339,7 +3320,7 @@ "mestre os inclui e os coloca em uma ordem." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:2046 +#: C/index.docbook:2052 msgid "" "While GTK-Doc creates a template master document for you, later runs will " "not touch it again. This means that one can freely structure the " @@ -3356,7 +3337,7 @@ "em tempo para ver se há itens a serem introduzidos lá." #. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: C/index.docbook:2056 +#: C/index.docbook:2062 msgid "" "Do not create tutorials as extra documents. Just write extra chapters. The " "benefit of directly embedding the tutorial for your library into the API " @@ -3371,7 +3352,7 @@ "atualizações junto com a biblioteca." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:2065 +#: C/index.docbook:2071 msgid "" "So what are the things to change inside the master document? For a start is " "only a little. There are some placeholders (text in square brackets) there " @@ -3382,12 +3363,12 @@ "colchetes) que você deve cuidar." #. (itstool) path: example/title -#: C/index.docbook:2072 +#: C/index.docbook:2078 msgid "Master document header" msgstr "Cabeçalho do documento mestre" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:2073 +#: C/index.docbook:2079 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -3417,7 +3398,7 @@ " <title>Insira o título aqui</title>\n" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:2089 +#: C/index.docbook:2095 msgid "" "In addition a few option elements are created in commented form. You can " "review these and enable them as you like." @@ -3426,12 +3407,12 @@ "pode revisá-los e habilitá-los como preferir." #. (itstool) path: example/title -#: C/index.docbook:2095 +#: C/index.docbook:2101 msgid "Optional part in the master document" msgstr "Parte opcional do documento mestre" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:2096 +#: C/index.docbook:2102 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -3445,7 +3426,7 @@ " -->\n" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:2104 +#: C/index.docbook:2110 msgid "" "Finally you need to add new section whenever you introduce one. The <link " "linkend=\"modernizing-gtk-doc-1-16\">gtkdoc-check</link> tool will remind " @@ -3457,12 +3438,12 @@ "incluídos na documentação." #. (itstool) path: example/title -#: C/index.docbook:2112 C/index.docbook:2147 +#: C/index.docbook:2118 C/index.docbook:2153 msgid "Including generated sections" msgstr "Incluindo seções geradas" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:2113 +#: C/index.docbook:2119 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -3478,12 +3459,12 @@ " ...\n" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: C/index.docbook:2125 +#: C/index.docbook:2131 msgid "Editing the section file" msgstr "Editando o arquivo de seção" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:2127 +#: C/index.docbook:2133 msgid "" "The section file is used to organise the documentation output by GTK-Doc. " "Here one specifies which symbol belongs to which module or class and control " @@ -3494,7 +3475,7 @@ "e controla a visibilidade (pública ou privada)." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:2133 +#: C/index.docbook:2139 msgid "" "The section file is a plain text file with tags delimiting sections. Blank " "lines are ignored and lines starting with a '#' are treated as comment lines." @@ -3504,7 +3485,7 @@ "tratadas como linhas de comentários." #. (itstool) path: note/para -#: C/index.docbook:2140 +#: C/index.docbook:2146 msgid "" "While the tags make the file look like xml, it is not. Please do not close " "tags like <SUBSECTION>." @@ -3513,7 +3494,7 @@ "feche tags como <SUBSECTION>." #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:2148 +#: C/index.docbook:2154 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -3545,7 +3526,7 @@ "</SECTION>\n" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:2165 +#: C/index.docbook:2171 msgid "" "The <FILE> ... </FILE> tag is used to specify the file name, " "without any suffix. For example, using '<FILE>gnome-config</" @@ -3568,7 +3549,7 @@ "para minúsculos)." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:2177 +#: C/index.docbook:2183 msgid "" "The <TITLE> ... </TITLE> tag is used to specify the title of the " "section. It is only useful before the templates (if used) are initially " @@ -3582,7 +3563,7 @@ "obsoleto." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:2184 +#: C/index.docbook:2190 msgid "" "You can group items in the section by using the <SUBSECTION> tag. " "Currently it outputs a blank line between subsections in the synopsis " @@ -3611,7 +3592,7 @@ "padrão ou pública depende se há entradas públicas (variáveis, vmethods)." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:2203 +#: C/index.docbook:2209 msgid "" "You can also use <INCLUDE> ... </INCLUDE> to specify the " "#include files which are shown in the synopsis sections. It contains a comma-" @@ -3627,12 +3608,12 @@ "aplicar àquela seção." #. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: C/index.docbook:2217 +#: C/index.docbook:2223 msgid "Controlling the result" msgstr "Controlando o resultado" #. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: C/index.docbook:2219 +#: C/index.docbook:2225 msgid "" "A GTK-Doc run generates report files inside the documentation directory. The " "generated files are named: <filename><package>-undocumented.txt</" @@ -3648,7 +3629,7 @@ "processados." #. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: C/index.docbook:2228 +#: C/index.docbook:2234 msgid "" "The <filename><package>-undocumented.txt</filename> file starts with " "the documentation coverage summary. Below are two sections divided by blank " @@ -3664,7 +3645,7 @@ "exemplo, um novo parâmetro foi adicionado." #. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: C/index.docbook:2237 +#: C/index.docbook:2243 msgid "" "The <filename><package>-undeclared.txt</filename> file lists symbols " "given in the <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> but not found " @@ -3676,7 +3657,7 @@ "escritos incorretamente." #. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: C/index.docbook:2244 +#: C/index.docbook:2250 msgid "" "The <filename><package>-unused.txt</filename> file lists symbol names, " "where the GTK-Doc scanner has found documentation, but does not know where " @@ -3689,7 +3670,7 @@ "ainda ao arquivo <filename><pacote>-sections.txt</filename>." #. (itstool) path: tip/para -#: C/index.docbook:2252 +#: C/index.docbook:2258 msgid "" "Enable or add the <option>TESTS=$(GTKDOC_CHECK)</option> line in Makefile." "am. If at least GTK-Doc 1.9 is installed, this will run sanity checks during " @@ -3700,7 +3681,7 @@ "verificações de sanidade durante a execução de <command>make check</command>." #. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: C/index.docbook:2259 +#: C/index.docbook:2265 msgid "" "One can also look at the files produced by the source code scanner: " "<filename><package>-decl-list.txt</filename> and <filename><" @@ -3717,7 +3698,7 @@ "este arquivo o contém." #. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: C/index.docbook:2268 +#: C/index.docbook:2274 msgid "" "If the project is GObject based, one can also look into the files produced " "by the object scanner: <filename><package>.args.txt</filename>, " @@ -3738,12 +3719,12 @@ "executando <command>GTK_DOC_KEEP_INTERMEDIATE=1 make</command>." #. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: C/index.docbook:2283 +#: C/index.docbook:2289 msgid "Modernizing the documentation" msgstr "Modernizando a documentação" #. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: C/index.docbook:2285 +#: C/index.docbook:2291 msgid "" "GTK-Doc has been around for quite some time. In this section we list new " "features together with the version since when it is available." @@ -3752,12 +3733,12 @@ "funcionalidades juntamente da versão desde a qual está disponível." #. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: C/index.docbook:2291 +#: C/index.docbook:2297 msgid "GTK-Doc 1.9" msgstr "GTK-Doc 1.9" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:2293 +#: C/index.docbook:2299 msgid "" "When using xml instead of sgml, one can actually name the master document " "<filename><package>-docs.xml</filename>." @@ -3766,7 +3747,7 @@ "<filename><pacote>-docs.xml</filename>." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:2298 +#: C/index.docbook:2304 msgid "" "This version supports <option>SCAN_OPTIONS=--rebuild-sections</option> in " "<filename>Makefile.am</filename>. When this is enabled, the <filename><" @@ -3787,7 +3768,7 @@ "<code>meld <package>-decl-list.txt <package>-sections.txt</code>." #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:2309 +#: C/index.docbook:2315 msgid "" "Version 1.8 already introduced the syntax for documenting sections in the " "sources instead of the separate files under <filename class=\"directory" @@ -3808,12 +3789,12 @@ "ao <filename>configure.ac</filename> e está resolvido." #. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: C/index.docbook:2321 +#: C/index.docbook:2327 msgid "GTK-Doc 1.10" msgstr "GTK-Doc 1.10" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:2323 +#: C/index.docbook:2329 msgid "" "This version supports <option>SCAN_OPTIONS=--rebuild-types</option> in " "<filename>Makefile.am</filename>. When this is enabled, the <filename><" @@ -3830,17 +3811,17 @@ "código que é compilado condicionalmente." #. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: C/index.docbook:2334 +#: C/index.docbook:2340 msgid "GTK-Doc 1.16" msgstr "GTK-Doc 1.16" #. (itstool) path: example/title -#: C/index.docbook:2340 +#: C/index.docbook:2346 msgid "Enable gtkdoc-check" msgstr "Habilitar gtkdoc-check" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:2341 +#: C/index.docbook:2347 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -3860,7 +3841,7 @@ "endif\n" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:2336 +#: C/index.docbook:2342 msgid "" "This version includes a new tool called gtkdoc-check. This tool can run a " "set of sanity checks on your documentation. It is enabled by adding these " @@ -3872,12 +3853,12 @@ "filename>. <_:example-1/>" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: C/index.docbook:2354 +#: C/index.docbook:2360 msgid "GTK-Doc 1.20" msgstr "GTK-Doc 1.20" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:2356 +#: C/index.docbook:2362 msgid "" "Version 1.18 brought some initial markdown support. Using markdown in doc " "comments is less intrusive than writing docbook xml. This version improves a " @@ -3891,17 +3872,17 @@ "comentário</link> tem todos os detalhes." #. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: C/index.docbook:2366 +#: C/index.docbook:2372 msgid "GTK-Doc 1.25" msgstr "GTK-Doc 1.25" #. (itstool) path: example/title -#: C/index.docbook:2377 +#: C/index.docbook:2383 msgid "Use pre-generated entities" msgstr "Usando entradas geradas previamente" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:2378 +#: C/index.docbook:2384 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -3943,7 +3924,7 @@ " </bookinfo>\n" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:2368 +#: C/index.docbook:2374 msgid "" "The makefiles shipped with this version generate an entity file at " "<filename>xml/gtkdocentities.ent</filename>, containing entities for e.g. " @@ -3963,12 +3944,12 @@ "mesmo cabeçalho xml nos arquivos xml gerados. <_:example-1/>" #. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: C/index.docbook:2403 +#: C/index.docbook:2409 msgid "Documenting other interfaces" msgstr "Documentando outras interfaces" #. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: C/index.docbook:2405 +#: C/index.docbook:2411 msgid "" "So far we have been using GTK-Doc to document the API of code. The next " "sections contain suggestions how the tools can be used to document other " @@ -3979,13 +3960,13 @@ "para documentar outras interfaces, também." #. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: C/index.docbook:2412 +#: C/index.docbook:2418 msgid "Command line options and man pages" msgstr "Opções de linha de comando e de páginas man" # RefEntry é uma página de referência do DocBook (http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refentry.html) #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:2414 +#: C/index.docbook:2420 msgid "" "As one can generate man pages for a docbook refentry as well, it sounds like " "a good idea to use it for that purpose. This way the interface is part of " @@ -3996,12 +3977,12 @@ "parte da referência e é possível obter a página man livremente." #. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: C/index.docbook:2421 +#: C/index.docbook:2427 msgid "Document the tool" msgstr "Documentar a ferramenta" #. (itstool) path: sect2/para -#: C/index.docbook:2423 +#: C/index.docbook:2429 msgid "" "Create one refentry file per tool. Following <link linkend=" "\"settingup_docfiles\">our example</link> we would call it <filename>meep/" @@ -4016,17 +3997,17 @@ "assim como exemplos, por exemplo, em glib." #. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: C/index.docbook:2433 +#: C/index.docbook:2439 msgid "Adding the extra configure check" msgstr "Adicionando a verificação extra ao configure" #. (itstool) path: example/title -#: C/index.docbook:2436 C/index.docbook:2454 +#: C/index.docbook:2442 C/index.docbook:2460 msgid "Extra configure checks" msgstr "Verificações extra no configure" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:2437 +#: C/index.docbook:2443 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -4048,12 +4029,12 @@ "AM_CONDITIONAL(ENABLE_MAN, test x$enable_man != xno)\n" #. (itstool) path: sect2/title -#: C/index.docbook:2451 +#: C/index.docbook:2457 msgid "Adding the extra makefile rules" msgstr "Adicionando as regras extras ao makefile" #. (itstool) path: example/programlisting -#: C/index.docbook:2455 +#: C/index.docbook:2461 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -4089,12 +4070,12 @@ "EXTRA_DIST += meep.xml\n" #. (itstool) path: sect1/title -#: C/index.docbook:2477 +#: C/index.docbook:2483 msgid "DBus interfaces" msgstr "Interfaces DBus" #. (itstool) path: sect1/para -#: C/index.docbook:2479 +#: C/index.docbook:2485 msgid "" "(FIXME: http://hal.freedesktop.org/docs/DeviceKit/DeviceKit.html, http://" "cgit.freedesktop.org/DeviceKit/DeviceKit/tree/doc/dbus)" @@ -4103,27 +4084,27 @@ "http://cgit.freedesktop.org/DeviceKit/DeviceKit/tree/doc/dbus)" #. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: C/index.docbook:2488 +#: C/index.docbook:2494 msgid "Frequently asked questions" msgstr "Perguntas frequentes" #. (itstool) path: segmentedlist/segtitle -#: C/index.docbook:2492 +#: C/index.docbook:2498 msgid "Question" msgstr "Questão" #. (itstool) path: segmentedlist/segtitle -#: C/index.docbook:2493 +#: C/index.docbook:2499 msgid "Answer" msgstr "Resposta" #. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: C/index.docbook:2495 +#: C/index.docbook:2501 msgid "No class hierarchy." msgstr "Sem hierarquia de classe." #. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: C/index.docbook:2496 +#: C/index.docbook:2502 msgid "" "The objects <function>xxx_get_type()</function> function has not been " "entered into the <filename><package>.types</filename> file." @@ -4132,12 +4113,12 @@ "arquivo <filename><pacote>.types</filename>." #. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: C/index.docbook:2502 +#: C/index.docbook:2508 msgid "Still no class hierarchy." msgstr "Ainda sem hierarquia." #. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: C/index.docbook:2503 +#: C/index.docbook:2509 msgid "" "Missing or wrong naming in <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> " "file (see <ulink url=\"http://mail.gnome.org/archives/gtk-doc-list/2003-" @@ -4148,12 +4129,12 @@ "gtk-doc-list/2003-October/msg00006.html\">explicação</ulink>)." #. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: C/index.docbook:2509 +#: C/index.docbook:2515 msgid "Damn, I have still no class hierarchy." msgstr "Droga. Eu ainda não tenho hierarquia de classes." #. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: C/index.docbook:2510 +#: C/index.docbook:2516 msgid "" "Is the object name (name of the instance struct, e.g. <type>GtkWidget</" "type>) part of the normal section (don't put this into Standard or Private " @@ -4164,12 +4145,12 @@ "subseções Standard ou Private)?" #. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: C/index.docbook:2517 +#: C/index.docbook:2523 msgid "No symbol index." msgstr "Nenhum símbolo de índice." #. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: C/index.docbook:2518 +#: C/index.docbook:2524 msgid "" "Does the <filename><package>-docs.{xml,sgml}</filename> contain a " "index that xi:includes the generated index?" @@ -4178,12 +4159,12 @@ "“xi:inclui” o índice gerado?" #. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: C/index.docbook:2524 +#: C/index.docbook:2530 msgid "Symbols are not linked to their doc-section." msgstr "Símbolos não estão vinculados ao seus doc-section." #. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: C/index.docbook:2525 +#: C/index.docbook:2531 msgid "" "Is the doc-comment using the correct markup (added #,% or ())? Check if the " "gtkdoc-fixxref warns about unresolvable xrefs." @@ -4192,12 +4173,12 @@ "Verifique se o gtkdoc-fixxref avisa sobre xrefs não resolvidos." #. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: C/index.docbook:2531 +#: C/index.docbook:2537 msgid "A new class does not appear in the docs." msgstr "Uma nova classe não aparece nos documentos." #. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: C/index.docbook:2532 +#: C/index.docbook:2538 msgid "" "Is the new page xi:included from <filename><package>-docs.{xml,sgml}</" "filename>." @@ -4206,12 +4187,12 @@ "filename>?" #. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: C/index.docbook:2538 +#: C/index.docbook:2544 msgid "A new symbol does not appear in the docs." msgstr "Um novo símbolo não aparece nos documentos." #. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: C/index.docbook:2539 +#: C/index.docbook:2545 msgid "" "Is the doc-comment properly formatted. Check for spelling mistakes in the " "begin of the comment. Check if the gtkdoc-fixxref warns about unresolvable " @@ -4224,12 +4205,12 @@ "<filename><pacote>-sections.txt</filename> em uma subseção pública." #. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: C/index.docbook:2547 +#: C/index.docbook:2553 msgid "A type is missing from the class hierarchy." msgstr "Um tipo está faltando da hierarquia de classe." #. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: C/index.docbook:2548 +#: C/index.docbook:2554 msgid "" "If the type is listed in <filename><package>.hierarchy</filename> but " "not in <filename>xml/tree_index.sgml</filename> then double check that the " @@ -4244,13 +4225,13 @@ "listada ou incidentalmente marcada como privada, ela não será mostrada." #. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: C/index.docbook:2557 +#: C/index.docbook:2563 msgid "I get foldoc links for all gobject annotations." msgstr "" "Obtenho links de seguimento de documentos para todas as anotações gobject." #. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: C/index.docbook:2558 +#: C/index.docbook:2564 msgid "" "Check that <filename>xml/annotation-glossary.xml</filename> is xi:included " "from <filename><package>-docs.{xml,sgml}</filename>." @@ -4259,12 +4240,12 @@ "incluído” de <filename><pacote>-docs.{xml,sgml}</filename>." #. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: C/index.docbook:2566 +#: C/index.docbook:2572 msgid "Parameter described in source code comment block but does not exist" msgstr "Parâmetro descrito no bloco de comentário do código-fonte não existe" #. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: C/index.docbook:2567 +#: C/index.docbook:2573 msgid "" "Check if the prototype in the header has different parameter names as in the " "source." @@ -4273,12 +4254,12 @@ "fonte." #. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: C/index.docbook:2572 +#: C/index.docbook:2578 msgid "multiple \"IDs\" for constraint linkend: XYZ" msgstr "múltiplos “IDs” para restrições do fim do link XYZ" #. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: C/index.docbook:2573 +#: C/index.docbook:2579 msgid "" "Symbol XYZ appears twice in <filename><package>-sections.txt</" "filename> file." @@ -4287,7 +4268,7 @@ "sections.txt</filename>." #. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg -#: C/index.docbook:2576 +#: C/index.docbook:2582 msgid "" "Element typename in namespace '' encountered in para, but no template " "matches." @@ -4296,12 +4277,12 @@ "correspondeu." #. (itstool) path: chapter/title -#: C/index.docbook:2583 +#: C/index.docbook:2589 msgid "Tools related to gtk-doc" msgstr "Ferramentas relacionadas ao gtk-doc" #. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: C/index.docbook:2585 +#: C/index.docbook:2591 msgid "" "GtkDocPlugin - a <ulink url=\"http://trac-hacks.org/wiki/GtkDocPlugin\">Trac " "GTK-Doc</ulink> integration plugin, that adds API docs to a trac site and " @@ -4312,7 +4293,7 @@ "a um site trac e integra com a pesquisa do trac." #. (itstool) path: chapter/para -#: C/index.docbook:2590 +#: C/index.docbook:2596 msgid "" "Gtkdoc-depscan - a tool (part of gtk-doc) to check used API against since " "tags in the API to determine the minimum required version."
View file
_service:tar_scm:gtk-doc-1.33.2.tar.xz/help/manual/sv/sv.po -> _service:tar_scm:gtk-doc-1.34.0.tar.xz/help/manual/sv/sv.po
Changed
@@ -8,15 +8,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk-doc master\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-10-01 20:17+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-10-02 00:05+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-10-01 22:06+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-03-18 22:10+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Anders Jonsson <anders.jonsson@norsjovallen.se>\n" "Language-Team: Swedish <tp-sv@listor.tp-sv.se>\n" "Language: sv\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 2.4.1\n" +"X-Generator: Poedit 2.4.2\n" #. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2 msgctxt "_" @@ -2412,7 +2412,6 @@ msgid "Annotations" msgstr "Noteringar" -# sebras: was it called verkygstips? verktygshjälp? I forget... #. (itstool) path: sect2/para #: C/index.docbook:1506 msgid "" @@ -2423,7 +2422,7 @@ "GObjectIntrospection/Annotations\" type=\"http\">the wiki</ulink>." msgstr "" "Dokumentationsblock kan innehålla noteringstaggar. Dessa taggar kommer att " -"renderas som verktygstips som beskriver deras syfte. Taggarna används av " +"renderas med inforutor som beskriver deras syfte. Taggarna används av " "gobject-introspection för att generera språkbindningar. En detaljerad lista " "över vilka taggar som stöds hittas på <ulink url=\"http://live.gnome.org/" "GObjectIntrospection/Annotations\" type=\"http\">wikisidan</ulink>."
View file
_service:tar_scm:gtk-doc-1.33.2.tar.xz/help/manual/zh_CN/zh_CN.po -> _service:tar_scm:gtk-doc-1.34.0.tar.xz/help/manual/zh_CN/zh_CN.po
Changed
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk-doc master\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-04-16 14:58+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-02 12:12+0800\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-10-01 20:17+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-03-16 08:00-0400\n" "Last-Translator: Wylmer Wang <wantinghard@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) <i18n-zh@googlegroups.com>\n" "Language: zh_CN\n" @@ -17,9 +17,7 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Poedit-Bookmarks: 236,211,220,228,94,235,-1,-1,-1,-1\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 1.5.4\n" -"X-Poedit-Language: Chinese\n" -"X-Poedit-Country: CHINA\n" +"X-Generator: Poedit 2.4.3\n" "X-Poedit-SourceCharset: utf-8\n" #. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2 @@ -30,19 +28,23 @@ "黄世海 <rochester_h@163.com>, 2012\n" "Wylmer Wang <wantinghard@gmail.com>, 2012" -#: C/index.docbook:12(bookinfo/title) +#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/title +#: C/index.docbook:12 msgid "GTK-Doc Manual" msgstr "GTK-Doc 手册" -#: C/index.docbook:13(bookinfo/edition) -msgid "1.18.1" -msgstr "1.18.1" +#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/edition +#: C/index.docbook:13 +msgid "1.24.1" +msgstr "1.24.1" -#: C/index.docbook:14(abstract/para) +#. (itstool) path: abstract/para +#: C/index.docbook:14 msgid "User manual for developers with instructions of GTK-Doc usage." msgstr "为开发人员提供 GTK-Doc 用法说明的用户手册。" -#: C/index.docbook:16(authorgroup/author) +#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author +#: C/index.docbook:16 msgid "" "<firstname>Chris</firstname> <surname>Lyttle</surname> <affiliation> " "<address> <email>chris@wilddev.net</email> </address> </affiliation>" @@ -50,7 +52,8 @@ "<firstname>Chris</firstname> <surname>Lyttle</surname> <affiliation> " "<address> <email>chris@wilddev.net</email> </address> </affiliation>" -#: C/index.docbook:25(authorgroup/author) +#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author +#: C/index.docbook:25 msgid "" "<firstname>Dan</firstname> <surname>Mueth</surname> <affiliation> <address> " "<email>d-mueth@uchicago.edu</email> </address> </affiliation>" @@ -58,33 +61,39 @@ "<firstname>Dan</firstname> <surname>Mueth</surname> <affiliation> <address> " "<email>d-mueth@uchicago.edu</email> </address> </affiliation>" -#: C/index.docbook:34(authorgroup/author) +#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author +#: C/index.docbook:34 msgid "" -"<firstname>Stefan</firstname> <surname>Kost</surname> <affiliation> " +"<firstname>Stefan</firstname> <surname>Sauer (Kost)</surname> <affiliation> " "<address> <email>ensonic@users.sf.net</email> </address> </affiliation>" msgstr "" -"<firstname>Stefan</firstname> <surname>Kost</surname> <affiliation> " +"<firstname>Stefan</firstname> <surname>Sauer (Kost)</surname> <affiliation> " "<address> <email>ensonic@users.sf.net</email> </address> </affiliation>" -#: C/index.docbook:45(publisher/publishername) +#. (itstool) path: publisher/publishername +#: C/index.docbook:45 msgid "GTK-Doc project" msgstr "GTK-Doc 项目" -#: C/index.docbook:44(bookinfo/publisher) +#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/publisher +#: C/index.docbook:44 msgid "" "<_:publishername-1/> <address><email>gtk-doc-list@gnome.org</email></address>" msgstr "" "<_:publishername-1/> <address><email>gtk-doc-list@gnome.org</email></address>" -#: C/index.docbook:48(bookinfo/copyright) +#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/copyright +#: C/index.docbook:48 msgid "<year>2000, 2005</year> <holder>Dan Mueth and Chris Lyttle</holder>" msgstr "<year>2000, 2005</year> <holder>Dan Mueth and Chris Lyttle</holder>" -#: C/index.docbook:52(bookinfo/copyright) -msgid "<year>2007-2011</year> <holder>Stefan Sauer (Kost)</holder>" -msgstr "<year>2007-2011</year> <holder>Stefan Sauer (Kost)</holder>" +#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/copyright +#: C/index.docbook:52 +msgid "<year>2007-2019</year> <holder>Stefan Sauer (Kost)</holder>" +msgstr "<year>2007-2019</year> <holder>Stefan Sauer (Kost)</holder>" -#: C/index.docbook:65(legalnotice/para) +#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para +#: C/index.docbook:65 msgid "" "Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under " "the terms of the <citetitle>GNU Free Documentation License</citetitle>, " @@ -96,7 +105,8 @@ "改本文档,由自由软件基金会出版的1.1版或更新版本的无变更的部分,无封面文本,以" "及无背面文本。取得证书的制件<link linkend=\"fdl\">included</link>." -#: C/index.docbook:73(legalnotice/para) +#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para +#: C/index.docbook:73 msgid "" "Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and " "services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any GNOME " @@ -108,96 +118,317 @@ "文档中, 而且那些商标会提示GNOME文档项目成员, 那些名字会打印在封面或初始页面" "中." -#: C/index.docbook:83(revhistory/revision) +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:83 msgid "" -"<revnumber>1.18.1</revnumber> <date>20 Sep 2011</date> <authorinitials>ss</" -"authorinitials> <revremark>development version</revremark>" +"<revnumber>1.33.0</revnumber> <date>1 Oct 2020</date> <authorinitials>mc</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>gtk4 version</revremark>" +msgstr "" +"<revnumber>1.33.0</revnumber> <date>2020年10月1日</date> <authorinitials>mc</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>gtk4 版本</revremark>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:89 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<revnumber>1.18.1</revnumber> <date>20 Sep 2011</date> " +#| "<authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>development version</" +#| "revremark>" +msgid "" +"<revnumber>1.32.1</revnumber> <date>15 Aug 2019</date> <authorinitials>ss</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>dev version</revremark>" +msgstr "" +"<revnumber>1.18.1</revnumber> <date>2011年9月20</date> <authorinitials>ss</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>开发版本</revremark>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:95 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<revnumber>1.17</revnumber> <date>26 Feb 2011</date> <authorinitials>sk</" +#| "authorinitials> <revremark>urgent bug fix update</revremark>" +msgid "" +"<revnumber>1.32</revnumber> <date>15 Aug 2019</date> <authorinitials>ss</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>hotfix release</revremark>" +msgstr "" +"<revnumber>1.17</revnumber> <date>2011年2月26</date> <authorinitials>sk</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>紧急问题修复更新</revremark>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:101 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<revnumber>1.18.1</revnumber> <date>20 Sep 2011</date> " +#| "<authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>development version</" +#| "revremark>" +msgid "" +"<revnumber>1.31</revnumber> <date>05 Aug 2019</date> <authorinitials>ss</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>refactorings and more test coverage</revremark>" +msgstr "" +"<revnumber>1.18.1</revnumber> <date>2011年9月20</date> <authorinitials>ss</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>开发版本</revremark>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:107 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<revnumber>1.18.1</revnumber> <date>20 Sep 2011</date> " +#| "<authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>development version</" +#| "revremark>" +msgid "" +"<revnumber>1.30</revnumber> <date>08 May 2019</date> <authorinitials>ss</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>more test coverage</revremark>" +msgstr "" +"<revnumber>1.18.1</revnumber> <date>2011年9月20</date> <authorinitials>ss</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>开发版本</revremark>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:113 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<revnumber>1.17</revnumber> <date>26 Feb 2011</date> <authorinitials>sk</" +#| "authorinitials> <revremark>urgent bug fix update</revremark>" +msgid "" +"<revnumber>1.29</revnumber> <date>28 Aug 2018</date> <authorinitials>ss</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes</revremark>" +msgstr "" +"<revnumber>1.17</revnumber> <date>2011年2月26</date> <authorinitials>sk</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>紧急问题修复更新</revremark>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<revnumber>1.15</revnumber> <date>21 May 2010</date> <authorinitials>sk</" +#| "authorinitials> <revremark>bug and regression fixes</revremark>" +msgid "" +"<revnumber>1.28</revnumber> <date>24 Mar 2018</date> <authorinitials>ss</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes</revremark>" +msgstr "" +"<revnumber>1.15</revnumber> <date>2010年5月21</date> <authorinitials>sk</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>问题和退化修复</revremark>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:125 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<revnumber>1.17</revnumber> <date>26 Feb 2011</date> <authorinitials>sk</" +#| "authorinitials> <revremark>urgent bug fix update</revremark>" +msgid "" +"<revnumber>1.27</revnumber> <date>07 Dec 2017</date> <authorinitials>ss</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>fine tuning of the python port</revremark>" +msgstr "" +"<revnumber>1.17</revnumber> <date>2011年2月26</date> <authorinitials>sk</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>紧急问题修复更新</revremark>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:131 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<revnumber>1.18.1</revnumber> <date>20 Sep 2011</date> " +#| "<authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>development version</" +#| "revremark>" +msgid "" +"<revnumber>1.26</revnumber> <date>11 Aug 2017</date> <authorinitials>ss</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>port all tools from perl/bash to python</" +"revremark>" msgstr "" "<revnumber>1.18.1</revnumber> <date>2011年9月20</date> <authorinitials>ss</" "authorinitials> <revremark>开发版本</revremark>" -#: C/index.docbook:89(revhistory/revision) +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:137 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<revnumber>1.15</revnumber> <date>21 May 2010</date> <authorinitials>sk</" +#| "authorinitials> <revremark>bug and regression fixes</revremark>" +msgid "" +"<revnumber>1.25</revnumber> <date>21 March 2016</date> <authorinitials>ss</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes, test cleanups</revremark>" +msgstr "" +"<revnumber>1.15</revnumber> <date>2010年5月21</date> <authorinitials>sk</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>问题和退化修复</revremark>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:143 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<revnumber>1.15</revnumber> <date>21 May 2010</date> <authorinitials>sk</" +#| "authorinitials> <revremark>bug and regression fixes</revremark>" +msgid "" +"<revnumber>1.24</revnumber> <date>29 May 2015</date> <authorinitials>ss</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fix</revremark>" +msgstr "" +"<revnumber>1.15</revnumber> <date>2010年5月21</date> <authorinitials>sk</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>问题和退化修复</revremark>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:149 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<revnumber>1.15</revnumber> <date>21 May 2010</date> <authorinitials>sk</" +#| "authorinitials> <revremark>bug and regression fixes</revremark>" +msgid "" +"<revnumber>1.23</revnumber> <date>17 May 2015</date> <authorinitials>ss</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fix</revremark>" +msgstr "" +"<revnumber>1.15</revnumber> <date>2010年5月21</date> <authorinitials>sk</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>问题和退化修复</revremark>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:155 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<revnumber>1.16</revnumber> <date>14 Jan 2011</date> <authorinitials>sk</" +#| "authorinitials> <revremark>bugfixes, layout improvements</revremark>" +msgid "" +"<revnumber>1.22</revnumber> <date>07 May 2015</date> <authorinitials>ss</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes, dropping deprecated features</" +"revremark>" +msgstr "" +"<revnumber>1.16</revnumber> <date>2011年1月14</date> <authorinitials>sk</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>修复问题,布局改进</revremark>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:161 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<revnumber>1.16</revnumber> <date>14 Jan 2011</date> <authorinitials>sk</" +#| "authorinitials> <revremark>bugfixes, layout improvements</revremark>" +msgid "" +"<revnumber>1.21</revnumber> <date>17 Jul 2014</date> <authorinitials>ss</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes, dropping deprecated features</" +"revremark>" +msgstr "" +"<revnumber>1.16</revnumber> <date>2011年1月14</date> <authorinitials>sk</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>修复问题,布局改进</revremark>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:167 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<revnumber>1.16</revnumber> <date>14 Jan 2011</date> <authorinitials>sk</" +#| "authorinitials> <revremark>bugfixes, layout improvements</revremark>" +msgid "" +"<revnumber>1.20</revnumber> <date>16 Feb 2014</date> <authorinitials>ss</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes, markdown support, style improvements</" +"revremark>" +msgstr "" +"<revnumber>1.16</revnumber> <date>2011年1月14</date> <authorinitials>sk</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>修复问题,布局改进</revremark>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:173 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<revnumber>1.17</revnumber> <date>26 Feb 2011</date> <authorinitials>sk</" +#| "authorinitials> <revremark>urgent bug fix update</revremark>" +msgid "" +"<revnumber>1.19</revnumber> <date>05 Jun 2013</date> <authorinitials>ss</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes</revremark>" +msgstr "" +"<revnumber>1.17</revnumber> <date>2011年2月26</date> <authorinitials>sk</" +"authorinitials> <revremark>紧急问题修复更新</revremark>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:179 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<revnumber>1.18</revnumber> <date>14 sep 2011</date> <authorinitials>ss</" +#| "authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes, speedups, markdown support</" +#| "revremark>" msgid "" -"<revnumber>1.18</revnumber> <date>14 sep 2011</date> <authorinitials>ss</" +"<revnumber>1.18</revnumber> <date>14 Sep 2011</date> <authorinitials>ss</" "authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes, speedups, markdown support</revremark>" msgstr "" "<revnumber>1.18</revnumber> <date>2011年9月14</date> <authorinitials>ss</" "authorinitials> <revremark>修复问题,速度优化、markdown 支持</revremark>" -#: C/index.docbook:95(revhistory/revision) +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:185 msgid "" "<revnumber>1.17</revnumber> <date>26 Feb 2011</date> <authorinitials>sk</" "authorinitials> <revremark>urgent bug fix update</revremark>" msgstr "" -"<revnumber>1.17</revnumber> <date>2011年2月26</date> <authorinitials>sk</" +"<revnumber>1.17</revnumber> <date>2011年2月26日</date> <authorinitials>sk</" "authorinitials> <revremark>紧急问题修复更新</revremark>" -#: C/index.docbook:101(revhistory/revision) +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:191 msgid "" "<revnumber>1.16</revnumber> <date>14 Jan 2011</date> <authorinitials>sk</" "authorinitials> <revremark>bugfixes, layout improvements</revremark>" msgstr "" -"<revnumber>1.16</revnumber> <date>2011年1月14</date> <authorinitials>sk</" +"<revnumber>1.16</revnumber> <date>2011年1月14日</date> <authorinitials>sk</" "authorinitials> <revremark>修复问题,布局改进</revremark>" -#: C/index.docbook:107(revhistory/revision) +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:197 msgid "" "<revnumber>1.15</revnumber> <date>21 May 2010</date> <authorinitials>sk</" "authorinitials> <revremark>bug and regression fixes</revremark>" msgstr "" -"<revnumber>1.15</revnumber> <date>2010年5月21</date> <authorinitials>sk</" +"<revnumber>1.15</revnumber> <date>2010年5月21日</date> <authorinitials>sk</" "authorinitials> <revremark>问题和退化修复</revremark>" -#: C/index.docbook:113(revhistory/revision) +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:203 msgid "" "<revnumber>1.14</revnumber> <date>28 March 2010</date> <authorinitials>sk</" "authorinitials> <revremark>bugfixes and performance improvements</revremark>" msgstr "" -"<revnumber>1.14</revnumber> <date>2010年3月28</date> <authorinitials>sk</" +"<revnumber>1.14</revnumber> <date>2010年3月28日</date> <authorinitials>sk</" "authorinitials> <revremark>问题修复和性能提高</revremark>" -#: C/index.docbook:119(revhistory/revision) +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:209 msgid "" "<revnumber>1.13</revnumber> <date>18 December 2009</date> " "<authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>broken tarball update</" "revremark>" msgstr "" -"<revnumber>1.13</revnumber> <date>2009年10月18</date> <authorinitials>sk</" +"<revnumber>1.13</revnumber> <date>2009年12月18日</date> <authorinitials>sk</" "authorinitials> <revremark>损坏的档案包更新</revremark>" -#: C/index.docbook:125(revhistory/revision) +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:215 msgid "" "<revnumber>1.12</revnumber> <date>18 December 2009</date> " "<authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>new tool features and " "bugfixes</revremark>" msgstr "" -"<revnumber>1.12</revnumber> <date>2009年10月18</date> <authorinitials>sk</" +"<revnumber>1.12</revnumber> <date>2009年12月18日</date> <authorinitials>sk</" "authorinitials> <revremark>新工具功能和问题修复</revremark>" -#: C/index.docbook:131(revhistory/revision) +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:221 msgid "" "<revnumber>1.11</revnumber> <date>16 November 2008</date> " "<authorinitials>mal</authorinitials> <revremark>GNOME doc-utils migration</" "revremark>" msgstr "" -"<revnumber>1.11</revnumber> <date>2008年10月16</date> <authorinitials>mal</" +"<revnumber>1.11</revnumber> <date>2008年11月16日</date> <authorinitials>mal</" "authorinitials> <revremark>GNOME doc-utils 迁移</revremark>" -#: C/index.docbook:144(chapter/title) +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: C/index.docbook:234 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "介绍" -#: C/index.docbook:146(chapter/para) +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:236 msgid "" "This chapter introduces GTK-Doc and gives an overview of what it is and how " "it is used." msgstr "本章介绍 GTK-Doc,并概述了它是什么以及如何使用它。" -#: C/index.docbook:152(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:242 msgid "What is GTK-Doc?" msgstr "什么是 GTK-Doc?" -#: C/index.docbook:154(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:244 msgid "" "GTK-Doc is used to document C code. It is typically used to document the " "public API of libraries, such as the GTK+ and GNOME libraries. But it can " @@ -206,11 +437,13 @@ "GTK-Doc 用于为C代码编写文档。典型地用于编写库的公共API,如GTK+与GNOME库。不过" "它也可以用于书写应用程序代码文档。" -#: C/index.docbook:162(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:252 msgid "How Does GTK-Doc Work?" msgstr "GTK Doc 是怎样工作的?" -#: C/index.docbook:164(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:254 #, fuzzy msgid "" "GTK-Doc works by using documentation of functions placed inside the source " @@ -222,28 +455,31 @@ "GTK-Doc通过使用放置于源文件内特殊格式的注释块的函数文档工作,或者添加在GTK-" "Doc使用的模板文件中。" -#: C/index.docbook:171(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:261 msgid "" -"GTK-Doc consists of a number of perl scripts, each performing a different " +"GTK-Doc consists of a number of python scripts, each performing a different " "step in the process." -msgstr "GTK-Doc由一些perl脚本组成,每个脚本完成这一过程中不同的步骤。" +msgstr "GTK-Doc 由一些 python 脚本组成,每个脚本完成这一过程中不同的步骤。" -#: C/index.docbook:176(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:266 msgid "There are 5 main steps in the process:" msgstr "这个进程有五个主要步骤:" -#: C/index.docbook:183(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:273 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<guilabel>Writing the documentation.</guilabel> The author fills in the " -"source files with the documentation for each function, macro, union etc. (In " -"the past information was entered in generated template files, which is not " -"recommended anymore)." +"source files with the documentation for each function, macro, structs or " +"unions, etc." msgstr "" "<guilabel>书写文档。</guilabel>作者在源文件中为每个函数,宏,联合体等对象书写" "了文档(在以往的消息里它进入到已完成的模板文件中,现已经不再介绍了)。" -#: C/index.docbook:193(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:282 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<guilabel>Gathering information about the code.</guilabel> " @@ -273,7 +509,8 @@ "者声明会呈现出不同的形态,你可以把相似的实体<filename><:module>-decl." "txt</filename>放入<filename><module>-overrides.txt</filename>中去。" -#: C/index.docbook:210(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:299 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<application>gtkdoc-scangobj</application> can also be used to dynamically " @@ -285,7 +522,8 @@ "GObject子类的一个库。它保存在关于每个对象在继承关系以及它所提供关于任何" "GObject属性与信号的位置。" -#: C/index.docbook:216(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:305 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<application>gtkdoc-scanobj</application> should not be used anymore. It was " @@ -294,44 +532,16 @@ "<application>gtkdoc-scanobj</application>可能不再使用了。它在过去GObject仍就" "是gtk+中的GtkObject的时候是需要的。" -#: C/index.docbook:223(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:312 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<guilabel>Generating the \"template\" files.</guilabel> <application>gtkdoc-" -"mktmpl</application> creates a number of files in the <filename class=" -"\"directory\">tmpl/</filename> subdirectory, using the information gathered " -"in the first step. (Note that this can be run repeatedly. It will try to " -"ensure that no documentation is ever lost.)" -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>生成文件 \"模板\" .</guilabel><application>gtkdoc-mktmpl</" -"application>用在第一步收集的信息,在filename class=\"directory\">tmpl/</" -"filename>子目录中创建一定数量的文件。(注意:它能够良好地运行,它将保障没有任" -"何文档丢失。)" - -#: C/index.docbook:232(note/para) -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Since GTK-Doc 1.9 the templates can be avoided. We encourage people to keep " -"documentation in the code. <application>gtkdocize</application> supports now " -"a <option>--flavour no-tmpl</option> option that chooses a makefile that " -"skips tmpl usage totally. If you have never changed file in tmpl by hand, " -"please remove the directory (e.g. from version control system)." -msgstr "" -"由于GTK-Doc 1.9模板可以避免使用,我们鼓励人们在代码中保留文档。" -"<application>gtkdocize</application>支持<option>--flavour no-tmpl</option>这" -"个选项,以跳过tpml目录的使用来选择一个makefile文件。如果你从未手动修改过tpml" -"里的文件,请删除这个目录(比如:在版本控制系统中做这件事)。" - -#: C/index.docbook:244(listitem/para) -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<guilabel>Generating the SGML/XML and HTML/PDF.</guilabel> " -"<application>gtkdoc-mkdb</application> turns the template files into SGML or " -"XML files in the <filename class=\"directory\">sgml/</filename> or <filename " +"<guilabel>Generating the XML and HTML/PDF.</guilabel> <application>gtkdoc-" +"mkdb</application> turns the template files into XML files in the <filename " "class=\"directory\">xml/</filename> subdirectory. If the source code " "contains documentation on functions, using the special comment blocks, it " "gets merged in here. If there are no tmpl files used it only reads docs from " -"sources and introspection data. We recommend to use Docbook XML." +"sources and introspection data." msgstr "" "<guilabel>生成 SGML/XML and HTML/PDF文件.</guilabel><application>gtkdoc-" "mkdb</application>把<filename class=\"directory\">sgml/</filename> or " @@ -340,32 +550,34 @@ "并。如果没有使用tmpl文件,它只从数据源与自检数据中读出文档。我们建议您使用" "Docbook XML。" -#: C/index.docbook:255(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:321 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<application>gtkdoc-mkhtml</application> turns the SGML/XML files into HTML " -"files in the <filename class=\"directory\">html/</filename> subdirectory. " -"Likewise <application>gtkdoc-mkpdf</application> turns the SGML/XML files " -"into a PDF document called <filename><package>.pdf</filename>." +"<application>gtkdoc-mkhtml</application> turns the XML files into HTML files " +"in the <filename class=\"directory\">html/</filename> subdirectory. Likewise " +"<application>gtkdoc-mkpdf</application> turns the XML files into a PDF " +"document called <filename><package>.pdf</filename>." msgstr "" "<application>gtkdoc-mkhtml</application> 把<filename class=\"directory" "\">html/</filename> 子目录中的SGML/XML文件转换为HTML文件。就如同" "application>gtkdoc-mkpdf</application>把SGML/XML文件转换为称为<filename><" "package>.pdf</filename>的PDF文档一样。" -#: C/index.docbook:261(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:327 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Files in <filename class=\"directory\">sgml/</filename> or <filename class=" -"\"directory\">xml/</filename> and <filename class=\"directory\">html/</" -"filename> directories are always overwritten. One should never edit them " -"directly." +"Files in <filename class=\"directory\">xml/</filename> and <filename class=" +"\"directory\">html/</filename> directories are always overwritten. One " +"should never edit them directly." msgstr "" "在<filename class=\"directory\">sgml/</filename>或者 <filename class=" "\"directory\">xml/</filename> 与 <filename class=\"directory\">html/</" "filename>目录中的文件常常被覆盖。任何人都不能直接编辑它们。" -#: C/index.docbook:269(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:335 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<guilabel>Fixing up cross-references between documents.</guilabel> After " @@ -384,191 +596,188 @@ "部链接转换为网页链接。在安装发行文档(事先生成的)时,应用程序会试着把这些链" "接换回到本地链接(在那些文档安装的地方)。" -#: C/index.docbook:287(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:353 msgid "Getting GTK-Doc" msgstr "获取 GTK-Doc" -#: C/index.docbook:290(sect2/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: C/index.docbook:356 msgid "Requirements" msgstr "要求" -#: C/index.docbook:291(sect2/para) -msgid "<guilabel>Perl v5</guilabel> - the main scripts are in Perl." -msgstr "<guilabel>Perl v5</guilabel>- 主脚本是Perl格式。" - -#: C/index.docbook:294(sect2/para) -msgid "" -"<guilabel>DocBook DTD v3.0</guilabel> - This is the DocBook SGML DTD. <ulink " -"url=\"http://www.ora.com/davenport\" type=\"http\">http://www.ora.com/" -"davenport</ulink>" -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>DocBook DTD v3.0</guilabel> - 这是DocBook SGML DTD的链接. <ulink " -"url=\"http://www.ora.com/davenport\" type=\"http\">http://www.ora.com/" -"davenport</ulink>" - -#: C/index.docbook:298(sect2/para) -msgid "" -"<guilabel>Jade v1.1</guilabel> - This is a DSSSL processor for converting " -"SGML to various formats. <ulink url=\"http://www.jclark.com/jade\" type=" -"\"http\">http://www.jclark.com/jade</ulink>" -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Jade v1.1</guilabel> -这是一个DSSSL处理器,用来把SGML转换为各种格" -"式。<ulink url=\"http://www.jclark.com/jade\" type=\"http\">http://www." -"jclark.com/jade</ulink>" - -#: C/index.docbook:302(sect2/para) -#, fuzzy +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:357 msgid "" -"<guilabel>Modular DocBook Stylesheets</guilabel> This is the DSSSL code to " -"convert DocBook to HTML (and a few other formats). It's used together with " -"jade. I've customized the DSSSL code slightly, in gtk-doc.dsl, to colour the " -"program code listings/declarations, and to support global cross-reference " -"indices in the generated HTML. <ulink url=\"http://nwalsh.com/docbook/dsssl" -"\" type=\"http\">http://nwalsh.com/docbook/dsssl</ulink>" -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Modular DocBook Stylesheets</guilabel> 这是把DocBook转换为HTML(和" -"一些其它格式)格式的DSSSL代码。它与jade共同使用。我稍微地修改了DSSSL代码,在 " -"gtk-doc.dsl中,用于给程序代码的列表/声明,并且支持在已生成的HTML文档中的全局" -"链接。<ulink url=\"http://nwalsh.com/docbook/dsssl\" type=\"http\">http://" -"nwalsh.com/docbook/dsssl</ulink>。" +"<guilabel>python 2/3</guilabel> - the main scripts are written in python." +msgstr "<guilabel>python 2/3</guilabel> - 主脚本使用 python 编写。" -#: C/index.docbook:311(sect2/para) -#, fuzzy +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:360 msgid "" -"<guilabel>docbook-to-man</guilabel> - if you want to create man pages from " -"the DocBook. I've customized the 'translation spec' slightly, to capitalise " -"section headings and add the 'GTK Library' title at the top of the pages and " -"the revision date at the bottom. There is a link to this on <ulink url=" -"\"http://www.ora.com/davenport\" type=\"http\">http://www.ora.com/davenport</" -"ulink> NOTE: This does not work yet." +"<guilabel>xsltproc</guilabel> - the xslt processor from libxslt <ulink url=" +"\"http://xmlsoft.org/XSLT/\" type=\"http\">xmlsoft.org/XSLT/</ulink>" msgstr "" -"<guilabel>docbook-to-man</guilabel>-如果你想用DocBook创建用户手册。我已经稍" -"微地修改了'translation spec',以便描述文件头部和第页顶部的 'GTK Library'标题" -"与底部的修订时间。这里有一个到它的链接:<ulink url=\"http://www.ora.com/" -"davenport\" type=\"http\">http://www.ora.com/davenport</ulink>注意:它可能已" -"经无效了。" - -#: C/index.docbook:322(sect2/title) -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "安装" - -#: C/index.docbook:323(sect2/para) -msgid "" -"There is no standard place where the DocBook Modular Stylesheets are " -"installed." -msgstr "DocBook Modular Stylesheets没有标准的安装位置。" -#: C/index.docbook:326(sect2/para) -msgid "GTK-Doc's configure script searches these 3 directories automatically:" -msgstr "GTK-Doc 的配置脚本会自动地查找这三个目录:" - -#: C/index.docbook:329(sect2/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:364 msgid "" -"<filename> /usr/lib/sgml/stylesheets/nwalsh-modular </filename> (used by " -"RedHat)" +"<guilabel>docbook-xsl</guilabel> - the docbook xsl stylesheets <ulink url=" +"\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/docbook/files/docbook-xsl/\" type=\"http" +"\">sourceforge.net/projects/docbook/files/docbook-xsl</ulink>" msgstr "" -"<filename> /usr/lib/sgml/stylesheets/nwalsh-modular </filename> (在 RedHat 中" -"使用)" -#: C/index.docbook:332(sect2/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:368 msgid "" -"<filename> /usr/lib/dsssl/stylesheets/docbook </filename> (used by Debian)" +"One of <guilabel>source-highlight</guilabel>, <guilabel>highlight</guilabel> " +"or <guilabel>vim</guilabel> - optional - used for syntax highlighting of " +"examples" msgstr "" -"<filename> /usr/lib/dsssl/stylesheets/docbook </filename> (在 Debian 中使用)" -#: C/index.docbook:335(sect2/para) -msgid "<filename> /usr/share/sgml/docbkdsl </filename> (used by SuSE)" -msgstr "<filename> /usr/share/sgml/docbkdsl </filename> (在 SuSE 中使用)" +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:376 +msgid "About GTK-Doc" +msgstr "关于 GTK-Doc" -#: C/index.docbook:338(sect2/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:378 msgid "" -"If you have the stylesheets installed somewhere else, you need to configure " -"GTK-Doc using the option: <command> --with-dsssl-dir=<" -"PATH_TO_TOPLEVEL_STYLESHEETS_DIR> </command>" +"Historically GTK-Doc was used to generate template files from the sources " +"code. These template files could be used by developers to enter the API " +"documentation. This approach was rather inconvenient because it required to " +"keep the generated files under version control. Since GTK-Doc 1.9 it became " +"possible to place all API information into source comments, which made the " +"template support obsolete. In version 1.26 template support has been removed." msgstr "" -"如果把样式表安装在其它地方,您必须用这个选项来配置GTK-Doc:<command> --with-" -"dsssl-dir=<PATH_TO_TOPLEVEL_STYLESHEETS_DIR> </command>。" -#: C/index.docbook:362(sect1/title) -msgid "About GTK-Doc" -msgstr "关于 GTK-Doc" - -#: C/index.docbook:364(sect1/para) C/index.docbook:378(sect1/para) -#, fuzzy +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:388 C/index.docbook:402 msgid "(FIXME)" msgstr "(FIXME)" -#: C/index.docbook:368(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:392 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"(History, authors, web pages, license, future plans, comparison with other " -"similar systems.)" +"(authors, web pages, mailing list, license, future plans, comparison with " +"other similar systems.)" msgstr "(历史, 作者, 网页, 认证, 未来计划, 与其它相似系统的比较.)" -#: C/index.docbook:376(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:400 msgid "About this Manual" msgstr "关于此手册" -#: C/index.docbook:382(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:406 msgid "(who it is meant for, where you can get it, license)" msgstr "(它意味着什么,你可以从哪里获得它, 许可证)" -#: C/index.docbook:391(chapter/title) -msgid "Setting up your project" -msgstr "设置您的项目" - -#: C/index.docbook:393(chapter/para) -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The next sections describe what steps to perform to integrate GTK-Doc into " -"your project. Theses sections assume we work on a project called 'meep'. " -"This project contains a library called 'libmeep' and an end-user app called " -"'meeper'. We also assume you will be using autoconf and automake. In " -"addition section <link linkend=\"plain_makefiles\">plain makefiles or other " -"build systems</link> will describe the basics needed to work in a different " -"build setup." -msgstr "" -"下面这些部分描述了要在你的项目中实现完整的GTK-Doc应当经历哪些步骤。这些部分假" -"定我们在做一个名为'meep'的项目。该项目包含了一个叫做 'libmeep' 的库和一个称" -"为'meeper'的终端用户应用程序。我们同样也假定你使用autoconf与automake。在附加" -"的部分<link linkend=\"plain_makefiles\">plain makefiles or other build " -"systems</link> 将描述构建一个不同的项目所需的基本的工作." +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: C/index.docbook:415 +msgid "Project Setup" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:417 +msgid "" +"This Chapter describes the steps that are necessary to integrate GTK-Doc " +"into your project. The integration of GTK-Doc into a project includes the " +"following steps:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:425 +msgid "" +"Preparation of the directory structure and creating required configuration " +"files for your GTK-Doc documentation (see <link linkend=\"settingup_docfiles" +"\"> Setting up a skeleton documentation</link>)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:433 +msgid "" +"Adjusting the build system to build your documentation using the GTK-Doc " +"tools. Multiple build systems are supported, in this manual we describe how " +"to integrate GTK-Doc with <link linkend=\"settingup_autotools\">Autotools</" +"link>, <link linkend=\"settingup_cmake\">CMake</link>, and <link linkend=" +"\"settingup_plain_makefiles\">plain Makefiles</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:443 +msgid "" +"Adding GTK-Doc specific files to version control and deciding which files to " +"ignore (see <link linkend=\"settingup_vcs\"> Integration with version " +"control systems</link>)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:451 +msgid "" +"The following sections assume we work on a project called <code>meep</code>. " +"This project contains two packages (or modules), a library called " +"<code>libmeep</code> and an end-user app called <code>meeper</code>." +msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:404(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:460 msgid "Setting up a skeleton documentation" msgstr "设置一个框架文档" -#: C/index.docbook:406(sect1/para) -#, fuzzy +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:462 msgid "" -"Under your top-level project directory create folders called docs/reference " -"(this way you can also have docs/help for end-user documentation). It is " -"recommended to create another subdirectory with the name of the doc-package. " -"For packages with just one library this step is not necessary." +"A common convention is to place documentation into a folder called " +"<code>docs</code> inside your top-level project directory. We usually " +"distinguish between <emphasis>reference documentation</emphasis> intended " +"for developers and an <emphasis>user manual</emphasis> intended for end-" +"users. Again the convention is to have separate folders for both. We usually " +"place the reference documentation in a folder named <code>reference</code> " +"and the end-user manual in a folder named <code>help</code> as. According to " +"the above convention the documentation for our <code>libmeep</code> package " +"would be placed into: <code>docs/reference/libmeep</code>. For packages with " +"just one library or application the documentation could also be placed " +"directly into <code>docs/reference</code>. It is not mandatory to use the " +"above convention, but if you choose to use a different directory structure " +"you must adjust your build system configuration to match your directory " +"structure." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:493 +msgid "Example directory structure of <emphasis>meep</emphasis> project" msgstr "" -"在你的项目的顶级目录里创建一些名字叫做docs/reference的文件夹(用这种方法也可" -"以为终端用户建立docs/help文件夹)。建议你以文件包的名字创建另一个子目录。仅一" -"个库对应多个包,这一步骤是没有必要的。" - -#: C/index.docbook:415(example/title) -msgid "Example directory structure" -msgstr "范例目录结构" -#: C/index.docbook:416(example/programlisting) -#, no-wrap +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:495 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "meep/\n" +#| " docs/\n" +#| " reference/\n" +#| " libmeep/\n" +#| " meeper/\n" +#| " src/\n" +#| " libmeep/\n" +#| " meeper/\n" +#| "\n" +#| " " msgid "" "\n" -"\n" "meep/\n" " docs/\n" -" reference/\n" +" reference/ # reference documentation\n" " libmeep/\n" " meeper/\n" +" help/ # optional: user manual\n" +" meeper/\n" " src/\n" " libmeep/\n" " meeper/\n" -"\n" -" " msgstr "" "\n" "\n" @@ -583,109 +792,351 @@ "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:413(sect1/para) -msgid "This can then look as shown below: <_:example-1/>" -msgstr "目录结构将会如下所示:<_:example-1/>" +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:487 +msgid "" +"In the following sections we will assume a directory structure for our " +"<emphasis>meep</emphasis> project that uses the above conventions. <_:" +"example-1/>" +msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:433(sect1/title) C/index.docbook:440(example/title) -msgid "Integration with autoconf" -msgstr "与autoconf集成" +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:512 +msgid "Integration with Autotools" +msgstr "与 Autotools 集成" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:513 +msgid "" +"Integration of GTK-Doc into an autotools-based build system requires the " +"following steps:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:519 +msgid "" +"Ensure that <application>gtkdocize</application> is run once before the " +"<filename>configure</filename> script. If an <filename>autogen.sh</filename> " +"script is present, adjust it to check for GTK-Doc and add a call to " +"<application>gtkdocize</application>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:527 +msgid "" +"The main purpose of <application>gtkdocize</application> is to make the " +"<filename>gtk-doc.make</filename> Makefile and the <filename>gtk-doc.m4</" +"filename> macro definition file available to the build system, either by " +"copying or linking it into the project." +msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:435(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:536 msgid "" -"Very easy! Just add one line to your <filename>configure.ac</filename> " -"script." +"Add the necessary <application>autoconf</application> macros to " +"<filename>configure.ac</filename> to enable GTK-Doc in your build system to " +"allow configuration of GTK-Doc via the generated <filename>configure</" +"filename> script." msgstr "" -"非常容易!只需在您的 <filename>configure.ac</filename> 脚本中添加一行。" -#: C/index.docbook:441(example/programlisting) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:542 +msgid "" +"Among others with registers the <code>--enable-gtk-doc</code> option with " +"the <filename>configure</filename> script." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:548 +msgid "" +"Create an <application>automake</application> script for each application or " +"library in your project. In the example used in this documentation this step " +"applies to both <code>meeper</code> and <code>libmeep</code>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:557 +msgid "" +"In the following sections, we will perform the above steps in reverse order. " +"We start with the <application>automake</application> scripts and work our " +"way up to <filename>configure.ac</filename> and <filename>autogen.sh</" +"filename>. Then we show how enable Gtk-Doc in the build system and how to " +"build the documentation." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: C/index.docbook:567 +msgid "Integration with automake" +msgstr "与 automake 集成" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:569 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"First copy the <filename>Makefile.am</filename> from the <filename class=" +"\"directory\">examples</filename> sub-directory of the <ulink url=\"https://" +"gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gtk-doc/raw/master/examples/Makefile.am\"> gtkdoc-" +"sources</ulink> to your project's reference documentation directory (e.g. " +"<filename class=\"directory\">docs/reference/<package></filename>). A " +"local copy should be available under e.g. <filename>/usr/share/doc/gtk-doc-" +"tools/examples/Makefile.am</filename>. If you have multiple packages repeat " +"this for each one." +msgstr "" +"首先从gtkdoc-sources的示例子目录及你项目的 API文档目录中复制" +"<filename>Makefile.am</filename> ( <filename class=\"directory\">./docs/" +"reference/<package></filename>).如果你的每个目录都有多份doc-packages复" +"件的话。" + +#. (itstool) path: note/simpara +#: C/index.docbook:582 +msgid "" +"Do not forget to add each <filename>Makefile.am</filename> to the " +"<function>AC_CONFIG_FILES</function> macro in <filename>configure.ac</" +"filename>. For <filename>docs/reference/libmeep/Makefile.am</filename> you " +"will need to add the entry <filename>docs/reference/libmeep/Makefile</" +"filename> to <function>AC_CONFIG_FILES</function>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:594 +msgid "Example directory structure with <filename>Makefiles.am</filename>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:597 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" -"\n" -"# check for gtk-doc\n" -"GTK_DOC_CHECK(1.14,--flavour no-tmpl)\n" -"\n" -" " +"meep/\n" +" docs/\n" +" reference/ # reference documentation\n" +" libmeep/\n" +" Makefile.am\n" +" meeper/\n" +" Makefile.am\n" +" help/ # optional: user manual\n" +" meeper/\n" +" src/\n" +" libmeep/\n" +" meeper/\n" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:613 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Next, you need to customize the copied Makefiles and provide values for the " +"various parameters in each <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. All settings " +"have a comment above them that describes their purpose and how to customize " +"the setting. Most settings are used to supply extra flags to the respective " +"tools to which they apply. Every tool has a variable of the form <option><" +"TOOLNAME>_OPTIONS</option> (e.g. the tool <application>gtkdoc-mkhtml</" +"application> has an option named <code>MKHTML_OPTIONS</code>). All the tools " +"support <option>--help</option> to list the supported options." +msgstr "" +"下一步是编辑<filename>Makefile.am</filename>内部的设置了。所有的设置上面都有" +"用于描述其目的的注释。多数设置是传递给各个工具的额外标志。第各工具有各种各样" +"的表格<option><TOOLNAME>_OPTIONS</option>.所有的工具都支持<option>--" +"help</option>选项以列出它支持的参数。" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:637 +msgid "" +"<option>DOC_MODULE</option> is used to provide the name of the package that " +"is being documentated (e.g. <code>meeper</code>, or <code>libmeep</code>)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:644 +msgid "" +"<option>DOC_SOURCE_DIR</option> is used to specify the location of source " +"directory which GTK-Doc searches for your API documentation. This will " +"usually be <code> DOC_SOURCE_DIR=$(top_srcdir)/src </code> or a sub-" +"directory of that directory." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:657 +msgid "" +"<option>HFILE_GLOB</option> and <option>CFILE_GLOB</option> are used for " +"dependencies. Each option take a file-glob (e.g. <code>HFILE_GLOB=" +"$(top_srcdir)/src/*.c</code>). The documentation will be rebuilt if any of " +"the matched files change." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:669 +msgid "" +"<option>EXTRA_HFILES</option> allows to specify extra header files to " +"include when scanning for API documentation, which are not found under " +"<code>DOC_SOURCE_DIR</code> (e.g. <code> EXTRA_HFILES=$(top_srcdir}/contrib/" +"extra.h</code>)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:679 +msgid "" +"<option>IGNORE_HFILES</option> allows to specify header files or directories " +"to ignore when scanning for API documentation. Use the basename of the file " +"or directory (e.g. <code> IGNORE_HFILES=gtkdebug.h gtkintl.h " +"private_code_folder</code>)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:689 +msgid "" +"<option>HTML_IMAGES</option> allows to specify images files which will be " +"copied into the <filename>html/</filename> directory of the generated " +"documentation. If your API documentation includes any images they need to be " +"added to this option (e.g. <code> HTML_IMAGES=$(top_srcdir)/gtk/stock-icons/" +"stock_about_24.png</code>)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:702 +msgid "" +"<option>content_files</option> allows to specify extra files that are " +"included by <code>$(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE)</code> (e.g. <code> " +"content_files=running.xml building.xml changes-2.0.xml</code>)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:713 +msgid "" +"<option>expand_content_files</option> allows to specify files where " +"<emphasis>gtk-doc abbreviations</emphasis> such as <code>#GtkWidget</code> " +"are expanded (e.g. <code> expand_content_files=running.xml</code>)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:631 +msgid "" +"The following list explains the most relevant options. Check the example " +"<filename>Makefile.am</filename> for additional options. <_:itemizedlist-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: C/index.docbook:728 +msgid "Integration with autoconf" +msgstr "与 autoconf 集成" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:730 +msgid "" +"Integration with <application>autoconf</application> is very simple and " +"includes one required step and an additional optional (but recommended) " +"step. The first step is to add the <function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function> macro " +"to your <filename>configure.ac</filename> script. This registers several " +"configure options to enable GTK-Doc and allows you to set default arguments " +"for <application>gtkdocize</application>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: warning/simpara +#: C/index.docbook:742 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the <code>GTK_DOC_CHECK</code> macro is not indented. The " +"macro must start at the beginning of the line and should not start with " +"whitespace." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:749 +msgid "" +"The second step is to add the <code>AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR(m4)</code> to your " +"<filename>configure.ac</filename>. This is not required but helps " +"<application>gtkdocize</application> to automatically copy the macro " +"definition (e.g <filename>gtk-doc.m4</filename>) which contains the " +"<function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function> macro to your project's macro directory. " +"Without this, the GTK_DOC_CHECK macro might not be found and you would need " +"to explicitly tell the <application>aclocal</application> tool where to find " +"the macro definition file." msgstr "" -"\n" -"\n" -"# 检查 gtk-doc\n" -"GTK_DOC_CHECK(1.14,--flavour no-tmpl)\n" -"\n" -" " -#: C/index.docbook:455(example/title) -msgid "Keep gtk-doc optional" -msgstr "让gtk-doc为可选" +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:762 +msgid "Minimal integration with autoconf" +msgstr "与 autoconf 的最小化集成" -#: C/index.docbook:456(example/programlisting) +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:763 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" -"\n" -"# check for gtk-doc\n" -"m4_ifdef(GTK_DOC_CHECK, \n" -"GTK_DOC_CHECK(1.14,--flavour no-tmpl)\n" -",\n" -"AM_CONDITIONAL(ENABLE_GTK_DOC, false)\n" -")\n" -"\n" -" " +"# recommended: set m4 directory\n" +"AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR(m4)\n" +"# optional: register gtk-doc in configure\n" +"GTK_DOC_CHECK(1.28)\n" msgstr "" "\n" +"# 推荐:设置 m4 目录\n" +"AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR(m4)\n" +"# 可选:在 configure 中注册 gtk-doc\n" +"GTK_DOC_CHECK(1.28)\n" + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:778 +msgid "Integration with optional gtk-doc dependency" +msgstr "与可选的 gtk-doc 依赖的集成" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:779 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" "\n" -"# 检查 gtk-doc\n" "m4_ifdef(GTK_DOC_CHECK, \n" -"GTK_DOC_CHECK(1.14,--flavour no-tmpl)\n" +"# recommended: set m4 directory\n" +"AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR(m4)\n" +"# optional: register gtk-doc in configure\n" +"GTK_DOC_CHECK(1.28)\n" ",\n" "AM_CONDITIONAL(ENABLE_GTK_DOC, false)\n" ")\n" -"\n" -" " +msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:450(sect1/para) -#, fuzzy +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:772 msgid "" -"This will require all developers to have gtk-doc installed. If it is okay " -"for your project to have optional api-doc build setup, you can solve this as " -"below. Keep it as is, as gtkdocize is looking for <function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</" -"function> at the start of a line. <_:example-1/>" +"The above example works, but will require all developers to have gtk-doc " +"installed. A better way is to make building the documentation optional as " +"shown in the next example: <_:example-1/>" msgstr "" -"这将要求所有的开发人员都安装了gtk-doc。如果对于你的项目拥有可选的api-doc构建" -"是可行的,你可以像下面一样解决问题。让它保持正确,就像gtkdocize在一个行的起始" -"寻找<function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function>一样。 <placeholder-1/>" -#: C/index.docbook:469(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:792 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The first argument is used to check for the gtkdocversion at configure time. " -"The 2nd, optional argument is used by <application>gtkdocize</application>. " -"The <symbol>GTK_DOC_CHECK</symbol> macro also adds several configure " -"switches:" +"The first argument is used to check for the Gtk-Doc version at configure " +"time. The 2nd, optional argument is used by <application>gtkdocize</" +"application>. The <symbol>GTK_DOC_CHECK</symbol> macro also adds several " +"configure switches:" msgstr "" "第一个参数用来在配置时检查gtkdoc的版本。第二个可选参数由" "<application>gtkdocize</application>使用。<symbol>GTK_DOC_CHECK</symbol>宏也" "会加入几个配置开关。" -#: C/index.docbook:475(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:801 msgid "--with-html-dir=PATH : path to installed docs" msgstr "--with-html-dir=PATH : 安装文档的路径" -#: C/index.docbook:476(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:802 msgid "--enable-gtk-doc : use gtk-doc to build documentation default=no" msgstr "--enable-gtk-doc : 用gtk-doc构建文档[默认值:no]" -#: C/index.docbook:477(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:803 msgid "" "--enable-gtk-doc-html : build documentation in html format default=yes" msgstr "--enable-gtk-doc-html :用html格式构建文档[默认值:yes]" -#: C/index.docbook:478(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:804 msgid "--enable-gtk-doc-pdf : build documentation in pdf format default=no" msgstr "--enable-gtk-doc-pdf : 以PDF格式构建文档[默认值:no]" -#: C/index.docbook:482(important/para) +#. (itstool) path: important/para +#: C/index.docbook:808 msgid "" "GTK-Doc is disabled by default! Remember to pass the option <option>'--" "enable-gtk-doc'</option> to the next <filename>configure</filename> run. " @@ -696,179 +1147,122 @@ "传递<option>'--enable-gtk-doc'</option>选项。否则,将会安装预先生成的文档(对" "用户有意义但对开发人员没用处)。" -#: C/index.docbook:490(sect1/para) -msgid "" -"Furthermore it is recommended that you have the following line inside you " -"<filename>configure.ac</filename> script. This allows " -"<application>gtkdocize</application> to automatically copy the macro " -"definition for <function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function> to your project." -msgstr "" -"而且建议你在<filename>configure.ac</filename>脚本里拥有这样一行。它允许" -"<application>gtkdocize</application>将<function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function>的宏" -"定义复制到您的项目中去。" - -#: C/index.docbook:498(example/title) -msgid "Preparation for gtkdocize" -msgstr "准备gtkdocize" - -#: C/index.docbook:499(example/programlisting) -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"\n" -"\n" -"AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR(m4)\n" -"\n" -" " -msgstr "" -"\n" -"\n" -"AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR(m4)\n" -"\n" -" " - -#: C/index.docbook:509(sect1/title) -msgid "Integration with automake" -msgstr "与automake集成" - -#: C/index.docbook:511(sect1/para) -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"First copy the <filename>Makefile.am</filename> from the examples " -"subdirectory of the gtkdoc-sources to your project's API documentation " -"directory ( <filename class=\"directory\">./docs/reference/<package></" -"filename>). If you have multiple doc-packages repeat this for each one." -msgstr "" -"首先从gtkdoc-sources的示例子目录及你项目的 API文档目录中复制" -"<filename>Makefile.am</filename> ( <filename class=\"directory\">./docs/" -"reference/<package></filename>).如果你的每个目录都有多份doc-packages复" -"件的话。" - -#: C/index.docbook:518(sect1/para) -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The next step is to edit the settings inside the <filename>Makefile.am</" -"filename>. All the settings have a comment above that describes their " -"purpose. Most settings are extra flags passed to the respective tools. Every " -"tool has a variable of the form <option><TOOLNAME>_OPTIONS</option>. " -"All the tools support <option>--help</option> to list the supported " -"parameters." -msgstr "" -"下一步是编辑<filename>Makefile.am</filename>内部的设置了。所有的设置上面都有" -"用于描述其目的的注释。多数设置是传递给各个工具的额外标志。第各工具有各种各样" -"的表格<option><TOOLNAME>_OPTIONS</option>.所有的工具都支持<option>--" -"help</option>选项以列出它支持的参数。" - -#: C/index.docbook:529(sect1/para) -#, fuzzy +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:816 msgid "" -"You may also want to enable GTK-Doc for the distcheck make target. Just add " -"the one line shown in the next example to your top-level <filename>Makefile." -"am</filename>:" +"After all changes to <filename>configure.ac</filename> are made, update the " +"<filename>configure</filename> file. This can be done by re-running " +"<code>autogen.sh</code>." msgstr "" -"你可能也需要打开GTK-Doc为distcheck制造目标。只要加入一行像下个例子展示的,你" -"的顶级<filename>Makefile.am</filename>:" - -#: C/index.docbook:536(example/title) -msgid "Enable GTK-Doc during make distcheck" -msgstr "在make distcheck过程中启用GTK-Doc" -#: C/index.docbook:537(example/programlisting) -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"\n" -"\n" -"DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS=--enable-gtk-doc\n" -"\n" -" " -msgstr "" -"\n" -"\n" -"DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS=--enable-gtk-doc\n" -"\n" -" " - -#: C/index.docbook:548(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: C/index.docbook:824 msgid "Integration with autogen" -msgstr "与autogen集成" +msgstr "与 autogen 集成" -#: C/index.docbook:550(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:826 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Most projects will have an <filename>autogen.sh</filename> script to setup " -"the build infrastructure after a checkout from version control system (such " -"as cvs/svn/git). GTK-Doc comes with a tool called <application>gtkdocize</" -"application> which can be used in such a script. It should be run before " -"autoheader, automake or autoconf." +"the build infrastructure after the project was checked out from a version " +"control system (such as git or svn). GTK-Doc comes with a script called " +"<application>gtkdocize</application> which can be used to copy the necessary " +"files needed by Gtk-Doc to the source directory." msgstr "" "在经过版本控制系统(比如 cvs/svn/git)的检查之后,多数项目会有一个" "<filename>autogen.sh</filename>脚本来设置构建基础结构。GTK-Doc便带着一个名叫" "<application>gtkdocize</application>的可以用在这样一个脚本中的工具出炉了。" -#: C/index.docbook:559(example/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:834 +msgid "It should be run before autoreconf, autoheader, automake or autoconf." +msgstr "它应在 autoreconf, autoheader, automake 或 autoconf 之前运行。" + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:839 msgid "Running gtkdocize from autogen.sh" msgstr "从autogen.sh中运行gtkdocize" -#: C/index.docbook:560(example/programlisting) +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:840 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" -"\n" "gtkdocize || exit 1\n" -"\n" -" " msgstr "" "\n" -"\n" "gtkdocize || exit 1\n" + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:848 +msgid "Conditionally run gtkdocize from autogen.sh" +msgstr "从 autogen.sh 中有条件地运行 gtkdocize" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:849 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" "\n" -" " +"GTKDOCIZE=$(which gtkdocize 2>/dev/null)\n" +"if test $? -ne 0; then\n" +" echo \"No gtk-doc support found. You can't build the docs.\"\n" +"else\n" +" $GTKDOCIZE || exit 1\n" +"fi\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"GTKDOCIZE=$(which gtkdocize 2>/dev/null)\n" +"if test $? -ne 0; then\n" +" echo \"No gtk-doc support found. You can't build the docs.\"\n" +"else\n" +" $GTKDOCIZE || exit 1\n" +"fi\n" -#: C/index.docbook:568(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:860 #, fuzzy msgid "" "When running <application>gtkdocize</application> it copies <filename>gtk-" "doc.make</filename> to your project root (or any directory specified by the " -"<option>--docdir</option> option). It also checks you configure script for " -"the <function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function> invocation. This macro can be used to " -"pass extra parameters to <application>gtkdocize</application>." +"<option>--docdir</option> option)." msgstr "" "当<application>gtkdocize</application> 运行时它复制文件<filename>gtk-doc." "make</filename>到你的项目的根目录(或者由选项<option>--docdir</option>指定的任" "何目录)。它也为<function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function> 调用器检查你的配置脚本。这" "个宏可以用于向<application>gtkdocize</application>传递参数。" -#: C/index.docbook:577(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:866 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Historically GTK-Doc was generating template files where developers entered " -"the docs. This turned out to be not so good (e.g. the need for having " -"generated files under version control). Since GTK-Doc 1.9 the tools can get " -"all the information from source comments and thus the templates can be " -"avoided. We encourage people to keep documentation in the code. " -"<application>gtkdocize</application> supports now a <option>--flavour no-" -"tmpl</option> option that chooses a makefile that skips tmpl usage totally. " -"Besides adding the option directly to the command invocation, they can be " -"added also to an environment variable called <symbol>GTKDOCIZE_FLAGS</" -"symbol> or set as a 2nd parameter in <symbol>GTK_DOC_CHECK</symbol> macro in " -"the configure script. If you have never changed file in tmpl by hand and " -"migrating from older gtkdoc versions, please remove the directory (e.g. from " -"version control system)." -msgstr "" -"历史上,GTK-Doc在开发人员进入文档时生成模板文件。这样的结果是不是那么好的(比" -"如:在版本控制下生成文件的需求)。由于GTK-Doc 1.9 工具能从源代码中获得所有的" -"信息从而可以获得模板。我们鼓励人们在代码中保留文档。<application>gtkdocize</" -"application> 支持现在的一个<option>--flavour no-tmpl</option>选项用以选择一个" -"makefile来完整地跳过tmpl的使用。除了给命令调用直接加入此选项之外,它们也能添" -"加到一个名为<symbol>GTKDOCIZE_FLAGS</symbol>的环境变量中。或者在配置脚本中作" -"为<symbol>GTK_DOC_CHECK</symbol>宏的第二个参数。如果你从未手工修改过tmpl目录" -"里的文件以及从旧版本的gtkdoc中迁移过文件,请删除这个目录(比如从版本控制系" -"统)。" +"<application>gtkdocize</application> checks your <filename>configure.ac</" +"filename> script for the <function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function> macro. The " +"<function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function> macro can be used to pass extra arguments " +"to the <application>gtkdocize</application> script. the 2nd parameter in the " +"<function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function> macro." +msgstr "" +"当<application>gtkdocize</application> 运行时它复制文件<filename>gtk-doc." +"make</filename>到你的项目的根目录(或者由选项<option>--docdir</option>指定的任" +"何目录)。它也为<function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function> 调用器检查你的配置脚本。这" +"个宏可以用于向<application>gtkdocize</application>传递参数。" -#: C/index.docbook:594(sect1/title) C/index.docbook:611(example/title) -msgid "Running the doc build" -msgstr "运行文档构建" +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:875 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, additional arguments can also be passed to " +"<application>gtkdocize</application> via the <function>GTKDOCIZE_FLAGS</" +"function> environment variable, or by directly specifying them to " +"<application>gtkdocize</application> in <filename>autogen.sh</filename>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: C/index.docbook:886 +msgid "Executing GTK-Doc from the Build System" +msgstr "从构建系统运行 GTK-Doc" -#: C/index.docbook:596(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:888 #, fuzzy msgid "" "After the previous steps it's time to run the build. First we need to rerun " @@ -881,7 +1275,8 @@ "gtk-doc</option>选项。不然用这个选项手动运行<filename>configure</filename>紧" "随其后。 " -#: C/index.docbook:603(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:895 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The first make run generates several additional files in the doc-" @@ -894,57 +1289,91 @@ "xml</filename> (in the past .sgml), <filename><package>-sections.txt</" "filename>." -#: C/index.docbook:612(example/programlisting) +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:903 +msgid "Running the doc build" +msgstr "运行文档构建" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:904 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" -"\n" "./autogen.sh --enable-gtk-doc\n" "make\n" -"\n" -" " msgstr "" "\n" -"\n" "./autogen.sh --enable-gtk-doc\n" "make\n" -"\n" -" " -#: C/index.docbook:620(sect1/para) -#, fuzzy +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:911 msgid "" "Now you can point your browser to <filename>docs/reference/<package>/" -"index.html</filename>. Yes, it's a bit disappointing still. But hang-on, " -"during the next chapter we tell you how to fill the pages with life." -msgstr "" -"现在你可以用你的浏览器指向<filename>docs/reference/<package>/index." -"html</filename>了.是的,它仍有一点小小遗憾。不过请你坚持住,在下一章里我们会" -"告诉你怎样用文件来填充页面。 " +"index.html</filename>. With this initial setup you will only see a very " +"simple document. The next chapter will teach you how to add API " +"documentation to your code via special comment blocks. The Chapter " +"afterwards introduces <link linkend=\"metafiles\">additional files</link> " +"and shows how to edit the <link linkend=\"metafiles_master\">master " +"template</link> to add additional chapters and sections to your " +"documentation files." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:927 +msgid "Integration with CMake build systems" +msgstr "与 CMake 构建系统集成" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:929 +msgid "" +"GTK-Doc now provides a <filename>GtkDocConfig.cmake</filename> module (and " +"the corresponding <filename>GtkDocConfigVersion.cmake</filename> module). " +"This provides a <literal>gtk_doc_add_module</literal> command that you can " +"set in your <filename>CMakeLists.txt</filename> file." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:939 +msgid "Example of using GTK-Doc from CMake" +msgstr "在 CMake 中使用 GTK-Doc 的例子" -#: C/index.docbook:628(sect1/title) -msgid "Integration with version control systems" -msgstr "与版本控制系统集成" - -#: C/index.docbook:630(sect1/para) -#, fuzzy +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:940 +#, no-wrap msgid "" -"As a rule of the thumb, it's those files you edit, that should go under " -"version control. For typical projects it's these files: <filename><" -"package>.types</filename>, <filename><package>-docs.xml</filename> " -"(in the past .sgml), <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>, " -"<filename>Makefile.am</filename>" -msgstr "" -"作为首要的规则,你编辑的文件都必须进行版本控制。对于典型的项目它是这些文件:" -"<filename><package>.types</filename>, <filename><package>-docs.." -"xml</filename> (in the past .sgml), <filename><package>-sections.txt</" -"filename>, <filename>Makefile.am</filename>" +"\n" +"find_package(GtkDoc 1.25 REQUIRED)\n" +"\n" +"# Create the doc-libmeep target.\n" +"gtk_doc_add_module(\n" +" libmeep ${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/libmeep\n" +" XML meep-docs.xml\n" +" LIBRARIES libmeep\n" +")\n" +"\n" +"# Build doc-libmeep as part of the default target. Without this, you would\n" +"# have to explicitly run something like `make doc-libmeep` to build the docs.\n" +"add_custom_target(documentation ALL DEPENDS doc-libmeep)\n" +"\n" +"# Install the docs. (This assumes you're using the GNUInstallDirs CMake module\n" +"# to set the CMAKE_INSTALL_DOCDIR variable correctly).\n" +"install(DIRECTORY ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/libmeep/html\n" +" DESTINATION ${CMAKE_INSTALL_DOCDIR})\n" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:937 +msgid "The following example shows how to use this command. <_:example-1/>" +msgstr "下面的例子展示如何使用此命令。<_:example-1/>" -#: C/index.docbook:641(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:964 msgid "Integration with plain makefiles or other build systems" msgstr "与普通makefile或其它构建系统整合" -#: C/index.docbook:643(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:966 #, fuzzy msgid "" "In the case one does not want to use automake and therefore <filename>gtk-" @@ -954,29 +1383,29 @@ "在本例中某人不想用automake,因此<filename>gtk-doc.mak</filename>就必须在自己" "的makefiles(或其它构建工具)里用正确的顺序调用gtkdoc工具里面。" -#: C/index.docbook:650(example/title) +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:973 msgid "Documentation build steps" msgstr "文档构建步骤" -#: C/index.docbook:651(example/programlisting) +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:974 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" -"\n" "DOC_MODULE=meep\n" "// sources have changed\n" -"gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --source-dir=...\n" +"gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) <source-dir>\n" "gtkdoc-scangobj --module=$(DOC_MODULE)\n" -"gtkdoc-mkdb --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --output-format=xml\n" +"gtkdoc-mkdb --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --output-format=xml --source-dir=<source-dir>\n" "// xml files have changed\n" "mkdir html\n" "cd html && gtkdoc-mkhtml $(DOC_MODULE) ../meep-docs.xml\n" "gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --module-dir=html\n" -"\n" -" " msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:667(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:988 msgid "" "One will need to look at the <filename>Makefile.am</filename> and " "<filename>gtk-doc.mak</filename> to pick the extra options needed." @@ -984,11 +1413,41 @@ "您必须查阅<filename>Makefile.am</filename> 和 <filename>gtk-doc.mak</" "filename>以获取所须的额外选项。" -#: C/index.docbook:676(chapter/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:995 +msgid "Integration with version control systems" +msgstr "与版本控制系统集成" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:997 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"As a rule of thumb, it's the files you edit which should go under version " +"control. For typical projects it's these files: <filename><package>." +"types</filename>, <filename><package>-docs.xml</filename> (in the " +"past .sgml), <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>, " +"<filename>Makefile.am</filename>." +msgstr "" +"作为首要的规则,你编辑的文件都必须进行版本控制。对于典型的项目它是这些文件:" +"<filename><package>.types</filename>, <filename><package>-docs.." +"xml</filename> (in the past .sgml), <filename><package>-sections.txt</" +"filename>, <filename>Makefile.am</filename>" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1005 +msgid "" +"Files in the <filename>xml/</filename> and <filename>html/</filename> " +"directories should not go under version control. Neither should any of the " +"<filename>.stamp</filename> files." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: C/index.docbook:1015 msgid "Documenting the code" msgstr "编写代码文档" -#: C/index.docbook:678(chapter/para) +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:1017 #, fuzzy msgid "" "GTK-Doc uses source code comment with a special syntax for code " @@ -999,44 +1458,27 @@ "GTK-Doc用一种带有特殊语法的源代码注释来编写代码文档。而且它会从其它代码中收" "集有关你的项目结构的信息。在下一章节里你将找到有关其注释语法的全部信息。" -#: C/index.docbook:686(note/title) -msgid "Documentation placement" -msgstr "文档位置" - -#: C/index.docbook:687(note/para) -msgid "" -"In the past most documentation had to be filled into files residing inside " -"the <filename>tmpl</filename> directory. This has the disadvantages that the " -"information is often not updated and also that the file tend to cause " -"conflicts with version control systems." -msgstr "" -"在过去,多数文档不得不写入驻留在<filename>tmpl</filename>目录的文件中。这样会" -"出现一些糟糕的情况:其信息常常没有更新,而且文件也倾向于与版本控制系统发生冲" -"突。" - -#: C/index.docbook:693(note/para) -msgid "" -"The avoid the aforementioned problems we suggest putting the documentation " -"inside the sources. This manual will only describe this way of documenting " -"code." -msgstr "" -"为避免上述的问题,我们建议把注释文档放入源代码中去。本手册仅描述此种编写代码" -"文档的方法。" - -#: C/index.docbook:704(example/title) C/index.docbook:723(example/title) +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:1028 C/index.docbook:1054 msgid "GTK-Doc comment block" msgstr "GTK-Doc 注释块" -#: C/index.docbook:705(example/programlisting) -#, no-wrap +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1029 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "#ifndef __GTK_DOC_IGNORE__\n" +#| "/* unparseable code here */\n" +#| "#endif\n" +#| "\n" +#| " " msgid "" "\n" -"\n" "#ifndef __GTK_DOC_IGNORE__\n" "/* unparseable code here */\n" "#endif\n" -"\n" -" " msgstr "" "\n" "\n" @@ -1046,31 +1488,52 @@ "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:700(chapter/para) +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:1024 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The scanner can handle the majority of C headers fine. In the case of " -"receiving warnings from the scanner that look like a special case, one can " -"hint GTK-Doc to skip over them. <_:example-1/>" +"The GTK-Doc scanner can handle the majority of C headers fine. In the case " +"of receiving warnings from the scanner that look like a special case, one " +"can hint GTK-Doc to skip over them. <_:example-1/>" msgstr "" "代码扫描程序能够很好地处理主要的C语言头文件。接收扫描程序发出的警告的过程看起" "来像个特殊案例,你可以示意GTK-Doc忽略它们。<placeholder-1/>" -#: C/index.docbook:718(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: note/title +#: C/index.docbook:1038 +msgid "Limitations" +msgstr "局限性" + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: C/index.docbook:1039 +msgid "" +"Note, that GTK-Doc's supports <code>#ifndef(__GTK_DOC_IGNORE__)</code> but " +"not <code>#if !defined(__GTK_DOC_IGNORE__)</code> or other combinations." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:1049 msgid "Documentation comments" msgstr "文档注释" -#: C/index.docbook:724(example/programlisting) -#, no-wrap +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1055 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "/**\n" +#| " * identifier:\n" +#| " * documentation ...\n" +#| " */\n" +#| "\n" +#| " " msgid "" "\n" -"\n" "/**\n" " * identifier:\n" " * documentation ...\n" " */\n" -"\n" -" " msgstr "" "\n" "\n" @@ -1081,7 +1544,8 @@ "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:720(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1051 #, fuzzy msgid "" "A multiline comment that starts with an additional '*' marks a documentation " @@ -1090,7 +1554,8 @@ "一个以'*'号起始的多行注释标注了一个将由GTK-Doc工具处理的文档块。" "<placeholder-1/>" -#: C/index.docbook:735(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1064 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The 'identifier' is one line with the name of the item the comment is " @@ -1100,7 +1565,8 @@ "'identifier'是指示注释相关项的名字的行。其语法因其项的不同而而有一点差异。" "(TODO add table showing identifiers)" -#: C/index.docbook:741(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1070 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The 'documentation' block is also different for each symbol type. Symbol " @@ -1116,61 +1582,76 @@ "( program- 列 与 CDATA 段除外)只包括一个 ' *' (空格-星号)会转化为段落分割符。" "如果你不想要段落分割符,可以把它改为' * '(空格-星号-空格-空格)。" -#: C/index.docbook:758(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1087 #, fuzzy msgid "" "What it is: The name for a class or function can sometimes be misleading for " "people coming from a different background." msgstr "这就是:有时候来自不同文明的人会误解类或函数。" -#: C/index.docbook:764(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1093 #, fuzzy msgid "" "What it does: Tell about common uses. Put it in relation with the other API." msgstr "它做的是:告知普通的用法。把它与其它的API发生联系。" -#: C/index.docbook:754(tip/para) +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: C/index.docbook:1083 #, fuzzy msgid "When documenting code, describe two aspects: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" msgstr "在编写代码文档时,描述两种方向:<placeholder-1/>" -#: C/index.docbook:779(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1108 msgid "Use function() to refer to functions or macros which take arguments." msgstr "用function()来指示带有参数的函数或宏。" -#: C/index.docbook:784(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1113 msgid "" "Use @param to refer to parameters. Also use this when referring to " "parameters of other functions, related to the one being described." msgstr "用@param指示参数。同样也可以指示其它函数的参数,与所描述的对象有关。" -#: C/index.docbook:790(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1119 msgid "Use %constant to refer to a constant, e.g. %G_TRAVERSE_LEAFS." msgstr "用%constant指示常量,比如:%G_TRAVERSE_LEAFS。" -#: C/index.docbook:795(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1124 msgid "" "Use #symbol to refer to other types of symbol, e.g. structs and enums and " "macros which don't take arguments." msgstr "用#symbol指示其它符号类型,比如:结构,枚举与不带参数的宏。" -#: C/index.docbook:801(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1130 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Use #Object::signal to refer to a GObject signal" msgid "Use #Object::signal to refer to a GObject signal." msgstr "用#Object::signal指示一个GObject信号" -#: C/index.docbook:806(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1135 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Use #Object:property to refer to a GObject property" msgid "Use #Object:property to refer to a GObject property." msgstr "用#Object::property指示一个#Object属性" -#: C/index.docbook:811(listitem/para) -msgid "Use #Struct.field to refer to a field inside a structure." +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1140 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Use #Struct.field to refer to a field inside a structure." +msgid "" +"Use #Struct.field to refer to a field inside a structure and #GObjectClass." +"foo_bar() to refer to a vmethod." msgstr "用#Struct.field指示结构体的字段。" -#: C/index.docbook:773(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1102 msgid "" "One advantage of hyper-text over plain-text is the ability to have links in " "the document. Writing the correct markup for a link can be tedious though. " @@ -1181,7 +1662,8 @@ "记可能是件枯燥的差事。GTK-Doc提供了几个有用的简化方法帮你解决这个麻烦。<_:" "itemizedlist-1/>" -#: C/index.docbook:819(tip/para) +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: C/index.docbook:1149 msgid "" "If you need to use the special characters '<', '>', '()', '@', '%', or " "'#' in your documentation without GTK-Doc changing them you can use the XML " @@ -1194,12 +1676,39 @@ "\"&lpar;\", \"&rpar;\", \"&commat;\", \"&percnt;\" 以及 " "\"&num;\"或者用一个反斜线'\\'来转义它们。" -#: C/index.docbook:828(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1158 msgid "" -"DocBook can do more than just links. One can also have lists, tables and " -"examples. To enable the usage of docbook SGML/XML tags inside doc-comments " -"you need to have <option>--xml-mode</option> or <option>--sgml-mode</option> " -"in the variable <symbol>MKDB_OPTIONS</symbol> inside <filename>Makefile.am</" +"DocBook can do more than just links. One can also have lists, examples, " +"headings, and images. As of version 1.20, the preferred way is to use a " +"subset of the basic text formatting syntax called <ulink url=\"http://" +"daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/\">Markdown</ulink>. On older GTK-Doc " +"versions any documentation that includes Markdown will be rendered as is. " +"For example, list items will appear as lines starting with a dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1169 +msgid "" +"While markdown is now preferred one can mix both. One limitation here is " +"that one can use docbook xml within markdown, but markdown within docbook " +"xml is not supported." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1175 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "DocBook can do more than just links. One can also have lists, tables and " +#| "examples. To enable the usage of docbook SGML/XML tags inside doc-" +#| "comments you need to have <option>--xml-mode</option> or <option>--sgml-" +#| "mode</option> in the variable <symbol>MKDB_OPTIONS</symbol> inside " +#| "<filename>Makefile.am</filename>." +msgid "" +"In older GTK-Doc releases, if you need support for additional formatting, " +"you would need to enable the usage of docbook XML tags inside doc-comments " +"by putting <option>--xml-mode</option> (or <option>--sgml-mode</option>) in " +"the variable <symbol>MKDB_OPTIONS</symbol> inside <filename>Makefile.am</" "filename>." msgstr "" "DocBook可以做比链接多得多的事情。你可以有列表,表格和示例。要在doc-comments中" @@ -1207,71 +1716,80 @@ "的变量<symbol>MKDB_OPTIONS</symbol>上加入<option>--xml-mode</option> 或 " "<option>--sgml-mode</option>选项。" -#: C/index.docbook:842(example/title) -msgid "GTK-Doc comment block using markdown" -msgstr "使用markdown进行GTK-Doc块注释" +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:1184 +msgid "GTK-Doc comment block using Markdown" +msgstr "使用 Markdown 进行 GTK-Doc 块注释" -#: C/index.docbook:843(example/programlisting) +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1185 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" -"\n" "/**\n" " * identifier:\n" " *\n" -" * documentation ...\n" +" * documentation paragraph ...\n" " *\n" -" * # Sub heading #\n" +" * # Sub Heading #\n" +" *\n" +" * ## Second Sub Heading\n" +" *\n" +" * # Sub Heading With a Link Anchor # {#heading-two}\n" " *\n" " * more documentation:\n" +" *\n" " * - list item 1\n" +" *\n" +" * Paragraph inside a list item.\n" +" *\n" " * - list item 2\n" " *\n" -" * Even more docs.\n" -" */\n" -"\n" -" " -msgstr "" -"\n" -"\n" -"/**\n" -" * 标识符:\n" +" * 1. numbered list item\n" +" *\n" +" * 2. another numbered list item\n" " *\n" -" * 文档内容 ...\n" +" * Another paragraph. A Link to the GNOME Website(http://www.gnome.org/)\n" " *\n" -" * # 小标题 #\n" +" * !an inline image(plot-result.png)\n" " *\n" -" * 更多文档:\n" -" * - 列表项1\n" -" * - 列表项2\n" +" * A link to the heading anchor aboveheading-two\n" " *\n" -" * 其余更多文档。\n" +" * A C-language example:\n" +" * |<!-- language=\"C\" -->\n" +" * GtkWidget *label = gtk_label_new (\"Gorgeous!\");\n" +" * |\n" " */\n" -"\n" -" " +msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:836(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1224 msgid "" -"Since GTK-Doc-1.18 the tool supports a subset or the <ulink url=\"http://" -"daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/\">markdown language</ulink>. One can " -"use it for sub-headings and simple itemized lists. On older GTK-Doc versions " -"the content will be rendered as it (the list items will appear in one line " -"separated by dashes). <_:example-1/>" -msgstr "" -"从 GTK-Doc-1.18 版本开始,该工具支持 <ulink url=\"http://daringfireball.net/" -"projects/markdown/\">markdown 标记语言</ulink> 的一个子集。可以用它定义小标题" -"和简单的项目列表。在较早的 GTK-Doc 版本中,内容会原样渲染(列表项会显示在一" -"行,以短划线隔开)。<_:example-1/>" +"More examples of what markdown tags are supported can be found in the <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.gnome.org/Projects/GTK/DocumentationSyntax/Markdown\">GTK " +"Documentation Markdown Syntax Reference</ulink>." +msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:864(tip/para) +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: C/index.docbook:1230 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "As already mentioned earlier GTK-Doc is for documenting public API. Thus " +#| "one cannot write documentation for static symbols. Nevertheless it is " +#| "good to comment those symbols too. This helps other to understand you " +#| "code. Therefore we recommend to comment these using normal comments " +#| "(without the 2nd '*' in the first line). If later the function needs to " +#| "be made public, all one needs to do is to add another '*' in the comment " +#| "block and insert the symbol name at the right place inside the sections " +#| "file." msgid "" "As already mentioned earlier GTK-Doc is for documenting public API. Thus one " "cannot write documentation for static symbols. Nevertheless it is good to " -"comment those symbols too. This helps other to understand you code. " -"Therefore we recommend to comment these using normal comments (without the " -"2nd '*' in the first line). If later the function needs to be made public, " -"all one needs to do is to add another '*' in the comment block and insert " -"the symbol name at the right place inside the sections file." +"comment those symbols too. This helps other developers to understand your " +"code. Therefore we recommend to comment these using normal comments (without " +"the 2nd '*' in the first line). If later the function needs to be made " +"public, all one needs to do is to add another '*' in the comment block and " +"insert the symbol name at the right place inside the sections file." msgstr "" "如早先所述,GTK-Doc是为编写公共的API而作的。所以你不能够为静态符号编写文档。" "尽管如此,它也可以很好地为那些符号作注释。这有助于他人理解你的代码。因此我们" @@ -1279,11 +1797,13 @@ "为public,你须做的只是在注释块中加入另一个 '*'号并且在区段文件里插入正确的标" "识符名称。" -#: C/index.docbook:878(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:1245 msgid "Documenting sections" msgstr "文档章节" -#: C/index.docbook:880(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1247 msgid "" "Each section of the documentation contains information about one class or " "module. To introduce the component one can write a section block. The short " @@ -1293,15 +1813,33 @@ "文档的每个章节都包含着关于一个类或模块的信息。要介绍它的组件,你可以编写一节" "注释块。在内容表格中也可以使用简短的描述。所有的@fields都是可选的。" -#: C/index.docbook:888(example/title) +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:1255 msgid "Section comment block" msgstr "节注释块" -#: C/index.docbook:889(example/programlisting) -#, no-wrap +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1256 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "/**\n" +#| " * SECTION:meepapp\n" +#| " * @short_description: the application class\n" +#| " * @title: Meep application\n" +#| " * @section_id:\n" +#| " * @see_also: #MeepSettings\n" +#| " * @stability: Stable\n" +#| " * @include: meep/app.h\n" +#| " * @image: application.png\n" +#| " *\n" +#| " * The application class handles ...\n" +#| " */\n" +#| "\n" +#| " " msgid "" "\n" -"\n" "/**\n" " * SECTION:meepapp\n" " * @short_description: the application class\n" @@ -1314,8 +1852,6 @@ " *\n" " * The application class handles ...\n" " */\n" -"\n" -" " msgstr "" "\n" "\n" @@ -1334,14 +1870,22 @@ "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:910(varlistentry/term) +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:1275 msgid "SECTION:<name>" msgstr "SECTION:<name>" -#: C/index.docbook:912(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1277 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The name links the section documentation to the respective part in the " +#| "<filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> file. The name give " +#| "here should match the <FILE> tag in the <filename><package>-" +#| "sections.txt</filename> file." msgid "" "The name links the section documentation to the respective part in the " -"<filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> file. The name give here " +"<filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> file. The name given here " "should match the <FILE> tag in the <filename><package>-sections." "txt</filename> file." msgstr "" @@ -1349,32 +1893,38 @@ "的部分。这里的名字应匹配<filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>文件" "中的<FILE>标识。" -#: C/index.docbook:921(varlistentry/term) +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:1286 msgid "@short_description" msgstr "@short_description" -#: C/index.docbook:923(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1288 msgid "" "A one line description of the section, that later will appear after the " "links in the TOC and at the top of the section page." msgstr "该节的单行描述,不久将出现在TOC里的链接后和该节页面的顶部。" -#: C/index.docbook:930(varlistentry/term) +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:1295 msgid "@title" msgstr "@title" -#: C/index.docbook:932(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1297 msgid "" "The section title defaults to <name> from the SECTION declaration. It " "can be overridden with the @title field." msgstr "" "段落的标题在SECTION声明里默认是 <name> 。它可以由@title字段替换。" -#: C/index.docbook:939(varlistentry/term) +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:1304 msgid "@section_id" msgstr "@section_id" -#: C/index.docbook:941(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1306 msgid "" "Overrides the use of title as a section identifier. For GObjects the <" "title> is used as a section_id and for other sections it is <" @@ -1383,19 +1933,23 @@ "替换标题的用途作为一个段落指示器。对于GObjects,<title>用作section_id且" "对于其它的段落它是<MODULE>-<title>。" -#: C/index.docbook:949(varlistentry/term) +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:1314 msgid "@see_also" msgstr "@see_also" -#: C/index.docbook:951(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1316 msgid "A list of symbols that are related to this section." msgstr "与本节相关的标识符。" -#: C/index.docbook:957(varlistentry/term) +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:1322 msgid "@stability" msgstr "@stability" -#: C/index.docbook:964(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1329 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Stable - The intention of a Stable interface is to enable arbitrary third " @@ -1410,7 +1964,8 @@ "one in which the interface was introduced, and within the same major " "release)。即使在一个主发行版,兼容的修改也是非常稀少的,并且要有大量的修正。" -#: C/index.docbook:976(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1341 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Unstable - Unstable interfaces are experimental or transitional. They are " @@ -1424,7 +1979,8 @@ "解决方案。以保证从一个镜像发行版到另一个之间没有源代码与二进制代码兼容性的问" "题。" -#: C/index.docbook:988(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1353 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Private - An interface that can be used within the GNOME stack itself, but " @@ -1434,7 +1990,8 @@ "个人版-一种可以离开GNOME堆栈而自己运行的界面,但是并没有正式声明给终端用户使" "用。这样的函数只能以指定的且正式声明的方法来使用它。" -#: C/index.docbook:997(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1362 msgid "" "Internal - An interface that is internal to a module and does not require " "end-user documentation. Functions that are undocumented are assumed to be " @@ -1443,7 +2000,8 @@ "内部版-一种为一个模块而设计的内部界面,并且不需要终端用户文档。未正式声明的" "函数假定是属于内部的。" -#: C/index.docbook:959(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1324 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "A informal description of the stability level this API has. We recommend " @@ -1455,11 +2013,13 @@ "对这个API对稳定级别的一个非正式的描述。我们建议你使用以下术语:<_:" "itemizedlist-1/>" -#: C/index.docbook:1009(varlistentry/term) +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:1374 msgid "@include" msgstr "@include" -#: C/index.docbook:1011(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1376 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The <literal>#include</literal> files to show in the section synopsis (a " @@ -1471,11 +2031,13 @@ "表),从<link linkend=\"metafiles_sections\">section file</link>或者命令行中" "取代全局数值。这是个可选项。" -#: C/index.docbook:1020(varlistentry/term) +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:1385 msgid "@image" msgstr "@image" -#: C/index.docbook:1022(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1387 msgid "" "The image to display at the top of the reference page for this section. This " "will often be some sort of a diagram to illustrate the visual appearance of " @@ -1485,18 +2047,21 @@ "本章节的参考页顶部显示的图像。这常常是某些用于阐释一个类或者图表与其它类之间" "关系的可视化图示。这个项是可选的。" -#: C/index.docbook:1033(tip/para) +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: C/index.docbook:1398 msgid "" "To avoid unnecessary recompilation after doc-changes put the section docs " "into the c-source where possible." msgstr "" "为避免不必要的重编译,在文档改动后尽可能把段落文档放入C代码中合适的位置。" -#: C/index.docbook:1042(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:1407 msgid "Documenting symbols" msgstr "编写符号文档" -#: C/index.docbook:1044(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1409 msgid "" "Each symbol (function, macro, struct, enum, signal and property) is " "documented in a separate block. The block is best placed close to the " @@ -1508,43 +2073,109 @@ "好放置于接近标识符定义的地方,这样可以容易地让它们保持同步。因此函数通常在C代" "码中定义,宏和结构及枚举在头文件里定义。" -#: C/index.docbook:1052(sect2/title) C/index.docbook:1081(example/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:1417 C/index.docbook:1483 msgid "General tags" msgstr "一般标记" -#: C/index.docbook:1054(sect2/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:1419 msgid "" "You can add versioning information to all documentation elements to tell " "when an API was introduced, or when it was deprecated." msgstr "你可以为所有的文档元素加入版本信息,表明何时引入或废弃了某个API。" -#: C/index.docbook:1059(variablelist/title) +#. (itstool) path: variablelist/title +#: C/index.docbook:1424 msgid "Versioning Tags" msgstr "版本标记" -#: C/index.docbook:1060(varlistentry/term) +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:1425 msgid "Since:" msgstr "始于:" -#: C/index.docbook:1062(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1427 msgid "Description since which version of the code the API is available." msgstr "描述从哪个版本的代码开始加入了该API。" -#: C/index.docbook:1067(varlistentry/term) +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:1432 msgid "Deprecated:" msgstr "废弃:" -#: C/index.docbook:1069(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1434 msgid "" "Paragraph denoting that this function should no be used anymore. The " "description should point the reader to the new API." msgstr "表明这个函数不应再使用的一段文档。描述文字应向读者介绍新的API。" -#: C/index.docbook:1077(sect2/para) -msgid "(FIXME : Stability information)" -msgstr "(FIXME : 稳定性信息)" +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:1442 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "You can add versioning information to all documentation elements to tell " +#| "when an API was introduced, or when it was deprecated." +msgid "" +"You can also add stability information to all documentation elements to " +"indicate whether API stability is guaranteed for them for all future minor " +"releases of the project." +msgstr "你可以为所有的文档元素加入版本信息,表明何时引入或废弃了某个API。" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:1448 +msgid "" +"The default stability level for all documentation elements can be set by " +"passing the <option>--default-stability</option> argument to " +"<application>gtkdoc-mkdb</application> with one of the values below." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: variablelist/title +#: C/index.docbook:1454 +msgid "Stability Tags" +msgstr "稳定性标签" + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:1455 +msgid "Stability: Stable" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1457 +msgid "" +"Mark the element as stable. This is for public APIs which are guaranteed to " +"remain stable for all future minor releases of the project." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:1464 +msgid "Stability: Unstable" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1466 +msgid "" +"Mark the element as unstable. This is for public APIs which are released as " +"a preview before being stabilised." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:1472 +msgid "Stability: Private" +msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:1082(example/programlisting) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1474 +msgid "" +"Mark the element as private. This is for interfaces which can be used by " +"tightly coupled modules, but not by arbitrary third parties." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1484 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -1568,7 +2199,6 @@ #| " " msgid "" "\n" -"\n" "/**\n" " * foo_get_bar:\n" " * @foo: some foo\n" @@ -1584,8 +2214,6 @@ "foo_get_bar(Foo *foo)\n" "{\n" "...\n" -"\n" -" " msgstr "" "\n" "\n" @@ -1607,54 +2235,110 @@ "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1104(sect2/title) C/index.docbook:1140(example/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:1504 C/index.docbook:1514 +msgid "Annotations" +msgstr "注记" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:1506 +msgid "" +"Documentation blocks can contain annotation-tags. These tags will be " +"rendered with tooltips describing their meaning. The tags are used by " +"gobject-introspection to generate language bindings. A detailed list of the " +"supported tags can be found on <ulink url=\"http://live.gnome.org/" +"GObjectIntrospection/Annotations\" type=\"http\">the wiki</ulink>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1515 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"/**\n" +" * foo_get_bar: (annotation)\n" +" * @foo: (annotation): some foo\n" +" *\n" +" * Retrieves @foo's bar.\n" +" *\n" +" * Returns: (annotation): @foo's bar\n" +" */\n" +"...\n" +"/**\n" +" * foo_set_bar_using_the_frobnicator: (annotation) (another annotation)\n" +" * (and another annotation)\n" +" * @foo: (annotation) (another annotation): some foo\n" +" *\n" +" * Sets bar on @foo.\n" +" */\n" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:1536 C/index.docbook:1565 msgid "Function comment block" msgstr "函数注释块" -#: C/index.docbook:1110(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1542 msgid "" "Document whether returned objects, lists, strings, etc, should be freed/" "unrefed/released." msgstr "" "描述返回的对象、列表、字符串等是否应释放内存(freed)/解除引用/释放(released)。" -#: C/index.docbook:1116(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1548 msgid "Document whether parameters can be NULL, and what happens if they are." msgstr "描述参数可否为NULL,如果是的话会发生什么。" -#: C/index.docbook:1121(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1553 msgid "" "Mention interesting pre-conditions and post-conditions where appropriate." msgstr "在适当时提及相关的前提条件与后续条件。" -#: C/index.docbook:1106(sect2/para) C/index.docbook:1203(sect2/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:1538 C/index.docbook:1624 msgid "Please remember to: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" msgstr "请记得:<_:itemizedlist-1/>" -#: C/index.docbook:1128(sect2/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:1560 msgid "" "Gtk-doc assumes all symbols (macros, functions) starting with '_' are " "private. They are treated like static functions." msgstr "" "Gtk-doc 假定所有以'_'符开头的符号(宏,函数)是私有的并视它们为静态函数。" -#: C/index.docbook:1133(sect2/para) -#, fuzzy +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1566 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "" -#| "Also, take a look at gobject introspection annotation tags: http://live." -#| "gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations" -msgid "" -"Also, take a look at GObject Introspection annotation tags: http://live." -"gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations" -msgstr "" -"另请参阅gobject内省(introspection)标记的介绍:http://live.gnome.org/" -"GObjectIntrospection/Annotations" - -#: C/index.docbook:1141(example/programlisting) -#, no-wrap +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "/**\n" +#| " * function_name:\n" +#| " * @par1: description of parameter 1. These can extend over more than\n" +#| " * one line.\n" +#| " * @par2: description of parameter 2\n" +#| " * @...: a %NULL-terminated list of bars\n" +#| " *\n" +#| " * The function description goes here. You can use @par1 to refer to parameters\n" +#| " * so that they are highlighted in the output. You can also use %constant\n" +#| " * for constants, function_name2() for functions and #GtkWidget for links to\n" +#| " * other declarations (which may be documented elsewhere).\n" +#| " *\n" +#| " * Returns: an integer.\n" +#| " *\n" +#| " * Since: 2.2\n" +#| " * Deprecated: 2.18: Use other_function() instead.\n" +#| " */\n" +#| "\n" +#| " " msgid "" "\n" -"\n" "/**\n" " * function_name:\n" " * @par1: description of parameter 1. These can extend over more than\n" @@ -1672,8 +2356,6 @@ " * Since: 2.2\n" " * Deprecated: 2.18: Use other_function() instead.\n" " */\n" -"\n" -" " msgstr "" "\n" "\n" @@ -1696,23 +2378,28 @@ "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1164(variablelist/title) +#. (itstool) path: variablelist/title +#: C/index.docbook:1587 msgid "Function tags" msgstr "函数标记" -#: C/index.docbook:1165(varlistentry/term) +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:1588 C/index.docbook:1795 msgid "Returns:" msgstr "返回值:" -#: C/index.docbook:1167(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1590 msgid "Paragraph describing the returned result." msgstr "描述返回结果的段落。" -#: C/index.docbook:1172(varlistentry/term) +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:1595 msgid "@...:" msgstr "@...:" -#: C/index.docbook:1174(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1597 msgid "" "In case the function has variadic arguments, you should use this tag " "(@Varargs: does also work for historic reasons)." @@ -1720,23 +2407,34 @@ "如果函数有变长参数列表,你应当使用这个标记(@Varargs: 由于历史原因确实也管" "用)。" -#: C/index.docbook:1184(sect2/title) C/index.docbook:1186(example/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:1607 C/index.docbook:1609 msgid "Property comment block" msgstr "属性注释块" -#: C/index.docbook:1187(example/programlisting) -#, no-wrap +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1610 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "/**\n" +#| " * SomeWidget:some-property:\n" +#| " *\n" +#| " * Here you can document a property.\n" +#| " */\n" +#| "g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_SOME_PROPERTY, ...);\n" +#| "\n" +#| " " msgid "" "\n" -"\n" "/**\n" " * SomeWidget:some-property:\n" " *\n" " * Here you can document a property.\n" " */\n" "g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_SOME_PROPERTY, ...);\n" -"\n" -" " msgstr "" "\n" "\n" @@ -1749,25 +2447,45 @@ "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1201(sect2/title) C/index.docbook:1220(example/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:1622 C/index.docbook:1641 msgid "Signal comment block" msgstr "信号注释块" -#: C/index.docbook:1207(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1628 msgid "" "Document when the signal is emitted and whether it is emitted before or " "after other signals." msgstr "描述信号何时发射(emitted)及在其它信号之前还是之后发射。" -#: C/index.docbook:1213(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1634 msgid "Document what an application might do in the signal handler." msgstr "描述应用程序在信号处理函数中能做些什么。" -#: C/index.docbook:1221(example/programlisting) -#, no-wrap +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1642 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "/**\n" +#| " * FooWidget::foobarized:\n" +#| " * @widget: the widget that received the signal\n" +#| " * @foo: some foo\n" +#| " * @bar: some bar\n" +#| " *\n" +#| " * The ::foobarized signal is emitted each time someone tries to foobarize @widget.\n" +#| " */\n" +#| "foo_signalsFOOBARIZE =\n" +#| " g_signal_new (\"foobarize\",\n" +#| " ...\n" +#| "\n" +#| " " msgid "" "\n" -"\n" "/**\n" " * FooWidget::foobarized:\n" " * @widget: the widget that received the signal\n" @@ -1776,11 +2494,9 @@ " *\n" " * The ::foobarized signal is emitted each time someone tries to foobarize @widget.\n" " */\n" -"foo_signalsFOOBARIZE =\n" -" g_signal_new (\"foobarize\",\n" +"foo_signalsFOOBARIZED =\n" +" g_signal_new (\"foobarized\",\n" " ...\n" -"\n" -" " msgstr "" "\n" "\n" @@ -1798,15 +2514,35 @@ "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1240(sect2/title) C/index.docbook:1241(example/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:1659 C/index.docbook:1660 msgid "Struct comment block" msgstr "结构注释块" -#: C/index.docbook:1242(example/programlisting) -#, no-wrap +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1661 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "/**\n" +#| " * FooWidget:\n" +#| " * @bar: some #gboolean\n" +#| " *\n" +#| " * This is the best widget, ever.\n" +#| " */\n" +#| "typedef struct _FooWidget {\n" +#| " /*< private >*/\n" +#| " GtkWidget parent;\n" +#| "\n" +#| " /*< public >*/\n" +#| " gboolean bar;\n" +#| "} FooWidget;\n" +#| "\n" +#| " " msgid "" "\n" -"\n" "/**\n" " * FooWidget:\n" " * @bar: some #gboolean\n" @@ -1814,14 +2550,10 @@ " * This is the best widget, ever.\n" " */\n" "typedef struct _FooWidget {\n" -" /*< private >*/\n" -" GtkWidget parent;\n" +" GtkWidget parent_instance;\n" "\n" -" /*< public >*/\n" " gboolean bar;\n" "} FooWidget;\n" -"\n" -" " msgstr "" "\n" "\n" @@ -1841,7 +2573,8 @@ "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1261(sect2/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:1676 msgid "" "Use <code>/*< private >*/</code> before the private struct fields you " "want to hide. Use <code>/*< public >*/</code> for the reverse " @@ -1850,8 +2583,17 @@ "在你需要隐藏的私有结构字段之前使用<code>/*< private >*/</code> 。反之使" "用<code>/*< public >*/</code>." +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:1682 +msgid "" +"If the first field is \"g_iface\", \"parent_instance\" or \"parent_class\" " +"it will be considered private automatically and doesn't need to be mentioned " +"in the comment block." +msgstr "" + # 什么是vmethod?难以理解。 -#: C/index.docbook:1267(sect2/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:1688 msgid "" "Struct comment blocks can also be used for GObjects and GObjectClasses. It " "is usually a good idea to add a comment block for a class, if it has " @@ -1866,11 +2608,14 @@ "言,你可以使用相关的章节文档,如果对象实例有公共字段,为每个实例结构体单独块" "注释是非常有用的。缺点是这会为同一名字创建两个索引记录(结构与章节)。" -#: C/index.docbook:1279(sect2/title) C/index.docbook:1280(example/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:1700 C/index.docbook:1701 msgid "Enum comment block" msgstr "枚举注释块" -#: C/index.docbook:1281(example/programlisting) +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1702 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -1893,7 +2638,6 @@ #| " " msgid "" "\n" -"\n" "/**\n" " * Something:\n" " * @SOMETHING_FOO: something foo\n" @@ -1907,8 +2651,6 @@ " /*< private >*/\n" " SOMETHING_COUNT\n" "} Something;\n" -"\n" -" " msgstr "" "\n" "\n" @@ -1929,7 +2671,8 @@ "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1300(sect2/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:1719 msgid "" "Use <code>/*< private >*/</code> before the private enum values you " "want to hide. Use <code>/*< public >*/</code> for the reverse " @@ -1938,23 +2681,152 @@ "在你要隐藏的枚举数值前使用<code>/*< private >*/</code>。反之使用<code>/" "*< public >*/</code> 。" -#: C/index.docbook:1310(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:1730 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Setting up a skeleton documentation" +msgid "Inline program documentation" +msgstr "设置一个框架文档" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1731 +msgid "" +"You can document programs and their commandline interface using inline " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: variablelist/title +#: C/index.docbook:1737 +msgid "Tags" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:1739 +msgid "PROGRAM" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1742 +msgid "Defines the start of a program documentation." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:1749 +msgid "@short_description:" +msgstr "@short_description:" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1751 +msgid "Defines a short description of the program. (Optional)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:1758 +msgid "@synopsis:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1760 +msgid "" +"Defines the arguments, or list of arguments that the program can take. " +"(Optional)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:1768 +msgid "@see_also:" +msgstr "@see_also:" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1770 +msgid "See Also manual page section. (Optional)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:1777 +msgid "@arg:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1779 +msgid "Argument(s) passed to the program and their description. (Optional)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:1786 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "@short_description" +msgid "Description:" +msgstr "@short_description" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1788 +msgid "A longer description of the program." +msgstr "程序的一段较长的描述。" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1797 +msgid "Specify what value(s) the program returns. (Optional)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: C/index.docbook:1806 +msgid "Example of program documentation." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:1807 +msgid "Program documentation block" +msgstr "程序文档块" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1808 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"/**\n" +" * PROGRAM:test-program\n" +" * @short_description: A test program\n" +" * @synopsis: test-program *OPTIONS*... --arg1 *arg* *FILE*\n" +" * @see_also: test(1)\n" +" * @--arg1 *arg*: set arg1 to *arg*\n" +" * @--arg2 *arg*: set arg2 to *arg*\n" +" * @-v, --version: Print the version number\n" +" * @-h, --help: Print the help message\n" +" *\n" +" * Long description of program.\n" +" *\n" +" * Returns: Zero on success, non-zero on failure\n" +" */\n" +"int main(int argc, char *argv)\n" +"{\n" +"\treturn 0;\n" +"}\n" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:1834 msgid "Useful DocBook tags" msgstr "有用的DocBook标记" -#: C/index.docbook:1312(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1836 msgid "" "Here are some DocBook tags which are most useful when documenting the code." msgstr "这些是在编写代码文档时非常有用处的DocBook标记。" -#: C/index.docbook:1321(informalexample/programlisting) -#, no-wrap +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1845 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<link linkend=\"glib-Hash-Tables\">Hash Tables</link>\n" +#| "\n" +#| " " msgid "" "\n" -"\n" "<link linkend=\"glib-Hash-Tables\">Hash Tables</link>\n" -"\n" -" " msgstr "" "\n" "\n" @@ -1962,7 +2834,8 @@ "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1317(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1841 #, fuzzy msgid "" "To link to another section in the GTK docs: <_:informalexample-1/> The " @@ -1976,14 +2849,18 @@ "分与页面标题(\"Hash Tables\")。对于widgets它只是类和名称而已。空格字符和下划" "线都转换成 '-' 以适应SGML/XML.。" -#: C/index.docbook:1336(informalexample/programlisting) -#, no-wrap +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1858 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<function>...</function>\n" +#| "\n" +#| " " msgid "" "\n" -"\n" "<function>...</function>\n" -"\n" -" " msgstr "" "\n" "\n" @@ -1991,25 +2868,35 @@ "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1333(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1855 msgid "" "To refer to an external function, e.g. a standard C function: <_:" "informalexample-1/>" msgstr "引用一个外部函数,比如一个标准 C 函数:<_:informalexample-1/>" -#: C/index.docbook:1347(informalexample/programlisting) -#, no-wrap +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1867 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<example>\n" +#| " <title>Using a GHashTable.</title>\n" +#| " <programlisting>\n" +#| " ...\n" +#| " </programlisting>\n" +#| "</example>\n" +#| "\n" +#| " " msgid "" "\n" -"\n" "<example>\n" " <title>Using a GHashTable.</title>\n" -" <programlisting>\n" +" <programlisting language=\"C\">\n" " ...\n" " </programlisting>\n" "</example>\n" -"\n" -" " msgstr "" "\n" "\n" @@ -2022,18 +2909,26 @@ "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1360(informalexample/programlisting) -#, no-wrap +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1878 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<informalexample>\n" +#| " <programlisting>\n" +#| " ...\n" +#| " </programlisting>\n" +#| "</informalexample>\n" +#| "\n" +#| " " msgid "" "\n" -"\n" "<informalexample>\n" -" <programlisting>\n" +" <programlisting language=\"C\">\n" " ...\n" " </programlisting>\n" "</informalexample>\n" -"\n" -" " msgstr "" "\n" "\n" @@ -2045,20 +2940,55 @@ "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1344(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1890 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"|<!-- language=\"C\" -->\n" +" ...\n" +"|\n" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1864 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To include example code: <_:informalexample-1/> or possibly this, for " +#| "very short code fragments which don't need a title: <_:informalexample-2/" +#| "> For the latter GTK-Doc also supports an abbreviation: | ... |" msgid "" "To include example code: <_:informalexample-1/> or possibly this, for very " -"short code fragments which don't need a title: <_:informalexample-2/> For " -"the latter GTK-Doc also supports an abbreviation: | ... |" +"short code fragments which don't need a title: <_:informalexample-2/> In " +"both cases, the language attribute is optional and is used as a hint to the " +"syntax highlighting engine (pygments for html output). For the latter GTK-" +"Doc also supports an abbreviation: <_:informalexample-3/>" msgstr "" "要包含示例代码:<_:informalexample-1/> 或类似的,很短的不需要标题的代码段:" "<_:informalexample-2/> 对后者,GTK-Doc 还支持一种缩写方式:| ... |" -#: C/index.docbook:1381(informalexample/programlisting) -#, no-wrap +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1901 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<itemizedlist>\n" +#| " <listitem>\n" +#| " <para>\n" +#| " ...\n" +#| " </para>\n" +#| " </listitem>\n" +#| " <listitem>\n" +#| " <para>\n" +#| " ...\n" +#| " </para>\n" +#| " </listitem>\n" +#| "</itemizedlist>\n" +#| "\n" +#| " " msgid "" "\n" -"\n" "<itemizedlist>\n" " <listitem>\n" " <para>\n" @@ -2071,8 +3001,6 @@ " </para>\n" " </listitem>\n" "</itemizedlist>\n" -"\n" -" " msgstr "" "\n" "\n" @@ -2091,22 +3019,31 @@ "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1378(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1898 msgid "To include bulleted lists: <_:informalexample-1/>" msgstr "要包含符号列表:<_:informalexample-1/>" -#: C/index.docbook:1403(informalexample/programlisting) -#, no-wrap +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1921 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<note>\n" +#| " <para>\n" +#| " Make sure you free the data after use.\n" +#| " </para>\n" +#| "</note>\n" +#| "\n" +#| " " msgid "" "\n" -"\n" "<note>\n" " <para>\n" " Make sure you free the data after use.\n" " </para>\n" "</note>\n" -"\n" -" " msgstr "" "\n" "\n" @@ -2118,19 +3055,24 @@ "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1400(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1918 msgid "" "To include a note which stands out from the text: <_:informalexample-1/>" msgstr "要包含一条文字中突出显示的注解:<_:informalexample-1/>" -#: C/index.docbook:1418(informalexample/programlisting) -#, no-wrap +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1934 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<type>unsigned char</type>\n" +#| "\n" +#| " " msgid "" "\n" -"\n" "<type>unsigned char</type>\n" -"\n" -" " msgstr "" "\n" "\n" @@ -2138,18 +3080,23 @@ "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1415(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1931 msgid "To refer to a type: <_:informalexample-1/>" msgstr "要引用一个类型:<_:informalexample-1/>" -#: C/index.docbook:1429(informalexample/programlisting) -#, no-wrap +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1943 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<structname>XFontStruct</structname>\n" +#| "\n" +#| " " msgid "" "\n" -"\n" "<structname>XFontStruct</structname>\n" -"\n" -" " msgstr "" "\n" "\n" @@ -2157,20 +3104,25 @@ "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1426(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1940 msgid "" "To refer to an external structure (not one described in the GTK docs): <_:" "informalexample-1/>" msgstr "引用一个外部结构(不是在GTK 文档中描述的):<_:informalexample-1/>" -#: C/index.docbook:1440(informalexample/programlisting) -#, no-wrap +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1952 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<structfield>len</structfield>\n" +#| "\n" +#| " " msgid "" "\n" -"\n" "<structfield>len</structfield>\n" -"\n" -" " msgstr "" "\n" "\n" @@ -2178,18 +3130,23 @@ "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1437(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1949 msgid "To refer to a field of a structure: <_:informalexample-1/>" msgstr "要引用一个结构字段:<_:informalexample-1/>" -#: C/index.docbook:1451(informalexample/programlisting) -#, no-wrap +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1961 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<classname>GtkWidget</classname>\n" +#| "\n" +#| " " msgid "" "\n" -"\n" "<classname>GtkWidget</classname>\n" -"\n" -" " msgstr "" "\n" "\n" @@ -2197,7 +3154,8 @@ "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1448(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1958 msgid "" "To refer to a class name, we could possibly use: <_:informalexample-1/> but " "you'll probably be using #GtkWidget instead (to automatically create a link " @@ -2208,14 +3166,18 @@ "#GtkWidget(要自动创建一个到GtkWidget 页面的链接-请参阅<link linkend=" "\"documenting_syntax\">缩写</link>)。" -#: C/index.docbook:1464(informalexample/programlisting) -#, no-wrap +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1972 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<emphasis>This is important</emphasis>\n" +#| "\n" +#| " " msgid "" "\n" -"\n" "<emphasis>This is important</emphasis>\n" -"\n" -" " msgstr "" "\n" "\n" @@ -2223,18 +3185,23 @@ "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1461(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1969 msgid "To emphasize text: <_:informalexample-1/>" msgstr "要强调文本:<_:informalexample-1/>" -#: C/index.docbook:1475(informalexample/programlisting) -#, no-wrap +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1981 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<filename>/home/user/documents</filename>\n" +#| "\n" +#| " " msgid "" "\n" -"\n" "<filename>/home/user/documents</filename>\n" -"\n" -" " msgstr "" "\n" "\n" @@ -2242,18 +3209,23 @@ "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1472(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1978 msgid "For filenames use: <_:informalexample-1/>" msgstr "对于文件名,使用:<_:informalexample-1/>" -#: C/index.docbook:1486(informalexample/programlisting) -#, no-wrap +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1990 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<keycombo><keycap>Control</keycap><keycap>L</keycap></keycombo>\n" +#| "\n" +#| " " msgid "" "\n" -"\n" "<keycombo><keycap>Control</keycap><keycap>L</keycap></keycombo>\n" -"\n" -" " msgstr "" "\n" "\n" @@ -2261,15 +3233,18 @@ "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1483(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1987 msgid "To refer to keys use: <_:informalexample-1/>" msgstr "要引用键值,使用:<_:informalexample-1/>" -#: C/index.docbook:1498(chapter/title) +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: C/index.docbook:2000 msgid "Filling the extra files" msgstr "填充额外的文件" -#: C/index.docbook:1500(chapter/para) +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:2002 msgid "" "There are a couple of extra files, that need to be maintained along with the " "inline source code comments: <filename><package>.types</filename>, " @@ -2280,11 +3255,13 @@ "filename>, <filename><package>-docs.xml</filename> (原为 .sgml), " "<filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>。" -#: C/index.docbook:1509(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:2011 msgid "Editing the types file" msgstr "编辑类型文件" -#: C/index.docbook:1511(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:2013 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If your library or application includes GObjects, you want their signals, " @@ -2297,23 +3274,35 @@ "参数以及在继承关系中所在位置都写入文档,只需将<function>xxx_get_type</" "function>及其引用在<filename><package>.types</filename> 文件中列出。" -#: C/index.docbook:1520(example/title) -msgid "Example types file snippet" -msgstr "示例类型文件代码段" +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:2022 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<package>.types" +msgid "Example <package>.types file" +msgstr "<package>.types" -#: C/index.docbook:1521(example/programlisting) -#, no-wrap +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:2023 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "#include <gtk/gtk.h>\n" +#| "\n" +#| "gtk_accel_label_get_type\n" +#| "gtk_adjustment_get_type\n" +#| "gtk_alignment_get_type\n" +#| "gtk_arrow_get_type\n" +#| "\n" +#| " " msgid "" "\n" -"\n" "#include <gtk/gtk.h>\n" "\n" "gtk_accel_label_get_type\n" "gtk_adjustment_get_type\n" "gtk_alignment_get_type\n" "gtk_arrow_get_type\n" -"\n" -" " msgstr "" "\n" "\n" @@ -2326,7 +3315,8 @@ "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1534(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:2034 msgid "" "Since GTK-Doc 1.8 <application>gtkdoc-scan</application> can generate this " "list for you. Just add \"--rebuild-types\" to SCAN_OPTIONS in " @@ -2338,11 +3328,13 @@ "types”即可。如果你要使用它请保证不发行类型文件也不将它置于版本控制系统的管理" "之下。" -#: C/index.docbook:1543(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:2043 msgid "Editing the master document" msgstr "编辑主文档" -#: C/index.docbook:1545(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:2045 msgid "" "GTK-Doc produces documentation in DocBook SGML/XML. When processing the " "inline source comments, the GTK-Doc tools generate one documentation page " @@ -2353,20 +3345,30 @@ "具以独立文件为每个类或模块生成一个文档页。主文档包含了它们并且将它们按顺序排" "列。" -#: C/index.docbook:1552(sect1/para) -msgid "" -"While GTK-Doc creates a template master document for you, later run will not " -"touch it again. This means that one can freely structure the documentation. " -"That includes grouping pages and adding extra pages. GTK-Doc has now a test " -"suite, where also the master-document is recreated from scratch. Its a good " -"idea to look at this from time to time to see if there are some new goodies " -"introduced there." +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:2052 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "While GTK-Doc creates a template master document for you, later run will " +#| "not touch it again. This means that one can freely structure the " +#| "documentation. That includes grouping pages and adding extra pages. GTK-" +#| "Doc has now a test suite, where also the master-document is recreated " +#| "from scratch. Its a good idea to look at this from time to time to see if " +#| "there are some new goodies introduced there." +msgid "" +"While GTK-Doc creates a template master document for you, later runs will " +"not touch it again. This means that one can freely structure the " +"documentation. That includes grouping pages and adding extra pages. GTK-Doc " +"has now a test suite, where also the master-document is recreated from " +"scratch. Its a good idea to look at this from time to time to see if there " +"are some new goodies introduced there." msgstr "" "GTK-Doc为你创建一个模板主文档,之后的运行就不会再动它了。这意味着你可以自由地" "组织这个文档,包括分组页和加入的额外页面。GTK-Doc现在有一个测试套件,它的主文" "档也重新生成。建议您经常关注它,又了解是否引入了新的功能特性。" -#: C/index.docbook:1562(tip/para) +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: C/index.docbook:2062 msgid "" "Do not create tutorials as extra documents. Just write extra chapters. The " "benefit of directly embedding the tutorial for your library into the API " @@ -2378,7 +3380,8 @@ "接放入API文档的好处就是教程与符号文档之间的链接很容易。另外教程与库一同升级时" "分离的机会也更高。" -#: C/index.docbook:1571(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:2071 msgid "" "So what are the things to change inside the master document? For a start is " "only a little. There are some placeholders (text in square brackets) there " @@ -2387,15 +3390,32 @@ "那么什么是主文档内部要修改的东西呢?开始只是一点点东西。有一些占位标识(在方" "括号内部的文本)你应当多留意。" -#: C/index.docbook:1578(example/title) +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:2078 msgid "Master document header" msgstr "主文档头部" -#: C/index.docbook:1579(example/programlisting) -#, no-wrap +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:2079 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<bookinfo>\n" +#| " <title>MODULENAME Reference Manual</title>\n" +#| " <releaseinfo>\n" +#| " for MODULENAME VERSION\n" +#| " The latest version of this documentation can be found on-line at\n" +#| " <ulink role=\"online-location\" url=\"http://SERVER/MODULENAME/index.html\">http://SERVER/MODULENAME/</ulink>.\n" +#| " </releaseinfo>\n" +#| "</bookinfo>\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<chapter>\n" +#| " <title>Insert title here</title>\n" +#| "\n" +#| " " msgid "" "\n" -"\n" "<bookinfo>\n" " <title>MODULENAME Reference Manual</title>\n" " <releaseinfo>\n" @@ -2407,8 +3427,6 @@ "\n" "<chapter>\n" " <title>Insert title here</title>\n" -"\n" -" " msgstr "" "\n" "\n" @@ -2426,11 +3444,61 @@ "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1600(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:2095 +msgid "" +"In addition a few option elements are created in commented form. You can " +"review these and enable them as you like." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:2101 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Editing the master document" +msgid "Optional part in the master document" +msgstr "编辑主文档" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:2102 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +" <!-- enable this when you use gobject introspection annotations\n" +" <xi:include href=\"xml/annotation-glossary.xml\"><xi:fallback /></xi:include>\n" +" -->\n" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:2110 +msgid "" +"Finally you need to add new section whenever you introduce one. The <link " +"linkend=\"modernizing-gtk-doc-1-16\">gtkdoc-check</link> tool will remind " +"you of newly generated xml files that are not yet included into the doc." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:2118 C/index.docbook:2153 +msgid "Including generated sections" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:2119 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +" <chapter>\n" +" <title>my library</title>\n" +" <xi:include href=\"xml/object.xml\"/>\n" +" ...\n" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:2131 msgid "Editing the section file" msgstr "编辑节文件(section file)" -#: C/index.docbook:1602(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:2133 msgid "" "The section file is used to organise the documentation output by GTK-Doc. " "Here one specifies which symbol belongs to which module or class and control " @@ -2439,21 +3507,48 @@ "节文件用于组织由GTK-Doc输出的文档。在此你指定哪个符号属于哪个类或模块,并控制" "它是否可见(公共的或私有的)。" -#: C/index.docbook:1608(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:2139 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The section file is a plain test file with xml like syntax (using tags). " #| "Blank lines are ignored and lines starting with a '#' are treated as " #| "comment lines." msgid "" -"The section file is a plain text file with XML-like syntax (using tags). " -"Blank lines are ignored and lines starting with a '#' are treated as comment " -"lines." +"The section file is a plain text file with tags delimiting sections. Blank " +"lines are ignored and lines starting with a '#' are treated as comment lines." msgstr "" "节文件是一个类xml语法的纯文本文件(使用标记)。忽略空白行且以'#' 起始的行视为" "注释行。" -#: C/index.docbook:1614(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: C/index.docbook:2146 +msgid "" +"While the tags make the file look like xml, it is not. Please do not close " +"tags like <SUBSECTION>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:2154 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"<INCLUDE>libmeep/meep.h</INCLUDE>\n" +"\n" +"<SECTION>\n" +"<FILE>meepapp</FILE>\n" +"<TITLE>MeepApp</TITLE>\n" +"MeepApp\n" +"<SUBSECTION Standard>\n" +"MEEP_APP\n" +"...\n" +"MeepAppClass\n" +"meep_app_get_type\n" +"</SECTION>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:2171 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The <FILE> ... </FILE> tag is used to specify the file name, " @@ -2470,7 +3565,7 @@ "without any suffix. For example, using '<FILE>gnome-config</" "FILE>' will result in the section declarations being output in the " "template file <filename>tmpl/gnome-config.sgml</filename>, which will be " -"converted into the DocBook SGML/XML file <filename>sgml/gnome-config.sgml</" +"converted into the DocBook XML file <filename>xml/gnome-config.sgml</" "filename> or the DocBook XML file <filename>xml/gnome-config.xml</filename>. " "(The name of the HTML file is based on the module name and the section " "title, or for GObjects it is based on the GObjects class name converted to " @@ -2483,7 +3578,8 @@ "<filename>xml/gnome-config.xml</filename>。(html文件的名字是基于模块名字与节" "标题形成的,或者对gobjects是基于转换为小写的gobjects类名字形成的。)" -#: C/index.docbook:1626(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:2183 msgid "" "The <TITLE> ... </TITLE> tag is used to specify the title of the " "section. It is only useful before the templates (if used) are initially " @@ -2494,7 +3590,8 @@ "最初创建之前有用,因为设置在模板文件内的标题覆盖了它。或者如果你在源代码中使" "用了SECTION注释(此功能已过时)。" -#: C/index.docbook:1633(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:2190 msgid "" "You can group items in the section by using the <SUBSECTION> tag. " "Currently it outputs a blank line between subsections in the synopsis " @@ -2510,7 +3607,8 @@ "Standard section depends if they have public entries (variables, vmethods)." msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:1652(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:2209 msgid "" "You can also use <INCLUDE> ... </INCLUDE> to specify the " "#include files which are shown in the synopsis sections. It contains a comma-" @@ -2519,11 +3617,13 @@ "If you set it within a section, it only applies to that section." msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:1666(chapter/title) +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: C/index.docbook:2223 msgid "Controlling the result" msgstr "控制结果" -#: C/index.docbook:1668(chapter/para) +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:2225 msgid "" "A GTK-Doc run generates report files inside the documentation directory. The " "generated files are named: <filename><package>-undocumented.txt</" @@ -2532,7 +3632,8 @@ "files that can be viewed and postprocessed easily." msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:1677(chapter/para) +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:2234 msgid "" "The <filename><package>-undocumented.txt</filename> file starts with " "the documentation coverage summary. Below are two sections divided by blank " @@ -2541,14 +3642,16 @@ "which have documentation, but where e.g. a new parameter has been added." msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:1686(chapter/para) +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:2243 msgid "" "The <filename><package>-undeclared.txt</filename> file lists symbols " "given in the <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> but not found " "in the sources. Check if they have been removed or if they are misspelled." msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:1693(chapter/para) +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:2250 msgid "" "The <filename><package>-unused.txt</filename> file lists symbol names, " "where the GTK-Doc scanner has found documentation, but does not know where " @@ -2556,14 +3659,16 @@ "<filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> file." msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:1701(tip/para) +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: C/index.docbook:2258 msgid "" "Enable or add the <option>TESTS=$(GTKDOC_CHECK)</option> line in Makefile." "am. If at least GTK-Doc 1.9 is installed, this will run sanity checks during " "<command>make check</command> run." msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:1708(chapter/para) +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:2265 msgid "" "One can also look at the files produced by the source code scanner: " "<filename><package>-decl-list.txt</filename> and <filename><" @@ -2573,45 +3678,211 @@ "this file contains it." msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:1717(chapter/para) +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:2274 msgid "" "If the project is GObject based, one can also look into the files produced " "by the object scanner: <filename><package>.args.txt</filename>, " "<filename><package>.hierarchy.txt</filename>, <filename><" "package>.interfaces.txt</filename>, <filename><package>." "prerequisites.txt</filename> and <filename><package>.signals.txt</" -"filename>. If there are missing symbols in any of those, one can ask gtkdoc " +"filename>. If there are missing symbols in any of those, one can ask GTK-Doc " "to keep the intermediate scanner file for further analysis, by running it as " "<command>GTK_DOC_KEEP_INTERMEDIATE=1 make</command>." msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:1732(chapter/title) +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: C/index.docbook:2289 +msgid "Modernizing the documentation" +msgstr "文档的现代化" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:2291 +msgid "" +"GTK-Doc has been around for quite some time. In this section we list new " +"features together with the version since when it is available." +msgstr "" +"GTK-Doc 已经存在了一段时间。在本章节中,我们列出新出现的功能以及这些功能所对" +"应的最低版本。" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:2297 +msgid "GTK-Doc 1.9" +msgstr "GTK-Doc 1.9" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:2299 +msgid "" +"When using xml instead of sgml, one can actually name the master document " +"<filename><package>-docs.xml</filename>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:2304 +msgid "" +"This version supports <option>SCAN_OPTIONS=--rebuild-sections</option> in " +"<filename>Makefile.am</filename>. When this is enabled, the <filename><" +"package>-sections.txt</filename> is autogenerated and can be removed from " +"the vcs. This only works nicely for projects that have a very regular " +"structure (e.g. each .{c,h} pair will create new section). If one organize a " +"project close to that updating a manually maintained section file can be as " +"simple as running <code>meld <package>-decl-list.txt <package>-" +"sections.txt</code>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:2315 +msgid "" +"Version 1.8 already introduced the syntax for documenting sections in the " +"sources instead of the separate files under <filename class=\"directory" +"\">tmpl</filename>. This version adds options to switch the whole doc module " +"to not use the extra tmpl build step at all, by using <option>--flavour no-" +"tmpl</option> in <filename>configure.ac</filename>. If you don't have a " +"<filename class=\"directory\">tmpl</filename> checked into your source " +"control system and haven't yet switched, just add the flag to " +"<filename>configure.ac</filename> and you are done." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:2327 +msgid "GTK-Doc 1.10" +msgstr "GTK-Doc 1.10" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:2329 +msgid "" +"This version supports <option>SCAN_OPTIONS=--rebuild-types</option> in " +"<filename>Makefile.am</filename>. When this is enabled, the <filename><" +"package>.types</filename> is autogenerated and can be removed from the " +"vcs. When using this feature it is important to also setup the " +"<varname>IGNORE_HFILES</varname> in <filename>Makefile.am</filename> for " +"code that is build conditionally." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:2340 +msgid "GTK-Doc 1.16" +msgstr "GTK-Doc 1.16" + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:2346 +msgid "Enable gtkdoc-check" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:2347 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"if ENABLE_GTK_DOC\n" +"TESTS_ENVIRONMENT = \\\n" +" DOC_MODULE=$(DOC_MODULE) DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE=$(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) \\\n" +" SRCDIR=$(abs_srcdir) BUILDDIR=$(abs_builddir)\n" +"TESTS = $(GTKDOC_CHECK)\n" +"endif\n" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:2342 +msgid "" +"This version includes a new tool called gtkdoc-check. This tool can run a " +"set of sanity checks on your documentation. It is enabled by adding these " +"lines to the end of <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. <_:example-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:2360 +msgid "GTK-Doc 1.20" +msgstr "GTK-Doc 1.20" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:2362 +msgid "" +"Version 1.18 brought some initial markdown support. Using markdown in doc " +"comments is less intrusive than writing docbook xml. This version improves a " +"lot on this and add a lot more styles. The section that explains the <link " +"linkend=\"documenting_syntax\">comment syntax</link> has all the details." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:2372 +msgid "GTK-Doc 1.25" +msgstr "GTK-Doc 1.25" + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:2383 +msgid "Use pre-generated entities" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:2384 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"<?xml version=\"1.0\"?>\n" +"<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC \"-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN\"\n" +" \"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd\"\n" +"\n" +" <!ENTITY % local.common.attrib \"xmlns:xi CDATA #FIXED 'http://www.w3.org/2003/XInclude'\">\n" +" <!ENTITY % gtkdocentities SYSTEM \"xml/gtkdocentities.ent\">\n" +" %gtkdocentities;\n" +">\n" +"<book id=\"index\" xmlns:xi=\"http://www.w3.org/2003/XInclude\">\n" +" <bookinfo>\n" +" <title>&package_name; Reference Manual</title>\n" +" <releaseinfo>\n" +" for &package_string;.\n" +" The latest version of this documentation can be found on-line at\n" +" <ulink role=\"online-location\" url=\"http://SERVER/&package_name;/index.html\">http://SERVER/&package_name;/</ulink>.\n" +" </releaseinfo>\n" +" </bookinfo>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:2374 +msgid "" +"The makefiles shipped with this version generate an entity file at " +"<filename>xml/gtkdocentities.ent</filename>, containing entities for e.g. " +"package_name and package_version. You can use this e.g. in the main xml file " +"to avoid hardcoding the version number. Below is an example that shows how " +"the entity file is included in the master template and how the entities are " +"used. The entities can also be used in all generated files, GTK-Doc will use " +"the same xml header in generated xml files. <_:example-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: C/index.docbook:2409 msgid "Documenting other interfaces" msgstr "为其它接口书写文档" -#: C/index.docbook:1734(chapter/para) +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:2411 msgid "" "So far we have been using GTK-Doc to document the API of code. The next " "sections contain suggestions how the tools can be used to document other " "interfaces too." msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:1741(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:2418 msgid "Command line options and man pages" msgstr "命令行选项与 man 页面" -#: C/index.docbook:1743(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:2420 msgid "" "As one can generate man pages for a docbook refentry as well, it sounds like " "a good idea to use it for that purpose. This way the interface is part of " "the reference and one gets the man-page for free." msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:1750(sect2/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: C/index.docbook:2427 msgid "Document the tool" msgstr "为工具书写文档" -#: C/index.docbook:1752(sect2/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:2429 msgid "" "Create one refentry file per tool. Following <link linkend=" "\"settingup_docfiles\">our example</link> we would call it <filename>meep/" @@ -2620,19 +3891,21 @@ "examples e.g. in glib." msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:1762(sect2/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: C/index.docbook:2439 msgid "Adding the extra configure check" msgstr "添加额外的配置检查" -#: C/index.docbook:1765(example/title) C/index.docbook:1785(example/title) +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:2442 C/index.docbook:2460 msgid "Extra configure checks" msgstr "额外的配置检查" -#: C/index.docbook:1766(example/programlisting) +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:2443 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" -"\n" "AC_ARG_ENABLE(man,\n" " AC_HELP_STRING(--enable-man,\n" " regenerate man pages from Docbook default=no),enable_man=yes,\n" @@ -2640,19 +3913,18 @@ "\n" "AC_PATH_PROG(XSLTPROC, xsltproc)\n" "AM_CONDITIONAL(ENABLE_MAN, test x$enable_man != xno)\n" -"\n" -" " msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:1782(sect2/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: C/index.docbook:2457 msgid "Adding the extra makefile rules" msgstr "添加额外的makefile规则" -#: C/index.docbook:1786(example/programlisting) +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:2461 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" -"\n" "man_MANS = \\\n" " meeper.1\n" "\n" @@ -2667,37 +3939,57 @@ "\n" "BUILT_EXTRA_DIST = $(man_MANS)\n" "EXTRA_DIST += meep.xml\n" -"\n" -" " msgstr "" +"\n" +"man_MANS = \\\n" +" meeper.1\n" +"\n" +"if ENABLE_GTK_DOC\n" +"if ENABLE_MAN\n" +"\n" +"%.1 : %.xml\n" +" @XSLTPROC@ -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<\n" +"\n" +"endif\n" +"endif\n" +"\n" +"BUILT_EXTRA_DIST = $(man_MANS)\n" +"EXTRA_DIST += meep.xml\n" -#: C/index.docbook:1810(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:2483 msgid "DBus interfaces" msgstr "DBus接口" -#: C/index.docbook:1812(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:2485 msgid "" "(FIXME: http://hal.freedesktop.org/docs/DeviceKit/DeviceKit.html, http://" "cgit.freedesktop.org/DeviceKit/DeviceKit/tree/doc/dbus)" msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:1821(chapter/title) +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: C/index.docbook:2494 msgid "Frequently asked questions" msgstr "常见问题" -#: C/index.docbook:1825(segmentedlist/segtitle) +#. (itstool) path: segmentedlist/segtitle +#: C/index.docbook:2498 msgid "Question" msgstr "问题" -#: C/index.docbook:1826(segmentedlist/segtitle) +#. (itstool) path: segmentedlist/segtitle +#: C/index.docbook:2499 msgid "Answer" msgstr "答案" -#: C/index.docbook:1828(seglistitem/seg) +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:2501 msgid "No class hierarchy." msgstr "无类继承关系。" -#: C/index.docbook:1829(seglistitem/seg) +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:2502 msgid "" "The objects <function>xxx_get_type()</function> function has not been " "entered into the <filename><package>.types</filename> file." @@ -2705,63 +3997,75 @@ "对象的 <function>xxx_get_type()</function> 函数未进入 <filename><" "package>.types</filename> 文件。" -#: C/index.docbook:1835(seglistitem/seg) +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:2508 msgid "Still no class hierarchy." msgstr "仍无类继承关系。" -#: C/index.docbook:1836(seglistitem/seg) +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:2509 msgid "" "Missing or wrong naming in <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> " "file (see <ulink url=\"http://mail.gnome.org/archives/gtk-doc-list/2003-" "October/msg00006.html\">explanation</ulink>)." msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:1842(seglistitem/seg) +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:2515 msgid "Damn, I have still no class hierarchy." msgstr "该死,我仍然没有类继承关系。" -#: C/index.docbook:1843(seglistitem/seg) +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:2516 msgid "" "Is the object name (name of the instance struct, e.g. <type>GtkWidget</" "type>) part of the normal section (don't put this into Standard or Private " "subsections)." msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:1850(seglistitem/seg) +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:2523 msgid "No symbol index." msgstr "无标识符索引。" -#: C/index.docbook:1851(seglistitem/seg) +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:2524 msgid "" "Does the <filename><package>-docs.{xml,sgml}</filename> contain a " "index that xi:includes the generated index?" msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:1857(seglistitem/seg) +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:2530 msgid "Symbols are not linked to their doc-section." msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:1858(seglistitem/seg) +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:2531 msgid "" "Is the doc-comment using the correct markup (added #,% or ())? Check if the " "gtkdoc-fixxref warns about unresolvable xrefs." msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:1864(seglistitem/seg) +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:2537 msgid "A new class does not appear in the docs." msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:1865(seglistitem/seg) +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:2538 msgid "" "Is the new page xi:included from <filename><package>-docs.{xml,sgml}</" "filename>." msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:1871(seglistitem/seg) +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:2544 msgid "A new symbol does not appear in the docs." msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:1872(seglistitem/seg) +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:2545 msgid "" "Is the doc-comment properly formatted. Check for spelling mistakes in the " "begin of the comment. Check if the gtkdoc-fixxref warns about unresolvable " @@ -2769,82 +4073,96 @@ "package>-sections.txt</filename> in a public subsection." msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:1880(seglistitem/seg) +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:2553 msgid "A type is missing from the class hierarchy." msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:1881(seglistitem/seg) +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:2554 msgid "" "If the type is listed in <filename><package>.hierarchy</filename> but " "not in <filename>xml/tree_index.sgml</filename> then double check that the " "type is correctly placed in the <filename><package>-sections.txt</" "filename>. If the type instance (e.g. <type>GtkWidget</type>) is not listed " -"or incidentialy makred private it will not be shown." +"or incidentally marked private it will not be shown." msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:1890(seglistitem/seg) +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:2563 msgid "I get foldoc links for all gobject annotations." msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:1891(seglistitem/seg) +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:2564 msgid "" "Check that <filename>xml/annotation-glossary.xml</filename> is xi:included " "from <filename><package>-docs.{xml,sgml}</filename>." msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:1899(seglistitem/seg) +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:2572 msgid "Parameter described in source code comment block but does not exist" msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:1900(seglistitem/seg) +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:2573 msgid "" "Check if the prototype in the header has different parameter names as in the " "source." msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:1905(seglistitem/seg) +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:2578 msgid "multiple \"IDs\" for constraint linkend: XYZ" msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:1906(seglistitem/seg) +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:2579 msgid "" "Symbol XYZ appears twice in <filename><package>-sections.txt</" "filename> file." msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:1909(seglistitem/seg) +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:2582 msgid "" "Element typename in namespace '' encountered in para, but no template " "matches." msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:1916(chapter/title) +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: C/index.docbook:2589 msgid "Tools related to gtk-doc" msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:1918(chapter/para) +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:2591 msgid "" "GtkDocPlugin - a <ulink url=\"http://trac-hacks.org/wiki/GtkDocPlugin\">Trac " "GTK-Doc</ulink> integration plugin, that adds API docs to a trac site and " "integrates with the trac search." msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:1923(chapter/para) +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:2596 msgid "" "Gtkdoc-depscan - a tool (part of gtk-doc) to check used API against since " "tags in the API to determine the minimum required version." msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:12(appendixinfo/releaseinfo) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:12(appendixinfo/releaseinfo) +#. (itstool) path: appendixinfo/releaseinfo +#: C/index.docbook:12 C/fdl-appendix.xml:12 msgid "Version 1.1, March 2000" msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:15(appendixinfo/copyright) +#. (itstool) path: appendixinfo/copyright +#: C/index.docbook:15 msgid "<year>2000</year><holder>Free Software Foundation, Inc.</holder>" msgstr "<year>2000</year><holder>Free Software Foundation, Inc.</holder>" -#: C/index.docbook:20(para/address) +#. (itstool) path: para/address +#: C/index.docbook:20 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Free Software Foundation, Inc. <street>51 Franklin Street, \n" @@ -2852,23 +4170,26 @@ " <postcode>02110-1301</postcode> <country>USA</country>" msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:19(legalnotice/para) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:19(legalnotice/para) +#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para +#: C/index.docbook:19 C/fdl-appendix.xml:19 msgid "" "<_:address-1/> Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies " "of this license document, but changing it is not allowed." msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:28(appendix/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:28(appendix/title) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:642(para/quote) +#. (itstool) path: appendix/title +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/index.docbook:28 C/fdl-appendix.xml:28 C/fdl-appendix.xml:642 msgid "GNU Free Documentation License" msgstr "GNU 自由文档许可证" -#: C/index.docbook:31(sect1/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:31(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:31 C/fdl-appendix.xml:31 msgid "0. PREAMBLE" msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:32(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:32 msgid "" "The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other written " "document <quote>free</quote> in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone the " @@ -2878,7 +4199,8 @@ "being considered responsible for modifications made by others." msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:43(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:43 msgid "" "This License is a kind of <quote>copyleft</quote>, which means that " "derivative works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. " @@ -2886,7 +4208,8 @@ "designed for free software." msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:50(sect1/para) C/fdl-appendix.xml:50(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:50 C/fdl-appendix.xml:50 msgid "" "We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free " "software, because free software needs free documentation: a free program " @@ -2897,11 +4220,13 @@ "is instruction or reference." msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:62(sect1/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:62(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:62 C/fdl-appendix.xml:62 msgid "1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS" msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:63(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:63 msgid "" "This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a notice " "placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed under the terms " @@ -2910,14 +4235,16 @@ "<quote>you</quote>." msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:72(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:72 msgid "" "A <quote>Modified Version</quote> of the Document means any work containing " "the Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with " "modifications and/or translated into another language." msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:79(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:79 msgid "" "A <quote>Secondary Section</quote> is a named appendix or a front-matter " "section of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link> that deals " @@ -2931,7 +4258,8 @@ "them." msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:94(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:94 msgid "" "The <quote>Invariant Sections</quote> are certain <link linkend=\"fdl-" "secondary\"> Secondary Sections</link> whose titles are designated, as being " @@ -2939,7 +4267,8 @@ "\"fdl-document\">Document</link> is released under this License." msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:103(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:103 msgid "" "The <quote>Cover Texts</quote> are certain short passages of text that are " "listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says " @@ -2947,7 +4276,8 @@ "this License." msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:111(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:111 msgid "" "A <quote>Transparent</quote> copy of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\"> " "Document</link> means a machine-readable copy, represented in a format whose " @@ -2962,7 +4292,8 @@ "<quote>Transparent</quote> is called <quote>Opaque</quote>." msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:128(sect1/para) C/fdl-appendix.xml:128(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:128 C/fdl-appendix.xml:128 msgid "" "Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain ASCII " "without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML or XML using " @@ -2974,7 +4305,8 @@ "for output purposes only." msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:141(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:141 msgid "" "The <quote>Title Page</quote> means, for a printed book, the title page " "itself, plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the " @@ -2984,11 +4316,13 @@ "preceding the beginning of the body of the text." msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:153(sect1/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:153(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:153 C/fdl-appendix.xml:153 msgid "2. VERBATIM COPYING" msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:154(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:154 msgid "" "You may copy and distribute the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</" "link> in any medium, either commercially or noncommercially, provided that " @@ -3002,17 +4336,20 @@ "link>." msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:169(sect1/para) C/fdl-appendix.xml:169(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:169 C/fdl-appendix.xml:169 msgid "" "You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and you " "may publicly display copies." msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:176(sect1/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:176(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:176 C/fdl-appendix.xml:176 msgid "3. COPYING IN QUANTITY" msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:177(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:177 msgid "" "If you publish printed copies of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document" "\">Document</link> numbering more than 100, and the Document's license " @@ -3028,14 +4365,16 @@ "verbatim copying in other respects." msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:195(sect1/para) C/fdl-appendix.xml:195(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:195 C/fdl-appendix.xml:195 msgid "" "If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit legibly, " "you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit reasonably) on the " "actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent pages." msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:202(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:202 msgid "" "If you publish or distribute <link linkend=\"fdl-transparent\">Opaque</link> " "copies of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link> numbering more " @@ -3052,7 +4391,8 @@ "your agents or retailers) of that edition to the public." msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:222(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:222 msgid "" "It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the <link " "linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link> well before redistributing any " @@ -3060,11 +4400,13 @@ "version of the Document." msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:231(sect1/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:231(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:231 C/fdl-appendix.xml:231 msgid "4. MODIFICATIONS" msgstr "4. 修改" -#: C/index.docbook:232(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:232 msgid "" "You may copy and distribute a <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Modified " "Version</link> of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link> under " @@ -3076,12 +4418,13 @@ "addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:" msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:248(formalpara/title) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:248(formalpara/title) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title +#: C/index.docbook:248 C/fdl-appendix.xml:248 msgid "A" msgstr "A" -#: C/index.docbook:249(formalpara/para) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/index.docbook:249 msgid "" "Use in the <link linkend=\"fdl-title-page\">Title Page</link> (and on the " "covers, if any) a title distinct from that of the <link linkend=\"fdl-" @@ -3091,12 +4434,13 @@ "publisher of that version gives permission." msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:264(formalpara/title) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:264(formalpara/title) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title +#: C/index.docbook:264 C/fdl-appendix.xml:264 msgid "B" msgstr "B" -#: C/index.docbook:265(formalpara/para) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/index.docbook:265 msgid "" "List on the <link linkend=\"fdl-title-page\">Title Page</link>, as authors, " "one or more persons or entities responsible for authorship of the " @@ -3106,47 +4450,50 @@ "less than five)." msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:279(formalpara/title) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:279(formalpara/title) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title +#: C/index.docbook:279 C/fdl-appendix.xml:279 msgid "C" msgstr "C" -#: C/index.docbook:280(formalpara/para) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/index.docbook:280 msgid "" "State on the <link linkend=\"fdl-title-page\">Title Page</link> the name of " "the publisher of the <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Modified Version</link>, " "as the publisher." msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:291(formalpara/title) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:291(formalpara/title) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title +#: C/index.docbook:291 C/fdl-appendix.xml:291 msgid "D" msgstr "D" -#: C/index.docbook:292(formalpara/para) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/index.docbook:292 msgid "" "Preserve all the copyright notices of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document" "\">Document</link>." msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:301(formalpara/title) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:301(formalpara/title) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title +#: C/index.docbook:301 C/fdl-appendix.xml:301 msgid "E" msgstr "E" -#: C/index.docbook:302(formalpara/para) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:302(formalpara/para) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/index.docbook:302 C/fdl-appendix.xml:302 msgid "" "Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications adjacent to the " "other copyright notices." msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:311(formalpara/title) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:311(formalpara/title) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title +#: C/index.docbook:311 C/fdl-appendix.xml:311 msgid "F" msgstr "F" -#: C/index.docbook:312(formalpara/para) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/index.docbook:312 msgid "" "Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice giving " "the public permission to use the <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Modified " @@ -3154,12 +4501,13 @@ "Addendum below." msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:324(formalpara/title) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:324(formalpara/title) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title +#: C/index.docbook:324 C/fdl-appendix.xml:324 msgid "G" msgstr "G" -#: C/index.docbook:325(formalpara/para) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/index.docbook:325 msgid "" "Preserve in that license notice the full lists of <link linkend=\"fdl-" "invariant\"> Invariant Sections</link> and required <link linkend=\"fdl-" @@ -3167,22 +4515,23 @@ "\">Document's</link> license notice." msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:337(formalpara/title) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:337(formalpara/title) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title +#: C/index.docbook:337 C/fdl-appendix.xml:337 msgid "H" msgstr "H" -#: C/index.docbook:338(formalpara/para) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:338(formalpara/para) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/index.docbook:338 C/fdl-appendix.xml:338 msgid "Include an unaltered copy of this License." msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:346(formalpara/title) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:346(formalpara/title) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title +#: C/index.docbook:346 C/fdl-appendix.xml:346 msgid "I" msgstr "I" -#: C/index.docbook:347(formalpara/para) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/index.docbook:347 msgid "" "Preserve the section entitled <quote>History</quote>, and its title, and add " "to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and publisher " @@ -3194,12 +4543,13 @@ "describing the Modified Version as stated in the previous sentence." msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:365(formalpara/title) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:365(formalpara/title) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title +#: C/index.docbook:365 C/fdl-appendix.xml:365 msgid "J" msgstr "J" -#: C/index.docbook:366(formalpara/para) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/index.docbook:366 msgid "" "Preserve the network location, if any, given in the <link linkend=\"fdl-" "document\">Document</link> for public access to a <link linkend=\"fdl-" @@ -3211,12 +4561,13 @@ "to gives permission." msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:383(formalpara/title) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:383(formalpara/title) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title +#: C/index.docbook:383 C/fdl-appendix.xml:383 msgid "K" msgstr "K" -#: C/index.docbook:384(formalpara/para) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/index.docbook:384 msgid "" "In any section entitled <quote>Acknowledgements</quote> or " "<quote>Dedications</quote>, preserve the section's title, and preserve in " @@ -3224,12 +4575,13 @@ "acknowledgements and/or dedications given therein." msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:396(formalpara/title) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:396(formalpara/title) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title +#: C/index.docbook:396 C/fdl-appendix.xml:396 msgid "L" msgstr "L" -#: C/index.docbook:397(formalpara/para) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/index.docbook:397 msgid "" "Preserve all the <link linkend=\"fdl-invariant\">Invariant Sections</link> " "of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link>, unaltered in their " @@ -3237,31 +4589,34 @@ "considered part of the section titles." msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:409(formalpara/title) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:409(formalpara/title) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title +#: C/index.docbook:409 C/fdl-appendix.xml:409 msgid "M" msgstr "M" -#: C/index.docbook:410(formalpara/para) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/index.docbook:410 msgid "" "Delete any section entitled <quote>Endorsements</quote>. Such a section may " "not be included in the <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Modified Version</" "link>." msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:421(formalpara/title) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:421(formalpara/title) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title +#: C/index.docbook:421 C/fdl-appendix.xml:421 msgid "N" msgstr "N" -#: C/index.docbook:422(formalpara/para) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/index.docbook:422 msgid "" "Do not retitle any existing section as <quote>Endorsements</quote> or to " "conflict in title with any <link linkend=\"fdl-invariant\">Invariant " "Section</link>." msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:432(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:432 msgid "" "If the <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Modified Version</link> includes new " "front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as <link linkend=\"fdl-" @@ -3272,7 +4627,8 @@ "license notice. These titles must be distinct from any other section titles." msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:444(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:444 msgid "" "You may add a section entitled <quote>Endorsements</quote>, provided it " "contains nothing but endorsements of your <link linkend=\"fdl-modified" @@ -3281,7 +4637,8 @@ "authoritative definition of a standard." msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:453(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:453 msgid "" "You may add a passage of up to five words as a <link linkend=\"fdl-cover-" "texts\">Front-Cover Text</link>, and a passage of up to 25 words as a <link " @@ -3296,7 +4653,8 @@ "permission from the previous publisher that added the old one." msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:470(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:470 msgid "" "The author(s) and publisher(s) of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document" "\">Document</link> do not by this License give permission to use their names " @@ -3304,11 +4662,13 @@ "\"fdl-modified\">Modified Version </link>." msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:480(sect1/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:480(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:480 C/fdl-appendix.xml:480 msgid "5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS" msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:481(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:481 msgid "" "You may combine the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link> with " "other documents released under this License, under the terms defined in " @@ -3319,7 +4679,8 @@ "its license notice." msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:492(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:492 msgid "" "The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and multiple " "identical <link linkend=\"fdl-invariant\">Invariant Sections</link> may be " @@ -3331,7 +4692,8 @@ "in the license notice of the combined work." msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:505(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:505 msgid "" "In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled <quote>History</" "quote> in the various original documents, forming one section entitled " @@ -3341,11 +4703,13 @@ "<quote>Endorsements.</quote>" msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:516(sect1/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:516(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:516 C/fdl-appendix.xml:516 msgid "6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS" msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:517(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:517 msgid "" "You may make a collection consisting of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document" "\">Document</link> and other documents released under this License, and " @@ -3355,19 +4719,22 @@ "all other respects." msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:527(sect1/para) C/fdl-appendix.xml:527(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:527 C/fdl-appendix.xml:527 msgid "" -"You may extract a single document from such a collection, and dispbibute it " +"You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute it " "individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this License " "into the extracted document, and follow this License in all other respects " "regarding verbatim copying of that document." msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:537(sect1/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:537(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:537 C/fdl-appendix.xml:537 msgid "7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS" msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:538(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:538 msgid "" "A compilation of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link> or its " "derivatives with other separate and independent documents or works, in or on " @@ -3385,11 +4752,13 @@ "Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate." msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:561(sect1/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:561(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:561 C/fdl-appendix.xml:561 msgid "8. TRANSLATION" msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:562(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:562 msgid "" "Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may distribute " "translations of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link> under the " @@ -3404,11 +4773,13 @@ "prevail." msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:580(sect1/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:580(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:580 C/fdl-appendix.xml:580 msgid "9. TERMINATION" msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:581(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:581 msgid "" "You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the <link linkend=\"fdl-" "document\">Document</link> except as expressly provided for under this " @@ -3419,11 +4790,13 @@ "parties remain in full compliance." msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:594(sect1/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:594(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:594 C/fdl-appendix.xml:594 msgid "10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE" msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:595(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:595 msgid "" "The <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://www.gnu.org/fsf/fsf.html\">Free " "Software Foundation</ulink> may publish new, revised versions of the GNU " @@ -3433,7 +4806,8 @@ "gnu.org/copyleft\">http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/</ulink>." msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:606(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:606 msgid "" "Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. If the " "<link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link> specifies that a particular " @@ -3445,23 +4819,26 @@ "published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation." msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:621(sect1/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:621(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:621 C/fdl-appendix.xml:621 msgid "Addendum" msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:622(sect1/para) C/fdl-appendix.xml:622(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:622 C/fdl-appendix.xml:622 msgid "" "To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of the " "License in the document and put the following copyright and license notices " "just after the title page:" msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:629(blockquote/para) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:629(blockquote/para) +#. (itstool) path: blockquote/para +#: C/index.docbook:629 C/fdl-appendix.xml:629 msgid "Copyright YEAR YOUR NAME." msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:632(blockquote/para) +#. (itstool) path: blockquote/para +#: C/index.docbook:632 msgid "" "Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under " "the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later " @@ -3473,7 +4850,8 @@ "Free Documentation License</quote>." msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:647(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:647 msgid "" "If you have no <link linkend=\"fdl-invariant\">Invariant Sections</link>, " "write <quote>with no Invariant Sections</quote> instead of saying which ones " @@ -3483,7 +4861,8 @@ "\"fdl-cover-texts\">Back-Cover Texts</link>." msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:657(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:657 msgid "" "If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we recommend " "releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of free software " @@ -3492,45 +4871,55 @@ "software." msgstr "" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:16(copyright/year) +#. (itstool) path: copyright/year +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:16 msgid "2000" msgstr "2000" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:16(copyright/holder) +#. (itstool) path: copyright/holder +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:16 msgid "Free Software Foundation, Inc." msgstr "自由软件基金会, Inc." -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:20(address/street) +#. (itstool) path: address/street +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:20 msgid "51 Franklin Street, Suite 330" msgstr "" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:21(address/city) +#. (itstool) path: address/city +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:21 msgid "Boston" msgstr "" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:21(address/state) +#. (itstool) path: address/state +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:21 msgid "MA" msgstr "MA" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:22(address/postcode) +#. (itstool) path: address/postcode +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:22 msgid "02110-1301" msgstr "02110-1301" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:22(address/country) +#. (itstool) path: address/country +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:22 msgid "USA" msgstr "USA" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:20(para/address) +#. (itstool) path: para/address +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:20 msgid "" "Free Software Foundation, Inc. <_:street-1/>, <_:city-2/>, <_:state-3/> <_:" "postcode-4/> <_:country-5/>" msgstr "" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:34(para/quote) +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:34 msgid "free" msgstr "" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:32(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:32 msgid "" "The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other written " "document <_:quote-1/> in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone the " @@ -3540,11 +4929,13 @@ "being considered responsible for modifications made by others." msgstr "" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:44(para/quote) +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:44 msgid "copyleft" msgstr "copyleft" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:43(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:43 msgid "" "This License is a kind of <_:quote-1/>, which means that derivative works of " "the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It complements the " @@ -3552,27 +4943,27 @@ "software." msgstr "" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:67(para/quote) C/fdl-appendix.xml:82(para/link) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:99(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:107(para/link) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:113(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:156(para/link) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:179(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:190(para/link) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:205(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:224(para/link) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:235(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:253(para/link) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:271(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:294(para/link) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:354(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:368(para/link) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:400(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:462(para/link) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:472(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:482(para/link) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:519(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:540(para/link) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:565(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:583(para/link) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:608(para/link) +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:67 C/fdl-appendix.xml:82 C/fdl-appendix.xml:99 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:107 C/fdl-appendix.xml:113 C/fdl-appendix.xml:156 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:179 C/fdl-appendix.xml:190 C/fdl-appendix.xml:205 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:224 C/fdl-appendix.xml:235 C/fdl-appendix.xml:253 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:271 C/fdl-appendix.xml:294 C/fdl-appendix.xml:354 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:368 C/fdl-appendix.xml:400 C/fdl-appendix.xml:462 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:472 C/fdl-appendix.xml:482 C/fdl-appendix.xml:519 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:540 C/fdl-appendix.xml:565 C/fdl-appendix.xml:583 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:608 msgid "Document" msgstr "文档" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:69(para/quote) +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:69 msgid "you" msgstr "" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:63(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:63 msgid "" "This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a notice " "placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed under the terms " @@ -3580,27 +4971,30 @@ "Any member of the public is a licensee, and is addressed as <_:quote-2/>." msgstr "" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:73(para/quote) C/fdl-appendix.xml:234(para/link) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:269(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:283(para/link) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:315(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:351(para/link) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:413(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:433(para/link) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:447(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:459(para/link) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:475(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:543(para/link) +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:73 C/fdl-appendix.xml:234 C/fdl-appendix.xml:269 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:283 C/fdl-appendix.xml:315 C/fdl-appendix.xml:351 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:413 C/fdl-appendix.xml:433 C/fdl-appendix.xml:447 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:459 C/fdl-appendix.xml:475 C/fdl-appendix.xml:543 msgid "Modified Version" msgstr "" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:72(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:72 msgid "" "A <_:quote-1/> of the Document means any work containing the Document or a " "portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with modifications and/or " "translated into another language." msgstr "" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:80(para/quote) +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:80 msgid "Secondary Section" msgstr "" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:79(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:79 msgid "" "A <_:quote-1/> is a named appendix or a front-matter section of the <_:" "link-2/> that deals exclusively with the relationship of the publishers or " @@ -3613,47 +5007,57 @@ "position regarding them." msgstr "" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:95(para/quote) C/fdl-appendix.xml:327(para/link) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:398(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:439(para/link) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:486(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:494(para/link) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:567(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:637(para/link) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:648(para/link) +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:95 C/fdl-appendix.xml:327 C/fdl-appendix.xml:398 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:439 C/fdl-appendix.xml:486 C/fdl-appendix.xml:494 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:567 C/fdl-appendix.xml:637 C/fdl-appendix.xml:648 msgid "Invariant Sections" msgstr "" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:96(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:435(para/link) +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:96 C/fdl-appendix.xml:435 msgid "Secondary Sections" msgstr "" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:94(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:94 msgid "" "The <_:quote-1/> are certain <_:link-2/> whose titles are designated, as " "being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice that says that the <_:" "link-3/> is released under this License." msgstr "" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:104(para/quote) C/fdl-appendix.xml:181(para/link) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:328(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:458(para/link) +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:104 C/fdl-appendix.xml:181 C/fdl-appendix.xml:328 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:458 msgid "Cover Texts" msgstr "" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:103(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:103 msgid "" "The <_:quote-1/> are certain short passages of text that are listed, as " "Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that the <_:" "link-2/> is released under this License." msgstr "" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:112(para/quote) C/fdl-appendix.xml:124(para/quote) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:207(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:369(para/link) +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:112 C/fdl-appendix.xml:124 C/fdl-appendix.xml:207 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:369 msgid "Transparent" msgstr "" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:125(para/quote) C/fdl-appendix.xml:204(para/link) +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:125 C/fdl-appendix.xml:204 msgid "Opaque" msgstr "" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:111(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:111 msgid "" "A <_:quote-1/> copy of the <_:link-2/> means a machine-readable copy, " "represented in a format whose specification is available to the general " @@ -3667,13 +5071,15 @@ "is not Transparent. A copy that is not <_:quote-3/> is called <_:quote-4/>." msgstr "" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:142(para/quote) C/fdl-appendix.xml:146(para/quote) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:250(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:266(para/link) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:281(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:352(para/link) +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:142 C/fdl-appendix.xml:146 C/fdl-appendix.xml:250 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:266 C/fdl-appendix.xml:281 C/fdl-appendix.xml:352 msgid "Title Page" msgstr "" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:141(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:141 msgid "" "The <_:quote-1/> means, for a printed book, the title page itself, plus such " "following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material this License " @@ -3683,11 +5089,13 @@ "text." msgstr "" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:166(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:551(para/link) +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:166 C/fdl-appendix.xml:551 msgid "section 3" msgstr "" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:154(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:154 msgid "" "You may copy and distribute the <_:link-1/> in any medium, either " "commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the copyright " @@ -3700,7 +5108,8 @@ "conditions in <_:link-2/>." msgstr "" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:177(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:177 msgid "" "If you publish printed copies of the <_:link-1/> numbering more than 100, " "and the Document's license notice requires <_:link-2/>, you must enclose the " @@ -3714,7 +5123,8 @@ "these conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other respects." msgstr "" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:202(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:202 msgid "" "If you publish or distribute <_:link-1/> copies of the <_:link-2/> numbering " "more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable <_:link-3/> copy " @@ -3730,22 +5140,26 @@ "to the public." msgstr "" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:222(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:222 msgid "" "It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the <_:" "link-1/> well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give them " "a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document." msgstr "" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:236(para/link) +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:236 msgid "2" msgstr "2" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:237(para/link) +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:237 msgid "3" msgstr "3" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:232(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:232 msgid "" "You may copy and distribute a <_:link-1/> of the <_:link-2/> under the " "conditions of sections <_:link-3/> and <_:link-4/> above, provided that you " @@ -3755,7 +5169,8 @@ "addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:" msgstr "" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:249(formalpara/para) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:249 msgid "" "Use in the <_:link-1/> (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct from " "that of the <_:link-2/>, and from those of previous versions (which should, " @@ -3764,7 +5179,8 @@ "that version gives permission." msgstr "" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:265(formalpara/para) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:265 msgid "" "List on the <_:link-1/>, as authors, one or more persons or entities " "responsible for authorship of the modifications in the <_:link-2/>, together " @@ -3772,40 +5188,46 @@ "principal authors, if it has less than five)." msgstr "" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:280(formalpara/para) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:280 msgid "" "State on the <_:link-1/> the name of the publisher of the <_:link-2/>, as " "the publisher." msgstr "" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:292(formalpara/para) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:292 msgid "Preserve all the copyright notices of the <_:link-1/>." msgstr "" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:312(formalpara/para) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:312 msgid "" "Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice giving " "the public permission to use the <_:link-1/> under the terms of this " "License, in the form shown in the Addendum below." msgstr "" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:330(para/link) +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:330 msgid "Document's" msgstr "" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:325(formalpara/para) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:325 msgid "" "Preserve in that license notice the full lists of <_:link-1/> and required " "<_:link-2/> given in the <_:link-3/> license notice." msgstr "" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:348(para/quote) C/fdl-appendix.xml:353(para/quote) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:372(para/quote) C/fdl-appendix.xml:507(para/quote) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:508(para/quote) +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:348 C/fdl-appendix.xml:353 C/fdl-appendix.xml:372 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:507 C/fdl-appendix.xml:508 msgid "History" msgstr "" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:347(formalpara/para) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:347 msgid "" "Preserve the section entitled <_:quote-1/>, and its title, and add to it an " "item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and publisher of the <_:" @@ -3815,7 +5237,8 @@ "describing the Modified Version as stated in the previous sentence." msgstr "" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:366(formalpara/para) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:366 msgid "" "Preserve the network location, if any, given in the <_:link-1/> for public " "access to a <_:link-2/> copy of the Document, and likewise the network " @@ -3826,50 +5249,58 @@ "permission." msgstr "" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:385(para/quote) C/fdl-appendix.xml:509(para/quote) +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:385 C/fdl-appendix.xml:509 msgid "Acknowledgements" msgstr "" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:386(para/quote) C/fdl-appendix.xml:510(para/quote) +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:386 C/fdl-appendix.xml:510 msgid "Dedications" msgstr "" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:384(formalpara/para) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:384 msgid "" "In any section entitled <_:quote-1/> or <_:quote-2/>, preserve the section's " "title, and preserve in the section all the substance and tone of each of the " "contributor acknowledgements and/or dedications given therein." msgstr "" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:397(formalpara/para) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:397 msgid "" "Preserve all the <_:link-1/> of the <_:link-2/>, unaltered in their text and " "in their titles. Section numbers or the equivalent are not considered part " "of the section titles." msgstr "" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:412(para/quote) C/fdl-appendix.xml:424(para/quote) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:445(para/quote) +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:412 C/fdl-appendix.xml:424 C/fdl-appendix.xml:445 msgid "Endorsements" msgstr "" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:410(formalpara/para) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:410 msgid "" "Delete any section entitled <_:quote-1/>. Such a section may not be included " "in the <_:link-2/>." msgstr "" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:425(para/link) +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:425 msgid "Invariant Section" msgstr "" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:422(formalpara/para) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:422 msgid "" "Do not retitle any existing section as <_:quote-1/> or to conflict in title " "with any <_:link-2/>." msgstr "" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:432(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:432 msgid "" "If the <_:link-1/> includes new front-matter sections or appendices that " "qualify as <_:link-2/> and contain no material copied from the Document, you " @@ -3879,7 +5310,8 @@ "section titles." msgstr "" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:444(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:444 msgid "" "You may add a section entitled <_:quote-1/>, provided it contains nothing " "but endorsements of your <_:link-2/> by various parties--for example, " @@ -3887,15 +5319,18 @@ "organization as the authoritative definition of a standard." msgstr "" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:455(para/link) +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:455 msgid "Front-Cover Text" msgstr "" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:457(para/link) +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:457 msgid "Back-Cover Text" msgstr "" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:453(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:453 msgid "" "You may add a passage of up to five words as a <_:link-1/>, and a passage of " "up to 25 words as a <_:link-2/>, to the end of the list of <_:link-3/> in " @@ -3907,18 +5342,21 @@ "explicit permission from the previous publisher that added the old one." msgstr "" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:470(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:470 msgid "" "The author(s) and publisher(s) of the <_:link-1/> do not by this License " "give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or imply " "endorsement of any <_:link-2/>." msgstr "" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:484(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:566(para/link) +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:484 C/fdl-appendix.xml:566 msgid "section 4" msgstr "" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:481(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:481 msgid "" "You may combine the <_:link-1/> with other documents released under this " "License, under the terms defined in <_:link-2/> above for modified versions, " @@ -3927,7 +5365,8 @@ "Sections of your combined work in its license notice." msgstr "" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:492(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:492 msgid "" "The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and multiple " "identical <_:link-1/> may be replaced with a single copy. If there are " @@ -3939,11 +5378,13 @@ "combined work." msgstr "" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:511(para/quote) +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:511 msgid "Endorsements." msgstr "" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:505(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:505 msgid "" "In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled <_:quote-1/> in " "the various original documents, forming one section entitled <_:quote-2/>; " @@ -3951,7 +5392,8 @@ "entitled <_:quote-4/>. You must delete all sections entitled <_:quote-5/>" msgstr "" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:517(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:517 msgid "" "You may make a collection consisting of the <_:link-1/> and other documents " "released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this " @@ -3960,15 +5402,18 @@ "copying of each of the documents in all other respects." msgstr "" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:546(para/quote) +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:546 msgid "aggregate" msgstr "" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:550(para/link) +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:550 msgid "Cover Text" msgstr "" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:538(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:538 msgid "" "A compilation of the <_:link-1/> or its derivatives with other separate and " "independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or " @@ -3984,7 +5429,8 @@ "Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate." msgstr "" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:562(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:562 msgid "" "Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may distribute " "translations of the <_:link-1/> under the terms of <_:link-2/>. Replacing <_:" @@ -3997,7 +5443,8 @@ "original English version will prevail." msgstr "" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:581(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:581 msgid "" "You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the <_:link-1/> except " "as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to copy, " @@ -4007,15 +5454,18 @@ "their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance." msgstr "" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:597(para/ulink) +#. (itstool) path: para/ulink +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:597 msgid "Free Software Foundation" -msgstr "Free Software Foundation" +msgstr "自由软件基金会" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:603(para/ulink) +#. (itstool) path: para/ulink +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:603 msgid "http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/" -msgstr "" +msgstr "http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:595(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:595 msgid "" "The <_:ulink-1/> may publish new, revised versions of the GNU Free " "Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar " @@ -4023,11 +5473,13 @@ "problems or concerns. See <_:ulink-2/>." msgstr "" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:610(para/quote) +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:610 msgid "or any later version" msgstr "" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:606(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:606 msgid "" "Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. If the " "<_:link-1/> specifies that a particular numbered version of this License <_:" @@ -4038,15 +5490,18 @@ "any version ever published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation." msgstr "" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:639(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:651(para/link) +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:639 C/fdl-appendix.xml:651 msgid "Front-Cover Texts" msgstr "" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:640(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:654(para/link) +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:640 C/fdl-appendix.xml:654 msgid "Back-Cover Texts" msgstr "" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:632(blockquote/para) +#. (itstool) path: blockquote/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:632 msgid "" "Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under " "the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later " @@ -4056,36 +5511,423 @@ "entitled <_:quote-4/>." msgstr "" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:649(para/quote) +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:649 msgid "with no Invariant Sections" msgstr "" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:652(para/quote) +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:652 msgid "no Front-Cover Texts" msgstr "" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:653(para/quote) +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:653 msgid "Front-Cover Texts being LIST" msgstr "" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:647(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:647 msgid "" "If you have no <_:link-1/>, write <_:quote-2/> instead of saying which ones " "are invariant. If you have no <_:link-3/>, write <_:quote-4/> instead of <_:" "quote-5/>; likewise for <_:link-6/>." msgstr "" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:661(para/ulink) +#. (itstool) path: para/ulink +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:661 msgid "GNU General Public License" msgstr "GNU 自由文档许可证" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:657(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:657 msgid "" "If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we recommend " "releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of free software " "license, such as the <_:ulink-1/>, to permit their use in free software." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "1.18.1" +#~ msgstr "1.18.1" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<guilabel>Generating the \"template\" files.</guilabel> " +#~ "<application>gtkdoc-mktmpl</application> creates a number of files in the " +#~ "<filename class=\"directory\">tmpl/</filename> subdirectory, using the " +#~ "information gathered in the first step. (Note that this can be run " +#~ "repeatedly. It will try to ensure that no documentation is ever lost.)" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<guilabel>生成文件 \"模板\" .</guilabel><application>gtkdoc-mktmpl</" +#~ "application>用在第一步收集的信息,在filename class=\"directory\">tmpl/</" +#~ "filename>子目录中创建一定数量的文件。(注意:它能够良好地运行,它将保障没" +#~ "有任何文档丢失。)" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since GTK-Doc 1.9 the templates can be avoided. We encourage people to " +#~ "keep documentation in the code. <application>gtkdocize</application> " +#~ "supports now a <option>--flavour no-tmpl</option> option that chooses a " +#~ "makefile that skips tmpl usage totally. If you have never changed file in " +#~ "tmpl by hand, please remove the directory (e.g. from version control " +#~ "system)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "由于GTK-Doc 1.9模板可以避免使用,我们鼓励人们在代码中保留文档。" +#~ "<application>gtkdocize</application>支持<option>--flavour no-tmpl</option>" +#~ "这个选项,以跳过tpml目录的使用来选择一个makefile文件。如果你从未手动修改过" +#~ "tpml里的文件,请删除这个目录(比如:在版本控制系统中做这件事)。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<guilabel>DocBook DTD v3.0</guilabel> - This is the DocBook SGML DTD. " +#~ "<ulink url=\"http://www.ora.com/davenport\" type=\"http\">http://www.ora." +#~ "com/davenport</ulink>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<guilabel>DocBook DTD v3.0</guilabel> - 这是DocBook SGML DTD的链接. " +#~ "<ulink url=\"http://www.ora.com/davenport\" type=\"http\">http://www.ora." +#~ "com/davenport</ulink>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<guilabel>Jade v1.1</guilabel> - This is a DSSSL processor for converting " +#~ "SGML to various formats. <ulink url=\"http://www.jclark.com/jade\" type=" +#~ "\"http\">http://www.jclark.com/jade</ulink>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<guilabel>Jade v1.1</guilabel> -这是一个DSSSL处理器,用来把SGML转换为各种" +#~ "格式。<ulink url=\"http://www.jclark.com/jade\" type=\"http\">http://www." +#~ "jclark.com/jade</ulink>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<guilabel>Modular DocBook Stylesheets</guilabel> This is the DSSSL code " +#~ "to convert DocBook to HTML (and a few other formats). It's used together " +#~ "with jade. I've customized the DSSSL code slightly, in gtk-doc.dsl, to " +#~ "colour the program code listings/declarations, and to support global " +#~ "cross-reference indices in the generated HTML. <ulink url=\"http://nwalsh." +#~ "com/docbook/dsssl\" type=\"http\">http://nwalsh.com/docbook/dsssl</ulink>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<guilabel>Modular DocBook Stylesheets</guilabel> 这是把DocBook转换为" +#~ "HTML(和一些其它格式)格式的DSSSL代码。它与jade共同使用。我稍微地修改了" +#~ "DSSSL代码,在 gtk-doc.dsl中,用于给程序代码的列表/声明,并且支持在已生成" +#~ "的HTML文档中的全局链接。<ulink url=\"http://nwalsh.com/docbook/dsssl\" " +#~ "type=\"http\">http://nwalsh.com/docbook/dsssl</ulink>。" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<guilabel>docbook-to-man</guilabel> - if you want to create man pages " +#~ "from the DocBook. I've customized the 'translation spec' slightly, to " +#~ "capitalise section headings and add the 'GTK Library' title at the top of " +#~ "the pages and the revision date at the bottom. There is a link to this on " +#~ "<ulink url=\"http://www.ora.com/davenport\" type=\"http\">http://www.ora." +#~ "com/davenport</ulink> NOTE: This does not work yet." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<guilabel>docbook-to-man</guilabel>-如果你想用DocBook创建用户手册。我已经" +#~ "稍微地修改了'translation spec',以便描述文件头部和第页顶部的 'GTK " +#~ "Library'标题与底部的修订时间。这里有一个到它的链接:<ulink url=\"http://" +#~ "www.ora.com/davenport\" type=\"http\">http://www.ora.com/davenport</ulink>" +#~ "注意:它可能已经无效了。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is no standard place where the DocBook Modular Stylesheets are " +#~ "installed." +#~ msgstr "DocBook Modular Stylesheets没有标准的安装位置。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "GTK-Doc's configure script searches these 3 directories automatically:" +#~ msgstr "GTK-Doc 的配置脚本会自动地查找这三个目录:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<filename> /usr/lib/sgml/stylesheets/nwalsh-modular </filename> (used by " +#~ "RedHat)" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<filename> /usr/lib/sgml/stylesheets/nwalsh-modular </filename> (在 " +#~ "RedHat 中使用)" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<filename> /usr/lib/dsssl/stylesheets/docbook </filename> (used by Debian)" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<filename> /usr/lib/dsssl/stylesheets/docbook </filename> (在 Debian 中使" +#~ "用)" + +#~ msgid "<filename> /usr/share/sgml/docbkdsl </filename> (used by SuSE)" +#~ msgstr "<filename> /usr/share/sgml/docbkdsl </filename> (在 SuSE 中使用)" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have the stylesheets installed somewhere else, you need to " +#~ "configure GTK-Doc using the option: <command> --with-dsssl-dir=<" +#~ "PATH_TO_TOPLEVEL_STYLESHEETS_DIR> </command>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "如果把样式表安装在其它地方,您必须用这个选项来配置GTK-Doc:<command> --" +#~ "with-dsssl-dir=<PATH_TO_TOPLEVEL_STYLESHEETS_DIR> </command>。" + +#~ msgid "Setting up your project" +#~ msgstr "设置您的项目" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next sections describe what steps to perform to integrate GTK-Doc " +#~ "into your project. Theses sections assume we work on a project called " +#~ "'meep'. This project contains a library called 'libmeep' and an end-user " +#~ "app called 'meeper'. We also assume you will be using autoconf and " +#~ "automake. In addition section <link linkend=\"plain_makefiles\">plain " +#~ "makefiles or other build systems</link> will describe the basics needed " +#~ "to work in a different build setup." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "下面这些部分描述了要在你的项目中实现完整的GTK-Doc应当经历哪些步骤。这些部" +#~ "分假定我们在做一个名为'meep'的项目。该项目包含了一个叫做 'libmeep' 的库和" +#~ "一个称为'meeper'的终端用户应用程序。我们同样也假定你使用autoconf与" +#~ "automake。在附加的部分<link linkend=\"plain_makefiles\">plain makefiles " +#~ "or other build systems</link> 将描述构建一个不同的项目所需的基本的工作." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Under your top-level project directory create folders called docs/" +#~ "reference (this way you can also have docs/help for end-user " +#~ "documentation). It is recommended to create another subdirectory with the " +#~ "name of the doc-package. For packages with just one library this step is " +#~ "not necessary." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "在你的项目的顶级目录里创建一些名字叫做docs/reference的文件夹(用这种方法也" +#~ "可以为终端用户建立docs/help文件夹)。建议你以文件包的名字创建另一个子目" +#~ "录。仅一个库对应多个包,这一步骤是没有必要的。" + +#~ msgid "Example directory structure" +#~ msgstr "范例目录结构" + +#~ msgid "This can then look as shown below: <_:example-1/>" +#~ msgstr "目录结构将会如下所示:<_:example-1/>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Very easy! Just add one line to your <filename>configure.ac</filename> " +#~ "script." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "非常容易!只需在您的 <filename>configure.ac</filename> 脚本中添加一行。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# check for gtk-doc\n" +#~ "GTK_DOC_CHECK(1.14,--flavour no-tmpl)\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ " " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# 检查 gtk-doc\n" +#~ "GTK_DOC_CHECK(1.14,--flavour no-tmpl)\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ " " + +#~ msgid "Keep gtk-doc optional" +#~ msgstr "让gtk-doc为可选" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# check for gtk-doc\n" +#~ "m4_ifdef(GTK_DOC_CHECK, \n" +#~ "GTK_DOC_CHECK(1.14,--flavour no-tmpl)\n" +#~ ",\n" +#~ "AM_CONDITIONAL(ENABLE_GTK_DOC, false)\n" +#~ ")\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ " " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# 检查 gtk-doc\n" +#~ "m4_ifdef(GTK_DOC_CHECK, \n" +#~ "GTK_DOC_CHECK(1.14,--flavour no-tmpl)\n" +#~ ",\n" +#~ "AM_CONDITIONAL(ENABLE_GTK_DOC, false)\n" +#~ ")\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ " " + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This will require all developers to have gtk-doc installed. If it is okay " +#~ "for your project to have optional api-doc build setup, you can solve this " +#~ "as below. Keep it as is, as gtkdocize is looking for " +#~ "<function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function> at the start of a line. <_:example-1/>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "这将要求所有的开发人员都安装了gtk-doc。如果对于你的项目拥有可选的api-doc构" +#~ "建是可行的,你可以像下面一样解决问题。让它保持正确,就像gtkdocize在一个行" +#~ "的起始寻找<function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function>一样。 <placeholder-1/>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Furthermore it is recommended that you have the following line inside you " +#~ "<filename>configure.ac</filename> script. This allows " +#~ "<application>gtkdocize</application> to automatically copy the macro " +#~ "definition for <function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function> to your project." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "而且建议你在<filename>configure.ac</filename>脚本里拥有这样一行。它允许" +#~ "<application>gtkdocize</application>将<function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function>的" +#~ "宏定义复制到您的项目中去。" + +#~ msgid "Preparation for gtkdocize" +#~ msgstr "准备gtkdocize" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR(m4)\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ " " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR(m4)\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ " " + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may also want to enable GTK-Doc for the distcheck make target. Just " +#~ "add the one line shown in the next example to your top-level " +#~ "<filename>Makefile.am</filename>:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "你可能也需要打开GTK-Doc为distcheck制造目标。只要加入一行像下个例子展示的," +#~ "你的顶级<filename>Makefile.am</filename>:" + +#~ msgid "Enable GTK-Doc during make distcheck" +#~ msgstr "在make distcheck过程中启用GTK-Doc" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS=--enable-gtk-doc\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ " " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS=--enable-gtk-doc\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ " " + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Historically GTK-Doc was generating template files where developers " +#~ "entered the docs. This turned out to be not so good (e.g. the need for " +#~ "having generated files under version control). Since GTK-Doc 1.9 the " +#~ "tools can get all the information from source comments and thus the " +#~ "templates can be avoided. We encourage people to keep documentation in " +#~ "the code. <application>gtkdocize</application> supports now a <option>--" +#~ "flavour no-tmpl</option> option that chooses a makefile that skips tmpl " +#~ "usage totally. Besides adding the option directly to the command " +#~ "invocation, they can be added also to an environment variable called " +#~ "<symbol>GTKDOCIZE_FLAGS</symbol> or set as a 2nd parameter in " +#~ "<symbol>GTK_DOC_CHECK</symbol> macro in the configure script. If you have " +#~ "never changed file in tmpl by hand and migrating from older gtkdoc " +#~ "versions, please remove the directory (e.g. from version control system)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "历史上,GTK-Doc在开发人员进入文档时生成模板文件。这样的结果是不是那么好的" +#~ "(比如:在版本控制下生成文件的需求)。由于GTK-Doc 1.9 工具能从源代码中获得" +#~ "所有的信息从而可以获得模板。我们鼓励人们在代码中保留文档。" +#~ "<application>gtkdocize</application> 支持现在的一个<option>--flavour no-" +#~ "tmpl</option>选项用以选择一个makefile来完整地跳过tmpl的使用。除了给命令调" +#~ "用直接加入此选项之外,它们也能添加到一个名为<symbol>GTKDOCIZE_FLAGS</" +#~ "symbol>的环境变量中。或者在配置脚本中作为<symbol>GTK_DOC_CHECK</symbol>宏" +#~ "的第二个参数。如果你从未手工修改过tmpl目录里的文件以及从旧版本的gtkdoc中迁" +#~ "移过文件,请删除这个目录(比如从版本控制系统)。" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now you can point your browser to <filename>docs/reference/<" +#~ "package>/index.html</filename>. Yes, it's a bit disappointing still. " +#~ "But hang-on, during the next chapter we tell you how to fill the pages " +#~ "with life." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "现在你可以用你的浏览器指向<filename>docs/reference/<package>/index." +#~ "html</filename>了.是的,它仍有一点小小遗憾。不过请你坚持住,在下一章里我们" +#~ "会告诉你怎样用文件来填充页面。 " + +#~ msgid "Documentation placement" +#~ msgstr "文档位置" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the past most documentation had to be filled into files residing " +#~ "inside the <filename>tmpl</filename> directory. This has the " +#~ "disadvantages that the information is often not updated and also that the " +#~ "file tend to cause conflicts with version control systems." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "在过去,多数文档不得不写入驻留在<filename>tmpl</filename>目录的文件中。这" +#~ "样会出现一些糟糕的情况:其信息常常没有更新,而且文件也倾向于与版本控制系统" +#~ "发生冲突。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The avoid the aforementioned problems we suggest putting the " +#~ "documentation inside the sources. This manual will only describe this way " +#~ "of documenting code." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "为避免上述的问题,我们建议把注释文档放入源代码中去。本手册仅描述此种编写代" +#~ "码文档的方法。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "/**\n" +#~ " * identifier:\n" +#~ " *\n" +#~ " * documentation ...\n" +#~ " *\n" +#~ " * # Sub heading #\n" +#~ " *\n" +#~ " * more documentation:\n" +#~ " * - list item 1\n" +#~ " * - list item 2\n" +#~ " *\n" +#~ " * Even more docs.\n" +#~ " */\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ " " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "/**\n" +#~ " * 标识符:\n" +#~ " *\n" +#~ " * 文档内容 ...\n" +#~ " *\n" +#~ " * # 小标题 #\n" +#~ " *\n" +#~ " * 更多文档:\n" +#~ " * - 列表项1\n" +#~ " * - 列表项2\n" +#~ " *\n" +#~ " * 其余更多文档。\n" +#~ " */\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ " " + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since GTK-Doc-1.18 the tool supports a subset or the <ulink url=\"http://" +#~ "daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/\">markdown language</ulink>. One " +#~ "can use it for sub-headings and simple itemized lists. On older GTK-Doc " +#~ "versions the content will be rendered as it (the list items will appear " +#~ "in one line separated by dashes). <_:example-1/>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "从 GTK-Doc-1.18 版本开始,该工具支持 <ulink url=\"http://daringfireball." +#~ "net/projects/markdown/\">markdown 标记语言</ulink> 的一个子集。可以用它定" +#~ "义小标题和简单的项目列表。在较早的 GTK-Doc 版本中,内容会原样渲染(列表项会" +#~ "显示在一行,以短划线隔开)。<_:example-1/>" + +#~ msgid "(FIXME : Stability information)" +#~ msgstr "(FIXME : 稳定性信息)" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "Also, take a look at gobject introspection annotation tags: http://live." +#~| "gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Also, take a look at GObject Introspection annotation tags: http://live." +#~ "gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "另请参阅gobject内省(introspection)标记的介绍:http://live.gnome.org/" +#~ "GObjectIntrospection/Annotations" + +#~ msgid "Example types file snippet" +#~ msgstr "示例类型文件代码段" + #~ msgid "Chris" #~ msgstr "Chris" @@ -4221,9 +6063,6 @@ #~ msgid "xxx_get_type()" #~ msgstr "xxx_get_type()" -#~ msgid "<package>.types" -#~ msgstr "<package>.types" - #~ msgid "<package>-sections.txt" #~ msgstr "<package>-sections.txt"
View file
_service:tar_scm:gtk-doc-1.33.2.tar.xz/help/meson.build -> _service:tar_scm:gtk-doc-1.34.0.tar.xz/help/meson.build
Changed
@@ -1,3 +1,3 @@ -if get_option('yelp_manual') == true +if get_option('yelp_manual') subdir('manual') -endif \ No newline at end of file +endif
View file
_service:tar_scm:gtk-doc-1.33.2.tar.xz/meson.build -> _service:tar_scm:gtk-doc-1.34.0.tar.xz/meson.build
Changed
@@ -1,75 +1,46 @@ project('gtk-doc', 'c', - version: '1.33.1', + version: '1.34.0', license: 'GPL2+', - meson_version: '>= 0.50.0', # needed for https://mesonbuild.com/Python-module.html#path + meson_version: '>= 0.55', ) gnome = import('gnome') -python = import('python') # Meson new Python module https://mesonbuild.com/Python-module.html +python = import('python') -python3 = python.find_installation('python3') - -version = meson.project_version() -package_name = meson.project_name() +python3 = python.find_installation('python3', modules: 'pygments') # Paths srcdir = meson.current_source_dir() builddir = meson.current_build_dir() -prefix = get_option('prefix') - -bindir = join_paths(prefix, get_option('bindir')) -libdir = join_paths(prefix, get_option('libdir')) -datadir = join_paths(prefix, get_option('datadir')) - -cmakedatadir = join_paths(libdir, 'cmake') - -autoconfdatadir = join_paths(datadir, 'aclocal') -pkgdir = join_paths(datadir, package_name) -pkgdatadir = join_paths(pkgdir, 'data') -pkgpythondir = join_paths(pkgdir, 'python') -pkgconfigdir = join_paths(datadir, 'pkgconfig') +pkgdatadir = get_option('prefix') / get_option('datadir') / meson.project_name() / 'data' +pkgpythondir = get_option('prefix') / get_option('datadir') / meson.project_name() / 'python' # Dependencies -glib_req = '>= 2.38.0' +glib_req = '>= 2.38' python_prg = python3 - -# Python 3 required modules -python3_required_modules = 'pygments' - -foreach p : python3_required_modules - # Source: https://docs.python.org/3/library/importlib.html#checking-if-a-module-can-be-imported - script = 'import importlib.util; import sys; exit(1) if importlib.util.find_spec(\''+ p +'\') is None else exit(0)' - if run_command(python3, '-c', script).returncode() != 0 - error('Required Python3 module \'' + p + '\' not found') - endif -endforeach - pkgconfig_prg = find_program('pkg-config', required: true) xsltproc_prg = find_program('xsltproc', required: true) dblatex_prg = find_program('dblatex', required: false) fop_prg = find_program('fop', required: false) -python_prg_path = join_paths(python_prg.path()) -pkgconfig_prg_path = join_paths(pkgconfig_prg.path()) -xsltproc_prg_path = join_paths(xsltproc_prg.path()) +python_prg_path = python_prg.full_path() +pkgconfig_prg_path = pkgconfig_prg.full_path() +xsltproc_prg_path = xsltproc_prg.full_path() dblatex_prg_path = '' if dblatex_prg.found() - dblatex_prg_path = join_paths(dblatex_prg.path()) + dblatex_prg_path = dblatex_prg.full_path() endif fop_prg_path = '' if fop_prg.found() - fop_prg_path = join_paths(fop_prg.path()) + fop_prg_path = fop_prg.full_path() endif # Options -generate_pdf_output = true -if not dblatex_prg.found() and not fop_prg.found() - generate_pdf_output = false -endif +generate_pdf_output = dblatex_prg.found() or fop_prg.found() # Code subdir('gtkdoc') @@ -98,14 +69,14 @@ binary_in.set('datarootdir', join_paths('${prefix}', get_option('datadir'))) binary_in.set('datadir', '${datarootdir}') -binary_in.set('PACKAGE', package_name) +binary_in.set('PACKAGE', meson.project_name()) binary_in.set('PACKAGE_BUGREPORT', 'https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gtk-doc/issues') -binary_in.set('PACKAGE_NAME', package_name) -binary_in.set('PACKAGE_STRING', package_name) -binary_in.set('PACKAGE_TARNAME', package_name) +binary_in.set('PACKAGE_NAME', meson.project_name()) +binary_in.set('PACKAGE_STRING', meson.project_name()) +binary_in.set('PACKAGE_TARNAME', meson.project_name()) binary_in.set('PACKAGE_URL', 'https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gtk-doc') -binary_in.set('PACKAGE_VERSION', version) -binary_in.set('VERSION', version) +binary_in.set('PACKAGE_VERSION', meson.project_version()) +binary_in.set('VERSION', meson.project_version()) foreach binary: gtkdoc_binaires prog = configure_file( @@ -113,7 +84,7 @@ output: binary, configuration: binary_in, install: true, - install_dir: bindir, + install_dir: get_option('bindir'), ) meson.override_find_program(binary, prog) endforeach @@ -142,28 +113,28 @@ subdir('style') -if get_option('autotools_support') == true +if get_option('autotools_support') subdir('buildsystems/autotools') endif -if get_option('cmake_support') == true +if get_option('cmake_support') subdir('buildsystems/cmake') endif gtkdoc_pc = configuration_data() -gtkdoc_pc.set('prefix', prefix) +gtkdoc_pc.set('prefix', get_option('prefix')) gtkdoc_pc.set('exec_prefix', '${prefix}') gtkdoc_pc.set('datadir', join_paths('${prefix}', get_option('datadir'))) -gtkdoc_pc.set('PACKAGE', package_name) -gtkdoc_pc.set('VERSION', version) +gtkdoc_pc.set('PACKAGE', meson.project_name()) +gtkdoc_pc.set('VERSION', meson.project_version()) configure_file( input: 'gtk-doc.pc.in', output: 'gtk-doc.pc', configuration: gtkdoc_pc, install: true, - install_dir: pkgconfigdir, + install_dir: get_option('datadir') / 'pkgconfig', ) subdir('help') @@ -175,24 +146,13 @@ # To be used as: dependency('gtk-doc', fallback : 'gtk-doc', 'dummy_dep') dummy_dep = declare_dependency() -summary = - '', - '------', - 'gtk-doc @0@'.format(version), - '', - 'Directories:', - ' prefix: @0@'.format(prefix), - ' bindir: @0@'.format(bindir), - ' libdir: @0@'.format(libdir), - ' datadir: @0@'.format(datadir), - '', - 'Configuration:', - ' Autotools support: @0@'.format(get_option('autotools_support')), - ' CMake support: @0@'.format(get_option('cmake_support')), - ' PDF output: @0@'.format(generate_pdf_output), - ' User manual: @0@'.format(get_option('yelp_manual')), - ' Test suite: @0@'.format(get_option('tests')), - '------', - +summary('prefix', get_option('prefix'), section: 'Directories') +summary('bindir', get_option('prefix') / get_option('bindir'), section: 'Directories') +summary('libdir', get_option('prefix') / get_option('libdir'), section: 'Directories') +summary('datadir', get_option('prefix') / get_option('datadir'), section: 'Directories') -message('\n'.join(summary)) +summary('Autotools support', get_option('autotools_support'), section: 'Configuration') +summary('CMake support', get_option('cmake_support'), section: 'Configuration') +summary('PDF output', generate_pdf_output, section: 'Configuration') +summary('User manual', get_option('yelp_manual'), section: 'Configuration') +summary('Test suite', get_option('tests'), section: 'Configuration')
View file
_service:tar_scm:gtk-doc-1.33.2.tar.xz/tests/gobject/docs/meson.build -> _service:tar_scm:gtk-doc-1.34.0.tar.xz/tests/gobject/docs/meson.build
Changed
@@ -119,6 +119,7 @@ '--path=@0@'.format(':'.join( gobject_test_docs_dir, srcdir, + join_paths(srcdir, 'tests/gobject/examples'), ) ), ,
View file
_service:tar_scm:gtk-doc-1.33.2.tar.xz/tests/gtk-doc.make -> _service:tar_scm:gtk-doc-1.34.0.tar.xz/tests/gtk-doc.make
Changed
@@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ if test "x$(HTML_IMAGES)" != "x"; then \ for img in $(HTML_IMAGES); do \ part=`dirname $$img`; \ - echo $$mkpdf_options | grep >/dev/null "\-\-imgdir=$$part "; \ + echo $$mkpdf_options | grep >/dev/null "\--imgdir=$$part "; \ if test $$? != 0; then \ mkpdf_options="$$mkpdf_options --imgdir=$$part"; \ fi; \ @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ clean-local: @rm -f *~ *.bak ts gtkdoc-*.log @rm -rf .libs - @if echo $(SCAN_OPTIONS) | grep -q "\-\-rebuild-types" ; then \ + @if echo $(SCAN_OPTIONS) | grep -q "\--rebuild-types" ; then \ rm -f $(DOC_MODULE).types; \ fi $(MAKE) distclean-local
Locations
Projects
Search
Status Monitor
Help
Open Build Service
OBS Manuals
API Documentation
OBS Portal
Reporting a Bug
Contact
Mailing List
Forums
Chat (IRC)
Twitter
Open Build Service (OBS)
is an
openSUSE project
.
浙ICP备2022010568号-2